UC-NRLF 


501 


Electrical  Wires 

Cables 


nd  Handbook 


.4  •::  >:•:•:",'::.:.:  St^-el  ^o  \\ri.i;e  Ca 


GIFT  OF 


Electrical  Wires  and  Cables 


Errat 


a 


Page  21.      Title    underneath    illustration    should    read 
Micrometer  Calipers. 

Page  54.    Diameter  1  has  been  omitted  in  first  column  of 
first  table. 

Page  56.    Fourth  line  should  read  980  cm.  per  second. 

Page  80.    Fourth  line  from  bottom  should  read  rope  wire 
instead  of  piano  wire. 

Page  100.    Each  of  last  5  lines  of  8th  and  16th  columns 
should  read  pounds  instead  of  feet. 

Page  114.    Second  line  from  top  should  read  No.  32  B.  &  S. 
instead  of  No.  81. 

Page  145.    Second  paragraph,  first  line,  145  should  read 
page  144. 

Page  164.    Title  under  first  illustration  should  read  served 
in  place  of  sewed. 

Page  165.    Second  line  should  read  "  taped  over  all. " 

Page  178.    In  first  column  of  table,  list  number  opposite 
I/O  should  read  262  S  instead  of  250  S. 

Page  56.    Under  caption  Electrical  Data,  equations  should 
read  as  follows : 


The  ampere 
"    ohm 
14    volt 
"    henry 
"    farad     : 


:  10"1  cm.  5  g.  5  sec."1 

:  10*    cm.  sec."1 

:  10s    cm.  3  g.  %  sec."2 

:  109    cm. 

=  10~9  cm."1  sec. 2 


Electrical  Wires  and  Cables 


Sales  Offices 


CHICAGO 115  Adams  Street 

NEW  YORK 30  Church   Street 

WORCESTER North   Works 

BOSTON 120  Franklin   Street 

PITTSBURG .    Frick  Building 

CLEVELAND Western  Reserve   Building 

ST.  LOUIS Third  National  Bank   Building 

MONTREAL Bank  of  Ottawa  Building 

ST.  PAUL-MINNEAPOLIS  .    Pioneer  Press  Building,  St.  Paul 

DENVER,  COLO First  National  Bank  Building 

SALT  LAKE  CITY,  UTAH       .     .   736  South  3d  West  Street 
SAN  FRANCISCO,  CAL.     .     .     .     i6th  and  Folsom  Streets 

PORTLAND,  ORE Ninth  and  Irving  Streets 

SEATTLE,  WASH.       .      Fourth  Ave.,  S.,  and  Connecticut  St. 

LOS  ANGELES,  CAL 160  Central  Avenue 

LONDON,  ENG 36  New  Broad  Street,  E.  C. 

EXPORT   SALES   AGENTS 
United    States    Steel    Products    Company 
30  Church  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y. 


Catalogue  and  Handbook 
of 

Electrical  Wires 
and  Cables 


American  Steel  &  Wire  Company 

Chicago          New  York         Worcester 
Denver         San  Francisco 


-r 


Copyright  1910  by 
American  Steel  and  Wire  Company 


*       *   . 

•  '-•'  : 


r  r/-l  ''''  ri- 


Preface 

THIS  Catalogue-Handbook  presents  in 
serviceable  form  information  interest- 
ing to  customers,  engineers  and 
students.  All  types  of  bare  and  insulated 
electrical  wires  and  cables  now  in  com- 
mon use  are  fully  described  herein.  A  con- 
siderable amount  of  engineering  data  and 
descriptive  matter,  including  an  abridged 
dictionary  of  electrical  terms,  has  been  in- 
troduced for  the  purpose  of  making  the  book 
a  fairly  complete  treatise  on  electrical  con- 
ductors. 

Much  of  the  information  may  be  found 
in  books  of  reference,  but  some  of  it  is 
published  here  for  the  first  time.  The 
data  have  been  carefully  compiled  and 
arranged  with  a  view  of  rendering  the 
customer  all  possible  assistance  in  select- 
ing and  specifying  the  material  best  suited 
to  his  requirements. 


270317 


Contents 


THIS    book    conveniently   and    logically    divides 
into   nine   sections,   the   first  of  which  contains 
in     descriptive     and     tabulated     form     general 
engineering   data   relating   to   copper,  iron   and  alu- 
minum electrical  conductors. 

PAGE 

GENERAL  DATA       .          .         .          .          .          n 

The  following  seven  sections  constitute  the  cata- 
logue portion  of  the  book,  in  which  is  given  not  only 
a  complete  list  of  all  bare  and  insulated  electrical 
wires  and  cables  manufactured  by  this  company,  but 
also  some  general  information  regarding  standard 
specifications  and  the  uses  and  construction  of  con- 
ductors. 

PAGE 

BARE  WIRES  AND  CABLES  57 

MAGNET   WIRE        .....  83 

ANNUNCIATOR  AND  OFFICE  WIRES          .  93 

WEATHERPROOF  WIRES  AND  CABLES       .  97 

LAMP  CORD  PRODUCTS            .          .          .  107 

RUBBER-COVERED     WIRES     AND    CABLES  115 

LEAD  ENCASED  WIRES  AND  CABLES  AND 

THEIR  INSTALLATION  .          .          .        147 

The  final  section  has  been  compiled  with  consider- 
able care  for  use  as  a  dictionary  of  electrical  terms. 

ABRIDGED    ELECTRICAL    DICTIONARY   OF      PAGE 
COMMON  WORDS,  TERMS  AND  PHRASES       183 

The  book  concludes  with  a  very  complete  index, 
having  conveniently  arranged  cross  references  to 
materials  used  specially  for  electric  light,  electric 
railway  and  telephone  and  telegraph  work. 

PAGE 

INDEX     .......        229 


Facilities 

HE  first  electrical  wire  factory  of  the 
American  Steel  and  Wire  Company,  estab- 
lished in  1834,  is  here  represented.  In 
this  and  in  later  buildings,  the  most  im- 
portant improvements  in  the  manufactur- 
ing of  all  kinds  of  wire  were  invented  and  adopted. 
The  business  and  the  plant  have  developed  rapidly. 
About  twenty  years  ago  preparations  were  made  for 
producing  our  first  insulated  electrical  wire.  Shortly 
after  this  the  first  enlarged  terminal  stud  rail  bonds 
were  made  in  these  works.  Since  that  date  vast 
changes  and  advances  have  taken  place  in  every 
branch  of  electrical  engineering,  and  these  have  been 
accompanied  by  a  corresponding  growth  in  our  man- 
ufacturing facilities. 

Reinforcing  our  extensive  factory  equipment,  there 
are  well  equipped  chemical,  physical  and  electrical 
laboratories,  wherein  the  problems  incident  to  the 
solution  of  every  difficulty  encountered  are  handled 
by  thoroughly  reliable  experts  and  up  -  to  -  date 
methods.  All  steel  and  copper  used  by  us  is  rolled 
and  drawn  in  our  own  mills  and  under  our  own  super- 
vision throughout  every  operation.  All  raw  materials 
are  tested  and  inspected  before  being  used,  the 
manufacturing  processes  are  constantly  checked,  and 
finally  the  finished  material  is  subjected  to  an  exhaus- 
tive series  of  tests  that  determine  beyond  question 
whether  or  not  it  is  of  proper  quality.  With  such  facili- 
ties at  our  disposal  we  are  enabled  to  manufacture 
electrical  conductors  of  all  kinds  to  the  severest  speci- 
fications, and  to  give  to  the  users  of  our  product  a 
standard  of  quality  that  is  unexcelled. 


I 


Regarding  Orders 

N  order  to  avoid  errors,  delays  and  misunder- 
standings, purchasers  should  carefully  note 
the  following: 


1.  Orders    and     correspondence     regarding 
orders    should   always   be    sent    to   the   nearest 
sales  office,  list  of  which  is  given  on  page  4. 

2.  Describe   fully   material    ordered.       List 
numbers  are  provided  in  this  catalogue  to  facili- 
tate ordering. 

3.  When  referring  to  orders  always  give  the 
number  or  date  of  the  order. 

4.  State    distinctly   how   goods    are    to    be 
shipped,  whether  by  freight,  express  or  mail.     If 
any  special  route  is  preferred  it  should  be  men- 
tioned in  the  order.     We  reserve  the  right  to 
route  all  shipments  upon  which  we  pay  or  allow 
freight. 

5.  Before  returning  reels  or  other  material, 
please  secure  from  us  shipping  directions. 

6.  No  claims  for  allowances  will  be  enter- 
tained unless  made  within  ten  days  after  arrival 
of   the  goods,    and  no  allowance   will  be  made 
beyond  the  original  invoice  price  of  material. 

7.  All  prices  are  subject  to  change  without 
notice. 

8.  All     agreements     are     contingent     upon 
strikes,    accidents   or   other   causes   beyond   our 
control. 


General  Data 


Page 

Conductance  and  Resistance 12 

Physical  Properties  of  Conductors 14 

Temperature  Effects  on  Resistance      ....  15 

Carrying  Capacities  of  Conductors       ....  18 

Resistance  of  Copper  at  Different  Temperatures 

and  Conductivities 17-19 

Alternating  Current  Heating  Effects    ....  19 

Measurements  of  Wires,  Wire  Gauges     ...  21 

Comparative  Table  of  Wire  Gauges   ....  22 

Wiring  Formulae  and  Tables 22-26 

Strands 27 

Concentric  Cables    .          32 

Rope  Strands 32 

The  Manufacture  of  Wire 35 

Copper 35 

Iron  and  Steel 39 

Wire  Drawing 42 

Tinning  and  Galvanizing  Wire    ....  44 

Packing  and  Shipping 44 

Coils 45 

Reels        49-50 

Miscellaneous  Tabulated  Data  .                          .  52-56 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND    WIRE    COMPANY 


General 
Data 


Conductance    and    Resistance 

ELECTRICAL  energy  is  always  transferred  from  the  generating  source  to  the 
receiving  device  through,  or  by  means  of,  some  form  of  conductor.     This  is 
one  of  the  three  necessary  parts  of  any  electrical  circuit.     With  the  various 
kinds  of  metallic  conductors  we  shall  be  chiefly  concerned  in  this  catalogue. 

Electricity  may  be  transmitted  through  any  substance,  though  in  widely  vary- 
ing degrees.  The  following  table  gives  a  list  of  materials  which  are  arranged 
approximately  in  order  of  their  conducting  powers  : 


Conductors 


Non-Conductors  or  Insulators 


All  metals 

Dry  air 

Ebonite 

Well-burned  charcoal 

Shellac 

Gutta-percha 

Plumbago 

Paraffin 

India  rubber 

Acid  solutions 

Resins 

Silk 

Metallic  ores 

Sulphur 

Dry  paper 

Living  vegetable  substances 
Moist  earth 

Wax 

Glass 

Dry  leather 
Porcelain 

Water 

Mica 

Oils 

The  conducting  power  of  any  substance  depends  largely  upon  its  physical 
state.  For  instance,  the  conductivity  of  air  decreases  very  rapidly  as  its  pressure 
increases,  while  rarefied  air  makes  a  good  conductor  of  electricity.  The  conduc- 
tivity of  all  substances  materially  alters  with  change  of  temperature. 

The  number  of  substances  which  are  used  for  conductors  of  electricity  in 
commercial  work  is,  however,  limited  to  three  of  the  useful  metals,  copper,  iron 
and  aluminum.  Of  these,  the  first  is  pre-eminently  the  best,  while  next  in  order 
come  aluminum  and  iron.  Pure  copper  possesses  many  physical  properties  of 
great  engineering  value  in  addition  to  that  of  its  high  conductivity.  It  has  to  a 
very  high  degree  the  qualities  of  malleability  and  ductility  which  make  it  an  ideal 
metal  for  wire  drawing.  Its  strength  and  hardness  are  greater  than  that  of  any 
other  metal  except  iron  and  steel.  It  has  the  power  of  resisting  oxidation,  it  takes 
a  fine  polish,  is  easily  worked,  and  can  be  forged  more  easily  than  iron. 

The  precious  metals,  platinum,  gold  and  silver,  are  used  as  conductors  only  to 
a  limited  extent  in  laboratories  and  for  scientific  purposes.  A  list  of  the  common 
metals,  arranged  in  order  of  their  relative  conducting  properties,  is  given  in  the 
following  table  : 


Relative  Conductivity  of  Pure  Metals 
(Matthiessen's  Standard) 


Metals 

Relative 
Conductivity 

Metals 

Relative 
Conductivity 

Silver,  annealed 

108 

Iron,  wrought 

17.6 

Copper,  annealed 

102 

Nickel 

13.0 

Gold,  annealed 

78 

Tin 

120 

Aluminum,  annealed 

63 

Lead 

8.0 

Zinc 

28 

Mercury 

1.7 

ELECTRICAL  WIRES  AND  CABLES 


Since  the  conductivity  of  any  one  wire  will  in  general  differ  from  that  of  any  General 
other,  it  becomes  necessary  in  comparing  or  specifying  wires  to  refer  to  some  Data 
standard  or  system  of  units.  We  cannot  describe  anything  except  by  comparing  it 
with  some  standard  which  is  recognized  by  and  familiar  to  all.  The  conducting 
power  of  a  substance  is  usually  expressed  in  terms  of  its  electric  resistance  rather 
than  in  terms  of  conductivity.  The  resistance  of  a  wire  is  the  reciprocal  of  its 
conductivity.  A  wire  that  is  high  in  conductivity  is  low  in  resistance  and  vice 
versa.  Resistance  is  that  property  of  a  conductor  by  virtue  of  its  form  and  molecu- 
lar structure  which  modifies  the  strength  of  current  flowing  through  it.  It  is  an 
inherent  property  of  all  electrical  conductors;  even  the  best  conductors  possess 
appreciable  resistance. 

The  commercial  standard  of  conductivity  in  this  country  is  the  one  established 
by  Dr.  Matthiessen  in  1861.  It  is  that  of  a  piece  of  supposedly  pure  copper  wire  of 
constant  cross-section  having  the  following  specifications: 

Specific  gravity,  8.89. 

Length,  1  meter  or  39.8704  inches. 

Weight,  1  gram  or  15.432  grains. 

Resistance,  0.141729  ohms  at  0°  C. 

Specific  resistance,  1.594  microhms  per  cubic  centimeter,  or 

Specific  resistance,  0.6276  microhms  per  cubic  inch  at  0°  C 

Much  of  the  copper  now  being  made  is  higher  in  conductivity  than  Dr. 
Matthiessen's  standard  by  one  or  two  per  cent.,  owing  to  improved  methods  of 
refining  copper.  It  is  usual,  however,  to  specify  that  soft  drawn  copper  shall  have 
98  per  cent,  conductivity  and  hard  drawn  copper  97  per  cent,  of  Matthiessen's 
standard. 

The  practical  unit  of  resistance  is  the  International  Ohm,  which  is  the  resist- 
ance offered  to  an  unvarying  electric  current  by  a  column  of  pure  mercury  at  a 
temperature  of  melting  ice,  14.4521  grams  (0.51  ounces)  in  mass,  of  a  constant 
cross-sectional  area,  and  106.3  centimeters  (41.85  inches)  in  length.  To  obtain  a 
concrete  idea  of  this  unit  it  may  be  remembered  that  a  copper  wire  having  a 
diameter  of  one  tenth  of  an  inch,  has  at  68°  F.  a  resistance  of  approximately  one 
ohm  per  thousand  feet,  or  5.28  ohms  per  mile. 

Resistance  varies  greatly  with  different  metals  and  is  in  general  less  for  a  pure 
metal  than  for  any  of  its  alloys.  Its  value  will  in  every  case  depend  upon  the 
relation  of  three  factors.  The  length  of  the  wire,  its  cross-sectional  area,  and  the 
nature  or  chemical  composition  of  the  metal,  all  of  which  vary  with  temperature. 
Increasing  or  decreasing  the  length  (L)  of  any  conductor  will  increase  or  decrease 
the  resistance  (R)  of  the  conductor  in  direct  proportion.  Increasing  or  decreasing 
its  sectional  area  (A)  will  inversely  affect  its  resistance,  that  is,  as  the  section  of 
the  conductor  increases  the  resistance  becomes  proportionately  less,  and  conversely. 
The  term  conductor  as  used  in  this  connection  should  be  taken  in  its  broadest  sense, 
meaning  the  whole  length  of  any  circuit  or  any  portion  of  a  circuit  under  consider- 
ation, whether  it  be  in  a  straight  line  or  wound  in  a  coil. 

For  example:  One  mile  of  any  given  wire  will  have  twice  the  resistance  of 
one-half  mile  of  the  same  wire,  or  5.28  times  the  resistance  of  1,000  feet.  Again,  if 
we  have  two  wires  of  equal  length,  one  of  which  has  a  sectional  area  five  times  as 
great  as  that  of  the  other,  then,  assuming  uniform  quality  and  treatment,  the  elec- 
trical resistance  of  the  larger  wire  will  be  one-fifth  that  of  the  smaller,  and  as  the 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


weight  per  unit  length  varies  directly  as  the  sectional  area,  it  follows  that  the 
resistance  of  a  wire  weighing,  for  example,  500  pounds  per  mile,  will  equal  one-fifth 
the  resistance  of  a  wire  weighing  100  pounds  per  mile,  assuming  uniform  quality 
and  treatment  as  before. 

Algebraically,  these  relations  may  be  expressed  thus: 

R  =  K^ 
A 

Where  (K)  is  a  constant  for  any  metal  and  represents  its  resistivity  or  specific 
resistance. 

Resistivity,  a  factor  depending  only  on  the  material  or  structure  of  the  metal 
as  compared  with  pure  copper  as  unity,  may  be  expressed  in  a  number  of  different 
ways,  all  being  equivalent  to  the  resistance  of  some  unit  of  cross-section.  This 
unit  may  be  expressed  either  in  linear  dimensions  or  as  a  combination  of  weight 
and  dimensions.  It  may  represent  the  resistance  measured  between  opposite  faces 
of  a  unit  cube  of  the  metal.  Or,  another  and  more  common  way  of  expressing  resis- 

Physical  Properties  of  Copper,  Aluminum,  Iron  and  Steel  Wire 


Copper 

Aluminum 
no  T>      r*      * 

Iron 

Steel 

Physical  Properties 

Annealed 

Hard  Drawn 

yy  .rer  Cent. 
Pure 

(Ex.  B.  B.) 

(Siemens 
Martin) 

Conductivity 

,  Matthiessen's 

st&ndHTcl 

99  to  102 

96  to  99 

61  to  63 

16.8 

8.7 

Ohms   per  mil-foot  at  68°  F. 

=  20°  C.  (K)  

10.36 

10.57 

16.7 

62.9 

119.7 

Ohms  per  mile  at  68°  F.  -  20°  C. 

(      54,600 
'  cir.    mils 

55,700 

88,200 

332,000 

632,000 

cir.    mils 

cir.    mils 

cir.    mils 

cir.    mils 

Pounds  per  mile-ohm  at  68°  F. 

=  20°  C. 

875 

896              424.0 

4700 

8900 

Temperature  co-efficient   per 
degrees  F.   Mean  values    . 

.00233 

.00233                .0022 

.0028 

Temperature  co-efficient  per 
degrees  C.   Mean  values    . 

.0042 

.0042 

.0040 

.0050 

Specific  gravity.    Mean  values 
Pounds  per  1,000  feet  per  cir- 

8.89 

8.94 

2.68 

7.77 

7.85 

cular  mil  

.003027 

.003049 

.000909 

.002652 

.002671 

Weight,  in  pounds  per  cubic 

inch 

.320 

.322 

.0967 

.282 

.283 

Specific  heat 

Mean  values  .   . 

.093 

.093 

.214 

.113 

.117 

Melting    point  in  degrees   F. 

Mean  values  

2012 

2012 

1157 

2975 

2480 

Melting  point  in    degrees   C. 

Mean  val 

1f»S 

1100 

1100 

COX 

1635 

1360 

Mean  co-efficient  of  linear  ex- 

pansion. 

Degrees  F.    .   .   . 

.00000950 

.00000950 

.00001285 

.00000673 

.00000662 

Mean  co-efficient  of  linear  ex- 

pansion. 

Degrees  C.    .   .   . 

.0000171 

.0000171 

.0000231 

.000120 

.000118 

Tensile  strength 

i        30,000  to 
i        42,000 

45,000  to 
68,000 

20,000  to 
35,000 

50,000  to 
55,000 

100,000  to 
120,000 

SOLID  WIRE 

Pounds  per 

Elastic  limit    .   . 

1          6,000  to 
/        16,000 

25,000  to 
45,000 

j-      14,000    -j 

25,000  to 
30,000 

50,000  to 
72,000 

square  inch 

Modulus  of  elas- 
ticity   .... 

{    7,000,000  to 
1  17,000,000 

13,000,000  to 
18,000,000 

10,500,000  to 
11,500,000 

22,000,000  to 
27,000,000 

22,000,000  to 
27,000,000 

CON- 

Tensile strength 

I        29,000  to 
/        37,000 

43,000  to 
65,000 

j-      25,800    | 

.     .     . 

98,000  to 
118,000 

CENTRIC 
STRAND 

Elastic  limit    .   . 

1          5,800  to 
"|        14,800 

23,000  to 
42,000 

[       13,800    \ 

•      ... 

45,000  to 
55,000 

Pounds  per 
square  inch 

Modulus  of  elas- 
ticity   .... 

I    5,000,000  to 
"/  12,000,000 

12,000,000  to 
14,000,000 

Approx. 

10,000,000 

16,000,000  to 
22,00«,000 

ELECTRICAL 


\V 


RES 


AND 


CABLES 


15 


tivity  is  in  terms  of  ohm s  per  mil-foot,  meaning  the  resistance  of  a  round  wire  one 
foot  long,  having  a  diameter  of  one  mil  or  .001  inch  and  an  area  of  one  circular  mil. 
With  this  unit,  the  resistance  of  any  wire  is  found  by  multiplying  its  length  (L)  by 
its  resistivity  (K  see  page  14)  in  ohms  per  mil-foot  and  dividing  this  product  by 
the  section  area  expressed  in  circular  mils. 

For  telephone  and  telegraph  conductors  it  is  customary  to  use  still  another  unit 
of  resistivity — weight  per  mile-ohm.  This  is  the  weight  of  a  conductor  one  mile  in 
length,  which  has  a  resistance  of  one  ohm.  It  equals  the  product  of  the  resistance 
per  mile  and  the  weight  per  mile.  However  great  may  be  the  variation  in  weight 
of  wires  of  different  sizes,  the  variation  in  resistance  is  equally  great  inversely,  and 
so  the  balance  is  preserved. 

To  illustrate:  If  the  mile-ohm  be  5,000,  the  resistance  of  a  wire  weighing  1,000 
pounds  per  mile  will  be  5  ohms,  while  a  similar  wire  weighing  5  pounds  per  mile  will 
have  a  resistance  of  1,000  ohms.  This  method  of  expressing  resistance  is  more 
direct  than  the  others,  which  require  interpretation  before  the  results  may  be  used 
in  any  calculation.  Values  for  these  various  units  will  be  found  tabulated  on 
page  14. 

Temperature  Effects  on  Resistance 

The  question  of  temperature  bears  an  important  part  in  all  tests  and  calcula- 
tions of  electrical  conductors,  as  the  resistance  varies  directly  with  temperature. 
The  resistance  of  copper  wire  increases  about  twenty-three  one-hundredths  and 
that  of  iron  wire  about  twenty-eight  one-hundredths  per  cent,  for  each  additional 
degree  F. 

Dr.  Matthiessen,  while  experimenting  with  copper  conductors,  derived  the  fol- 
lowing formula  for  the  change  of  resistance  with  temperature  in  copper  wire : 
R=R0(1  +  .00387t+  .0000059t8) 

Later  experiments  have  shown  that  for  practical  engineering  purposes  all  terms 
below  the  second  may  be  dropped,  and  that  the  above  equation  for  temperature 
changes  in  copper  wire  may  now  be  written : 

Rt=R0(l  +  .0042t)  for  t  in  degrees  C.  or 

Rt=R0(l-l-  .0023t)  for  t  in  degrees  F. 
Where  R0  =  Resistance  at  0°  C. 

Rt= Resistance  at  any  temperature  t° 
The  general  equation  for  any  conductor  is  usually  written: 

Rt=R0(l  +  at),  where 

a  is  called  the  temperature  coefficient  of  the  conductor.  These  coefficients  vary 
considerably  with  the  purity  of  metals,  and  they  change  slightly  even  in  the  purest 
metals.  The  following  average  values  of  the  temperature  coefficient  have  been 
found  experimentally,  at  0°  C. 


Metals 

Centigrade 

Fahrenheit 

Aluminum 

.0040 

.0022 

Copper,  annealed 
Gold 

.0042 
.0038 

.0023 
.0021 

Mercury 

.0007 

.0004 

Platinum 

.0025 

.0014 

Silver,  annealed 

.0040 

.0022 

Soft  iron 

.0050 

.0028 

Tin 

.0044 

.0025 

Zinc 

.0041 

.0023 

For  convenience  in  determining  the  resistivity  of  copper  conductors  at  vari- 
ous temperatures,  we  give  on  page  17  the  resistance  per  mil-foot  at  temperatures 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


General   ranging   from  -10°   C.    to  45°C.  at  97  per  cent.,  98  per  cent,  and  at  100  per  cent. 

Data        conductivity  Matthiessen's  standard.      We  also   give,  on  page  19,  the  weight  per 

mile-ohm  at  various  temperatures  and  conductivities  within  practical  limits. 

If  a  continuous  current  of  electricity  flows  through  any  conductor,  a  certain 
definite  portion  of  the  electrical  energy  supplied  to  the  conductor  will  be  required 
to  overcome  its  resistance  and  transmit  the  current  between  any  two  points  in  the 
conductor.  This  energy  of  transmission,  as  it  is  called,  is  never  lost,  but  is  trans- 
formed into  heat  energy.  Heat  will  be  developed  whenever  any  electric  current 
flows  through  any  conductor,  or  part  of  conductor,  the  amount  of  heat  being 
directly  proportional  to  the  resistance  of  the  conductor  and  to  the  square  of  the 
current  flowing.  The  amount  of  heat  measured  in  calories  will  equal 

H=0.24I»Rt 

Where  H  represents  calories  of  heat  produced 
I  "          current  in  amperes 

R          ' '          resistance  of  conductor  in  ohms,  and 
t  ' '          time  in  seconds  that  the  current  flows. 

If  heat  be  developed  in  the  conductor  faster  than  it  can  be  dissipated  from  the 
surface  by  radiation  and  convection  the  temperature  will  rise.  The  allowable  safe 
temperature  rise  is  one  of  the  limiting  features  of  the  current  carrying  capacity  of 
any  conductor.  Since  the  rate  at  which  heat  will  be  dissipated  from  any  conductor 
will  depend  upon  many  conditions,  such  as  its  size  and  structure,  the  kind  and 
amount  of  insulation,  if  any,  and  its  location  with  respect  to  other  bodies,  it  is  not 
possible  to  give  any  general  definite  rule  for  carrying  capacity  that  will  be  true  for 
all  conditions.  The  following  empirical  formula*  will  give  approximate  values  for 
the  current  I  flowing  through  a  solid  conductor,  or  through  each  conductor  of  a 
multiple  conductor  cable  which  will  cause  a  rise  in  temperature  of  t  degrees  C. 


1= 


Tc 


In  this,  d  represents  the  diameter  of  the  bare  wire  or  strand,  K  is  the  resistance 
per  mil-foot  of  the  wire  at  allowable  elevated  temperature  t  taken  from  the  curves 
given  on  next  page,  and  C  is  a  constant  having  the  following  values  for  different 
conditions. 


Location  and  Kind  of  Conductor 


Values  of  A/      d3 

Constant  C  in  Expression  Cf/     *  "^ 


Solid  Conductor        Stranded  Conductor 


Bare  overhead  wires  out  of  doors 

Bare  wires  in  doors,  exposed  

Single  conductor  rubber  covered  cable  in  still  air     . 

Single  conductor  rubber  covered  lead  sheathed  cable  in 
underground  single  duct  conduit 

Single  conductor  paper  covered  lead  sheathed  cable  in 
underground  single  duct  conduit 

Three-conductor  rubber  covered  lead  sheathed  cable  in 
underground  single  duct  conduit 

Three-conductor  paper  covered  lead  sheathed  cable  in 
underground  single  duct  conduit 


1250 
660 
530 

530 
470 
400 
350 


1100 
610 
490 

490 


370 


*  Taken  by  permission  from  Foster's  Electrical    Engineer's   Pocket   Book  published  by  D. 
Van  Nostrand  Company,  New  York. 


ELECTRICAL    WIRES     AND     CABLES     17 


General 
Data 


Resistance  per  Mil- Foot  of  Pure  Copper  at  Various  Temperatures  and 

Conductivities 


Values  of  K  in  expression  C  j/  t  ^ 

IV 


The  heat  radiating  surface  of  any  conductor  varies  as  the  diameter  of  the  con- 
ductor, while  the  current  carrying  capacity,  depending  on  the  number  of  circular 
mils,  will  vary  as  the  square  of  the  diameter.  In  consequence,  the  current  density 
in  large  conductors  will  be  less  than  in  small  conductors  for  an  equal  temperature 
rise.  It  has  been  found  impracticable  on  this  account  to  use  insulated  conductors 
larger  than  2,000,000  c.  m.,  except  in  special  cases.  (See  page  172.) 


18 


E  R  I  C  A  N 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


General 
Data 


Carrying  Capacities  of  Insulated  Wires  and  Cables 

Published  in  National  Electrical  Code  of  1909 


B.  &  S.  Gauge 

Number 

Capacity 
Circular  Mils. 

Amperes 

Rubber  Insulation 

Weatherproof 
Insulation 

18 

1,624 

3 

5 

16 

2,583 

6 

8 

14 

4,107 

12 

16 

12 

6,530 

17 

23 

10 

10,380 

24 

32 

8 

16,510 

33 

46 

6 

26,250 

46 

65 

5 

33,100 

54 

77 

4 

41,740 

65 

92 

3 

52,630 

76 

110 

2 

66,370 

90 

131 

1 

83,690 

107 

156 

0 

105,500 

127 

185 

00 

133,100 

150 

220 

000 

167,800 

177 

262 

200,000 

200 

300 

0000 

211,600 

210 

312 

.... 

300,000 

270 

400 

... 

400,000 

330 

500 



500,000 

390 

590 

600,000 

450 

680 

700,000 

500 

760 

800,000 

550 

840 

900,000 

600 

920 

.... 

1,000,000 

650 

1,000 

1,100,000 

690 

1,080 

.... 

1,200,000 

730 

1,150 

.... 

1,300,000 

770 

1,220 

.... 

1,400,000 

810 

1,290 



1,500,000 

850 

1,360 

.... 

1,600,000 

890 

1,430 

.... 

1,700,000 

930 

1,490 

1,800,000 

970 

1,550 

1,900,000 

1,010 

1,610 

.... 

2,000,000 

1,050 

1,670 

Drop  of  potential  is  not  taken  into  consideration  in  the  above  table.  These 
amperages  for  rubber-covered  wires  are  adopted  because  to  exceed  them  may 
cause  gradual  deterioration  of  the  insulation  even  though  the  chance  of  ignition 
from  overheating  may  be  small. 

Wires  smaller  than  No.  14  should  not  be  used  except  as  prescribed  in 
Underwriters'  rules. 

For  aluminum  wire  the  carrying  capacity  of  any  given  size  should  be  taken  as 
84  per  cent,  of  the  value  given  in  the  above  table. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


Pounds   per    Mile-Ohm   of    Copper   Wire  at  Various  Temperatures 
and  Conductivities 


General 
Data 


Per  Cent. 

Pounds  per  Mile-Ohm 

Per  Cent. 

Pounds  per  Mile-Ohm 

Conductivity 
Matthiessen's 
Standard 

Conductivity 
Matthiessen's 
Standard 

At  32°  F. 
0°C. 

At  60°  F. 
15.6°  C. 

At  68°  F 
20°  C. 

At  104°  F. 
40°  C. 

At  32°  F. 
0°  C. 

At  60°  F. 
15.  6°  C. 

At  68°  F. 
20°  C. 

At  104°  F. 
40°  C. 

96.0 

841.9 

893.4 

908.7 

980.8 

99.0 

816.4 

866.3 

881.1 

951.0 

.2 

840.2 

891.5 

906.8 

978.7 

.2 

814.8 

864.6 

879.4 

949.1 

.4 

838.4 

889.7 

904.9 

976.7 

.4 

813.1 

862.8 

877.6 

947.2 

.6 

836.7 

887.8 

903.0 

974.7 

.6 

811.5 

861.1 

875.8 

945.3 

.8 

835.0 

886.0 

901.2 

972.7 

.8 

809.9 

859.4 

874.1 

943.4 

97.0 

833.2 

884.2 

899.3 

970.6 

100.0 

808.2 

857.6 

872.3 

941.5 

.2 

831.5 

897.4 

968.7 

.2 

806.6 

855.9 

870.6 

939.6 

.4 

829.8 

880^5 

895.6 

966.7 

.4 

805.0 

854.2 

868.8 

937.8 

.6 

828.1 

878.7 

893.8 

964.7 

.6 

803.4 

852.5 

867.1 

935.9 

.8 

826.4 

876.9 

891.9 

962.7 

.8 

801.8 

850.8 

865.4 

934.1 

98.0 

824.7 

875.1 

890.1 

960.7 

101.0 

800.2 

849.2 

863.7 

932.2 

.2 

823.1 

873.4 

888.3 

958.8 

.2 

798.7 

847.5 

862.0 

930.4 

.4 

821.4 

871.6 

886.5 

956.8 

.4 

797.1 

845.8 

860.3 

928.5 

.6 

819.7 

869.8 

884.7 

954.9 

.6 

795.5 

844.1 

858.6 

926.7 

.8 

818.1 

868.1 

882.9 

953.0 

.8 

794.0 

842.5 

856.9 

924.9 

102.0 

792.4 

840.8 

855.2 

923.1 

Alternating  Current  Heating  Effects 

If  an  alternating  current  be  transmitted  through  a  conductor,  portions  of  the 
electrical  energy  supplied  may  be  transformed  into  heat  in  four  different  ways, 
each  resulting  in  an  energy  loss  and  in  a  corresponding  reduction  of  the  current 
carrying  capacity  of  the  conductor. 

1.  A  definite  amount  of  electrical  energy  will  be  required  to  overcome  the 
ohmic  resistance  of  the  conductor,  just  as  in  the  case  with  continuous  currents. 
This  is  commonly  known  as  the  PR  loss,  where  I  is  the  effective  current. 

2.  Under  certain  conditions  there  will  be  loss  of  energy  due  to  the  skin  effect 
of  alternating  currents.     A  current  induced  in  a  conductor  builds  up  from  the 
surface,  and  an  appreciable  period  of  time  is  required  for  the  current  to  penetrate 
to  the  interior  portions  of  the  conductor.     If  the  frequency  be  high  the  central  por- 
tion of  large  conductors  may  contribute  nothing  to  the  conducting  powers  of  the 
conductor.     This  is  equivalent  to  increasing  the  resistance  of  the  conductor,  or  in 
effect  the  conductor  will  have  a  spurious  resistance  which  will  be  greater  than  its 
real  resistance. 

The  effect  is  much  greater  in  iron  than  in  copper,  owing  to  the  high  magnetic 
permeability  of  iron.  It  also  increases  directly  with  the  frequency  of  alternations. 
With  the  two  standard  frequencies  now  being  used,  25  and  60,  the  skin  effect  in 
copper  does  not  become  appreciable  until  a  diameter  of  conductor  of  about  three- 
quarters  of  an  inch  has  been  reached.  In  distribution  systems  which  conduct 
heavy  currents  of  high  frequency,  the  conductor  wires  may  be  built  up  into  cables 
about  a  hemp  core,  thus  offering  a  greater  amount  of  surface  by  placing  the 
copper  where  it  will  do  the  greatest  service  without  increasing  its  weight. 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


General  Approximate  values  of  the  effective  resistance  of  straight  copper  conductors 

Data        at  68  degrees  F.  can  be  obtained  by  multiplying  the  actual  ohmic  resistance  by 
factors  given  in  the  following  table: 


Factors  to  Obtain  Effective  Resistance  from 
Ohmic  Resistance 


Diameter 
Bare 

Approxi- 
mate Area 

Frequency 

Diameter 
Bare 

Approxi- 
mate Area 

Frequency 

Conductor 
Inches 

in  Circular 
Mils 

25 

60 

130 

Copper 
Conductor 
Inches 

in  Circular 
Mils 

25 

60 

130 

2.00 

4.000000 

.265 

.826 

2.560 

1.000 

1,000,000 

1.020 

1.111 

1.397 

1.75 

3,062,500 

.170 

.622 

2.272 

.75 

563,500 

1.007 

1.040 

1.156 

1.50 

2,500,000 

.098 

.420 

1.983 

.50 

250,000 

1.002 

1.008 

1.039 

1.25 

1,562,500 

.053 

.239 

1.694 

.46 

211,6UO 

1.001 

1.006 

1.027 

1.125 

1,265,825 

1.0.J5 

.168 

1.545 

3.  Foucoitlt  or  eddy  currents  may  be  induced  in  the  conductor  itself,  or  in  the 
lead  sheathing  or  in  the  steel  armor  wires  by  the  rapidly  changing  alternating  mag- 
netic flux.     Foucoult  currents  are  produced  at  the  expense  of  energy  supplied  the 
conductor,  and  they  are  dissipated  in  the  form  of  heat.     This  loss  would  be  much 
greater  in  single-conductor  cables  carrying  alternating  current  than  in  two-conduc- 
tor or  three-conductor  cables,  in  which  the  outer  resultant  magnetic  field  should  be 
very  small.     Placing  a  single-conductor  alternating  current  cable  in  an  iron  conduit 
would  very  greatly  increase  the  energy  loss,  and  for  that  reason  it  is  seldom  done. 
This  loss  will  be  greater  in  solid  conductors  than  in  stranded  conductors  of  equal 
section,  and  it  will  increase  with  thickness  of  lead  sheath  and  with  the  diameter  of 
the  armor  wires. 

4.  Dielectric  hysteresis  losses  in  the  insulating  material.     This  loss  is  some- 
what similar  in  kind  to  the  magnetic  hysteresis  loss  in  iron.    A  dielectric  is  a  poorly 
conducting  material   used   for   insulating  conductors,   through  which  an  electro- 
motive force  establishes  a  molecular  strain  or  an  electro-static  field  of  flux.     The 
total  dielectric  loss  is  due  to  the  sum  of  a  direct  PR  leakage  of  current  through 
the  dielectric  and  to  the  dielectric  hysteresis  loss,  which  is  thought  to  be  a  function 
of  the  insulation  resistance,  varying  inversely.     The  hysteresis  loss  in  the  dielectric 
of  a  cable  is  constant  and  independent  of  load.     It  increases  with  voltage,  with  the 
length  of  cable  and  with  frequency.     It  may  be  lessened  by  increasing  the  thickness 
of  the  dielectric,  by  using  a  dielectric  of  low  specific  inductive  capacity  and  by 
working  at  low  voltage  and  low  frequency.     The  loss  is  thought  to  be  negligible 
in   direct  current   systems  and   in   low   voltage   alternating   current    distribution 
systems. 

While  the  amount  of  heat  developed  under  ordinary  service  conditions  by  any 
one  of  the  last  three  mentioned  causes  would  probably  be  small,  yet  the  ag- 
gregate amount  tends  to  increase  the  temperature  of  the  conductor,  which 
increases  its  resistance,  reduces  its  carrying  capacity  and  shortens  the  life  of  the 
insulation. 


ELECTRICAL    WIRES     AND     CABLES 


Measurements  of  Conductors  General 

Data 

The  diameter  of  a  conductor  is  usually  expressed  in  mils.  A  mil  is  a  thou- 
sandth part  of  an  inch.  The  direct  measurement  of  diameters  in  mils  is  made  by 
wire  gauges,  of  which  there  are  several  different  types  on  the  market.  One  type  in 
common  use  is  shown  in  the  cut  below. 


Micrometer  Screw 

The  circular  mil  is  very  generally  taken  as  the  unit  of  area  in  considering  the 
cross-section  or  capacity  of  electrical  conductors.  This  is  the  area  of  a  circle  whose 
diameter  is  one  mil,  or  one-thousandth  of  an  inch.  It  equals  .7854  of  a  square  mil. 
This  unit  area  possesses  several  advantages  in  making  wiring  calculations  and  in 
determining  the  relations  between  different  wires  having  known  diameters.  The 
cross-section  of  any  solid  round  wire  in  circular  mils  is  found  by  squaring  the  diam- 
eter of  the  wire  in  mils,  and  conversely,  the  diameter  of  a  wire  in  mils  is  obtained  by 
extracting  the  square  root  of  the  section  expressed  in  circular  mils.  The  constant  -, 
which  expresses  the  ratio  between  the  circumference  and  diameter  of  any  circle, 
does  not  enter  into  these  calculations,  thus  greatly  simplifying  them. 

Circular  mils  —  square  inches  —  .0000007854  =  (diameter  in  mils)2 
Square  inches  =  circular  mils  X  .0000007854 
One  circular  mil  =  .0005067087  square  millimeters 
One  square  millimeter  =  1,973  circular  mils 

The  weight  in  pounds  per  1,000  feet  of  any  conductor  may  be  found  by  multi- 
plying its  area  in  circular  mils  by  the  "pounds  per  1,000  feet  per  circular  mil," 
tabulated  on  page  14. 

Wire  Gauges 

The  sizes  of  wires  are  ordinarily  expressed  in  certain  gauge  numbers  arbi- 
trarily chosen.  There  are  unfortunately  several  independent  gauge  systems,  and 
it  is  necessary  in  each  case  to  specify  the  particular  wire  gauge  used.  Though  the 
gauge  numbers  have  the  advantage  of  enabling  manufacturers  to  carry  wires  in 
stock  from  which  purchasers  may  choose  with  a  reasonable  assurance  of  quick  de- 
livery, there  is  nevertheless  a  tendency  to  do  away  with  all  gauge  numbering 
methods  and  to  distinguish  different  electrical  wires  by  their  diameters  expressed 
in  mils. 

The  Brown  &  Sharpe  gauge  is  used  in  America  as  the  standard  for  copper  wire 
vised  for  electrical  purposes.  In  this  gauge  both  the  sizes  and  the  areas  vary  in 
geometrical  progression.  The  diameters  of  wires  are  obtained  from  the  geometric 
series,  in  which  the  first  number,  No.  4/0,  =  0.46  inch  in  diameter,  and  No.  36  =  .005 
inch,  the  nearest  fourth  significant  figure  being  retained  in  the  areas  and  diameters 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


General   so  obtained.      It  will  be  seen  upon  examining  a  wiring  table  that' an  increase 

Data        of  three  in  the  wire  number  corresponds  to  doubling  the  resistance  and  halving  the 

cross-section  and  weight.     Also,  that  an  increase  of  ten  in  the  wire  number  increases 

the  resistance  ten  times  and  diminishes  the  cross-section  and  weight  to  one-tenth 

their  original  values. 

The  American  Steel  and  Wire  gauge  is  used  almost  universally  in  this  country 
for  steel  and  iron  wires. 

The  Birmingham  gauge  is  used  largely  in  England  as  their  standard,  and  in 
this  country  for  steel  wires,  and  for  other  wires  not  used  especially  for  electrical 
purposes. 

The  following  table  gives  the  numbers  and  diameters  in  decimal  parts  of  an 
inch  for  the  various  wire  gauges  used  in  this  country  and  England: 

Comparative  Sizes  Wire  Gauges  in   Decimals  of  an  Inch 


g 

£& 

sl 

.y?  So 

*jMg, 

h 

hf\  3 

•§31 

!§ 

&% 

A 

.§ 

.§ 

lg.6 

h 

•s3l 

jig 

_; 

oj 

Ss*3 

11° 

|II 

OX)  -^ 

.Sw 

s  ° 

IS.-S 

M  6  $ 

MC/3 

5 

<u 

51 

8*3 

P 

a  o 

*£•§ 

M  E  3 
*-"w 

^ 

c 

e 

* 

w 

PQ 

o  ° 

^ 

n 

PQ 

o  ° 

0000000 

.4900 

500 

18 

.0475 

04030 

049 

048 

.0490 

238 

000000 

.4R15 

.58000 

.464 

19 

.0410 

!  035*9 

!042 

!040 

.0400 

.250 

00000 

.4305 

.51650 

isoo 

.432 

20 

.0348 

.03196 

.035 

.036 

.0350 

.263 

0000 

.3938 

.46000 

.454 

.400 

'.4540 

21 

.0317 

.02846 

.032 

.032 

.0315 

.279 

000 

.3625 

.40964 

.425 

.372 

.4250 

22 

.0286 

.02535 

.028 

.028 

.0295 

.290 

00 

.3310 

.36480 

.380 

.348 

.3800 

23 

.0258 

.02257 

.025 

.024 

.0270 

.303 

0 

.30fi5 

.32486 

.340 

.324 

.3400 

24 

.0230 

.02010 

.022 

.022 

.0250 

.316 

1 

.2830 

.28930 

.300 

.300 

.3000 

!633 

25 

.0204 

.01790 

.020 

.020 

.0230 

.331 

2 

.2625 

.25763 

.284 

.276 

.2840 

.040 

26 

.0181 

.01594 

.018 

.018 

.0205 

.342 

3 

.2437 

.22942 

.259 

.252 

.2590 

.050 

27 

.0173 

.01420 

.016 

.0164 

.01875 

.356 

4 

.2253 

.20431 

.238 

.232 

.2380 

.063 

28 

.0162 

.01264 

.014 

.0148 

.01650 

.371 

5 

.2oro 

.18194 

.220 

.212 

.2200 

.068 

29 

.0150 

.01126 

.013 

.0136 

.01550 

.383 

6 

.1920 

.16202 

.203 

.192 

.2030 

.083 

30 

.0140 

.01003 

.012 

.0124 

.01375 

.394 

7 

.1770 

.14428 

.180 

.176 

.1^00 

.097 

31 

.0132 

.00893 

.010 

.0116 

.01225 

.408 

8 

.1620 

.12849 

.165 

.160 

.1650 

.110 

32 

.0128 

.00795 

.009 

.0108 

.01125 

.419 

9 

.1483 

.11443 

.148 

.144 

.1480 

.120 

33 

.0118 

.00708 

.008 

.0100 

.01025 

.431 

10 

.1350 

.10189 

.134 

.128 

.1340 

.185' 

34 

.0104 

.00630 

.007 

.0092 

.00950 

.448 

11 

.1205 

.09074 

.120 

.116 

.1200 

.149 

35 

.0095 

.00561 

.005 

.00*4 

.00900 

.458 

12 

.1055 

.08081 

.109 

.104 

.1090 

.162 

36 

.0090 

.00500 

.004 

.0076 

.00750 

.472 

13 

.0915 

.07196 

.095 

.092 

.0950 

.172 

37 

.0085 

.00445 

.0068 

.00650 

.485 

14 

.0800 

.06408 

.083 

.080 

.0880 

.185 

88 

.0080 

.00396 

.0060 

.00575 

.499 

15 

.0720 

.05706 

.072 

.072 

.0720 

.197 

89 

.0075 

.00353 

.0052 

.00500 

.509 

16 

.0625 

.050^2 

.065 

.064 

.0650 

.212 

40 

.0070 

.00814 

.0018 

.00450 

.524 

17 

.0540 

.04525 

.058 

.056 

.05SO 

.225 

*Also  called  New  British  or  English  Legal  Standard. 

Wiring  Formulae  and  Tables 

The  current  carrying  capacity  of  a  conductor  is  not  only  limited  by  its  allow- 
able temperature  rise,  as  already  explained,  but  also  by  the  allowable  drop  of 
potential.  The  potential  difference  required  to  transmit  a  given  electric  current 
through  a  conductor  will  vary  directly  as  the  resistance  of  the  conductor  and 
inversely  as  its  cross-sectional  area.  The  diameter  of  conductors  used  for  long 
distance  transmission  purposes  is  usually  determined  by  the  drop  of  potential 
allowable,  rather  than  from  other  electrical  considerations. 

For  most  practical  purposes  the  following  formulae  can  be  used  to  determine 
the  size  of  copper  conductors,  current  per  wire,  and  weight  of  copper  per  circuit  for 
any  system  of  electrical  distribution. 

D  X  W 


Area  of  conductor  in  circular  mils  = 


P  X 


Current  in  main  conductor 


W 


T.      P  = 


K==  C.  M. 
D  X  W 


C.  M.  X 


K 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


Weight  of  copper  —  — 


D*   X  W  X  K  X  A 


pounds. 


X   E8  X  1,000,000 
In  these  equations  the  symbols  used  denote  the  following  quantities : 
W  =  total  watts  delivered. 
D  =  distance  of  transmission,  one  way  in  feet. 
E  =  voltage  between  main  conductors  at  the  receiving  or  consumers'  end  of 

circuit. 

P  =  loss  in  line  in  per  cent,  of  power  delivered,  i.  e. ,  of  W,  this  being  a  whole 
number.     K,  T  and  A  are  constants  given  in  the  following  table: 


General 
Data 


Wiring  Formulae  Constants 


System 

Values  of  A 

Values  of  K 

Values  of  T 

Per  Cent.  Power  Factor 

Per  Cent.  Power  Factor 

100 

95 

90 

85 

80 

100 

95 

90 

85 

80 

1  -phase,  and  D.  C. 
2-phase-4  wire 
3-phase-3  wire 

6.04 
12.08 
9.06 

2160 
1080 
1080 

2400 
1200 
1200 

2660 
1330 
1330 

3000 
1500 
1500 

3380 
1690 
1690 

1.00 
.50 

.58 

1.05 
.53 
.61 

1.11 
.55 

.64 

1.17 
.59 
.68 

1.25 
.66 

.72 

These  constants  depend  upon  the  system  of  distribution  as  well  as  the  condi- 
tions of  the  circuit. 

For  continuous  current  K=2160,  T=l  and  A=  6.04. 

For  any  particular  power  factor  the  value  of  K  is  obtained  by  dividing  2160, 
the  value  for  continuous  current,  by  the  square  of  the  power  factor  for  single-phase, 
and  by  twice  the  square  of  the  power  factor  for  three- wire  three-phase  or  four-wire 
two-phase.  In  continuous  current  Edison  three-wire  systems,  the  neutral  should 
be  made  of  one-third  the  section  obtained  by  the  formula  for  either  of  the  outside 
mains.  In  both  continuous  and  alternating  current  systems,  the  neutral  conductor, 
for  secondary  mains  (i.  e.,  service  connections)  and  house  wiring,  should  be  taken 
as  large  as  the  other  conductor.  The  three  wires  of  a  three-phase  circuit  and  the 
four  wires  of  a  two-phase  circuit  should  all  be  of  the  same  size,  and  each  conductor 
should  be  of  the  cross-section,  as  obtained  by  the  proper  application  of  the  first 
formula. 

The  following  assumed  values  of  power  factors  for  circuits  may  be  used  in  any 
calculation  when  their  exact  values  are  not  known. 

Incandescent  lighting  and  synchronous  motors,  95  per  cent. 
Lighting  and  induction  motors,  85  per  cent. 
Induction  motors  alone,  80  per  cent. 

For  continuous  currents  and  for  short  branch  circuits  in  wiring  buildings,  for 
lamp  and  motor  outlets,  the  following  formula  for  determining  area  of  conductor  is 
found  more  convenient  to  use. 

10.8  X  Amperes  X  Length  of  circuit   in    feet. 

Volts  permissible  drop  in  wire. 
For  example:     What  size  of  wire  would  be  required  for  an  800-foot  circuit 
carrying  current  to  a  500-volt,  20-kilowatt,  direct  current  motor,  allowing  2  per  cent, 
drop  in  the  circuit. 

20  kilo watts=20, 000  watts. 

20,000-^500=40,  amperes  in  line. 

1  per  cent,  loss  in  each  wire  or  branch  of  circuit=500  X  .01=5  volts. 

Length  of  each  wire=800  feet. 

10  8  X   40  X  800 
Circular  mils  =  -  — =69,120  or  No.  2  B.  &  S.  wire  say 

for  each  branch  of  the  circuit. 


Circular  mils= 


General 
Data 


24  AMERICAN          STEEL          AND          WIRE          COMPANY 


Bare  Copper  Wire  Table 

The  data  from  which  these  tables  have  been  computed  are  as  follows:  Matthies- 
sen's  standard  resistivity,  Matthiessen's  temperature  coefficients,  specific  gravity  of 
copper  =  8.89.  Resistance  in  terms  of  the  international  ohm. 


Diameter  of  Wire 

Cross-sectional  Area 

Brown  &  Sharpe 
Gauge 

In  Inches 

Allowable 
Variation  in 
Per  Cent. 

In 

Millimeters 

Circular  Mils 
(d2) 
d  =  .001  Inch 

Square  Inch 
(d2  x  .7854) 

Square 
Millimeter 

Either  Way 

0000 

.4600 

.45 

11.68 

211600. 

.166190 

107.219 

000 

.4096 

.50 

10.40 

167772. 

.131770 

85.011 

00 

.3648 

.50 

9.266 

133079. 

.104520 

67.432 

0 

.3250 

.50 

8.255 

105625. 

.082958 

53.521 

1 

.2893 

.50 

7.348 

83694. 

.065733 

42.408 

2 

.2576 

.50 

6.543 

66358. 

.052117 

33.624 

3 

.2294 

.75 

5.827 

52624. 

.041331 

26.665 

4 

.2043 

.75 

5.189 

41738. 

.032781 

21.149 

5 

.1819 

.75 

4.620 

33088. 

.025987 

16.766 

6 

.1620 

.75 

4.115 

26244. 

.020612 

13.298 

7 

.1443 

.75 

3.665 

20822. 

.016354 

10.550 

8 

.1285 

1.00 

3.264 

16512. 

.012969 

8.3666 

9 

.1144 

1.00 

2.906 

13087. 

.010279 

6.6313 

10 

.1019 

1.00 

2.588 

10384. 

.0081553 

5.2614 

11 

.0907 

.00 

2.804 

8226.5 

.0064611 

4.1684 

12 

.0808 

.25 

2.052 

6528.6 

.0051276 

3.3081 

13 

.0720 

.25 

1.829 

5184.0 

.0040715 

2.6267 

14 

.0641 

.25 

1.628 

4108.8 

.0032271 

2.0819 

15 

.0571 

.25 

.450 

3260.4 

.0025607 

1.6520 

16 

.0508 

.50 

1.290 

2580.6 

.0020268 

1.3076 

17 

.0453 

1.50 

.151 

2052.1 

.0016117 

1.0398 

18 

.0403 

1.50 

1.024 

1624.1 

.0012756 

.82294 

19 

.0359 

1.75 

.9119 

1288.8 

.0010122 

.65304 

20 

.0320 

1.75 

.8128 

1024.0 

.00080425 

.51887 

21 

.0285 

1.75 

.7239 

812.25 

.00063794 

.41157 

22 

.0253 

1.75 

.6426 

640.09 

.00050273 

.32434 

23 

.0226 

2.00 

.5740 

510.76 

.00040115 

.25880 

24 

.0201 

2.00 

.5105 

404.01 

.00031731 

.20471 

25 

.0179 

2.00 

.4547 

320.41 

.00025165 

.16235 

26 

.0159 

2.00 

.4039 

252.81 

.00019856 

.  12810 

27 

.0142 

2.00 

.3607 

201.64 

.00015837 

.10217 

28 

.0126 

2.00 

.3200 

158.76 

.00012469 

.08044 

29 

.0113 

2.00 

.2870 

127.69 

.00010029 

.06470 

30 

.0100 

2.50 

.2540 

100.00 

.000078540 

.05067 

31 

.00893 

3.00 

.2268 

79.74 

.000062631 

.04040 

32 

.00795 

3.00 

.2019 

63.20 

.000049639 

.03202 

33 

.00708 

3.00 

.1798 

50.18 

.000039369 

.02540 

34 

.00630 

3.50 

.1600 

39.69 

.000031173 

.02011 

35 

.00561 

4.00 

.1425 

81.47 

.000024718 

.01594 

36 

.0050 

4.50 

.1270 

25.00 

.000019635 

.01266 

37 

.00445 

5.00 

.1130 

19.80 

.000015553 

.01003 

38 

.00396 

6.00 

.1006 

15.68 

.000012816 

.00794 

39 

.00353 

7.00 

.08966 

12.46 

.0000097868 

.00631 

40 

.00314 

8.00 

.07976 

9.86 

.0000077437 

.00499 

ELECTRICAL          WIRES  AND  CABLES  25 


Bare  Copper  Wire  Table 

Giving  dimensions,  weights,  lengths  and  resistances  of  bare  round  solid  wires, 
Matthiessen's  Standard  of  Conductivity.  While  these  values  are  theoretically  cor- 
rect, slight  variation  should  be  expected  in  practice. 


General 
Data 


Pounds  per 

Ohms  pei- 

Feet  per 

Brown 

& 

Ohm  at 

Pound  at 

1000  Feet  at 

1000  Feet  at 

Ohm  at 

Sharpe 

1000  Feet 

20  C. 

20  C. 

20  C. 

50  C. 

Pound 

20  C. 

Gauge 

68  F. 

68  F. 

68  F. 

122  F. 

68  F. 

640.5 

13,090 

.0000764 

.04893 

.05467 

1.561 

20,440 

0000 

508.0 

8,232 

.0001215 

.06170 

.06893 

1.969 

16,210 

000 

402.8 

5,177 

.0001931 

.07780 

.08692 

2.482 

12,850 

00 

319.5 

3,256 

.0003071 

.09811 

.1096 

3.130 

10,190 

0 

253.8 

2,048 

.0004883 

.1237 

.1382 

3.947 

8,088 

1 

200.9 

1,288 

.0007765 

.1560 

.1743 

4.977 

6,410 

2 

159.3 

810.0 

.001235 

.1967 

.2198 

6.276 

5,084 

3 

126.4 

509.4 

.001963 

.2480 

.2771 

7.914 

4,031 

4 

100.2 

320.4 

.003122 

.3128 

.3495 

9.980 

8,197 

5 

079.46 

201.5 

.004963 

.3944 

.4406 

12.58 

2,535 

6 

063.02 

126.7 

.007892 

.4973 

.5556 

15.87 

2,011 

7 

49.98 

79.69 

.01255 

.6271 

.7007 

20.01 

1,595 

8 

39.63 

50.12 

.01995 

.7908 

.8835 

25.23 

1,265 

9 

31.43 

31.52 

.03173 

.9972 

1.114 

31.82 

1,003 

10 

24.93 

19.82 

.05045 

1.257 

1.405 

40.12 

795.3 

11 

19.77 

12.47 

.08022 

1.586 

1.771 

50.59 

630.7 

12 

15.68 

7.840 

.1276 

1.999 

2.234 

63.79 

500.1 

13 

12.43 

4.931 

.2028 

2.521 

2817 

80.44 

396.6 

14 

9.858 

3.101 

.3225 

3.179 

3.552 

101.4 

314.5 

15 

7.818 

1.950 

.5128 

4.009 

4.479 

127.9 

249.4 

16 

6.200 

1.226 

.8153 

5.055 

5.648 

161.3 

197.8 

17 

4.917 

.7713 

1.296 

6.374 

7.122 

203.4 

156.9 

18 

3.899 

.4851 

2.061 

8.038 

8.980 

256.5 

124.4 

19 

3.092 

.3051 

3.278 

10.14 

11.32 

323.4 

98.66 

20 

2.452 

.1919 

5.212 

12.78 

14.28 

407.8 

78.24 

21 

1.945 

.1207 

8.287 

16.12 

18.01 

514.2 

6205 

22 

1.542 

.07589 

13.18 

20.32 

22.71 

648.4 

49.21 

23 

1.223 

.04773 

20.95 

25.63 

28.63 

817.6 

39.02 

24 

.9699 

.03002 

33.32 

32.31 

36.10 

1,031 

30.95 

25 

.7692 

.01888 

52.97 

40.75 

45.52 

1,300 

24.54 

26 

.6100 

.01187 

84.23 

5138 

57.40 

1,639 

19.46 

27 

.4837 

.007466 

133.9 

64.79 

72.39 

2,067 

15.43 

28 

.3836 

.004696 

213.0 

81.70 

91.28 

2,607 

12.24 

29 

.3042 

.002953 

338.6 

103.0 

115.1 

3.287 

9.707 

30 

.2413 

.001857 

538.4 

129.9 

145.1 

4,145 

7.698 

31 

.1913 

.001168 

856.2 

161.8 

183.0 

5,227 

6.105 

32 

.1517 

.0007346 

1,361 

206.6 

230.8 

6,591 

4.841 

38 

.1203 

.0004620 

2.165 

260.5 

291.0 

8,311 

3.839 

34 

.09543 

.0002905 

3,441 

328.4 

866.9 

10,480 

8.045 

35 

.07568 

.0001827 

5,473 

414.2 

462.7 

13,210 

2.414 

86 

.06001 

.0001149 

8.702 

522.2 

583.5 

16,660 

1.915 

37 

.047f,<.) 

.00007210 

13,870 

658.5 

735.7 

21,010 

1.519 

38 

.03774 

.00004545 

22,000 

830.4 

927.7 

26,500 

1.204 

39 

.02993 

.00002858 

34,980 

1047.0 

1170.0 

33,410 

0.955 

40 

AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


General 
Data 


Weight  per  1 ,000  Feet  of  Bare  Copper  Wire  in  Pounds 


Number 

American 
Standard  (B.  &  S.) 

American 
Steel  &  Wire  Co. 

Birmingham  or 

Stubs' 

British  Imperial 
Standard 

000000 

1017. 

643.9 

650.4 

00000 

806.6 

560.3 

755.9 

564.3 

0000 

639.8 

468.9 

623.2 

483.8 

000 

507.3 

397.3 

546.1 

418.4 

00 

402.4 

331.3 

436.6 

366.2 

0 

319.4 

284.0 

349.5 

317.4 

1 

253.0 

242.1 

272.1 

272.1 

2 

200.6 

208.3 

243.9 

230.3 

3 

159.1 

179.6 

202.8 

192.0 

4 

126.2 

153.5 

171.8 

162.7 

5 

100.0 

129.6 

146.3 

135.9 

6 

79.85 

111.5 

124.6 

111.5 

7 

62.96 

94.72 

97.96 

93.66 

8 

49.92 

79.35 

82.31 

77.40 

9 

39.57 

66.49 

66.23 

62.69 

10 

31.39 

56.10 

54.29 

49.54 

11 

24.87 

43.90 

43.54 

40.68 

12 

19.74 

33.65 

35.92 

32.70 

18 

15.67 

25.31 

27.29 

25.59 

14 

12.42 

19.35 

20.83 

19.35 

15 

9.858 

15.67 

15.67 

15.67 

16 

7.802 

11.81 

12.77 

12.38 

17 

6.204 

8.816 

10.17 

9.482 

18 

4.910 

6.822 

7.259 

6.966 

19 

3.897 

5.082 

5.333 

4.838 

20 

3.096 

3.662 

3  704 

3.918 

21 

2.456 

3.038 

3.096 

3.096 

22 

1.935 

2.473 

2.370 

2.370 

23 

1.544 

2.013 

1.890 

1.742 

24 

1.222 

1.599 

1.463 

1.4H3 

25 

0.9688 

1.258 

1.209 

1.209 

26 

0.7644 

0.9905 

0.9796 

0.9796 

27 

0.6097 

0.9049 

0.7740 

0.8132 

28 

0.4*00 

0.7935 

0.5926 

0.6623 

29 

0.3861 

0.6803 

0.5110 

0.5592 

30 

0.3023 

0.5926 

0.4354 

0.4649 

31 

0.2411 

0.5268 

0.3023 

0.4068 

32 

0.1911 

0.4954 

0.2449 

6.3527 

33 

0.1516 

0.4210 

0.1935 

0.3023 

34 

0.1200 

0.3270 

0.1481 

0.2559 

35 

0.09515 

0.2729 

0.07559 

0.2133 

36 

0.07559 

0.2449 

0.04838 

0.1746 

37 

0.05987 

0.2184 

0.1398 

38 

0.04741 

0.1935 

0.1088 

39 

0.03768 

0.1701 

0.08175 

40 

0.02981 

0.1481 

0.06966 

1000  feet  of  pure  copper  wire  of  one  circular  mil  capacity  weighs  0.003027057  pound. 

Tensile  Strength  of  Pure  Copper  Wire  in  Pounds 


Hard  Drawn 

Annealed 

Hard  Drawn 

Annealed 

Size 
B.  &  S. 

Actual 

Average 
per  Square 
Inch 

Actual 

Average 
per  Square 
Inch 

Size 
B.  &S. 

Actual 

Average 
per  Square 
Inch 

Actual 

Average 
per  Square 
Inch 

0000 

8260. 

49,700 

5320. 

32,000 

7 

1050. 

64,200 

556. 

34,000 

000 

6550. 

49,700 

4220. 

32,000 

8 

843. 

65.000 

441. 

84,000 

00 

5440. 

52,000 

3340. 

32,000 

9 

678. 

66,000 

350.             34,000 

0 

4530. 

54,600 

2650. 

32,000 

10 

546. 

67,000 

277. 

34,000 

1 

3680. 

56.000 

2100. 

32,000 

12 

343. 

67,000 

174. 

34,000 

2 

2970. 

57,000 

1670. 

32,000 

14 

219. 

68,000 

110. 

34,000 

3 

2380. 

57,600 

1323. 

32.000 

16 

138. 

68,000 

68.9 

34,000 

4 

1900. 

58,000 

1050. 

82,000 

18 

86.7 

68,OiK) 

43.4 

34,000 

5 

1580. 

60,800 

884. 

34,000 

19 

68.8 

68,000 

34.4 

84,000 

6 

1300. 

68,000 

700. 

84,000 

20 

54.7 

68,000 

27.3 

84,000 

ELECTRICAL    WIRES     AND     CABLES     27 


Strand  " 

Data 

If  a  solid  copper  wire  be  made  larger  in  diameter  than  0.46  inch  it  becomes 
hard  to  splice  and  difficult  to  handle,  owing  to  its  size  and  stiffness.  Conductors 
larger  than  this  are  nearly  always  built  up  of  small  wires  twisted  into  a  strand  or 
cable.  The  flexibility  of  a  cable  will  increase  as  the  size  of  the  constituent  wires 
decreases  or  as  the  number  of  wires  increases,  and  it  will  depend  somewhat  upon 
the  method  of  laying  up  the  cable. 

While  it  is  possible  to  build  up  a  cable  from  any  number  of  wires,  there  are 
certain  combinations  only  that  can  be  used  to  obtain  a  smooth  and  symmetrical 
cable.  These  combinations  are  governed  by  well  established  geometrical  rules 
which  should  be  observed  whenever  possible. 


Seven-layer  Strand 

A  bare  cable  may  be  defined  as  consisting  of  any  group  of  wires  twisted 
together  helically,  or  it  may  be  composed  of  any  number  of  such  groups.  The 
term  wire  indicates  the  individual  solid  wires  in  a  cable. 

A  strand  is  a  group  of  single  wires  in  one  or  more  layers,  twisted  together 
helically  and  symmetrically  with  a  uniform  pitch  around  a  single  central  wire  or 
neutral  axis.  This  construction  is  sometimes  called  concentric  strand. 

The  term  bunched  strand  is  sometimes  applied  to  a  collection  of  straight  or 
twisted  wires  which  are  grouped  together  with  little  regard  to  their  geometrical 
arrangements. 

The  above  cut  represents  the  manner  in  which  a  concentric  strand  with  7  layers 
is  built  up.  The  first  layer  consists  of  six  wires  twisted  spirally  around  the  central 
wire  or  core.  The  second  layer  has  12  wires  or  6  +  6,  the  third  18  wires  or  12  +  6, 
and  so  on,  each  succeeding  layer  having  6  more  wires  than  the  one  underneath. 
The  total  number  of  wires  in  this  type  of  strand  would  be, 

For  1  layer,  1  +    6  =  7 

2  layers,  7  +  12  —  19 

3  layers,  19  +  18  =  37 

4  layers,  37  +  24=  61 

7  layers,  127  +  42  =  169 

This  can  be  expressed  by  the  following  formula,  where  n  is  the  number  of 
layers  over  the  core : 

Total  number  of  wires  =  3n(l  +  n)  +  1. 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


General  In  this  type  of  strand,  all  wires  are  of  the  same  size  and  each  successive  layer 

Data  of  wires  after  the  second  is  twisted  in  a  reverse  direction  from  the  preceding  one, 
making  the  external  diameter  symmetrical  and  cylindrical.  It  is  the  most  compact 
form,  it  has  the  smallest  diameter  for  a  given  capacity  and  presents  the  smoothest 
and  most  uniform  external  surface  possible  to  obtain.  These  are  very  necessary 
qualifications  for  the  production  of  a  high  grade  insulated  cable.  The  insulation, 
whether  it  be  rubber,  paper,  cambric  or  other  material,  will  have  a  more  uniform 
thickness  on  a  concentric  strand  than  on  any  other,  due  to  the  evenness  of  its 
external  diameter. 


Stranding  Machine 

As  the  successive  layers  are  wound  in  opposite  directions,  the  wires  will  not  fit 
into  the  grooves  between  the  wires  underneath.  The  diameter  of  such  a  strand  will 
therefore  equal  the  sum  of  the  diameters  of  the  individual  wires  crossing  each  other 
in  any  diameter.  It  will  equal  d(2n  +  1),  where  d  is  the  diameter  of  each  wire  and 
n  the  number  of  layers. 

The  axial  length  of  one  complete  turn  of  a  wire  in  a  strand  is  called  the  pitch, 
or  the  lay  of  the  strand.  This  is  often  expressed  in  terms  of  the  diameter  of  the  strand. 
There  is  no  one  fixed  standard  pitch  used  by  all  cable  makers.  An  extended  experi- 
ence in  cable  making  has  shown  us  that  the  particular  system  of  laying  wires  in  a 
strand  outlined  in  the  following  table  gives  best  results.  This  is  based  on  placing 
the  wires  in  the  strand  at  a  uniform  angle  with  the  core.  The  "per  cent,  take-up 
of  whole  strand  "  represents  also  the  per  cent,  increase  in  weight  of  a  strand  over  a 
solid  wire  of  equal  cross-section. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


89 


Standard  Pitch  of  Concentric  Copper  Strand 


General 
Data 


Number  of 
Wires  in 
Strand 

Number  in 
Outside 
Layer 

Per  Cent. 
Take-up 
Each  Layer 

Per  Cent 
Take-up  of 
Whole 
Strand 

Approx- 
imate 
Diameters 
Pitch 

Angle 
of 
Wire 

Cosine 
Angle 

Approximate 
Weight  per 
100,000  Circular 
Mils  per  1,000 
Feet  Strand 

1 

302.7058 

7 

'e 

6.97 

6.83 

15 

V-o'" 

!9902 

305.218 

19 

12 

2.63 

1.97 

11 

13°-0' 

.9744 

308.669 

37 

18 

2.63 

2.29 

12 

13°-0' 

.9744 

309.638 

61 

24 

2.63 

2.42 

12 

13°-0' 

.9744 

310.031 

91 

80 

2.63 

2.49 

12^ 

13°-0' 

.9744 

310.248 

127 

36 

2.63 

2.53 

12^ 

13°-0' 

.9744 

310.364 

169 

42 

2.63 

2.55 

12^ 

13°-0' 

.9744 

310.425 

217 

48 

2.63 

2.57 

12^ 

13°-0' 

.9744 

310.485 

7  x  7  =  49 

6  Wires 

0.97 

15 

8°-0' 

.9903 

309.244 

Rope  Strand 

6  Strands 

1.54 

2.16 

12 

10°  -0' 

.9848 

If  a  longer  twist  were  used  than  that  given  in  the  above  table,  the  wires  in  the 
strand  would  not  bind  together  properly,  and  if  a  shorter  twist  be  employed,  the 
per  cent,  of  take-up  of  the  wires  and  the  weight  would  be  increased. 

The  best  copper  strands  are  made  on  machinery  which  permits  the  wires  to  be 
laid  into  the  strand  without  torsion.  Where  torsion  is  present,  it  has  a  bad  effect 
on  the  strand  and  on  the  physical  characteristics  of  the  wire. 

The  sectional  area  of  a  cable  in  circular  mils  is  obtained  by  multiplying  the  area 
of  each  wire  in  circular  mils  measured  at  right  angles  to  its  axis,  by  the  number 
of  wires.  Copper  strands  larger  in  sectional  area  than  4/0  B.  &  S.  gauge  are 
usually  classified  according  to  their  total  area  in  circular  mils;  smaller  copper 
cables  are  nearly  always  classified  in  the  B.  &  S.  gauge.  The  area  in  circular  mils 
(d~)  of  any  one  wire  equals  the  circular  mils  of  the  cable  divided  by  the  number  of 
wires  in  the  cable.  The  diameter  of  any  wire  in  mils  will  equal,  as  explained  elsewhere, 
the  square  root  (j/d*)  of  the  area  of  the  wire  expressed  in  circular  mils.  The  indi- 
vidual wires  of  a  cable  can  seldom  be  drawn  to  any  of  the  standard  gauge  numbers, 
because  the  diameter  of  the  wire  is  fixed  by  the  required  size  of  the  cable,  and  the 
number  of  wires  composing  it. 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


General 
Data 


Diameters  of  Strands  and  Component  Wires 


7  -Wire  Strand 

19  -Wire  Strand 

37-  Wire  Strand 

61  -Wire  Strand 

Size  in 

Circular  Mils 

Diameter 

Diameter 

Diameter 

Diameter 

Diameter 

Diameter 

Diameter 

Diameter 

of  Each 

of 

of  Each 

of 

of  Each 

of 

of  Ea 

ch 

of 

Wire 

Strand 

Wire 

Strand 

Wire 

Strand 

Wire 

Strand 

100,000 

.1196 

.3588 

.0726 

.3628 

.0520 

.3640 

.0405 

.3645 

125,000 

.1887 

.4011 

.0811 

.4055 

.0581 

.4167 

.0453 

.4077 

150,000 

.1463 

.4389 

.0889 

.4445 

.0636 

.4442 

16 

.4464 

175,000 

.1581 

.4743 

.0960 

.4800 

.0688 

.4716 

!oss 

S 

.4815 

200.000 

.1690 

.5070 

.1026 

.5130 

.0735 

.5145 

.0573 

.5157 

225,000 

.1793 

.5879 

.1088 

.5440 

.0780 

.5460 

.06C 

r 

.5463 

250.000 

.1890 

.5670 

.1147 

.5735 

.0822 

.5754 

.0640 

.5760 

275,000 

.1982 

.5946 

.1203 

.6015 

.0862 

.6034 

.06? 

i 

.6039 

300,000 

.2070 

.6210 

.1257 

.6285 

.0901 

.6307 

.070 

i 

.6309 

325,000 

.2155 

.6465 

.1308 

.6540 

.0937 

.6559 

.0730 

.6570 

350.000 

.2236 

.6708 

.1357 

.6785 

.0973 

.6811 

.075 

7 

.6813 

375,000 

.2312 

.6986 

.1405 

.7025 

.1007 

.7049 

.078 

4 

.7056 

400,000 

.2391 

.7173 

.1451 

.7255 

.1040 

.7280 

.0810 

.7290 

425,000 

.2464 

.7392 

.1495 

.7475 

.1072 

.7504 

.088 

5 

.7515 

450,000 

.2535 

.7605 

.1539 

.7695 

.1103 

.7721 

.085 

9 

.7781 

475,000 

.2604 

.7812 

.1581 

.7905 

.1133 

.7931 

.088 

2 

.7938 

500,000 

.2672 

.8016 

.1622 

.8110 

.1162 

.8184 

.090 

5 

.8145 

525,000 

.2788 

.8217 

.1662 

.8310 

.1191 

.8837 

.092 

8 

.8352 

550,000 

.2803 

.8409 

.1701 

.8505 

.1219 

.8533 

.0950 

.8550 

575.000 

.2866 

.8608 

.1740 

.8700 

.1247 

.8729 

.097 

1 

.8739 

600,000 

.2928 

.8784 

.1778 

.8890 

.1273 

.8911 

.099 

£ 

.8928 

625,000 

.2988 

.8964 

.1814 

.9070 

.1299 

.9093 

.1012 

.9108 

650000 

.3047 

.9141 

.1850 

.9250 

.1325 

.9275 

.103 

8 

.9288 

675,000 

.3106 

.9316 

.1885 

.9425 

.1351 

.9457 

.1052 

.9468 

700,000 

.3163 

.9489 

.1919 

.9595 

.1375 

.9625 

.10? 

1 

.9639 

725.000 

.3218 

.9654 

.1953 

.9765 

.1400 

.9800 

.109 

0 

.9810 

750,000 

.3273 

.9819 

.1986 

.9930 

.1424 

.9968 

.1109 

.9981 

775,000 

.3328 

.9984 

.2019 

1.0095 

.1447 

.0129 

.112 

7 

1.0103 

800.000 

.3380 

.0140 

.2052 

1.0260 

.1470 

.0290 

.1145 

1.0305 

825,000 

.3433 

.0299 

.2084 

1.0420 

.1493 

.0451 

.116 

3 

.0467 

850,000 

.3484 

.0452 

.2115 

1.0575 

.1516 

.0612 

.118 

1 

.0629 

875,000 

.3535 

.0605 

.2146 

1.0730 

.1538 

.0766 

.1198 

.0782 

900,000 

.3586 

.0758 

.2176 

1.0880 

.1559 

.0918 

.121 

5 

.0935 

925,000 

.3635 

.0905 

.2206 

.1030 

.1582 

.1074 

.1231 

.1079 

950.000 

.3684 

.1052 

.2236 

.1180 

.1602 

.1214 

.124 

8 

.1232 

975,000 

.3732 

.1196 

.2265 

.1325 

.1623 

.1361 

.126 

4 

.1376 

1,000,000 

.3780 

1.1340 

.2294 

.1470 

.1644 

.1508 

.1280 

.1520 

1,100,000 

.3964 

1.1892 

.2406 

.2030 

.1724 

.2068 

.134 

3 

.2087 

1,200.000 

.4140 

1.2420 

.2513 

.2565 

.1801 

.2607 

.14C 

12 

.2618 

1,250,000 

.422J 

1.2678 

.2565 

.2825 

.1838 

.2866 

.1431 

.2879 

1,300.000 

.4309 

1.2927 

.2616 

.3080 

.1874 

.3018 

.145 

9 

.3131 

1,400.000 

.4472 

1.3416 

.2714 

.3570 

.1945 

.3615 

.151 

5 

.3635 

1,500,000 

.4629 

1.3887 

.2810 

.4050 

.2013 

.4091 

.1568 

.4112 

1,600,000 

.4780 

1.4340 

.2902 

.4510 

.2079 

.4553 

.161 

9 

.4571 

1,700.000 

.4931 

1.4793 

.2991 

.4955 

.2143 

.5001 

.1669 

.5021 

1,750-000 

.5000 

1.5000 

.3034 

.5170 

.2175 

1.5225 

.16S 

4 

.5246 

1,800000 

.5071 

1.5213 

.3078 

.5390 

2205 

1.5435 

.171 

8 

.5462 

1,900,000 

.5210 

1.5630 

.3162 

.5810 

.2266 

1.5862 

.1765 

.5885 

2,000,000 

.5345 

1.6035 

.3243 

.6215 

2325 

1.6275 

.1810 

1.6900 

7  -Wire  Strand 

19  -Wire  Strand                                37  -Wire  Strand 

Size  of 

Strand 

B.  &  S. 

Diameter  of 

Diameter  of 

Diameter  of 

Diameter  of          Diameter  of 

Diameter  of 

Each  Wire               Strand 

Each  Wire 

Strand                Each  Wire 

Strand 

10 

.0385                      .1155 

.0233 

.1165                      .0168 

.1176 

9 

.0435                      .1305 

.0262 

.1310                      .0187 

.1309 

8 

.0485                      .1455 

.0293 

.1465                      .0211 

.1477 

7 

.0545                      .1635 

.0331 

.1655                      .0237 

.1659 

6 

.0612                      .1836 

.0372 

.1860                      .0266 

.1862 

5     ' 

.0687                      .2061 

.0417 

.2085                      .0299 

.2093 

4 

.0772                      .2316 

.0168 

.2340                      .0335 

.2345 

3 

.0867                      .2601 

.0526 

.2630                      .0377 

.2639 

2 

.0973                      .2919 

.0592 

.2960                      .0423 

.2961 

1 

.1093                      .3279 

.0668 

.3315                      .0475 

.3325 

0 

.1228 

.3684 

.0746 

.3780                      .0534 

.3738 

00 

.1878 

.4134 

.0836 

.4180                      .0599 

.4193 

000 

.1548 

.4644 

.0940 

.4700                      .0673 

.4711 

0000 

.1736 

.5208 

.1055 

.5275                      .0756 

.5292 

E    L 


C    T    R    I     C    A    L 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


Diameters  of  Strands  and  Component  Wires 


91-Wire  Strand 

127-Wire  Strand 

169-Wire  Strand 

217-Wire  Strand 

Size  in 

Circular 

Diameter  of 

Diameter  of 

Diameter  of 

Diameter  of 

Diameter  of 

Diameter  of 

diameter  of 

Diameter  of 

Mils. 

Each  Wire 

Strand 

Each  Wire 

Strand 

Each  Wire 

Strand 

Each  Wire 

Strand 

0331 

.3641 

.0281 

.3653 

.0243 

.3645 

.0215 

.3655 

100,000 

.0371 

.4081 

.0314 

.4082 

.0272 

.4080 

.0240 

.4080 

125,000 

.0406                .4466 

.0343 

.4459 

.0298 

.4470 

.0263 

.4471 

150,000 

.0438 

.4818 

.0371 

.4823 

.0822 

.4830 

.0284 

.4828 

175,000 

.0469 

.5159 

.0397 

.5161 

.0344 

.5160 

.0304 

.5168 

200,000 

0497 

.5467 

.0421 

.5473 

.0365 

.5475 

.0322 

.5474 

225,000 

.0524 

.5764 

.0444 

.5746 

.0384 

.5760 

.0340 

.5780 

250,000 

.0549 

.6039 

.0465 

.6045 

.0403 

.6045 

.0356 

.6052 

275,000 

0573 

.6303 

.0486 

.6318              .0421 

.6315 

.0372 

.6324 

300,000 

.0597 

.6567 

.0506                .6579              .0438 

.6570 

.0387 

.6579 

825,000 

0620 

.6820 

.0526 

.6838 

.0455 

.6825 

.0401 

.6817 

3:,0,000 

.0642 

.7062 

.0543 

.7059 

.0471 

.7065 

.0415 

.7055 

375,000 

.0663 

.7293 

.0561 

.7293 

.0487 

.7305 

.0429 

.7293 

400,000 

.0683 

.7513 

.0579 

.7527 

.0501 

.7515 

.0442 

.7514 

425,000 

.0703 

.7733 

.0595 

.7735 

.0516 

.7740 

.0455 

.7735 

450,000 

0722 

.7942 

.0612 

.7956 

.0530 

.7950 

.0468 

.7956 

475,000 

.0741 

.8151 

.0627 

.8151 

.0544 

.8160 

.0480 

.8160 

500,000 

.0759 

.8349 

.0643 

.8359 

.0557 

.8355 

.0492 

.8364 

525,000 

.0777 

.8547 

.0658 

.8554 

.0570 

.8550 

.0503 

.8551 

550,000 

.0795 

.8745 

.0673 

.8749 

.0583 

.8745 

.0514 

.8738 

575,000 

.0812 

.8932 

.0687 

.8931 

.0596 

.8940 

.0526 

.8942 

600,000 

.0829 

.9119 

.0702 

.9126 

.0608 

.9120 

.0537 

.9129 

625,000 

.0845 

.9295 

.0716 

.9308 

.0620 

.9300 

.0547 

.9299 

650,000 

.0861 

.9471 

.0729 

.9487 

.0632 

.9480 

.0558 

.9486 

675,000 

.0883 

.9713 

.0742 

.9646 

.0644 

.9660 

.0568 

.9656 

700,000 

.0892 

.9812 

.0756 

.9828 

.0655 

.9825 

.0578 

.9826 

725,000 

.0908 

.9988 

.0768 

.9984 

.0666 

.9990 

.0588 

.9996 

750,000 

.0923 

1.0153 

.0781 

1.0153 

.0677 

1.0155 

.0598 

1.0166 

775,000 

.0937 

1.0307 

.0794 

1.0322 

.0688 

1.0320 

.0607 

1.0319 

800,000 

0952 

.0472 

.0806 

1.0478 

.0698 

1.0470 

.0617 

1.0489 

825,000 

.0966 

.0626 

.0818 

1.0634 

.0709 

1.0635 

.0626 

1.0642 

850,000 

.0981 

.0791 

.0830 

1.0790 

.0719 

1.0785 

.0635 

1.0795 

875,000 

.0994 

.0934 

.0841 

1.0933 

.0730 

1.0950 

.0644 

1.0948 

900,000 

.1008 

.1088 

.0853 

1.1089 

.0740 

1.1100 

.0653 

1.1101 

925,000 

.1021 

.1231 

.0864 

1.1232 

.0750 

1.1250 

.0662 

1.1254 

950,000 

.1035 

.1385 

.0876 

1.1388 

.0760 

1.1400 

.0671 

1.1407 

975,000 

.1048 

.1528 

.0887 

1.1531 

.0769 

1.1535 

.0679 

1.1543 

1,000,000 

.1099 

.2089 

.0931 

1.2103 

.0807 

1.2105 

.0712 

1.2104 

1,100,000 

.1148 

.2628 

.0972 

1.2636 

.0843 

1.2645 

.0744 

1.2648 

1,200,000 

.1172 

.2892 

.0992 

1.2896 

.0860 

1.2900 

.0759 

1.2903 

1,250,000 

.1195 

.3145 

.1011 

1.3143 

.0877 

1.3155 

.0774 

1.3158 

1,300,000 

.1240 

.3640 

.1050 

1.3650 

.0910 

1.3650 

.0803 

1.3651 

1,400,000 

.1284 

.4124 

.1087 

1.4132 

0942 

1.4130 

.0831 

1.4127 

1,500,000 

.1326 

.4526 

.1122 

1.4586 

.0973 

1.4595 

.0859 

1.4603 

1,600,000 

.1366 

.5026 

.1157 

1.5041 

.1003 

1.5045 

.0885 

1.5045 

1,700,000 

.1386 

.5246 

.1174 

1.5262 

.1018 

1.5270 

.0898 

1.5266 

1,750,000 

.1406 

.5466 

.1190 

1.5470 

.1032 

1.5480 

.0911 

1.5487 

1,800,000 

.1445 

.5895 

.1223 

1.5899 

.1060 

1.5900 

.0936 

1.5912 

1,900,000 

.1482 

.6302 

.1255 

1.6315 

.1088 

1.6320 

.0960 

1.6320 

2,000,000 

61-Wire  Strand 

91-Wire  Strand                                 127-Wire  Strand 

Size  of 

Strand 

Diameter  of         Diameter  of 

Diameter  of 

Diameter  of          Diameter  of         Diameter  of 

B.  &S. 

Each  Wire               Strand 

Each  Wire 

Strand                Each  Wire               Strand 

.0129                      .1161 

.0106 

.1166                      .0090                      .1170 

10 

.0146                     .1314 

.0120                     .1820                     .0101                     .1313 

9 

.0164                     .1476 

.0135                     .1485                     .0114                     .1482 

8 

.0184                     .1656 

.0151 

.1661                     .0128                     .1664 

7 

.0207                     .1863 

.0169 

.1859                     .0143                     .1859 

6 

.0233                     .2097 

.0190                     .2090                     .0161                     .2093 

5 

.0261                     .2349 

0214                      .2454                      .0179                      .2327 

4 

.0294                     .2646 

.0240                      .2640                      .0203                      .2639 

3 

.0329                      2943 

.0269                     .2959                     .0228                     .2964 

2 

0370                      3330 

0303                      .3333                      .0252                      .3276 

1 

.0416                      .3744 

.0340                      .3740                      .0288                      .3744 

0 

.0467                      .4203 

.0382                      .4202                      .0328                      .4199 

00 

.0525                     .4725 

0429                     .4719                     .0863                     .4719 

000 

.0589                     .5301 

.0482                      .5302                      .0408                      .5304 

0000 

General 
Data 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


General 
Data 


Resistance  of  Copper  Strand  * 

There  is  a  division  of  opinion  as  to  whether  the  electrical  resistance  of  an 
annealed  copper  strand  is  equal  to  or  greater  than  that  of  a  solid  annealed  con- 
ductor of  equal  sectional  area.  The  separate  wires,  on  account  of  being  laid  up 
spirally,  are  longer  than  they  would  be  if  laid  up  parallel  to  the  core,  by  an  amount 
given  in  the  table  on  page  29.  If  the  electric  current  flows  spirally  through  the 
separate  wires  and  not  through  the  strand  as  a  unit,  from  wire  to  wire,  then  the 
effective  length  of  the  circuit  has  been  increased,  and  also  the  resistance.  On  the 
other  hand,  the  weight  of  the  strand  is  greater  than  that  of  a  solid  wire  by  a 
proportionate  amount,  and  this  would  reduce  the  resistance  in  strands  where  the 
current  flowed  from  wire  to  wire.  In  any  event  the  difference  would  rarely  exceed 
one  per  cent.  In  case  of  hard  drawn  copper,  however,  there  is  no  question  as  to 
the  strand  having  a  higher  resistance  than  a  solid  wire  of  equal  section. 


Concentric  Cables 

Smooth  symmetrical  cables  can  be  built  up  about  a  core  of  more  than  one  wire, 
though  this  is  seldom  done  in  practice. 


Wires  in  Concentric  Cables 


Core  of  One  Wire 

Core  of  Two  Wires 

Core  of  Three  Wires 

Core  of  Four  Wires 

TV     n  H 

of  Layers 

Wires 

Total 

Wires 

Total 

Wires 

Total 

Wires 

Total 

per 

Number 

per 

Number 

per 

Number 

pei- 

Number 

Layer 

of  Wires 

Layer 

of  Wires 

Layer 

of  Wires 

Layer 

of  Wires 

i 

6 

7 

8 

10 

9 

12 

10 

14 

2 

12 

19 

14 

24 

15 

27 

16 

30 

8 

18 

37 

20 

44 

21 

48 

22 

52 

4 

24 

61 

26 

70 

27 

75 

28 

80 

5 

30 

91 

32 

102 

33 

108 

34 

114 

6 

36 

127 

88 

140 

39 

147 

40 

154 

' 

42 

169 

44 

184 

45 

192 

46 

200 

Rope  Strands 

A  bare  rope  strand  consists  of  a  group  of  strands  twisted  together  helically 
and  symmetrically  with  a  uniform  pitch  around  a  central  strand.  A  rope  is  some- 
times called  a  compound  strand  and  sometimes  cable  laid  strand.  It  differs  from 
the  concentric  strand  already  considered,  in  that  it  is  more  flexible  and  that  strands 
are  substituted  for  individual  wires. 

The  number  and  arrangement  of  strands  in  such  a  cable  are  similar  to  those  of 
wires  in  a  concentric  strand.  The  total  number  of  wires  in  a  rope  strand  would 
equal  the  number  of  wires  in  a  correspondingly  constructed  concentric  strand,  multi- 
plied by  the  number  of  wires  in  the  core.  Or,  expressed  by  formula,  the  total 
number  of  wires  would  equal 

C  X  [3n  (1  +  n)  +  1] 

Where  C  is  the  number  of  wires  in  the  core  or  central  strand,  preferably  7,  and 
n  is  the  number  of  layers  over  the  core. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


3:: 


Wires  in  Rope  Strand 


General 
Data 


Number  of 

Number  of 

Total  Number  of  Wires 

Layers 
Over  Core 

Strands 
in  Cable 

7  Wires 
per  Strand 

19  Wires 
per  Strand 

1 

7 

49 

133 

2 

19 

133 

361 

3 

37 

259 

703 

4 

61 

427 

1159 

5 

91 

637 

1729 

6 

127 

889 

2413 

The  diameter  of  a  rope  strand  would  equal 

D  (1  +  2n) 

Where  D  is  the  diameter  of  each  strand  and  n  is  the  number  of  layers  over  the 
core.  As  explained  on  page  29,  D— d  (1  +  2n)  where  d  is  the  diameter  of  the  single 
wire. 

For  example:  The  outside  diameter  of  4-layer  61  X  7  rope-strand  in  which  the 
diameter  of  each  strand  D=0.3  inch  would  be 

.3(1  +  2  X  4)  =  2.7  inches. 

The  diameters  so  obtained  are  usually  about  5  per  cent,  larger  than  the  finished 
diameter  of  the  rope  stranded  cable  owing  to  inherent  characteristics  of  this  type 
of  construction. 


Rope  Strand 


The  manner  of  building  up  a  rope-stranded  cable  is  shown  in  the  above  cut. 
The  number  of  wires  in  each  strand  which  it  is  preferable  to  use  is  seven.  Groups 
of  such  strands  around  a  central  core  will  form  successively  a  7  X  7,  19  X  7,  37  X 
7,  61  X  7  and  127  X  7  rope  strand.  Such  expressions  as  "19  X  7"  mean  19  strands 
of  7  wires  each,  the  number  of  strands  always  being  given  first.  Wherever  this 
method  of  designating  compound  strands  is  used  it  will  be  understood  in  this 
manner.  The  better  construction  for  electrical  conductors  is  to  use,  say,  a  37-strand 
of  7  wires  instead  of  a  7-strand  of  37  wires,  because  the  former  is  more  compact 
and  has  a  smoother  external  surface  around  which  to  place  the  insulation.  This 
will  be  evident  from  a  casual  glance  at  a  sectional  view  of  such  a  cable.  The  7  X 
7  construction  is  not  advisable  on  large  conductors,  as  it  is  unwieldy  and 
uneconomical.  Its  use  is  confined  to  the  smaller  sizes  like  4  B.  &  S.  gauge  and 
smaller. 


AMERICAN          STEEL          AND          WIRE          COMPANY 


General 
Data 


Data  Ralating  to  Bare  Copper  Strand 

Approximate  Values 


B.  &S. 
Gauge 

Circular 
Mils 

Number 
Wires  in 
Strand 

Diameter 
Each  Wire 
Inches 

Diameter 
of  Strand 
Inches 

Weight  per 
1000  Foot 
Strand 
Pounds 

Area 
Strand 
Square 
Inches 

Resistance 
per  1000  Feet 
at  68°  F.  or 
20°  C. 

2,000,000 

91 

.1482 

.6302 

6204.8 

1.56874 

.00530 

1,750,000 

91 

.1387 

.5257 

5429.3 

1.36494 

.00607 

1,500,000 

91 

.1284 

.4124 

4658.6 

1.17881 

.00707 

1,250,000 

91 

.1172 

.2892 

3878.0 

.98170 

.00852 

1,000,000 

61 

.1280 

.1520 

3100.3 

.78494 

.01060 

950,000 

61 

.1248 

.1232 

2945.3 

.74618 

.01115 

900,000 

61 

.1215 

.0935 

2790.3 

.70724 

.01179 

850,000 

61 

.1181 

.0629 

2635.3 

.66852 

.01247 

800,000 

61 

.1145 

1.0305 

2480.2 

.62810 

.01325 

750,000 

61 

.1109 

.9981 

2325.2 

.58922 

.01413 

700,000 

61 

.1071 

.9639 

2170.2 

.54954 

.01514 

650,000 

61 

.1032 

.9288 

2015.2 

.51020 

.01630 

600,000 

61 

.0992 

.8928 

1860.2 

.47146 

.01767 

550,000 

87 

.1219 

.8533 

1703.0 

.48181 

.01925 

500,000 

37 

.1162 

.8184 

1548.2 

.39287 

.02116 

450,000 

87 

.1103 

.7721 

1393.4 

.35284 

.02349 

400,000 

37 

.1040 

.7280 

1238.5 

.31431 

.02648 

350.000 

37 

.0973 

.6811 

1083.84 

.27512 

!  03026 

300,000 

19 

.1256 

.6285 

926.01 

.23591 

.03581 

250,000 

19 

.1147 

.5738 

771.67 

.19685 

.04233 

0000 

211,600 

19 

.1055 

.5275 

653.14 

.16609 

.04997 

000 

167,772 

19 

.094 

.4700 

512.07 

.13187 

.06293 

00 

133,079 

7 

.1380 

.4134 

406.98 

.10429 

.07985 

0 

105,625 

7 

.1228 

.3684 

322.39 

.08303 

.10007 

1 

83,694 

7 

.1093 

.3279 

255.45 

.06559 

.12617 

2 

66,358 

7 

.0973 

.2919 

202.5 

.05205 

.15725 

3 

52,624 

7 

.0867 

.2601 

160.6 

.04182 

.19827 

4 

41,788 

7 

.0772 

.2316 

127.4 

.03276 

.25000 

6 

26,244 

7 

.0612 

.1836 

80.1 

.02059 

.39767 

8 

16,512 

.0486 

.1458 

50.4 

.01298 

.62686 

10 

10,384 

7 

.0885 

.1155 

31.7 

.00815 

1.00848 

12 

6,528 

7 

.0305 

.0915 

19.9 

.00511 

1.59716 

14 

4,108 

7 

.0242 

.0726 

12.5 

.00322 

2.54192 

ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


Sizes  of  Wire  for  Rope  Strands 


General 
Data 


Capacity  of 
Cable  in 
Cir.  Mils. 

49  Wires 

7x7 

183  Wires 
19x7 

259  Wires 
37x7 

427  Wires 
61x7 

637  Wires 
91x7 

100000 

.0452 

.0274 

.0197 

.0153 

.0125 

125000 

.0505 

.0306 

.0220 

.0171 

.0140 

150000 

.0553 

.0836 

.0242 

.0188 

.0154 

175000 

.0597 

.0363 

.0260 

.0202 

.0166 

200000 

.0638 

.0388 

.0278 

.0216 

.0177 

225000 

.0677 

.0411 

.0295 

.0230 

.0188 

250000 

.0714 

.0435 

.0311 

.0242 

.0198 

275000 

.0749 

.0455 

.0326 

.0254 

.0208 

800000 

.0783 

.0475 

.0341 

.0265 

.0217 

325000 

.0814 

.0494 

0354 

.0276 

.0226 

350000 

.0845 

.0513 

.0368 

.0286 

.0235 

375000 

.0875 

.0531 

.0381 

.0296 

.0243 

400000 

.0904 

.0548 

.0393 

.0306 

.0251 

425000 

.0931 

.0565 

.0405 

.0315 

.0259 

450000 

.0958 

.0581 

.0418 

.0324 

.0266 

475000 

.0984 

.0598 

.0428 

.0333 

.0273 

500000 

.1010 

.0613 

.0439 

.0342 

.0280 

525000 

.1035 

.0628 

.0450 

.0350 

.0287 

550000 

.1059 

.0643 

.0461 

.0359 

.0294 

575000 

.1083 

.0658 

.0472 

.0367 

.0301 

600000 

.1107 

.0672 

.0483 

.0375 

.0307 

625000 

.1129 

.0686 

.0492 

.0883 

.0313 

(550000 

.1152 

.0699 

.0501 

.0390 

.0319 

675000 

.1174 

.0712 

.0510 

.0398 

.0325 

700000 

.1195 

.0726 

.0520 

.0405 

.0331 

725000 

.1216 

.0738 

.0529 

.0412 

.0337 

750000 

.1237 

.0751 

.0538 

.0419 

.0343 

775000 

.1258 

.0763 

.0546 

.0426 

.0349 

800000 

.1278 

.0776 

.0556 

.0433 

.0354 

825000 

.1297 

.0788 

.0565 

.0440 

.0360 

850000 

.1317 

.0799 

.0574 

.0446 

.0365 

875000 

.1336 

.0811 

.0583 

.0453 

.0371 

900000 

.1355 

.0822 

.0591 

.0459 

.0376 

025000 

.1374 

.0834 

.0599 

.0466 

.0381 

950000 

.1392 

.0845 

.0606 

.0472 

.038(5 

975000 

.1411 

.0856 

.0614 

.0478 

.0391 

1000000 

.1429 

.0867 

.0621 

.0484 

.0396 

1100000 

.1498 

.0909 

.0652 

.0508 

.0416 

1200000 

.1565 

.0951 

.0683 

.0530 

.0434 

1250000 

.1597 

.0969 

.0695 

.0541 

.0443 

1300000 

.1627 

.0988 

.0708 

.0552 

.0452 

1400000 

.1690 

.1026 

.0735 

.0573 

.0469 

1500000 

.1750 

.1062 

.0761 

.0593 

.0485 

1600000 

.1807 

.1096 

.0786 

.0612 

.0501 

1700000 

.1862 

.1130 

.0811 

.0631 

.0517 

1750000 

.1889 

.1147 

.0823 

.0640 

.0525 

1800000 

.1916 

.1162 

.0836 

.0649 

.0532 

1900000 

.1969 

.1196 

.0857 

.0667 

.0546 

2000000 

.2020 

.1226 

.0878 

.0685 

.0560 

The  Manufacture  of  Wire 

The  metals  used,  almost  to  the  exclusion  of  all  others,  for  the  conduction  of 
electrical  currents  are,  as  before  stated,  copper  and  steel.  It  will  not  be  out  of 
place  to  give  here  some  account  of  the  method  of  winning  these  metals  from  their 
ores,  the  subsequent  processes  for  their  purification,  and  a  short  description  of  the 
means  employed  for  giving  the  purified  metals  their  final  shape  for  use  in  electrical 
apparatus. 

Copper 

Copper  is  by  far  the  most  important  material  for  conductors,  both  on  account  of 
its  high  conductivity  and  on  account  of  its  physical  characteristics.  Standing,  as  it 
does,  next  to  silver,  the  best  conductor,  occurring  in  such  quantities  as  to  make  its 


AMERICAN    STEEL    AND    WIRE    COMPANY 


General  supply  adequate  to  the  demand,  and  necessitating  a  fairly  inexpensive  though  complex 
Data  process  for  recovery,  it  is  only  natural  that  copper  should  have  met  with  the  greatest 
favor,  and  that  the  increase  in  its  use  should  have  been  phenomenal.  In  fact,  the 
wonderful  growth  and  development  in  electrical  apparatus  have  been  made  possible 
chiefly  by  the  fact  that  we  have  two  such  metals  as  copper  and  iron,  which  possess 
the  necessary  conductivities  for  electricity  and  magnetism. 

We  find  the  ores  of  copper  occurring  in  many  and  varied  forms  and  widely  dis- 
tributed over  the  earth.  In  the  United  States  there  are  three  localities  in  which  the 
copper  mineralization  is  of  considerable  magnitude.  The  most  important  districts, 
in  which  about  95  per  cent,  of  the  total  copper  ore  of  the  country  is  mined,  are  the 
Lake  Superior  region  and  the  deposits  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  the  Sierra 
Nevadas. 

The  Lake  district  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  localities,  mineralogically 
speaking,  in  the  world.  The  copper  bearing  rocks  are  very  distinctly  stratified 
beds  of  trap,  sandstones  and  conglomerates  which  rise  at  an  angle  of  about  45 
degrees  from  the  horizontal  sandstone  which  forms  the  basin  of  Lake  Superior. 
One  peninsula  extending  out  into  the  lake  has  developed  copper  in  profitable 
amounts,  which  is  present  here  for  the  most  part  in  the  metallic  state,  almost 
chemically  pure. 

The  amount  of  copper  in  these  ores  averages  only  about  3  per  cent.,  the  balance 
being  rock,  which  is  so  intimately  mixed  with  the  metal  that  both  must  be  taken 
out  together.  On  account  of  this  large  amount  of  worthless  matter,  the  ores  are 
first  subjected  to  a  mechanical  process  whereby  the  metal  is  concentrated  into  a 
small  bulk  and  the  rock  rejected.  "Lake"  copper  is  so  pure  that  it  is  merely  put 
through  the  final  melting  without  the  refining  usually  necessary. 

The  deposits  in  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  the  Sierra  Nevadas  comprise  a  terri- 
tory nearly  one-half  the  area  of  the  United  States,  and  in  geological  formations 
and  nature  of  mineralization  show  all  the  phases  from  the  original  unaltered  sulphide 
deposits  to  the  most  highly  altered  oxides  and  carbonates.  In  this  district  we  find 
the  mystery-shrouded  names  of  Butte,  Bisbee,  Leadville,  Clifton,  Globe  and  Black 
Range,  names  which  have  spelled  fortune  or  despair,  rejoicing  or  suffering,  to  the 
thousands  of  prospectors  who  have  discovered  and  rediscovered  their  wonderful 
richness. 

The  third  and  least  important  district  is  that  of  the  Atlantic  Coast  beds.  From 
the  far  north  latitudes  to  Florida  there  extends  an  almost  unbroken  chain  of  miner- 
alization, profitable  at  some  locations,  and  bearing  only  traces  of  metallic  deposits 
at  others.  In  the  North,  where  the  earth's  surface  is  comparatively  new,  having 
only  yesterday,  as  it  were,  been  shaved  by  a  glacier,  the  minerals  are  in  their 
original  sulphide  form.  In  the  more  southern  portions,  however,  where  this  glacial 
abrasion  has  not  taken  place,  and  the  oxidation  and  weathering  of  the  surface  has 
continued  for  no  one  knows  how  many  centuries,  the  ore  has  been  almost  entirely 
decomposed  and  washed  out  from  the  surface.  The  result  of  this  is  that  at  greater 
depths  the  deposits  are  at  times  enormously  enriched  and  concentrated.  At  a  little 
greater  depth,  however,  this  concentration  is  lost  and  at  times  a  meager  vein  with 
only  traces  of  copper  destroys  all  hope  of  profitable  operation,  and  adds  one  more 
to  the  list  of  abandoned  mines. 

On  account  of  the  extremely  low  percentage  of  copper  in  most  of  its  ores,  the 
usual  method.of  procedure,  as  we  have  seen,  is  to  first  obtain  this  metallic  portion  in 
as  small  a  bulk  as  possible.  This  is  a  mechanical  process  and  results  in  concen- 
trating the  heavy  minerals,  and  washing  away,  or  otherwise  separating  the  worthless 


ELECTRICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES     37 


rocky  portion,  or  "gangue"  as  it  is  called.     The  "concentrates"  resulting  from    General 
this  process  are  afterward  treated  to  obtain  the  copper  in  the  same  manner  as  an  ore.          Data 

A  "sulphide  ore,"  that  is,  an  ore  in  which  copper  appears  in  chemical  combi- 
nation with  sulphur,  is  in  some  cases  first  "roasted  "  or  heated  so  that  the  sulphur 
is  burned  off,  leaving  the  copper  and  iron,  which  is  almost  always  present,  in  an 
oxidized  or  burned  form.  This  is  then  smelted  with  coke.  In  another  process, 
however,  the  raw  sulphide  ore  is  thrown  into  a  blast  furnace  and  is  made  to  smelt 
itself.  This  is  one  of  the  very  simple  discoveries  that  have  meant  so  much  to  the 
copper  industry.  Formerly  a  copper  mine  had  a  dozen  or  more  great  smouldering 
heaps  piled  up  in  its  yard,  breathing  out  clouds  of  stifling  sulphur  fumes.  Nothing 
would  grow  for  miles  around,  the  men  themselves  had  a  white,  bleached-out  appear- 
ance, and  besides,  thousands  upon  thousands  of  dollars  worth  of  precious  fuel  was 
being  wasted.  This  has  all  been  changed,  the  "raw"  unroasted  ore  is  now  thrown 
into  the  furnaces,  the  sulphur  itself  burned  and  made  to  smelt  the  mass,  producing, 
on  account  of  its  chemical  nature,  a  highly  impure,  yet  very  valuable,  compound 
with  iron  and  sulphur,  called  "matte."  This  "matte"  which  consists  of  about  half 
copper  is  poured  while  yet  molten  from  the  furnace  into  a  "converter,"  a  large 
vessel  shaped  like  a  barrel  laid  on  its  side,  and  the  iron  and  sulphur  are  burned  out 
by  blowing  through  great  volumes  of  air.  Here  again  the  despised  and  hated 
element,  sulphur,  by  burning  and  generating  heat,  has  made  possible  one  of  the 
most  labor  and  time  saving  processes  known  to  the  metallurgy  of  copper.  The 
result  of  this  operation  is  "blister"  copper,  so  called  on  account  of  the  blistered 
appearance  of  the  surface  caused  by  the  quantities  of  gases  absorbed  by  the  metal. 

If  copper  ore  occurs  in  an  oxidized  or  carbonate  form,  or  roasted  ore  is  used,  a 
blast  furnace  is  also  utilized  for  the  reduction.  Oxidized  or  sulphide  ores  are  also 
often  mixed  and  the  matte  is  "  blown"  and  blister  copper  produced  as  before. 

This  blister  copper  contains  about  99  per  cent,  of  copper  but  is  much  too  impure 
for  commercial  use.  The  refining  now  depends  upon  whether  the  copper  has  a 
sufficient  amount  of  the  precious  metals  to  pay  for  utilizing  the  electrolytic  process. 
If  so,  the  blister  copper  is  cast  into  plates  of  a  suitable  size  and  shape,  and  the 
copper  is  dissolved  and  deposited  almost  chemically  pure  on  other  plates  by  means 
of  an  electric  current  passing  through  an  acid  solution  of  copper  sulphate.  The 
impurities  and  other  metals  do  not  deposit  with  the  copper,  but  are  dropped  as  a 
residue  or  "  slime  "  on  the  bottom  of  the  tank,  to  be  recovered  and  refined  later. 

The  blister  copper  or  "  electrolytic"  copper,  as  the  case  may  be,  is  then  charged 
into  a  refining  furnace  and  melted  by  means  of  a  very  pure  fuel,  so  that  the  metal 
may  not  occlude  any  deleterious  gases.  A  charge  of  12  to  20  tons  of  pig  copper  is 
put  in  the  furnace — a  simple  bowl-shaped  hearth,  covered  and  provided  with  doors 
for  skimming  and  stirring — and  the  metal  is  melted  as  quickly  as  possible.  The 
process  is  now  one  which  depends  greatly  upon  the  skill  of  the  refiner.  After  the 
metal  is  melted,  and  the  last  traces  of  sulphur  have  been  removed  by  combination 
with  the  oxygen  from  the  flame,  the  process  known  as  "rabbling"  or  "  flapping"  is 
begun.  This  is  a  violent  agitation  of  the  metal  by  means  of  small  rabbles  or  pokers 
through  one  of  the  side  doors.  This  motion  so  far  has  not  been  duplicated  mechan- 
ically, and  it  means  a  tedious  and  slow  operation  of  about  two  hours'  duration. 
During  the  flapping,  samples  are  frequently  taken  in  a  hemispherical  mould  about 
an  inch  in  diameter.  When  the  "set"  or  appearance  of  the  solidified  metal  in  this 
mould  indicates  that  sufficient  work  has  been  done  upon  it,  the  surplus  oxygen  must 
be  removed  to  prevent  the  extreme  brittleness  and  lack  of  conductivity  of  an  over- 
oxidized  metal.  This  is  done  by  "poling"  the  bath.  A  stick  of  green  hardwood 
as  large  as  possible  is  introduced  into  the  bath.  The  stick  burns  and  the  metal  is 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


General  violently  agitated  by  the  gases  given  off.  The  surface  of  the  bath  is  covered  with 
Data  charcoal  to  prevent  further  oxidation,  and  samples  are  very  frequently  taken.  This 
is  continued  an  hour,  more  or  less,  according  to  the  size  of  the  bath  and  the  amount 
of  oxidation,  until  the  test  piece  shows  "tough  pitch  "  or  the  removal  of  the  excess 
of  oxygen,  and  that  the  metal  is  in  its  toughest  condition.  This  "tough  pitch" 
condition  is  absolutely  essential  for  the  requirements  of  rolling  and  wire  drawing, 


Copper  Billets 

as  copper  in  this  state  possesses  at  the  same  time  the  highest  degree  of  conductivity 
and  an  extremely  tough  and  ductile  nature.  The  metal  is  now  poured  into  ingot- 
moulds  or  wire  bars,  in  which  condition  it  comes  to  our  works  for  conversion  into 
all  manner  of  sizes  and  shapes  for  electrical  conductors. 

The  refining  of  copper  and  its  separation  from  the  multitude  of  alloying  metals 
is  a  complex   metallurgical   process,  but  a  very  necessary  one.     Even  traces  of 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


89 


other  metals  affect  the  conductivity  to  a  remarkable  degree,  as  the  following  table    General 
will  show:  Data 


Element 

Per  Cent. 
Present  in  Copper 

Per  Cent. 
Conductivity 

Carbon     .        . 

0.05 

77.87 

Sulphur    .         . 

0.18 

92.08 

Arsenic     .        . 

0.10 

73.89 

Silver        .         . 

1.22 

90.34 

Tin    . 

1.33 

50.44 

Aluminum       .        . 

0.10 

86.49 

With  these  figures  in  mind  it  is  not  difficult  to  appreciate  why  copper  must  be 
of  the  highest  degree  of  chemical  purity  to  be  suitable  for  electrical  conductors. 


Iron  and  Steel 

The  distribution  of  iron  ores  follows  in  a  general  way  that  of  copper.  Here 
again  the  wonderfully  mineralized  Lake  Superior  region  plays  an  important  part  in 
the  supply,  statistics  showing  that  the  states  of  Michigan,  Wisconsin  and  Min- 
nesota produced  in  1908  over  78  per  cent,  of  the  total  ore  mined  in  the  United  States. 
The  Southern  states,  Alabama,  the  Virginias,  Tennessee,  Kentucky,  Georgia, 
Maryland  and  North  Carolina  contributed  about  12  per  cent,  of  the  country's  supply. 
The  balance  is  distributed  quite  widely  along  the  Atlantic  Coast  range,  the  Missis- 
sippi Valley  and  Rocky  Mountains. 

The  separation  of  the  metal  from  an  iron  ore  is  a  much  simpler  problem  in 
some  respects  than  that  which  we  considered  in  the  case  of  copper.  Practically  all 
of  the  ores  commercially  utilized  are  already  in  an  oxide  or  carbonate  combination 
so  that  a  simple  heating  to  the  reducing  point  of  the  ore  in  contact  with  a  proper 
reducing  material  is  sufficient  to  bring  about  the  first  step  in  the  process. 

The  ore,  as  mined,  consists  exactly  as  in  the  case  of  copper,  of  two  main  con- 
stituents, the  valuable  mineral  which  contains  the  iron,  and  quantities  of  rock  and 
other  materials  from  which  the  metallic  part  must  be  separated.  With  copper  ores 
we  can  at  times  mechanically  concentrate  the  metallic  portions  as  we  have  already 
seen,  but  with  an  iron  ore  that  is  usually  not  feasible,  the  ore  being  charged  as  a 
whole  into  the  furnace,  and  the  proper  mixing  with  non-metallic  substances  relied 
upon  to  form  final  products  which  are  easily  fusible,  and  from  which  the  liquid 
iron  will  separate  itself  by  reason  of  its  greater  specific  gravity.  The  ' '  flux, "  as  these 
additions  are  called,  is  usually  limestone,  as  the  gangue  is  usually  of  a  silicious 
nature. 

The  ore,  fuel  and  fluxes  are  charged  into  a  blast  furnace.  This  is  a  huge  cylin- 
drical stack  80  to  100  feet  high  and  about  20  feet  in  diameter  at  its  largest  point, 
with  suitable  arrangements  for  blowing  in  great  volumes  of  air  near  its  base.  The 
fuel  used  is  coke,  which  heats  the  charge  up  to  its  melting  point  and  at  the  same 
time  frees  the  iron  from  its  chemical  bonds  in  the  ore.  The  earthy  portions  of  the 
ore  are  eargerly  sought  for  by  the  limestone  and  unite  with  it  to  form  a  waste 
product,  the  slag.  The  carbon  in  the  coke  singles  out  the  iron  in  combination  with 
oxygen  and  in  a  brief  moment  destroys  the  associations  of  hundreds  of  thousands 
of  years  and  starts  the  iron  on  its  path  toward  its  destination,  which  may  be  a  part 


40     AMERICAN    STEEL    AND    WIRE    COMPANY 


General    of  some  noble  structure,  a  rail   upon   whose  soundness  many  lives  mafy  depend, 
Data        a  wire  whose  message  may  bring  joy  or  sorrow,  or  any  of  the  innumerable  products 
of  this  the  "  Iron  Age." 


A  Typical  Michigan  Iron  Ore  Mining  Scene 


The  metal  from  these  furnaces  is  called  "pig  iron  "  and  is  employed  mainly  in 
this  shape  as  a  stepping  stone  toward  other  products.  The  selection  of  our  material 
is  begun  when  the  ore  is  mined.  The  various  grades  of  ore,  each  differing  from  the 
others  in  some  essential  characteristic,  are  mixed  carefully  according  to  proportions 
which  are  the  result  of  long  years  of  experience  ;  the  resulting  pig  iron  is  carefully 
graded  and  the  proper  grades  carefully  preserved  for  making  such  grades  of  steel 
as  are  required  for  the  manufacture  of  wire. 

The  next  step  is  the  conversion  of  the  "pig"  into  shape  for  the  manufacture 
of  wire.  The  pig  itself  is  coarse-grained,  brittle  and  full  of  impurities,  which  must 
be  removed  before  we  can  obtain  the  metal  in  a  condition  suitable  for  wire.  This 
is  done  by  melting  the  pig  in  mixture  with  steel  scrap  of  a  highly  selected  grade 
and  subjecting  the  molten  mass  to  the  purifying  action  of  an  intensely  hot  flame. 
After  several  hours,  in  which  the  various  impurities  are  literally  "boiled  out,"  the 
metal  is  poured  into  a  huge  flat  bottomed  "ladle  "  and  thence  through  a  small  hole 
in  the  bottom  of  the  ladle.  The  liquid  stream  pours  into  cast-iron  moulds,  which  shape 
it  into  ingots  nearly  a  foot  and  a  half  square  and  six  feet  tall.  These  ingots 
are  taken  out  of  the  mould  after  the  outside  has  firmly  solidified  and  are  plunged 
into  a  deep,  white-hot  abyss  in  which  they  "soak"  until  the  temperature  is 
uniform  throughout.  After  this  soaking  an  immense  crane  seizes  an  ingot  in  its 
vise-like  grip  and  carries  it  to  the  rolling  mill,  where  the  mechanical  operations 
commence. 

The  first  series  of  operations  takes  place  on  what  is  called  a  "blooming  mill," 
the  resulting  products  of  which  are  styled  "blooms."  Here  the  ingot  is  passed 
back  and  forth  between  heavy  chilled  steel  rolls,  each  pass  elongating  the  ingot  and 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


making  its  section  smaller.     Back  and  forth  this  goes,  turned  like  a  stick  of  wood   General 
by  the  wonderful  mechanical  fingers  of  the  mill  until  the  particular  size  desired  is        Data 
reached.    In  our  case,  the  metal  has  been  squeezed  in  and  out,  through  and  through, 
until  the  section  has  been  reduced  to  four  inches  square  and  the  length  increased 
from  six  feet  to  over  one  hundred.     This  long  mass  is  now  cut  into  pieces  about 
four  feet  long,  which   have  become  so  cool   that  they   must  be  reheated  before 
reducing  the  size  further. 


Steel  Billets 


From  this  point  on,  the  treatment  of  copper  and  these  blooms  is  practically  the 
same.  The  copper  wire  bars  are  received  in  approximately  the  same  size  and 
length  and  are  heated  to  a  cherry  redness  in  the  same  furnaces. 

Through  roll  after  roll,  each  doing  its  share  toward  reducing  their  sizes,  the 
billets  pass  in  succession ;  as  the  size  grows  less  the  speed  increases  and  the  rod 
elongates  until  finally  our  stubby  bloom  four  feet  long  has  produced  a  rod  which 
may  be  a  quarter  of  an  inch  in  diameter  and  nearly  a  quarter  of  a  mile  in  length. 

Up  to  this  point  the  metal  has  been  handled  hot,  but  during  the  processes  of 
wire  drawing  it  is  worked  in  the  cold  state.  The  first  step  after  the  rod  has  left  the 
rolling  mill  and  has  cooled  down,  is  to  immerse  it  in  a  weak  solution  of  sulphuric 
acid  to  take  off  the  scale  which  has  formed  on  the  rod  while  it  was  cooling  in  the 
air.  This  done,  the  rods  are  washed  in  a  stream  of  high  pressure  water  and  dipped 
into  a  vat  of  lime  which  coats  them  and  prevents  rusting.  They  are  now  "baked 


42  AMERICAN          STEEL          AND          WIRE          COMPANY 


General    out"  in  huge  ovens  to  counteract  the  ill  effects  of  the  acid  bath,  and  4are  then  in 
Data       proper  condition  for  drawing. 

Wire    Drawing 

The  drawing  process  consists,  briefly,  in  reducing  the  diameter  of  the  wire  by 
pulling  it  through  tapering  holes  in  iron  or  steel  plates,  thus  reducing  its  diameter 
and  increasing  its  length  with  each  draft  until  the  wire  has  undergone  a  sufficient 
number  of  drafts  and  consequent  reductions  to  bring  it  to  the  proper  diameter. 

When  the  finer  sizes  of  wire  are  to  be  produced,  the  total  reduction  cannot  be 
made  in  one  series  of  drafts,  as  we  are  limited  in  the  size  of  a  hot-rolled  rod,  and 
the  wire  therefore  must  be  treated  at  intervals  to  relieve  the  internal  strains  produced 
by  the  cold  working.  This  treatment,  called  annealing,  consists  in  heating  the 
metal  uniformly  to  a  sufficiently  high  temperature  to  remove  the  internal  molecular 
strains  and  to  make  the  metal  once  more  soft  and  ductile. 

A  scale  forms  on  the  wire  as  a  result  of  the  annealing.  This  is  again  removed 
in  an  acid  bath,  and  the  wire  limed  and  baked  and  sent  to  the  drawing  frames. 
This  may  be  repeated  many  times  before  the  necessary  amount  of  reduction  has 
been  attained. 

Copper  is  generally  handled  somewhat  differently  in  the  annealing  process,  as 
precautions  are  taken  to  prevent  the  formation  of  scale.  Especially  is  this  true  in 
the  case  of  fine  magnet  wires,  for  instance,  where  oxidation  would  seriously  affect 
the  properties  of  the  wire.  This  is  done  by  "bright  annealing,"  which  is  accom- 
plished in  various  ways  by  preventing  the  metal,  while  it  is  at  a  high  temperature, 
from  coming  in  contact  with  the  air.  By  this  means  we  obtain  an  annealed  wire  as 
bright  as  when  it  comes  from  the  drawing  frames.  So  the  process  goes,  drawing  as 
far  as  feasible,  annealing  and  drawing  again  until  the  finest  sizes  of  magnet  wire 
are  finally  produced,  by  drawing  through  holes  skillfully  drilled  in  diamonds. 

As  the  physical  condition  of  the  wire  depends  largely  upon  the  number  and 
amount  of  the  drafts,  the  proper  regulation  of  these  to  produce  the  best  results, 
especially  in  the  case  of  hard  drawn  copper,  requires  much  study  and  long  experi- 
ence. Many  drafts,  each  giving  only  a  slight  reduction,  produce  an  entirely 
different  effect  from  few  drafts,  even  though  the  ultimate  reduction  in  area  be  the 
same.  Drawing  the  same  size  of  wire  on  blocks  of  different  diameters  will  vary  the 
physical  characteristics.  Various  methods  of  annealing  will  produce  various  re- 
sults, and  so  on.  There  is  a  multitude  of  details,  each  of  which  has  its  own  effect. 

Cold  drawing  or  cold  rolling  a  rod  or  annealed  wire  invariably  increases  its 
hardness,  stiffness,  elasticity  and  tensile  strength  and  at  the  same  time  decreases 
its  elongation,  ductility  and  electrical  conductivity.  The  amount  of  these  changes, 
however,  is  not  directly  proportional  to  the  per  cent,  of  reduction  in  sectional  area 
or  to  the  amount  of  work  expended  on  the  metal.  Statements  have  been  made 
to  the  contrary,  but  our  many  experiments  and  careful  observations  have  estab- 
lished beyond  a  doubt  the  accuracy  of  the  foregoing.  The  actual  change  in  the 
physical  properties  of  a  wire  by  cold  working  are  affected  by  many  factors,  as  we 
have  already  stated,  and  the  final  effect  is  difficult  to  forecast;  hence  long  experience 
with  these  problems  is  exceedingly  valuable  both  to  the  maker  and  to  the  user  of 
wire. 

The  tensile  strength  and  elongation  of  wire  vary  considerably  with  its  size. 
Annealed  or  soft  copper  wire  varies  in  tensile  strength  from  30,000  pounds  per 
square  inch  in  the  coarser  sizes  to  42,000  pounds  in  the  fine  sizes.  Hard  drawn 
copper  varies  in  tensile  strength  from  45,000  to  68,000  pounds  per  square  inch, 
according  to  size. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


43 


The  elongation  also  varies  according  to  size,  as  a  ten-inch  length  will  show  45   General 


per  cent,  in  coarse  wire,  while  a  fine  wire  will  elongate  only  about  15  per  cent,  in  the 
same  length.  The  per  centum  elongation  obtained  depends  very  largely  upon  the 
length  of  test  specimen,  the  highest  elongation  being  obtained  in  the  shortest 
length.  To  illustrate:  a  12-inch  linear  section  of  annealed  copper  wire,  600  mils  in 
diameter,  will  elongate  about  45  per  cent.  The  elongation  occurring  in  shorter 
sections  of  the  same  specimen  will  be  approximately  as  follows: 


Data 


Elongation  of  Annealed  Copper  Wire 


Per  Cent.  Elongation  Calculated  on  Measured  Length  of 


12  Inches 

10  Inches 

8  Inches 

6  Inches 

4  Inches 

3  Inches 

2  Inches 

1  Inch 

600 

45 

46 

48 

50 

53 

58 

63 

75 

The  foregoing  fact  of  a  variable  elongation  dependent  upon  the  length  of  test 
specimen  is  equally  true  of  hard  drawn  wire.  While  the  figures  for  hard  wire 
differ  widely  from  those  for  soft  wire,  the  proportionate  variation  in  elongation  of 
hard  wire  due  to  length  of  test  specimen  is  even  greater  than  for  soft  wire.  This 
is  illustrated  by  the  following  figures,  which  are  approximately  correct  for  2/0  B.  &  S. 
hard  copper  trolley  wire  and  for  No.  4  B.  &  S.  hard  drawn  copper  wire. 


Drawing  Wire  Through  a  Die 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


General 
Data 


Elongation  of  Hard  Drawn  Copper  Wire 


Size 
B.  &S. 

Diameter 
in  Mils 

Per  Cent.  Elongation  Calculated  on  Measured  Length  of 

12  Inches 

10  Inches 

8  Inches 

6  Inches 

4  Inches 

3  Inches 

2  Inches 

1  Inch 

00 

4 

364.8 
204.3 

4.0 
1.8 

4.5 

2.1 

5.0 
2.4 

6.0 
3.0 

7.5 
4.0 

10.0 
5.2 

13.0 

7.2 

22.0 
12.0 

This  fact  is  of  considerable  importance  in  drawing  up  specifications,  as  it  is 
readily  seen  that  a  specified  elongation  is  of  little  value  unless  the  measured  length 
is  given. 

Tinning  and  Galvanizing  Wire 

Copper  conductors  are  often  tinned  and  telegraph  wire  is  usually  galvanized. 
The  methods  of  supplying  these  coatings  while  simple  to  describe  are  nevertheless  in 
actual  performance  complex,  requiring  careful  supervision  and  expert  workmanship. 

The  principle  of  the  process  is  to  pass  a  wire  first  through  a  tank  of  acid  whose 
function  is  to  clean  the  wire,  next  through  a  water  tank  where  the  acid  is  washed 
off,  next  through  a  flux,  and  then  into  the  molten  tin  or  zinc.  It  is  not  hard  to  get 
the  tin  or  zinc  to  adhere  over  almost  all  of  the  surface,  but  the  absolute  perfection 
demanded  by  the  trade  requires  that  every  portion  of  the  wire  must  be  covered 
with  a  uniform  thickness  of  metal  which  must  be  bright  and  which  will  not  peel  or 
crack.  This  has  justified  the  elaborate  equipment  and  painstaking  operation  em- 
ployed in  maintaining  the  quality  of  our  product. 


Packing  and  Shipping 


Many  can  no  doubt  remember  the  time  when  neither  the  manufacturer  nor  the 
purchaser  gave  any  particular  attention  as  to  how  goods  were  packed  or  shipped 
so  long  as  they  arrived  at  their  destination  in  comparatively  good  condition.  But 
these  conditions  have  changed  steadily  within  the  past  few  years,  and  to-day 
practically  all  complete  and  up-to-date  specifications  make  special  mention  of  the 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


45 


method  of  packing  and  shipping.     We  have,  after  many  years  of  careful  attention    General 
to  this  subject,  developed  a  system  which  is  very  complete  in  all  details,  having        Data 
made  use  of  data  accumulated  from  all  kinds  and  conditions  of  shipments,  from 
the  smallest  spool  of  delicate  silk  covered  magnet  wire  of  only  a  few  ounces  in 
weight,  to  the  largest  reel  of  aerial,  underground  or  submarine  cables  of  many  tons 
weight,  to  destinations  near  by  or  to  remote  points  in  foreign  countries. 


Coils  of  Wire 


It  is  necessary  that  wire  be  properly  coiled  to  prevent  snarling  and  other 
difficulties. 

Our  coils  are  formed  to  standard  dimensions,  evenly  wound  and  securely  bound 
with  strong  and  durable  material,  both  ends  of  the  coil  being  accessible  for  test 
purposes  and  only  one  length  in  a  coil,  unless  otherwise  specified.  These  coils  are 
protected  by  paper  or  burlap,  or  both  if  conditions  require  it.  The  covering  materials 
are  selected  for  the  purpose,  cut  to  proper  dimensions  so  as  to  protect  the  wire  in 
the  most  complete  way,  without  giving  a  surplus  amount  of  material  which  would 
increase  the  tare  weight.  All  wires  are  inspected  when  being  wound  into  coils  and 
also  at  the  time  of  papering  or  burlapping.  Each  individual  coil  is  papered  or  bur- 
lapped  by  hand,  which  gives  a  good  opportunity  to  detect  any  visible  mechanical 
defects.  All  coils  are  accurately  measured  or  weighed  before  shipment,  and 
properly  tagged  with  strong,  durable  tags  on  which  are  given  full  details. 


16 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND         WIRE 


COMPANY 


General  The  size  of  the  coil  is  arranged  so  as  to  be  most  convenient  for  handling,  pack- 

Data  ing  or  shipping,  according  to  the  kind  and  size  of  wire  in  the  coil.  We  ship  coils 
according  to  the  customer's  requirements,  packed  in  boxes  or  barrels  and  so 
arranged  in  these  that  there  will  be  no  unnecessary  waste  space ;  or  they  may  be 
shipped  loosely  in  carload  lots  when  specified.  All  large  coils  are  protected  with 
paper  and  burlap  and  are  generally  shipped  loose. 

Stringing  Wire  from  Coils 

When  wire  is  purchased  for  the  purpose  of  stringing  on  poles,  the  general  im- 
pression is  that  it  is  easier  to  handle  if  placed  on  reels  than  in  coils;  but  if  this 
question  were  given  a  little  thought,  we  believe  that  persons  having  such  an  idea 
would  be  convinced  otherwise.  They  should  take  into  consideration  the  transpor- 
tation of  wire  in  coils  as  against  wire  on  reels,  the  increased  amount  of  coiled  wire 
that  can  be  stored  in  a  given  space  as  compared  with  the  same  amount  placed  on 
reels;  the  increased  cost  of  freight,  due  to  weight  of  reels,  the  necessity  of  keeping 


Wrapping  Coils 


ELECTRICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES     47 


General 
Data 


Stringing  Heavy  Wire  from  Coils 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


General   reels  in   good  condition  after  being  emptied,  the  amount  of   handling  incurred 

Data        because  of  empty  reels,  return  transportation  charges  and  the  necessary  clerical 

work  and  supervision  required.     With  coils,  all  labor  and  responsibility  cease  after 

the  wire  is  strung.     We  do  not  recommend  coiling  solid  wire  that  is  larger  than  1/0 

B.  &  S.  gauge,  except  in  special  cases. 

A  suitably  constructed  blade,  such  as  shown  on  the  previous  page,  will  fit 
any  standard  coil.  With  the  lead  arm  and  swivel  sheave  it  makes  the  uncoiling  of 
the  wire  during  process  of  stringing  on  poles  or  other  places  a  very  economical  and 
easy  process,  and  avoids  the  possibility  of  snarls,  provided  the  coil  is  properly  placed 
upon  the  blade.  With  this  lead  arm  and  sheave,  the  wire  may  be  drawn  over  a  cross- 
arm  on  a  pole,  when  the  coil  is  almost  directly  under  the  cross-arm,  if  lack  of  space 
requires  this  to  be  done.  This  system  of  handling  wire  also  reduces  the  amount  of 
apparatus  that  would  be  required  for  operating  reels,  such  as  bars,  jacks,  and  so  on. 
Blades  of  similar  construction  can  be  placed  on  any  ordinary  wagon,  and,  with  the 
exception  of  lifting  coils  of  the  largest  sizes  of  wire,  one  man,  usually  the  team- 
ster, can  operate  the  uncoiling  of  wire.  After  finishing  the  day's  work  of  stringing 
wire  by  the  coil  method,  there  are  no  empty  reels  to  be  collected,  cared  for  and 
returned  to  the  manufacturer,  and  no  credit  to  be  looked  out  for. 


Standard  Dimensions  of  Coils 
Solid  Copper  Weatherproof  Wire 


Size 
B.  &  S. 

Approximate  Weight 
per  Coil,  Pounds 

Approximate 
Outside 
Diameter 
of  Coil 

Approx. 
Diameter 
of  Eye 
of  Coil 

Approx. 
Thickness 
of  Coil 
Inches 

Covering 
of  Coil 

How 
Shipped 

2  Braids 

3  Braids 

Inches 

Inches 

0000 

360 

383 

30  to  84 

19 

7^      1 

000 

352 

377 

30  to  34 

19 

7^ 

00 

326 

350 

30  to  34 

19 

7& 

o 

301 

325 

30  to  34 

19 

I1/* 

1 

2 

294 
310 

316 
338 

30  to  34 
30  to  34 

19 
19 

7% 
7^        - 

Paper 
and 

I      Loose 
)       Coils 

3 

305 

330 

30  to  34 

19 

'  72. 

Burlap 

4 

317 

344 

30  to  34 

19 

7*1^ 

5 

317 

350 

30  to  34 

19 

7^ 

6 

320 

180 

30  to  34 

19 

6 

8 

171 

195 

30  to  34 

19 

6         J 

10 

50 

50 

18  to  20 

12 

5         1 

12 

40 

40 

18  to  20 

12 

5 

(       Coils 

14 

40 

40 

18  to  20 

12 

5 

Paper 

1   Packed  in 

16 

30 

30 

18  to  20 

12 

5 

(     Barrels 

18 

30 

30 

18  to  20 

12 

5         J 

Weatherproof  Iron  Wire 


Size 
B.W.  G. 

Approx.  Weight 
per  Coil 
Pounds 

Approx. 
Outside 
Diameter 

Approx. 
Diameter 
of  Eye 
of  Coil 

Approximate 
Thickness 
of  Coil 
Inches 

Covering 
of  Coil 

How 

Shipped 

Length 
in  a 
Coil 

2  Braids 

3  Braids 

Inches 

Inches 

2  Braids 

3  Braids 

Feet 

6 

222 

247 

30  to  84 

19 

6 

IVz    '} 

1760 

8 
9 
10 
12 

235 
200 
175 
113 

263 
225 
200 
180 

30  to  34 
30  to  34 
30  to  34 
30  to  84 

19 
19 
19 
19 

6 
6 
6 
6 

7^     I 
?1A     ! 
7^     f 
7^     1 

Paper 
and 
Burlap 

(  Loose 
}  Coils 

2640 
2640 
2640 
2640 

14 

78 

87 

22  to  24 

12 

5 

5       J 

2640 

I 

ELECTRICAL 


W     I     R    E    S 


A    B    L    E    S 


lit 


Standard  Dimensions  of  Coils -Continued 

Slow- burning    Wire 


Size 
B.  &  S. 

Approx. 
Weight 
per  Coil 
Pounds 

Approx. 

Outside 
Diameter 
of  Coil 
Inches 

Approx. 
Diameter 
of  Eye 
of  Coil 
Inches 

Approx. 
Thickness 
of  Coil 
Inches 

Covering 
of  Coil 

How 
Shipped 

8 

50 

18  to  20 

12 

5 

10 
12 
14 
16 

40 
55 
40 
30 

18  to  20 
18  to  20 
18  to  20 
18  to  20 

12 
12 

12 
12 

5 

5         ! 
i 
5         1 

Paper 

(  Loose  Coils 
-!    Packed  in 
(      Barrels 

18 

24 

18  to  20 

12 

5         1 

General 
Data 


Lamp  Cords 

Unless  otherwise  ordered  this  material  is  always  shipped  in  approximately 
250  feet  coils  wrapped  with  paper  and  packed  in  boxes  containing  either  1000  feet  or 
1000  yards  (3000  feet),  as  ordered. 

Rubber  Insulated   and   Braided  Wire 

No.  6  and  finer  single  conductor  rubber  insulated  and  braided  wires  are  shipped 
in  approximately  500-foot  coils,  having  a  12-inch  eye,  wrapped  in  paper,  and  packed 
in  boxes  or  barrels,  unless  otherwise  specified. 

No.  10  and  finer  duplex  parallel  rubber  insulated  and  braided  are  shipped  in 
approximately  500-foot  coils,  having  a  12-inch  eye,  and  in  other  respects  the  same 
as  the  single  conductor. 

No.  12  and  finer  twisted  pair  rubber  insulated  and  braided  are  shipped  in 
approximately  500-foot  and  1000-foot  coils,  and  in  other  respects  the  same  as  the 
single  conductor. 

Wooden  Reels 

The  reels  used  for  shipping  electric  wires  and  cables  are  so  constructed  as  to 
give  the  greatest  protection  to  this  class  of  material.  We  have  on  hand  at  all  times 
a  large  supply  of  the  different  kinds  and  sizes  of  reels,  as  shown  in  the  following 
table.  These  reels  are  always  kept  in  good  repair  and  can  be  supplied  at  a  very 
short  notice.  The  various  sizes  of  reels  are  numbered  for  convenience  in  dis- 
tinguishing them. 

Material  put  on  the  reel  is  so  arranged  as  to  give  the  customer  the  least  incon- 
venience in  handling.  The  kind  and  size  of  wire  to  be  shipped  governs  the  size  of 
the  reel  to  be  used. 

Careful  attention  is  always  paid  to  the  diameter  of  the  barrel  selected  so  that 
cables  will  not  be  bent  to  a  diameter  which  would  in  any  way  injure  the  cable. 
Reels  are  never  loaded  to  their  full  capacity,  for  we  consider  it  advisable  to  allow  a 
few  inches  clearance  between  the  rim  of  the  reel  and  the  cables  to  prevent  any 
possibility  of  damage  to  the  wire  when  the  reels  are  rolled  about.  All  large  reels 
before  shipment  are  lagged  with  strong  and  durable  strips  of  wood  of  suitable 
dimensions,  in  accordance  with  the  size  of  reel.  The  wire  on  spools  or  small  reels 
is  protected  by  paper,  burlap,  or  sheet  iron. 


50 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


General 
Data 


Standard  Dimensions  of  Reel  Lagging 


2  x  4  x  35  inches 
2  x  4  x  37X  inches 
2  x  4  x  41  inches 
2  x  4  x  50  inches 


2  x  4  x  56  inches 
2  x  4  x  63  X  inches 
2  x  4  x  70  inches 
2  x  4  x  76  inches 


%  x  2  x  11  inches 
%  x  2  x  16  inches 
%  x  2  x  20X  inches 
2  x  4  x  27X  inches 
2  x  4  x  29  inches 

Lagging  is  made  from  well  seasoned  lumber,  free  from  knots,  having  in  view 
the  minimum  possibility  of  breaking.  Reels  and  spools  for  magnet  wire  are 
specially  made  for  this  particular  product  and  are  so  designed  and  constructed  as 
to  give  the  best  protection  to  the  delicate  grade  of  wire  which  they  hold. 


Standard  Shipping  Reels  for  Electrical  Wires  and  Cables 


List  No. 
Burned  in 
Head 
of  Reel 

Symbol 

Dimensions  are  given  in  Inches 

Average 
Weight 
in  Pounds 

Price  per 
Reel 

Diameter 
of  Head 

Diameter 
of  Barrel 

Width 
Inside 

Width 
Outside 

Arbor 
Hole 

302 

W 

80. 

14. 

8. 

11.50 

1.125  O 

43. 

$2.00 

304 

A 

3.25 

1. 

3.75 

5.125 

.375  O 

.312 

305 

A 

2.75 

1. 

3. 

4.375 

.875  O 

.218 

306 

A 

6. 

1.375 

8.1875 

4.0625 

.625  O 

.5 

\     \ 

313 

M 

22. 

15. 

6. 

9.50 

1.375  O 

22. 

i.50 

315 

'  W 

38. 

16. 

22.50 

27.75 

1.625  O 

165. 

5.00 

316 

W 

32. 

16. 

14.50 

19.75 

1.625  O 

93. 

5.00 

321 

M 

28. 

22. 

6. 

9.50 

1.375  O 

37. 

2.00 

322 

W 

30. 

12. 

11. 

14.50 

1.125  O 

50. 

2.00 

324 

W 

60. 

28. 

32. 

38.25 

2.625  O 

500. 

10.00 

330 

W 

44. 

24. 

23. 

27. 

2.625  O 

190. 

4.00 

333 

W 

50. 

28. 

32. 

37.25 

2.625  O 

340. 

10.00 

334 

R 

36. 

24. 

11. 

16.25 

1.625  O 

102. 

4.00 

835 

R 

36. 

24. 

15. 

20.25 

1.625  O 

115. 

5.00 

836 

R 

58. 

38. 

35. 

40.75 

2.625  O 

430. 

12.00 

338 

M 

13.50 

6. 

5. 

6.50 

1.125  O 

5.7 

0.75 

341 

M 

24. 

15. 

6.50 

9.50 

1.375  O 

24. 

2.00 

342 

M 

24. 

15. 

6.50 

9.50 

1.375  O 

29. 

2.00 

343 

M 

7. 

2.375 

2.75 

3.75 

.625  O 

.95 

344 

M 

22. 

15. 

5.75 

9.25 

1.375  O 

22. 

2.00 

345 

M 

3.50 

1.875 

2.75 

3.75 

.625  O 

.25 

347 

M 

4.50 

1.75 

2.75 

3.75 

.625  O 

.33 

349 

M 

9. 

4.50 

4. 

6. 

1         O 

3.50 

'.40 

350 

M 

12. 

6. 

5. 

7.50 

l!25    O 

7.50 

.75 

351 

M 

6. 

2.375 

2.75 

3.75 

.625  O 

.72 

.20 

352 

28. 

14. 

13.50 

17. 

4.         O 

51. 

2.00 

354 

M 

16. 

8. 

5.50 

8.50 

1.25    O 

15. 

1.25 

355 

R 

66. 

42. 

35. 

41.25 

2.625  O 

780. 

15.00 

356 

A 

3.75 

1. 

3.75 

5.25 

.375  O 

.50 

.15 

1002 

R 

42. 

30. 

24. 

29.25 

2.625  O 

205. 

5.00 

1004 

R 

80. 

18. 

8. 

11.50 

1.625  O 

45. 

2.00 

1013 

R 

48. 

36. 

24. 

29.25 

2.625  O 

262. 

10.00 

1015 

R 

66. 

42. 

35. 

40.75 

2.625  O 

510. 

15.00 

1020 

R 

54. 

36. 

30. 

35.25 

2.625  O 

320. 

10.00 

1021 

R 

62. 

40. 

85. 

40.75 

2.625  O 

465. 

10.00 

1022 

R 

63. 

30. 

45. 

50.75 

2.625  O 

600. 

15.00 

1023 

R 

76. 

36. 

45. 

51.25 

2.625  O 

1040. 

15.00 

1025 

R 

92. 

48. 

53. 

68.50 

7.25O,D 

2140. 

50.00 

1026 

R 

80. 

56. 

48. 

56. 

7.  25  on 

1600. 

30.00 

1027 

R 

96. 

32. 

59. 

71. 

7.25Q,D 

2400. 

65.00 

1028 

R 

72. 

42. 

42. 

50. 

7.25Q,D 

1490. 

30.00 

1029 

R 

104. 

36. 

64. 

76. 

7.  25  OD 

3650. 

70.00 

A=reels  for  annunciator  wire. 

R=reels  for  rubber,  paper  or  cambric  insulated  wires  and  cables. 

M=reels  for  magnet  wire. 

W=reels  for  weatherproof  wires  and  cables. 

These  reels  are  well  constructed  and  are  expensive  to  make.  They  should  be 
carefully  handled.  If  promptly  returned,  with  slats,  and  in  good  condition,  they  will 
be  credited  at  the  price  quoted  above,  less  transportation  to  our  factory. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


51 


All  reels  and  spools  of  magnet  wire,  when  being  prepared  for  shipment,  are  General 
individually  weighed,  marked  and  labelled  so  that  the  customer  will  be  able  to  Data 
determine  the  exact  weight  of  each  package  of  wire,  no  matter  how  small. 


Packing  Magnet  Wire 

One  of  the  commonest  ways  of  injuring  insulated  wires  or  cables  is  by  putting 
them  on  reels  of  incorrect  capacity.  For  the  convenience  of  our  readers  who  may 
have  occasion  to  load  reels,  a  safe  formula  for  figuring  the  capacity  of  reels  is  given 
in  the  following : 

Let  d  =  diameter  of  cable  in  inches 

C  =  minimum  clearance  in  inches  (2  inches  ordinary) 
B  =  diameter  of  barrel  or  reel 

D  =  YZ  (diameter  of  head-B-2C)  =  radius  of  head  less  clearance,  less  radius 
of  barrel ;  or  available  space  from  barrel  to  edge  of  head. 

W  =  length  of  barrel. 
Then  L  =  number  of  layers 

D 
=  —5-  (take  largest  whole  number) 

N  =  number  of  turns  per  layer 

W 
=  —3—  (take  largest  whole  number) 

F  =  feet  per  reel  with  minimum  clearance 

=  .262X  (B  +  D)X  NL. 

For  example :  To  determine  the  number  of  feet  of  a  cable  1.3  inches  in  diameter, 
that  a  No.  1002  reel  will  hold:  Head  of  reel  42  inches  in  diameter,  allowable  clear- 
ance 2  inches.  Barrel  of  reel  30  inches  in  diameter.  Width  between  heads  24  inches, 
from  table  above. 


=yz  (42-30)-2  =  4;  C  =  2";  B 
6-2        4 

or  3  layers 


=  24" 


24 
N  =  ^3=  18.  +  or  18  turns  per  layer 

F  =  .262  X  (30  +  4)  X  18  X  3 
=  .262  X  34  X  18  X  3  =  481  feet. 


52     AMERICAN     STEEL    AND     WIRE    COMPANY 


General  Metric   Weights    and    Measures 

Data 

Linear 

1  meter  =  39.3704  inches  =  3.281  feet  =  1.094  yards. 

Centimeter  (1-100  meter)  =  0.3937  inch. 

1  millimeter  (mm.)  =  .03937  inch  =  39.37  mils. 

1  inch  =  25.3997  millimeters  =  .083  foot  =  2.54  centimeters. 

1  kilometer  =  1,000  meters  or  3,281  feet  =  .6213  mile. 

For  the  purpose  of  memory,  a  meter  may  be  considered  as  3  feet  3^  inches. 

Surface    Measures 

Centare  (1  square  meter)  =  1,550  square  inches  =  10.764  square  feet. 

Are  (100  square  meters)  =  119.6  square  yards. 

1  square  centimeter  =  0.155  square  inch  =  197,300  circular  mils. 

1  square  millimeter  =  .00155  square  inch  =  1973  circular  mils. 

1  square  inch  =  6.451  square  centimeters  =  .0069  square  foot. 

1  square  foot  =  929.03  square  centimeters  =  .0929  square  meter. 

Weights 

Milligram  (1-1,000  gram)  =  0.0154  grain. 

Centigram  (1-100  gram)  =  0.1543  grain. 

Decigram  (1-10  gram)  =  1.5432  grains. 

Gram  =  15.432  grains. 

Decagram  (10  grams)  =  0.3527  ounce. 

Hectogram  (100  grams)  =  3.5274  ounces. 

Kilogram  (1,000  grams)  =  2.2046  pounds. 

Myriagram  (10,000  grams)  =  22.046  pounds. 

Quintal  (100,000  grams)  =  220.46  pounds. 

Millier  or  tonne— ton  (1,000,000  grams)  =  2,204.6  pounds. 

Volumes 

Milliliter  (1-1,000  liter)  =  0.061  cubic  inch. 
Centiliter  (1-100  liter)  =  0.6102  cubic  inch. 
Deciliter  (1-10  liter)  =  6.1023  cubic  inches. 
Liter  =  1,000  cu.  cm.  =  61.023  cubic  inches. 
Hectoliter  (100  liters)  =  2.838  bushels. 
Kiloliter  (1,000  liters)  =  1,308  cubic  yards. 

Liquid   Measures 

Milliliter  (1-1,000)  =  0.0338  fluid  ounce. 
Centiliter  (1-100  liter)  =  0.338  fluid  ounce. 
Deciliter  (1-10  liter)  =  0.845  gill. 
Liter  =  0.908  quart  =  0.2642  gallon. 
Decaliter  (10  liters)  =  2.6418  gallons. 
Hectoliter  (100* liters)  =  26.418  gallons. 
Kiloliter  (1,000  liters)  =  264.18  gallons. 


E    L    E    C    T    R 


A    L 


IRES 


AND 


A    B    L    E     S 


Conversion  of  Mils  to  Millimeters 


Mils 

Milli- 
meters 

Mils 

Milli- 
meters 

Mils 

Milli- 
meters 

Mils 

Milli- 
meters 

Mils; 

Milli- 
meters 

1 

81 

.0254 

21 

.5334 

41 

1.0414 

61 

1.5494 

2.0574 

2 

.0508 

22 

.5588 

42 

1.0668 

62 

1.5748 

82 

2.0828 

3 

.0702 

23 

.5842 

43 

1.0922 

63 

1.6002 

83 

2.1082 

4 

.1016 

24 

.6096 

44 

1.1176 

64 

1.6256 

84 

2.1336 

5 

.1270 

25 

.6350 

45 

1.1430 

65 

1.6510 

85 

2.1590 

6 

.1524 

26 

.6604 

46 

1.1684 

66 

1.6764 

86 

2.1844 

7 

.1778 

27 

.6858 

47 

1.1938 

67 

1.7018 

87 

2.2098 

8 

.2032 

28 

.7112 

48 

1.2192 

68 

1.7272 

88 

2.2352 

9 

.2286 

29 

.7366 

49 

1.2446 

69 

1.7526 

89 

2.2606 

10 

.2540 

30 

.7620 

50 

1.2700 

70 

1.7780 

90 

2.2860 

11 

.2794 

31 

.7874 

51 

1.2954 

71 

1.8034 

91 

2.3114 

12 

.3048 

32 

.8128 

52 

1.3208 

72 

1.8288 

92 

2.3368 

13 

.3302 

33 

.8382 

53 

1.3462 

73 

1.8542 

93 

2.3622 

14 

.3556 

34 

.8636 

54 

1.3716 

74 

1.8796 

94 

2.3876 

15 

.3810 

35 

.8890 

55 

1.3970 

75 

1.9050 

95 

2.4130 

16 

.4064 

36 

.9144 

56 

1.4224 

76 

1.9304 

96 

2.4384 

17 

.4318 

37 

.9398 

57 

1.4478 

77 

1.9558 

97 

2.4638 

18 

.4572 

38 

.9652 

58 

1.4732 

78 

1.9812 

98 

2.4892 

19 

.4826 

39 

.9906 

59 

1.4986 

79 

2.0066 

99 

2.5146 

20 

.5080 

40 

1.0160 

60 

1.5240 

80 

2.0320 

100 

2.5400 

General 
Data 


Conversion  of  Millimeters  to  Mils 


Milli- 
meters 

Mils 

Milli- 
meters 

Mils 

Milli- 
meters 

Mils 

Milli- 
meters 

Mils 

Milli- 
meters 

Mils 

1 

39.370 

21 

826.77 

41 

1614.17 

61 

2401.57 

81 

3188.97 

2 

18.740 

22 

866.14 

42 

1653.54 

62 

2440.94 

82 

3228.34 

3 

118.110 

23 

905.51 

43 

1692.91 

63 

2480.31 

83 

3267.71 

4 

157.48 

24 

944.88 

44 

1732.28 

64 

2519.68 

84 

3307.08 

5 

196.85 

25 

984.25 

45 

1771.65 

65 

2559.05 

85 

3346.45 

6 

236.22 

26 

1023.60 

46 

1811.02 

66 

2598.42 

86 

3385.82 

7 

275.59 

27 

1063.00 

47 

1850.39 

67 

2637.79 

87 

3425.19 

8 

314.96 

28 

1102.40 

48 

1889.76 

68 

2677.16 

88 

3464.56 

9 

354.33 

29 

1141.70 

49 

1929.13 

69 

2716.53 

89 

3503.93 

10 

393.70 

30 

1181.10 

50 

1968.50 

70 

2755.90 

90 

3543.30 

11 

433.07 

31 

1220.50 

51 

2007.87 

71 

2795.27 

91 

3582.67 

12 

472.44 

32 

1259.80 

52 

2047.24 

72 

2834.64 

92 

3622.04 

13 

511.81 

33 

1299.20 

53 

2086.61 

73 

2874.01 

93 

3661.41 

14 

515.18 

34 

1338.60 

54 

2125.98 

74 

2913.38 

94 

3700.78 

15 

590.55 

35 

1378.00 

55 

2165.35 

75 

2952.75 

95 

3740.15 

16 

629.92 

36 

1417.30 

56 

2204.72 

76 

2992.12 

96 

3779.52 

17 

669.29 

37 

1456.70 

57 

2244.09 

77 

3031.49 

97 

3818.89 

18 

708.66 

38 

1496.10 

58 

2283.46 

78 

3070.86 

98 

3858.26 

19 

748.03 

39 

1535.40 

59 

2322.83 

79 

3110.23 

99 

3897.63 

20 

787.40 

40 

1574.80 

60 

2362.20 

80 

3149.60 

100 

3937.00 

54 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


General 
Data 


Areas  and  Circumferences  of  Circles 


Diam- 
eter 

Circum- 
ference 

Area 

Diam- 
eter 

Circum- 
ference 

Area 

Diam- 
eter 

Circum- 
ference 

Area 

. 

.049087 

.00019 

1.  }f 

6.08684 

2.9483 

4.  H 

15.5116 

19.147 

i 

.098175 

.00077 

2. 

6.28819 

3.1416 

5. 

15.7080 

19.635 

B\ 

.147262 

.00173 

A 

6.47958 

3.8410 

A 

15.9043 

20.129 

1 

.196350 

.00307 

y* 

6.67588 

3.5466 

jl 

16.1007 

20.629 

3 

.294524 

.00690 

6.87223 

3.7583 

16.2970 

21.135 

y& 

.392699 

.01227 

% 

7.06858 

3.9761 

% 

16.4934 

21.648 

.490874 

.01917 

A 

7.26498 

4.2000 

T5 

16.6897 

22.166 

3 

.589049 

.02761 

y% 

7.46128 

4.4801 

y& 

16.8861 

22.691 

7 

.687223 

.03758 

A 

7.65768 

4.6664 

7 

17.0824 

23.221 

y 

.785898 

.04909 

y2 

7.85398 

4.9087 

y* 

17.2788 

23.758 

• 

.883578 

.06213 

9 

8.05083 

5.1572 

» 

17.4751 

24.801 

A 

.981748 

.07670 

H 

8.24668 

5.4119 

H 

17.6715 

24.850 

11 

.07992 

.09281 

11 

8.44303 

5.6727 

IB 

17.8678 

25.406 

H 

.17810 

.11045 

K 

8.68938 

5.9396 

y. 

18.0642 

25.967 

13 

.27627 

.12962 

It 

8.83573 

6.2126 

IB 

18.2605 

26.535 

7 

.37445 

.15033 

% 

9.03208 

6.4918 

% 

18.4569 

27.109 

if 

.47262 

.17257 

IB 

9.22843 

6.7771 

16 

18.6532 

27.688 

y 

.57080 

.19635 

3. 

9.42478 

7.0686 

6. 

18.8496 

28.274 

17 

1.66897 

.22166 

A 

9.62113 

7.3662 

y& 

19.2423 

29.465 

V 

1.76715 

.24850 

y* 

9.81748 

7.6699 

y* 

19.6350 

30.680 

19 

1.86532 

.27688 

10.0138 

7.9798 

H 

20.0277 

31.919 

y 

1.96350 

.30680 

/% 

10.2102 

8.2958 

20.4204 

33.183 

21 

2.06167 

.33824 

A 

10.4065 

8.6179 

'y^ 

20.8131 

34.472 

11 

2.15984 

.87122 

% 

10.6029 

8.9462 

y 

21.2058 

35.785 

32 

2.25802 

.40574 

17H 

10.7992 

9.2806 

% 

21.5984 

37.122 

•y 

2.35619 

.44179 

1^ 

10.9956 

9.6211 

7. 

21.9911 

38.485 

§i 

2.45487 

.47937 

Iff 

11.1919 

9.9678 

y& 

22.3838 

39.871 

13 

2.55254 

.51849 

^8 

11.8883 

10.321 

i/ 

22.7765 

41.282 

V 

2.65072 

.55914 

11 

11.5846 

10.680 

3/8 

23.1692 

42.718 

% 

2.74889 

.60132 

K 

11.7810 

11.045 

23.5619 

44.179 

32 

2.84707 

.64504 

13 

11.9778 

11.416 

y^ 

23.9546 

45.664 

2.94524 

.69029 

K 

12.1737 

11.793 

K 

24.3473 

47.173 

11 

3.04842 

.78708 

IB 

12.8700 

12.177 

% 

24.7400 

48.707 

3.14159 

.78540 

4. 

12.5664 

12.566 

8. 

25.1327 

50.265 

A 

3.88794 

.88664 

A 

12.7627 

12.962 

y& 

25.5254 

51.849 

y 

3.53429 

.99402 

12.9591 

13.864 

y± 

25.9181 

53.456 

A 

3.78064 

1.1075 

13.1554 

13.772 

H 

26.3108 

55.088 

i/ 

3.92699 

.2272 

13.3518 

14.186 

yz 

26.7035 

56.745 

s 

4.12384 

.3530 

ia 

13.5481 

14.607 

y^ 

27.0962 

58.426 

26 

4.31969 

.4849 

II 

13.7445 

15.038 

K 

27.4889 

60.182 

4.51604 

.6230 

13.9408 

15.466 

% 

27.8816 

61.862 

4.71239 

.7671 

i/ 

14.1372 

15.904 

9. 

28.2743 

63.617 

16 

4.90874 

.9175 

A 

14.8335 

16.349 

H 

28.6670 

65.397 

y 

5.10509 

2.0739 

y 

14.5299 

16.800 

29.0597 

67.201 

11 

5.80144 

2.2365 

11 

14.7262 

17.257 

y% 

29.4524 

69.029 

li 

5.49779 

2.4053 

y* 

14.9226 

17.721 

yz 

29.8451 

70.882 

IS 

5.69414 

2.5802 

13 

15.1189 

18.190 

y. 

30.2378 

72.760 

% 

5.89049 

2.7612 

n 

15.8153 

18.665 

y. 

30.6305 

74.662 

Decimals  of  an  Inch  and  Millimeters  for  each  1  -64  Inch 


ja 

13 
J| 

.§  a 

H 

.2 

d 

j. 

13 

.§  E 

1 

_• 

c 

lx 

13 

.§  E 

| 

c 

£3 

|| 

Is 

"s 

Q~ 

8E 
Q 

i 

tn 

5 

5 

Q~ 

I1 

| 

HS 

-8 

l~ 

gi 

p 

1 

5 

-B 

Q'-H 

O 

1 

.015625 

.8968 

17 

.265625 

6.7467 

83 

.515625 

13.0966 

49 

.765625 

19.4465 

2 

.03125 

.7937 

9 

18 

.28125 

7.1436 

17 

84 

.53125 

13.4934 

25 

50 

.78125 

19.8433 

3 

.046875 

1.1906 

19 

.296875 

7.5404 

85 

.546875 

18.8903 

51 

.796875 

20.2402 

4 

.0625 

1.5874 

A 

10 

20 

.3125 

7.9373 

inn 

18 

80 

.5625 

14.2872 

A 

20 

52 

.8125 

20.6371 

5 

.078125 

1.9843 

21 

.328125 

8.3342 

87 

.578125 

14.6841 

53 

.828125 

21.0339 

6 

.09875 

2.3812 

11 

22 

.34375 

8.7310 

19 

^ 

.59375 

15.0809 

27' 

54 

.84375 

21.4308 

7 

.109375 

2.7780 

.359375 

9.1279 

.009375 

15.4778 

55 

.859375 

21.8277 

8 

.125 

3.1749 

y* 

12 

24 

.875 

9.5248 

H 

20 

40 

.625 

15.8747 

•>H 

28 

50 

.875 

22.2245 

9 

.140625 

8.5718 

25 

.390625 

9.9216 

41 

.640625 

16.2715 

57 

.890625 

22.6214 

10 

.15625 

8.9686 

18 

.40625 

10.3185 

21 

42 

.65625 

16.6684 

29 

58 

.90625 

23.0183 

11 

.171875 

4.8655 

27 

.421875 

10.7154 

48 

.671875 

17.0653 

59 

.921875 

23.4151 

12 

.1875 

4.7624 

IS 

14 

28 

.4875 

11.1122 

ft 

22 

44 

.6875 

17.4621 

u 

80 

GO 

.9375 

23.8120 

18 

.208125 

5.1592 

29 

.458125 

11.5091 

45 

.708125 

17.8590 

01 

.953125 

24.2089 

14 

.21875 

5.5561 

15 

30 

.46875 

11.9060 

28 

40 

.71875 

18.2559 

81 

02 

.96875 

24.6057 

15 

.284875 

5.9530 

31 

.484875 

12.3029 

47 

.734875 

18.6527 

08 

.984375 

25.0026 

16 

.25 

6.8498 

1/4 

16 

32 

.5 

12.6997 

1/2 

24 

48 

.75 

19.0496 

K 

82 

04 

1. 

25.3995 

ELECTRICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES     55 


Fundamental  Units  General 

Data 

The  electrical  units  are  derived  from  the  following  mechanical  units : 

The  centimeter,  the  unit  of  length. 

The  gramme,  the  unit  of  mass. 

The  second,  the  unit  of  time. 

The  centimeter  equals  .3937  of  an  inch,  or  one  thousand-millionth  part  of  a 
quadrant  of  the  earth. 

The  gramme  is  equal  to  15.432  grains,  the  mass  of  a  cubic  centimeter  of 
water  at  4°  C. 

The  second  is  the  time  of  one  swing  of  the  pendulum,  making  86,464.09  swings 
per  day,  or  the  1-86400  part  of  a  mean  solar  day. 

Mensuration 

Circumference  of  circle  whose  diameter  is  1  =  TT  =  3. 14159265. 

Circumference  of  any  circle  =  diameter  x  T. 

Area  of  any  circle  =  (radius)3  X  T,  or  (diameter)8  X  0.7854. 


Surface  of  sphere  =  (diameter) 2  X  TT,  or  =  circumference  X  diameter. 
Volume  of  sphere  =  (diameter)3  X  0.5236,  or  =  surface  X  i  diameter. 

Area  of  an  ellipse  =  long  diameter  X  short  diameter  X  0.7854. 

7T2  =  9.8696;  Tri  =  1.772454;  J  =  0.7854. 

VT  =  0.31831;  logTr  =  0.4971499. 

Basis  of  natural  log  ?  =  2.7183;  log  f  =  0.43429. 

Modulus  of  natural  logarithm  M  =   ,-i  -   =  2.3026. 

144  Ib.  per  sq.  foot. 
51.7116  mm.  of  mercury. 


1  Ib.  per  sq.  inch  = 


2.30665  feet  of  water. 


0.072  ton  (short)  per  sq.  foot. 
0.0680415  atmosphere. 

One  mile  =  320  rods  =  1760  yards  =  5280  feet  -  63,360  inches. 

One  fathom  =  6  feet ;  1  knot  =  6080  feet. 

1728  cubic  inches  =  1  cubic  foot. 

231  cubic  inches  =  1  liquid  gallon  =  0.134  cubic  foot. 

1  pound  avoirdupois  =  7000  grains  =  453.6  grammes. 

The  angle  of  which  the  arc  is  equal  to  the  radius,  a  Radian  =  57.2958°. 

Physical  Data 

The  equivalent  of  one  B.t.u.  of  heat  =  778  foot-pounds. 

The  equivalent  of  one  calorie  of  heat  =  426  kg-m.,  =  3.968  B.t.u. 

One  cubic  foot  of  water  weighs  62.355  pounds  at  62°  F. 

One  cubic  foot  of  air  weighs  0.0807  pound  at  32°  F.  and  one  atmosphere. 

One  cubic  foot  of  hydrogen  weighs  0.00557  pound. 

One  foot-pound  —  1.3562  X  10 7  ergs. 

One  horse-power  hour  —  33,000  X  60  foot-pounds. 


56     AMERICAN    STEEL    AND    WIRE    COMPANY 

General  One  horse-power  =  33,000  foot-pounds  per  min.  =550  foot-pounds  *per  second  = 

Data        746  watts  =  2545  B.t.u.  per  hour. 

Acceleration  of  gravity  (g)  =  32.2  feet  per  second. 
=  980  mm.  per  second. 

One  atmosphere  =  14.7  pounds  per  square  inch. 
=  2116  pounds  per  square  foot. 
=  760  mm.  of  mercury. 

Velocity  of  sound  at  0°  cent,  in  dry  air  =  332.4  metres  per  sec. 

=  1091  feet  per  sec. 

Velocity  of  light  in  vacuum  =  299,853  km.  per  sec. 

=  186,325  miles  per  sec. 

Specific  heat  of  air  at  constant  pressure  =  0.237. 

A  column  of  water  2.3  feet  high  corresponds  to  a  pressure  of  1  pound  per 
square  inch. 

Coefficient  of  expansion  of  gases  =  ^lr$  =  0.00367. 
Latent  heat  of  water  =  79.24. 
Latent  heat  of  steam  =  535.9 

CENTIGRADE  DEGREES.  To  convert  into  the  corresponding  one  in  Fahrenheit 
degrees,  multiply  by  9/5  and  add  32.  To  convert  it  into  the  one  in  Reaumur 
degrees  multiply  by  */-.  To  convert  it  into  the  one  on  the  Absolute  scale,  add  273. 

FAHRENHEIT  DEGREES.  To  convert  into  the  one  in  Centigrade  degrees,  subtract 
32  and  then  multiply  by  5/<),  being  careful  about  the  signs  when  the  reading  is 
below  the  melting  point  of  ice.  To  convert  it  into  the  one  in  Reaumur  degrees, 
subtract  32  and  multiply  by  4/9.  To  convert  it  into  the  one  on  the  Absolute  scale, 
subtract  32,  then  multiply  by  5/9  and  add  273;  or  multiply  by  5,  add  2297,  and 
divide  by  9. 

Electrical  Data 

The  ampere,  I  =  unit  of  current  =  0.1  cm.1/2  g.^  sec.1. 
The  ohm  =  unit  of  resistance  =  10. !)  cm.  sec.1. 
The  volt,  U  =  unit  of  e.  m.  f.  =  10.8  cm. I  g.^  sec.8 
The  henry,  L  =  unit  of  inductance  =  10. 9  cm. l  sec.  - 
The  farad,  C  =  unit  of  capacity  =  106  cm. l 

(  =  unit  of  electric  power  =  h.  p.  X  746. 
Watts  •]  =  current  X  volts  X  power  factor. 
(  =  foot  pounds  per  sec.  -f-  1.355. 

Joules,  W  =  work  done  =  watts  X  seconds. 

f  3412  B.  t.  u. 
I   2,654,536  foot-pounds. 
1  kw.  hour  =  -!   3.53  pounds  water  evaporated  at  212°  F. 

I   22.8  pounds  water  raised  from  62°  to  212°  F. 

t  0.235  pounds  carbon  oxidized  at  100  per  cent.  eff. 


Bare  Wires  and  Cables 


Page 


Copper 

Trolley  Wire 58 

Wire  and  Cables 64-65 

Hemp  Core  Cables 65 

Extra  Flexible  Cables 66 

Specifications  for  H.  D.  Copper  Wire  .     .  66 

Rail  Bonds 67-70 

Iron  or  Steel 

Telephone  and  Telegraph  Wires      .     .     .    7 1  -74 

Specifications    for    galvanized    Telephone 

and  Telegraph  Wires 72 

Bond  Wire,  extra  galvanized       ....  74 

Steel  Signal  Wire,  extra  galvanized  ...  75 

Standard  Steel  Strand 75 

Special  Steel  Strands 76 

Galvanized  Strand  Clips 79 

Resistance  Wire 80 

Armature  Binding  Wire 80 

Armor  Wire 81 

Pole  Steps 81 

Silico-Magnetic-Core  Steel 82 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Bare  Wires 
and  Cables 


Bare  Conductors 

We  make  copper  wire  for  all  purposes  in  any  required  shape  or  size ;  copper 
cables  of  all  capacities  and  degrees  of  flexibility ;  hard  drawn  or  annealed,  bare  or 
insulated.  We  also  make  galvanized  iron  and  steel  wire  in  all  shapes  and  sizes, 
bare  or  insulated,  and  for  all  purposes;  telephone  and  telegraph  wires,  armor  wires, 
strand  and  wire  rope  of  all  kinds. 

Copper  Trolley  Wire 

Since  a  trolley  wire  serves  a  double  purpose,  as  conductor  and  as  feeder  to  the 
moving  current  collector,  it  must  be  of  high  conductivity,  and  strong  and  durable. 
Copper  can  be  readily  drawn  into  any  desired  section  and  can  be  easily  handled. 
Trolley  wire  is  generally  made  of  hard  drawn  copper  in  three  shapes,  round, 
grooved  and  figure  8.  The  latter  form  is  not  extensively  used  for  two  principal 
reasons.  Owing  to  its  unsymmetrical  section,  it  is  difficult  to  handle  and  to  place  in 
position.  The  non-uniformity  in  section,  as  made  by  different  wire  manufacturers, 
has  rendered  it  impossible  to  make  a  uniform  style  of  mechanical  clamping  ear  for 
supporting  the  trolley.  Though  seldom  called  upon  to  make  trolley  wire  larger 
than  4/0  or  smaller  than  1/0  B.  &  S.  gauge,  we  are  prepared  to  make  other  sizes. 
The  various  styles  and  sizes  are  shown  dimensioned  below: 


Round 


Grooved 


Figure  8 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


59 


Dimensions  of  Hard  Drawn  Copper  Trolley  Wire 


Section  of 
Trolley 
Wire 

Size 
B.&S. 

Sectional 
Area  in 
Cir.  Mils. 

Approximate  Dimensions  (See  Figure,  Page  58) 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

G 

R 

Round 

0 
00 
000 
0000 

105,600 
183,200 
168,100 
211,600 

.325 
.365 
.410 
.460 

.1625 
.1825 
.2045 
.230 

•• 

Grooved 
"American 
Standard" 

00 
000 
0000 

133,200 
168,100 
211,600 

.392 
.430 

.482 

.196 
.215 
.241 

| 

20 
22 
25 

78° 
78° 
78° 

27° 
27° 
27° 

51° 
51° 
51° 

.015 
.015 
.015 

Figure  8 

00 
000 
0000 

138,200 
168,100 
211,600 

.480 
.540 
.600 

.852 
.400 
.450 

.108 
.130 
.150 

196 
222 
250 

•     • 

Specifications  for  Hard  Drawn  Copper  Trolley  Wire 
1.     Conductivity,  weight  and  strength. 

Round,  Grooved  and  Figure  8  Copper  Trolley  Wire 

Size  B.  &  S. 


0 

00 

000 

0000 


Approximate  Weight,  Pounds 

Electrical  Conductivity 
(Minimum) 

Per  Mile 

Per  1,000  Feet 

1685 
2132 
2690 
3386 

319 
404 
509 
641 

Mile—  ohm  @  68  degrees 
Fahr.  not  to  exceed  890.1 
equals  98$  Matthiessen's 
Standard 

Round  Trolley  Wire 


Size  B.  &  S. 

Tensile  Strength,  Pounds 

Size  B.  &  S. 

Tensile  Strength,  Pounds 

Actual 

Per  Square  Inch 

Actual 

Per  Square  Inch 

0 
00 

4522 
5550 

54500 
52800 

000 
0000 

6735 
8140 

51000 
49000 

The  physical  tests  of  all  shapes  shall  be  made  in  the  same  manner  as  those  upon 
round  wire.  The  tensile  strength  of  grooved  wire  shall  be  at  least  95  per  cent,  of  that 
required  for  round  wire  of  the  same  sectional  area ;  the  elongation  shall  be  the  same 
as  that  required  for  round  wire  of  equal  sectional  area,  given  on  page  67. 

2.  Sizes  1/0  and  2/0  approximately  one  mile  on  each  reel;  size  3/0  and  4/0 
approximately  one-half  mile  on  each  reel. 

3.  Round  wire  is  to  be  cylindrical  in  form  and  of  uniform  size  throughout. 
All  forms  to  be  uniform  in  quality,  free  from  scale,  flaws,  splits  and  other  defects 
inconsistent  with  the  best  commercial  practice. 

4.  Round  trolley  wire  may  vary  in  diameter  one  per  cent,  either  way.     Shaped 
trolley  wire  may  vary  in  diameter  four  per  cent,  over  or  under  in  weight  per  unit 
length  from  standard. 

5.  Wire  to  be  shipped  on  firmly  built  reels  suitable  for  proper  handling  and 
for  the  efficient  protection  of  the  wire  in  transit. 


Base  and  Advances  on  Trolley  Wire 


Round  hard  drawn  copper 
Grooved  and  figure  8 


Base 
cent  per  pound  advance  over  round 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


C   O   M   P  A   N   Y 


Bare  Wires 
and  Cables 


Trolley  Construction  Notes 

A  mile  of  trolley  wire  strung  in  position  is  generally  figured  in  calculations  as 
5350  feet,  allowing  70  feet  for  sag  and  waste. 

The  trolley  wire  is  usually  suspended  about  20  feet  above  the  center  of  the 
track  or  to  one  side.  It  may  be  supported  either  from  steel  strands  spanning  the 
track  between  two  side  poles,  from  brackets  extending  out  from  the  poles  or  from 
catenary  construction.  The  trolley  wire  is  supported  by  trolley  "ears"  which 
mechanically  clamp  the  shaped  wire,  or  which  are  soldered  to  the  round  wire. 
The  trolley  ears  are  attached  to  the  supports  by  means  of  insulated  trolley  hangers. 


•P,  A 


Overhead  Construction,  N.  Y.,  N.  H.  &  H.  R.  R. 


The  following  extracts  from  the  specifications  adopted  by  a  leading  railway 
company  for  overhead  trolley  construction  are  fairly  representative  of  American 
electric  railway  practice. 

Poles,  Pole  Framing  and  Pole  Setting 

Poles  shall  be  of  commercially  straight,  round  chestnut,  and  shall  conform  to 
the  dimensions  shown  in  following  table.  Holes  for  the  poles  shall  be  excavated  as 
here  tabulated : 

Round  Pole  Data 


Length 
in  Feet 

Circumference  Top 
in  Inches 

Depth  in  Earth 
in  Feet 

Circumference 
5  Feet  from  Butt 
in  Inches 

Depth  in  Rock 
in  Feet 

30 

22 

6.0 

36 

5.0 

35 

22 

6.0 

38 

5.5 

40 

22 

6.5 

44 

5.5 

45 

22 

6.5 

47 

6.0 

50 

22 

7.0 

50 

6.5 

55 

22 

7.5 

53 

6.5 

60 

22 

8.0 

56 

7.0 

65 

22 

8.5 

58 

7.0 

70 

22 

9.0 

58 

7.0 

ELECTRICAL 


WIRE 


AND 


CABLE 


Poles  are  to  be  delivered  barked  and  with  knots  trimmed.  Bare  Wires 

They  shall  be  sound  and  free  from  butt  rot  or  hollows  in  butts  which  would  and  Cables 
impair  strength  above  ground.  They  shall  be  free  from  unsound  knots  and  shall 
have  no  more  than  one  crook,  this  crook  to  be  in  one  way  only.  Contractor  shall 
point  the  tips,  saw  the  butts  off  square,  smooth  all  knots  with  draw  knife,  shave  the 
entire  pole,  if  so  directed  by  the  engineer,  and  paint  the  tips  and  gains  of  each  pole 
with  two  coats  of  an  approved  metallic  paint  before  installation. 

Pole  Setting 

Poles  shall  be  spaced  100  feet  apart  on  tangents,  and  shall  have  a  rake  of  6 
inches  away  from  track  at  a  height  of  24  feet  above  top  of  track  rail  with  bracket 
construction.  With  span  construction  the  rake  shall  be  12  inches  at  same  height 
above  top  of  rail.  Poles  to  have  above  rakes  after  taking  final  strain. 

For  longer  poles  and  on  side  banks  and  fills,  depths  will  be  determined  by  inspect- 
ing engineer.  Face  of  pole  shall  be  spaced  at  a  minimum  distance  of  5  feet  from 
outside  of  rail  head,  and  shall  not  exceed  this  measurement  to  appreciable  extent 
unless  conditions  so  require. 

The  earth  around  poles  shall  be  thoroughly  tamped  with  suitable  tampers. 
When  poles  are  set  in  concrete,  the  concrete  shall  consist  of  one  part  of  an  approved 
brand  of  Portland  cement,  three  parts  clean  sharp  sand  and  five  parts  broken  stone, 
which  will  go  through  a  2-inch  ring.  Amount  of  concrete  to  be  determined  by 
inspecting  engineer,  and  concrete  to  be  put  on  in  layers  of  6  inches  and  each  layer 
thoroughly  tamped.  Top  of  concrete  filling  to  be  above  ground  and  sloped  off 
from  pole  with  smooth  finish  so  as  to  shed  water. 

Curve  Construction 

Pull-offs  on  curves  shall  be  spaced  according  to  following  table: 


Radius 
of  Curve  in 
Feet 

Distance 
between 
Hangers  in 
Feet 

Radius 
of  Curve 
in  Feet 

Distance 
between 
Hangers  in 
Feet 

Radius 
of  Curve 

in  Feet 

Distance 
between 
Hangers  in 
Feet 

Radius 
of  Curve 
in  Feet 

Distance 
between 
Hangers  in 
Feet 

40 

5.0 

85                     7.0 

400                   20.0 

900 

40.0 

50 

5.5 

100                     7.5 

550                   25.0 

1000 

45.0 

(50 

6.0 

200                   10.0 

680                   30.0 

1500 

60.0 

75 

0.5 

300 

15.0 

800 

35.0 

1910 

80.0 

The  distance  between  poles  on  curves  is  dependent  on  weight  of  feed  wire, 
length  of  curve,  and  in  towns,  on  local  conditions.  In  general,  the  minimum 
distance  between  poles  shall  be  50  feet.  Up  to  1910  feet  radius,  space  poles  from 
50  to  90  feet.  Above  1910  feet  radius,  space  poles  100  feet  apart. 


Span  Construction 


On  single-track  street  railway  lines  use  -j^-inch  extra  galvanized  steel  strand, 
tensile  strength  not  less  than  3300  pounds  ;  on  double-track  street  railway  lines  and 
on  electrified  steam  lines,  use  -Hi-inch  extra  galvanized  steel  strand,  tensile  strength 
not  less  than  4700  pounds,  and  use  ^-inch  x  16-inch  galvanized  eye-bolts  with 
thread  cut  5  inches.  All  spans  to  be  installed  with  eye-bolts  at  same  level  and 
allowance  made  for  sag  of  1  foot  in  20  feet  of  span,  with  eye-bolts  at  full  length. 


AMERICAN    STEEL    AND    WIRE    COMPANY 


Bare  Wires 
and  Cables 


|-— MACH.  BOLTS  10  X-|- 
'• CROSS  ARM  a"x  4-r-x  34" 


Side  Pole  Bracket  Construction 


GALV  BRACES  \ 
"   ' 


LAG  SCREWS  4 


H.   BOLTS  1o"xf" 
-  CROSS  ARMS  6  X4|'x  3-|" 


i       r — r^\     _L 


Span  Construction 


ELECTRICAL    WIRES     AND     CABLES 


I         ^ o^ CROSS  ARM  8"x  *T"  3l" 

1 ^         '  •     '-^—  -*—       -    CGE.  BOLTS  4i'x|/' 


Bare  Wires 
and  Cables 


»^N/- 

M 

. 

- 

___y'g^  .-_>] 

jt      '"       i 

1-   ,-: 

£ 

Center  Pole  Construction 


Recent  Catenary  Construction  on  N.  Y.,  N.  H.  &  H.  R.  R.,  near  Glenbrook,  Conn. 


(54 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Bare  Wires 
and  Cables 


Bare  Copper  Wire  and  Cables 

Made  in  all  sizes,  hard  drawn  or  annealed,  and  for  all  purposes.  For  telephone 
and  telegraph,  high  voltage  long  distance  transmission,  and  industrial  purposes  in 
general.  Full  information  concerning  the  properties  of  bare  copper  wire  with 
tabulated  data  is  given  in  the  foregoing  section,  pages  14  and  25. 

Bare  Copper  Wire  Advances 

Advances  per  pound  over  and 
above  base  prices  for  annealed  and  hard 
drawn  copper  wire : 


B.  &  S.  Gauge 
Number 

Advance  per  Pound 
Cents 

0000  to  8 

Base 

9  and  10 

Add    y8 

11  and  12 

Add    y. 

13  and  14 

Add    y. 

15  and  16 

Add    X 

17  and  18 

Addl 

19  and  20 

Addl^ 

21  and  22 

Add  \yz 

23  and  24 

Add  2^ 

For  wire  finer  than  24  B.  &  S. 
gauge,  special  prices  on  application. 

Orders  for  copper  wire  will  be 
filled  by  standard  B.  &  S.  gauge  un- 
less otherwise  specified. 

Tinned  Copper  Wire  Advances 

Advances  per  pound  over  and  above  prices  for  corresponding  sizes  of  annealed 
bare  copper  wire. 


B.  &  S.  Gauge 
Number 

Advance  per  Pound 
Cents 

B.  &  S.  Gauge 
Number 

Advance  per  Pound 
Cents 

0000  to  8 

H 

18  and  19 

1# 

9  and  10 

H 

20 

lj£ 

11  and  12 

% 

21 

I3/ 

13  and  14 

i 

22 

2 

15  and  16 

i 

23 

2K 

17 

i 

24 

3 

Hard  Drawn  Copper  Telegraph  and  Telephone  Wire 


Size  B.  &  S.  Gauge 


British  Imperial,  or  English  Legal  Standard  Gauge 


Number 

Diamc.er 
in  Decimal  of 
an  Inch 

Approximate 
Weight  per  Mile 
in  Pounds 

Number 

Diameter 
in  Decimal  of 
an  Inch 

Approximate 
Weight  per  Mile 
in  Pounds 

8 

.1285 

264 

8 

.160 

409 

9 

.1144 

209 

9 

.144 

331 

10 

.1019 

166 

10 

.128 

262 

12 

0808 

104 

12 

.104 

173 

14 

.0641 

66 

14 

.080 

102 

ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CARLES 


66 


Cutting   to  Lengths  Bare  Wires 

For  lengths  less  than  20  feet,  add  a  minimum  of  y2  cent  per  pound  to  the  schedule ;   an<*  Cables 
20  feet  or  over,  add  X  cent  Per  pound.    For  very  short  lengths  of  fine  wire,  such  as 
tag  wire,  the  price  increases  rapidly  as  the  length  decreases. 

Reels 

Will  be  charged  at  prices  quoted  on  page  50.  When  returned  in  good  condition, 
with  slats,  within  six  months  from  date  of  shipment,  freight  prepaid  to  the  factory, 
customers  will  receive  credit  for  the  full  amount  originally  charged. 

Bare  Copper  Cables,  Annealed  and  Cleaned,  or  Hard  Drawn 

These  extras  apply  both  on  concentric  and  rope  laid  conductors.  See  pages 
29  and  34  for  wiring  tables,  giving  complete  information  about  copper  cables. 

To  determine  the  price  of  any  bare  stranded  cable,  add  to  the  price  for  the  wire 
of  which  the  strand  is  composed  the  extras  as  given  below. 

When  the  following  sizes  of  wire,  B.  &  S.  gauge,  are  used: 


Number 

Advance  per  Pound 
Cents 

Number 

Advance  per  Pound 
Cents 

8  or  coarser 
9  to  13  inclusive 
14  to  16  inclusive 

l| 

17  to  20  inclusive 
21  to  24  inclusive 
25  and  smaller 

2 
5 
Prices  on  request 

Intermediate  sizes  of  wire  take  extra  applying  to  next  smaller  gauge. 

For  example,  in  determining  prices  of  cables 

500,000  circular  mils,  61  wires  concentric  strand. 

Each  wire  has  8196  circular  mils  and  is  approximately  12  B.  &  S.  gauge. 

Price  bare  wire,  base  size $15.00  per  100  pounds 

Advance  for  size  (12  B.  &  S.  gauge)      .          .25,  see  page  64 

Advance  for  stranding .75,  see  above 

Freight 


Hemp  Core  Cables 

In  order  to  reduce  the  skin  ef- 
fect in  conductors  carrying  heavy 
alternating  currents  of  high  fre- 
quency, it  is  customary  to  use  a 
specially  constructed  cable  having  a 
hemp  center.  This  style  of  cable  is 
also  required  in  many  long  distance 
transmission  lines  in  order  to  in- 
crease the  diameter  enough  to  pre- 
vent corona  effects  due  to  very  high 
potentials. 

We  are  prepared  to  manufac- 
ture this  style  of  cable  to  any  speci- 
fications. 


66     AMERICAN     STEEL    AND     WIRE    COMPANY 


Bare  Wires  Extra  Flexible  Cables 

and  Cables 

We  manufacture  bare  copper  cables  having  a  high  degree  of  flexibility  due 
to  their  being  made  up  of  a  large  number  of  small  wires.  These  cables  are  for 
flexible  connectors,  for  commutator  brushes,  third  rail  shoes  and  similar  purposes. 
They  are  made  both  concentric  and  rope  lay  and  price  is  figured  from  same 
schedule  of  advances. 


Specifications  for  Hard  Drawn  Copper  Wire 

1.  The  material  shall  be  copper  of  such  quality  and  purity  that  when  drawn 
hard  it  shall  have  the  properties  and  characteristics  herein  required. 

2.  These  specifications  cover  hard  drawn  round  wire  and  hard  drawn  cable  or 
strand  as  hereinafter  described. 

3.  The  wire  in  all  shapes  must  be  free  from  all  surface  imperfections  not  con- 
sistent with  the  best  commercial  practice. 

4.  (a)     Package  sizes  for  round  wire  and  for  cable  shall  be  agreed  upon  in  the 
placing  of  individual  orders. 

(b)     The  wire  shall  be  protected  against  damage  in  ordinary  handling  and 
shipping. 

5.  For  the  purpose  of  calculating  weights,  cross-sections,  etc.,  the  specific  grav- 
ity of  copper  shall  be  taken  as  8.90. 

6.  All  testing  and  inspecting  shall  be  made  at  the  place  of  manufacture,  and 
when  the  wire  is  found  to  meet  specifications  it  shall  then  and  there  be  accepted  by 
purchaser.     The  manufacturer  shall  afford  the  inspector  representing  the  purchaser 
all  reasonable  facilities  to  enable  him  to  satisfy  himself  that  the  material  conforms 
to  the  requirements  of  these  specifications. 


Hard   Drawn  Round  Wire 

7.  (a)     Sizes  shall  be  expressed  as  the  diameter  of  the  wire  either  in  decimals 
of  an  inch  or  in  mils,  or  in  the  B.  &  S.  gauge. 

(b)     Permissible  variations  from  actual  gauge  diameter  shall  be  as  shown 
in  the  table,  page  24. 

8.  The  wire  shall  be  so  drawn  that  its  tensile  strength  and  elongation  shall  be 
at  least  equal  to  the  value  stated  in  the  following  table.     Tensile  tests  shall  be  made 
upon  fair  samples  and  the  elongation  shall  be  determined  as  the  permanent  increase 
in  length,  due  to  the  breaking  of  the  wire  in  tension,  measured  between  bench  marks 
placed  upon  the  wire  originally  10  inches  apart.     The  fracture  shall  be  between  the 
bench  marks  and  not  closer  than  1  inch  to  either  mark.      If  upon  testing  a  sample 
from  any  coil  of  wire,  the  results  are  found  to  be  below  the  values  stated  in  the  table, 
tests  upon  two  additional  samples  shall  be  made,  and  the  average  of  the  three  tests 
shall  determine  acceptance  or  rejection  of  the  coil. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


67 


Properties  of  Hard  Drawn  Copper  Wire 

(Adopted  by  the  A.  S.  T.  M.) 


Bare  Wires 
and  Cables 


Size 
B.  &  S. 

Diameter 
Inches 

Area 
Circular 
Mils 

Tensile 
Strength 
Pounds 
per 
Sq.   Inch 

Per  Cent. 
Elongation 
in 
10  Inches 

Size 
B.  &  S. 

Diameter 
Inches 

Area 
Circular 

Mils 

Tensile 
Strength 
Pounds 
per 
Sp.  Inch 

Per  Cent. 
Elongation 
in 
10  Inches 

0000 

0.460 

211,600 

49,000 

3.75 

8 

0.128 

16,380 

63,400 

1.4 

000 

0.410 

168,100 

51,000 

8.20 

9 

0.114 

12,996 

64,200 

1.8 

00 

0.365 

133,200 

52,800 

2.70 

10 

0.102 

10,404 

64,800 

1.2 

0 

0.825 

105,600 

54,500 

2.4 

11 

0.091 

8,281 

65,400 

1.1 

1 

0.289 

83,520 

56,000 

2.1 

12 

0.081 

6,561 

65,700 

1.0 

2 

0.258 

66,560 

57,500 

2.0 

13 

0.072 

5,184 

66,000 

0.9 

3 

0.229 

52,440 

58,500 

1.9 

14 

0.064 

4,096 

66,200 

0.9 

4 

0.204 

41,620 

59,500 

1.8 

15 

0.057 

3,249 

66,400 

0.8 

5 

0.182 

83,120 

60,500 

1.7 

16 

0.051 

2,601 

66,600 

0.8 

6 

0.162 

26,240 

61,500 

1.6 

17 

0.045 

2,025 

66,800 

0.7 

7 

0.144 

20,740 

62,500 

1.5 

18 

0.040 

1,600 

67,000 

0.7 

For  wire  whose  nominal  diameter  is  between  listed  sizes,  the  requirements  shall 
be  determined  by  interpolation  from  those  included  in  the  table. 

9.  Electrical  conductivity  shall  be  determined  upon  fair  samples  by  resistance 
measurements  at  a  temperature  of  20°  C.  (68°  F.).     The  wire  shall  not  exceed  the 
following  limits: 

For  diameters  0.460  to  0.325  inch,  890.1  pounds  per  mile-ohm  at  20°  C.,  equal  to 
98  per  cent.  Matthiessen's  standard. 

For  diameters  0.324  to  0.102  inch,  899.3  pounds  per  mile-ohm  at  20°  C.,  equal  to 
97.0  per  cent.  Matthiessen's  standard. 

For  diameters  0.101  to  0.040  inch,  908.7  pounds  per  mile-ohm  at  20°  C.,  equal  to 
96.0  per  cent.  Matthiesson's  standard. 

Hard  Drawn  Copper  Wire  Strand 

10.  For  the  purpose  of  these  specifications,  standard  strand  shall  be  that  made 
up  of  hard  drawn  wire  laid  concentrically  about  a  hard  drawn  wire  center.      Cable 
laid  up  about  a  hemp  center  or  about  a  soft  wire  core  is  to  be  subject  to  special 
specifications  to  be  agreed  upon  in  individual  cases. 

11.  The  wire  entering  into  the  construction  of  strand  shall,  before  stranding, 
meet  all  the  requirements  of  round  wire  hereinbefore  stated. 

12.  The  tensile  strength  of  standard  strand  shall  be  at  least  90  per  cent,  of  the 
total  strength  required  of  the  wires  forming  the  strand. 

13.  Brazes,  made  in  accordance  with  the  best  commercial  practice,  will  be  per- 
mitted in  wire  entering  into  strand.     The  brazed  joint  shall  have  at  least  95  per 
cent,  of  the  strength  specified  for  the  wire. 

14.  The  lay  of  standard  strand  shall  not  be   less  than  12,  nor  more  than  16 
diameters  of  the  strand. 


Rail  Bonds 


The  subject  of  rail  bonds  is  properly  included  with  that  of  other  bare  electrical 
conductors.  We  are  exceptionally  well  equipped  to  make  rail  bonds  of  any  de- 
sired type,  capacity  or  length  to  meet  any  requirements.  We  manufacture  all 
standard  types  of  terminal  stud  bonds  from  which  any  particular  style  of 


68     AMERICAN    STEEL    AND    WIRE    COMPANY 


Bare  Wires  bond  can  be  selected  that  will  best  serve  for  any  given  set  of  track  conditions.  Our 
and  Cables  bonds  are  distinguished  by  accurate  workmanship,  superior  grade  of  material  and 
simplicity  of  design,  qualities  which  will  insure  lasting  and  economical  service. 

We  make  four  styles  of  rail  bonds :  Crown  rail  bonds,  with  round  wire  conductors ; 
United  States  rail  bonds,  with  flat  wire  conductors;  Twin  Terminal  bonds  to  be 
attached  to  the  heads  of  rails,  and  Soldered  rail  bonds.  Only  pure  annealed  copper  of 
high  conductivity  is  used  in  any  portion  of  these  bonds.  The  solid  terminals,  after 
being  forged  to  shape  from  rolled  copper  rods,  are  heated  and  drop  forged  to  the  flexible 
conductor  portion,  producing  a  union  having  all  the  merits  of  homogeneous  copper. 

There  are  two  styles  of  stud  terminals  shown  on  the  Crown  and  on  the  United 
States  bonds.  One  is  a  tubular  terminal,  and  is  applied  by  driving  a  long  taper 
punch  through  the  hollow  terminal,  distending  it  radially,  after  which  a  short  drift 
pin  is  driven  into  the  terminal,  expanding  it  J¥-inch  more.  The  other  style  of 
terminal  has  a  solid  stud  and  is  installed  with  a  compressor.  When  correctly 
installed,  either  style  will  give  equally  good  results.  The  stud  portion  of  all 
terminals  is  milled  smooth  and  accurate  to  size,  thus  insuring  a  most  efficient  and 
lasting  contact. 

The  Twin  Terminal  bond  is  applied  by  hammer  compression.  This  makes  an 
ideal  bond  in  all  respects  for  exposed  T-rail  joints. 

We  make  two  styles  of  Rail  Bond  Testers,  each  having  special  merits.  The 
A.  S.  &  W.  tester  is  suitable  for  very  accurate  measurements.  The  Crown  is  very 
easily  handled,  less  expensive  and  is  used  to  indicate  the  presence  of  poor  bonding. 

The  durability  and  efficiency  of  a  bond  installation  will  depend  largely  upon  the 
effectiveness  of  the  tools  used.  Even  the  best  workmen  cannot  do  good  work  with 
poor  bonding  tools.  In  developing  our  bonding  tools  no  expense  has  been 
spared  nor  time  considered.  First  and  foremost,  the  aim  has  been  to  produce 
tools  of  the  greatest  effectiveness  and  perfect  suitability  for  the  service  to  which 
they  were  to  be  put  ;  to  make  them  as  perfect  in  every  detail  as  possible,  and  to 
make  them  light,  durable  and  reasonable  in  cost. 

A  new  and  revised  rail  bond  catalogue  describing  our  complete  bonding  equip- 
ment will  be  sent  on  request. 

Correspondence  is  solicited,  and  data  and  estimates  will  gladly  be  furnished. 
Only  a  few  of  the  bonds  and  tools  which  we  make  are  shown  below  and  on  next  page. 


Crown  Rail  Bond,-Type  C  P-03 


ELECTRICAL    WIRES     AND     CABLES 


Crown  Rail  Bond,  Type  C  P  S 


United  States  Rail  Bond,  Type  U  S  1 


Bare  Wires 
and  Cables 


*     '* 


Twin  Terminal  Rail  Bond,  Form  B 


Soldered  Stud  Rail  Bond 


Twin  Terminal  Bond  Applied 


70 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Bare  Wires 
and  Cables 


Bonding  Tools 

We  make  and  constantly  keep  in  stock,  special  high  grade  tools  for  the  correct 
installation  of  each  type  of  rail  bond.  For  ease  of  handling  and  adjusting,  rapidity 
of  action  and  general  effectiveness,  these  bonding  tools  have  no  equal.  We  also 
contract  for  the  complete  installation  of  any  type  of  bond  manufactured  by  us. 


Single  Spindle  Drill,  No.  21 

This  drill  should  always  be  used  in  connection  with  our  Crown  and  United  States 
bonds.  The  machine  grips  the  rail  head  rigidly  and  is  fed  automatically.  In  con- 
sequence the  hole  is  true  to  size  and  has  a  smooth  wall.  It  is  light  and  durable, 
easily  operated  by  one  man  and  is  driven  forward  by  each  stroke  of  the  lever. 


No.  61.     Screw  Hydraulic  Compressor 
( Patented ) 


Four-Spindle  Motor  Drill 

Used  with  Installation  of  Twin  Terminal  and 

Soldered  Stud  Bonds 

(Patented) 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


C     A     H     L     E     S 


Extra  Galvanized  W.  &  M.  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Wire 

There  are  three  standards  of 
extra  galvanized  telephone  and 
telegraph  wire  in  general  com- 
mercial use: 

"  EXTRA  BEST  BEST"  (E.B.B.). 
Made  by  improved  continuous  pro- 
cess and  stands  highest  in  con- 
ductivity of  any  telegraph  wire 
with  a  weight  per  mile  ohm  of 
from  4700  to  5000  pounds.  Uniform 
in  quality,  pure,  tough  and  pliable. 
It  is  largely  used  by  telegraph 
companies  and  in  railway 
telegraph  service. 

"BEST  BEST"  (B.B.).  Superior 
to  theE.B.B.  in  mechanical  quali- 
ties and  equal  in  galvanizing,  but 
of  somewhat  lower  electrical  value. 
Weight  per  mile  ohm,  5600  to  6000 

pounds.     This  grade  is  used  very  largely  by  telephone  companies. 

"STEEL "(or   homogeneous   metal).     More    expressly   designed    for    short-line 

telephone  service,  where  a  measure   of   conductivity  can  be  exchanged  for  high 

tensile  strength  in  a  light  wire.     Weight  per  mile-ohm,  6500  to  7000  pounds. 

Around  each  bundle  is  securely  riveted  a  metal  seal  stamped  W.  &  M.  E.  B.  B., 

W.  &  M.  B.  B.,  or  W.  &  M.  Steel,  as  follows: 


Bare  Wiies 
and  Cables 


Seals  for  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Coils  of  Wire 

The  arbitrary  designation  of  these  different  qualities,  as  E.  B.  B.,  B.  B.,  and 
Steel,  was  adopted  several  years  ago.  The  three  grades  are  all  made  from  the  very 
best  materials  by  improved  processes  under  the  careful  supervision  of  skilled  and 
experienced  men. 


7:2 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Bare  Wires  While  these  three  grades  differ  in  physical  characteristics,  there  is  fio  difference 

and  Cables  in  the  standard  as  regards  galvanizing.  All  grades  are  galvanized  to  the  highest 
commercial  standard — a  standard  which  is  the  result  of  more  than  half  a  century's 
experience. 

A  complete  description  of  the  processes  involved  in  the  manufacture  of  W.  &  M. 
Iron  and  Steel  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Wire  is  given  on  pages  39  to  44.  Every 
bundle  of  wire  before  shipment  is  tested  physically  and  electrically  to  insure  a 
uniform  product  of  high  standard  and  the  galvanizing  is  tested  to  determine 
that  the  zinc  coating  is  continuous,  is  elastic  and  of  sufficient  thickness  and  fully 
up  to  the  highest  commercial  standard.  The  latter  test  is  a  chemical,  not  merely  a 
visual,  one.  The  life  of  a  galvanized  wire  depends  primarily  upon  the  thickness  and 
grade  of  galvanizing  and  not  upon  the  color  of  the  galvanizing.  No  greater  mistake 
could  be  made  than  to  buy  telephone  wire  on  what  is  properly  termed  "looks." 
Under  the  corroding  influences  of  smoke  and  air,  the  "looks"  of  the  wire  soon 
fade  and  something  other  than  this  is  required  in  order  that  efficient  and  economical 
service  and  long  life  be  rendered. 


Machine  for  Testing  Telegraph  Wire 

Specifications  for  Galvanized  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Wire 

Testing  Facilities,      The  manufacturer  shall   provide   suitable    facilities  for 
making  the  tests  hereinafter  specified. 

Finish.     The  wire  shall  be  cylindrical  in  form  and  free  from  scales,  inequalities, 
flaws,  splints  and  other  imperfections. 

The  finish  of  the  wire  shall  be  in  accordance  with  the  best  commercial  practice. 
Each  coil  shall  be  warranted  not  to  contain  any  weld,  joint  or  splice  in  the  rod 
before  drawn. 

Galvanizing.     The  wire  shall  be  well  galvanized  in  accordance  with  the  fol- 
lowing specifications: 

The  galvanizing  shall  consist  of  a  continuous  coating  of  pure  zinc  of 
practically  uniform  thickness,  and  so  applied  that  it  adheres  firmly  to  the 
surface  of  the  wire.  No.  12  B.  W.  G.  and  coarser  sizes  of  wire  shall  be 
capable  of  withstanding  the  following  test : 

TESTING  SOLUTION.  A  standard  solution  shall  be  prepared  by  selecting 
from  commercial  sulphate  of  copper  crystals,  those  which  are  clean  and 


LECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


have  a  clear  blue  color,  and  dissolving  them  in  lukewarm  water.  The 
solution  shall  be  allowed  to  stand  for  at  least  twelve  hours  with  occasional 
stirring.  Some  undissolved  crystals  should  remain  at  the  bottom  of  the 
vessel  at  the  end  of  this  time.  The  solution  shall  be  neutralized  by  the 
addition  of  an  excess  of  cupric  oxide.  The  neutralized  solution  shall  then  be 
filtered  before  using.  (See  note  below.) 

METHOD  OF  TESTING.  Samples  of  wire  previously  cleaned  with  gasoline 
or  benzine  shall  be  immersed,  to  a  distance  of  at  least  four  inches,  in  a  glass 
vessel  containing  not  less  than  one  pint  of  the  standard  solution  and 
allowed  to  remain  for  one  minute.  They  shall  then  be  removed,  washed 
in  clear  water  and  wiped  dry  with  soft  cotton  cloth  or  waste.  This  process 
shall  be  repeated  three  times,  making  four  immersions  in  all. 

Note.  A  saturated  solution  of  sulphate  of  copper  thus  prepared  should  have  a 
specific  gravity  of  1.186  at  a  temperature  of  65  degrees  F.  In  case  of  No.  14  B.  W.  G.  wire, 
the  fourth  immersion  shall  be  of  one-half  minute  duration  instead  of  one  minute. 

The  temperature  of  the  solution  during  the  test  shall  not  be  above  68 
degrees  F.  or  below  62  degrees  F. 

Not  more  than  seven  samples  of  wire  shall  be  immersed  at  one  time, 
and  no  solution  shall  be  used  for  more  than  one  set  of  four  immersions. 

If  a  bright  copper  deposit  appears  on  the  steel  after  the  fourth  immersion, 
thus  indicating  that  the  wire  is  exposed,  the  galvanizing  of  the  lot  of  wire 
represented  by  the  samples  shall  be  considered  faulty.  Copper  deposits  on 
zinc  or  within  one  inch  of  the  cut  end  shall  not  be  considered  causes  for 
rejection. 

Physical  and  Electrical  Requirements.  The  galvanized  wire  shall  conform  to 
the  following  physical  requirements  with  respect  to  resistances,  weights  and 
breaking  strains. 

Torsion.  The  wire  shall  be  capable  of  withstanding  at  least  fifteen  (15)  twists 
in  a  length  of  six  (6)  inches. 

In  the  case  of  wire  less  than  0.134  inch  in  diameter  one-third  (y£)  of  the  coils 
may  have  two  (2)  pieces  to  a  coil  joined  by  the  ordinary  twist  joint  carefully  soldered 
and  galvanized. 

In  the  case  of  wire  0.134  inch  in  diameter  and  larger,  each  coil  may  consist  of 

two  pieces  only  joined  by  the  ordinary  twist  joint  carefully  soldered  and  galvanized. 

Binding.     Each  coil  of  wire  shall  be  securely  bound  in  at  least  four  places 

with  galvanized  iron  wire.     A  tag  shall  be  attached  to  each  coil,  giving  the  size  and 

grade  of  wire  in  the  coil. 


Bare  Wires 
and  Cables 


Properties  of  Galvanized  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Wires 

Based  on  Standard  Specifications 


Size 

Diameter 
in 

Area 

•      /••>:,.„,  .1^*. 

Approximate 
Weight  in  Pounds 

Approximate  Breaking 
Strain  in  Pounds 

Resistance  per  Mile  (  Interna- 
tional Ohms)  at  68°  F.  or20°C. 

B.  W.  G 

Mils=^ 

in  Circular 
Mils=^2 

Per  1000 
Feet 

Per 

Mile 

Ex.  B.  B. 

B.  B. 

Steel 

Ex.  B.  B. 

B.  B. 

Steel 

0 

340 

115,600 

313 

1,655 

4,138 

4,634 

4,965 

2.84 

3.38 

3.93 

1 

300 

90,000 

244 

1,289 

3,223 

3,609 

3,867 

3.65 

4.34 

5.04 

2 

284 

80,656 

218 

1,155 

2,888 

3,234 

8,465 

4.07 

4.85 

5.63 

8 

259 

67,081 

182 

960 

2,400 

2,688 

2,880 

4.90 

5.83 

6.77 

4 

238 

56,644 

153 

811 

2,028 

2,271 

2,433 

5.80 

6.91 

8.01 

5 

220 

48,400 

131 

693 

1,732 

1,940 

2,079 

6.78 

8.08 

9.38 

6 

203 

41,209 

112 

590 

1,475 

1,652 

1,770 

7.97 

9.49 

11.02 

7 

180 

32,400 

87 

463 

1,158 

1,296 

1,389 

10.15 

12.10 

14.04 

8 

165 

27,225 

74 

390 

975 

1,092 

1,170 

12.05 

14.86 

16.71 

9 

148 

21,904 

60 

314 

785 

879 

942 

14.97 

17.84 

20.70 

10 

184 

17,956 

49 

258 

645 

722 

774 

18.22 

21.71 

25.29 

11 

120 

14,400 

39 

206 

515 

577 

618 

22.82 

27.19 

31.55 

12 

109 

11,881 

32 

170 

425 

476 

510 

27.65 

32.94 

38.23 

13 

95 

9,025 

25 

129 

310 

347 

372 

37.90 

45.16 

52.41 

14 

83 

6,889 

19 

99 

247 

277 

297 

47.48 

56.56 

65.66 

15 

72 

5,184 

14 

74 

185 

207 

222 

63.52 

75.68 

87.84 

16 

65 

4,225 

11 

61 

152 

171 

183 

77.05 

91.80 

106.55 

74 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Bare  Wires 
and  Cables 


W.  &  M.  Telephone  Wire — Continued 

Prices  quoted  on  application 


Sizes 
Birming- 
ham 
Wire  Gauge 

Diameter 
in 
Decimals 
of  an  Inch 

Bdls. 
per  Mile 

Weight 

10006Feet 
in  Pounds 

Weight 
per  Mile 
in 
Pounds 

Sizes 
Birming- 
ham 
Wire  Gauge 

Diameter 
in 
Decimals 
of  an  Inch 

Bdls. 
per  Mile 

Weight 

lOOoVeet 
in  Pounds 

Weight 
per  Mile 
in 
Pounds 

4 

0.238 

4 

153 

811 

10 

0.134 

2 

49 

258 

6 

0.203 

3 

112 

590 

11 

0.120 

2 

39 

206 

8 

0.165 

2 

74 

390 

12 

0.109 

2 

32 

170 

9 

0.148 

2 

60 

314 

14 

0.083 

2 

19 

99 

Data  Concerning  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Poles 


Length  of 
Pole,  Feet 

Diameter 
Six  Inches 
from  Butt 
Inches 

Diameter 
at  Top 
Inches 

Depth  Pole 
Should  be 
Placed  in 
Ground,  Feet 

Length  of 
Pole,  Feet 

Diameter 
Six  Inches 
from  Butt 
Inches 

Diameter 
at  Top 
Inches 

Depth  Pole 
Should  be 
Placed  in 
Ground,  Feet 

25 

9  to  10 

6  to  8 

5 

55 

16  to  17 

6  to  8 

7% 

30 

9  to  11 

6  to  8 

5* 

60 

16  to  18 

6  to  8 

VA 

35 

9  to  12 

6  to  8 

5K 

65 

16  to  19 

6  to  8 

8 

40 

9  to  13 

6  to  8 

6 

70 

16  to  20 

6  to  8 

8 

45 

9  to  14 

6  to  8 

6^ 

75 

16  to  21 

6  to  8 

8^ 

50 

9  to  15 

6  to  8 

7 

80 

16  to  22 

6  to  8 

9 

Sizes  and  Weights  of  White  Cedar  Poles 
(Northwestern  Cedarmen's  Association  specifications) 


Description 


Length 
Feet 

Top 
Diameter 
Inches 

Weight 
Pounds 

Length 
Feet 

Top 
Diameter 
Inches 

Weight 
Pounds 

Length 
Feet 

Top 
Diameter 
Inches 

Weight 
Pounds 

20 

4 

100 

35 

6                   450 

55 

6 

1,850 

20 

5 

130 

35 

7 

600 

55 

7 

1,700 

20 

6 

190 

85 

8 

850 

55 

8 

2,200 

25 

4 

150 

40 

6 

625 

60 

6 

1,700 

25 

5 

200 

40 

7 

850 

60 

7 

2,200 

25 

6 

250 

40 

8 

1,100 

60 

8 

2,500 

25 

7 

350 

45 

6 

900 

65 

6 

2,200 

30 

5 

275 

45 

7 

1,100 

65 

7 

2,500 

30 

6 

350 

45 

8 

1,350 

65 

8 

3,000 

30 

7 

450 

50 

6 

1,150 

70 

6 

2,500 

30 

8 

575 

50 

7 

1,350 

70 

7 

3,000 

85 

5 

876 

50 

8 

1,700 

70 

8 

4,000 

Extra  Galvanized  Bond  Wire 

Used  for  signal  bonding  on  steam  roads.  Extra  B.  B.  extra  galvanized  telephone 
wire  is  nearly  always  used  for  this  purpose.  Cut  and  straightened  to  lengths  at  a  small 
extra  charge.  Usually  3  to  5  feet  long,  and  of  any  gauge  number  desired. 


LECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


Extra  Galvanized  Steel  Signal  Wire 

This  wire  is  used  as  a  connection  from  a  lever  or  other  pulling  device  to  a 
semaphore  signal  which  is  operated  mechanically.  The  two  sizes  of  Extra  Galvan- 
ized Signal  Wire  in  common  use  are : 

No.  8  B.  W.  gauge,  with  an  approximate  breaking  strength  of  2350  pounds. 

No.  9  B.  W.  gauge,  with  an  approximate  breaking  strength  of  1900  pounds. 

The  wire  is  made  especially  to  meet  the  important  requirements  of  this  service. 
It  is  extra  galvanized,  and  of  a  quality  that  possesses  high  strength  and  as  low  elong- 
ation as  is  practicable  without  sacrificing  toughness.  The  coils  are  5  feet  in  diam- 
eter, and  approximately  one-half  mile  in  length  without  welds  or  joints. 


Bare  Wires 
and  Cables 


Steel  Strand  for  Guying  Poles  and  for  Span  Wire 

Galvanized  or  Extra  Galvanized 


Seven  Steel  Wires  Twisted  into  a  Single  Strand 

Standard  Steel  Strand 

Galvanized  or  Extra  Galvanized 


Diameter 
in 
Inches 

Approximate 
Weight 
per  1000  Feet 
Pounds 

Approximate 
Strength 
in  Pounds 

List  Prices 
100PFeet 

Diameter 
in 
Inches 

Approximate 
Weight 
per  1000  Feet 
Pounds 

Approximate 
Strength 
in  Pounds 

List  Prices 
100  Feet 

! 

510 
415 
295 
210 
125 

8500. 
6500. 
5000. 
3800. 
2300. 

|4.50 
3.75 
2.75 
2.25 
1.75 

1 

95 
75 
55 
32 

20 

1800. 
1400. 
900. 
500. 
400. 

$1.50 
1.25 
1.15 
1.00 
.80 

This  strand  is  used  chiefly  for  guying  poles  and  smoke  stacks,  for  supporting 
trolley  wire,  and  for  operating  railroad  signals. 

For  overhead  catenary  construction  suspending  trolley  wire,  the  special  grades  of 
strand  are  considered  preferable  because  they  possess  greater  strength  and  toughness. 


76     AMERICAN    STEEL    AND    WIRE    COMPANY 


Bare  Wires 
and  Cables 


Extra  Galvanized  Special  Strands 


Seven  Steel  Wires  Twisted  into  a  Single  Strand 


We  manufacture  three  special  grades  of  Extra  Galvanized  Strand  which  will 
meet  all  requirements  for  durability,  strength,  toughness  and  light  weight. 

Extra  Galvanized  Siemens-Martin  Strand. 

Extra  Galvanized  High  Strength  (crucible  steel)  Strand. 

Extra  Galvanized  Extra  High  Strength  (plow  steel)  Strand. 

Strands  of  all  three  grades  are  composed  of  seven  wires  each,  and  they  have 
a  very  heavy  coating  of  galvanizing,  which  insures  long  life. 


Extra  Galvanized  Siemens- 
Martin  Strand 

Extra  Galvanized  High  Strength 
Strand 

Extra  Galvanized  Extra  High 
Strength  Strand 

c1 

C 

M 
C 

jy  v 

IfJ 

£  S 
.gta 

§3 

H-3  £ 

III 

Sjj 

a!-1- 

^'ScS 

|fa 

E  +: 

j  S 

.  c  S 

S-2-g 

^  <n 
|J 

1a| 

ffi  S 
.gfa 

Is 

+J    C  .G 

S'^  c 

|| 

W  g  0 

fcg 

31 

Sc 

K  g  o 

Mu 

u  SJM 

E  c 

«|| 

^8 

o^1 

5  s 

l^.s 

.12  ^ 

J& 

rt  £LI 

S 

-5.S 

Q.S 

1 

.st 

^^ 
w 

^«= 

Q.S 

|«S 

^R 

j^; 

w 

sjs 

S/8 

19,000 

$4.35 

50 

10.0 

^ 

25,000 

$6.25 

55 

6 

y 

42,500 

18.75 

60 

4 

1^ 

11,000 

2.80 

50 

10.0 

\/ 

18,000 

3.95 

55 

6 

It 

27,000 

5.50 

60 

4 

I7e 

9,000 

2.30 

50 

10.0 

I7B 

15,000 

3.45 

55 

6 

17B 

22,500 

4.60 

60 

4 

a£ 

6,800 

1.80 

50 

10.0 

3/, 

11,500 

2.70 

55 

6 

3/8 

17,250 

3.55 

60 

4 

1% 

4.860 

1.35 

j50 

10.0 

8,100 

2.10 

55 

6 

12,100 

2.70 

60 

4 

4,380 

1.10 

'50 

10.0 

3*> 

7,300 

1.75 

55 

6 

10,900 

2.10 

60 

4 

i^ 

3,060 

1.00 

50 

10.0 

K 

5,100 

1.50 

55 

6 

M 

7,600 

1.90 

60 

4 

i3s 

2,000 

.85 

50 

10.0 

T3B 

3,300 

1.30 

55 

6 

T3S 

4,900 

1.60 

60 

4 

Mi 

900 

.55 

50 

10.0 

1^ 

1,500 

.80 

55 

6 

y& 

2,250 

1.05 

60 

4 

Special 

A 

6,000 

1.35 

When  intermediate  sizes  or  strengths  are  called  for,  if  they  are  exactly  midway 
between  two  sizes  provided  for,  the  average  price  of  the  two  sizes  shall  apply,  other- 
wise the  price  of  the  nearest  size  and  strength  shall  apply. 

The  use  of  these  special  grades  of  Extra  Galvanized  Strand  is  constantly  increas- 
ing. We  will  consider  briefly  some  of  the  principal  uses  to  which  they  are  par- 
ticularly adapted. 

MESSENGER  STRAND.  The  heavy  encased  telephone  cables  are  not  in  themselves 
sufficiently  strong,  without  an  unusual  deflection,  to  safely  withstand  the  strain 
incident  to  stringing  these  cables  between  poles  at  considerable  distances  apart.  It 
is  common  practice  now  to  stretch  from  pole  to  pole,  with  very  little  sag,  T\-inch 
diameter  Extra  Galvanized  Siemens-Martin  Strand  ;  or  Extra  Galvanized  High 
Strength  Strand  of  ^  inch  or  ^  inch  diameter,  and  from  this  messenger  strand 
the  heavy  telephone  cable  is  suspended  by  means  of  clips,  wire,  cord,  or  marline 


ELECTRICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES     77 


at  short  intervals.     The  messenger  strand  thus  sustains  most  of  the  stress  due  to   Bare  Wires 
weight  of  cable,  wind  or  ice  load.     We  have  mentioned  the  sizes  and  qualities  now    and  Cables 
generally  employed  by  the  largest  telephone  companies.     The  Extra  Galvanized 
Extra  High  Strength  Strand,  while  affording  the  greatest  strength  for  its  weight,  is 
naturally  stiff  and  springy  and  not  so  easy  to  fasten.     The  so-called  common  gal- 
vanized strand  should  never  be  used  for  messenger  lines,  as  it  does  not  possess  the 
requisite  strength  and  uniform  toughness  of  the  special  grades  of  steel. 

CATENARY  METHOD  OF  SUPPORTING  TROLLEY  WIRE.  In  the  ordinary  electric 
railway  overhead  construction,  the  copper  trolley  wire  dips  and  sags  between  the 
supporting  points,  which  are  opposite  poles,  and  from  100  to  125  feet  apart.  The 
catenary  method  of  carrying  the  trolley  wire  consists  of  one  or  more  messenger 
strands  stretched  over  the  center  of  the  tracks.  Every  few  feet  along  the  mes- 
senger strand  are  pendant  hangers  that  clamp  on  the  trolley  wire  and  retain  it  in  a 
rigid,  straight  horizontal  line,  an  especially  desirable  feature  for  the  operation  of 
electric  cars  at  high  speed.  The  catenary  construction  also  makes  it  possible  to 
space  the  poles  at  greater  distances  apart,  but  this  necessarily  causes  great  tension 
on  the  messenger  strand  and  poles.  The  common  galvanized  strand  is  not  suitable 
for  this  work.  The  selection  of  the  best  size  and  quality  of  strand  depends  upon 
the  length  of  span,  the  deflection  of  the  messenger  strand,  and  the  weight  of  the 
trolley  wire.  In  general,  however,  for  a  single  messenger  strand  carrying  a  4/0 
copper  trolley  wire,  we  would  recommend  the  following  : 

For  spans  125  to  150  feet,  ^g-inch  orT7^-inch  diameter  Extra  Galvanized  Siemens- 
Martin  Strand. 

For  longer  spans  up  to  225  feet,  ^-inch  or  T7^-inch  Extra  Galvanized  High 
Strength  Strand. 

These  two  grades  have  been  found  the  best  for  catenary  work. 

The  messenger  strand  and  trolley  wire  may  be  made  to  follow  track  curves  by 
increasing  the  number  of  poles  at  the  curves,  but  this  is  obviated  by  attaching  to 
the  hangers  near  the  center  of  span  what  are  known  as  "pull-off"  strands.  Our 
^-inch  or  T\-inch  diameter  Extra  Galvanized  Siemens-Martin  Strand  is  usually 
employed  for  this  purpose. 

For  reasons  already  explained,  the  poles  should  be  well  guyed,  especially  at  the 
curves,  with  %-inch  or  T5¥-inch  diameter  Extra  Galvanized  Siemens-Martin  Strand. 

LIGHTNING  PROTECTION  FOR  TRANSMISSION  LINES.  In  erecting  high-tension 
current  transmission  lines  on  tall  steel  towers,  it  is  customary  to  stretch  between 
the  highest  points  of  the  towers  a  ^-inch  diameter  Extra  Galvanized  Siemens- 
Martin  Strand,  known  as  an  "overhead  ground  wire."  This  strand  is  employed 
almost  invariably  for  such  purposes. 

LONG  SPANS  IN  HIGH-TENSION  CURRENT  TRANSMISSION  LINE.  Long  spans 
cannot  always  be  made  with  copper  cables,  because  hard  drawn  copper  has 
a  strength  of  only  65,000  pounds  per  square  inch.  Where  it  is  necessary  to 
cross  over  rivers,  lakes  and  bays  with  power  transmission  lines,  the  current  may 
be  conducted  through  an  extra  galvanized  strand  of  one  of  the  three  special 
grades  of  steel  above  described,  of  such  size  and  strength  as  will  show  a 
safety  factor  of  at  least  five.  It  is  not  necessary  to  suspend  bare  copper  cables 
beneath  a  steel  messenger  strand,  as  the  steel  strand  itself  will  serve  as  the 
conductor.  An  entire  power  transmission  line  of  very  high  potential  could  be 
economically  constructed  with  Extra  Galvanized  Siemens-Martin  Strand,  the  adop- 
tion of  which  in  place  of  copper  cable  would  reduce  the  number  of  supporting 
towers  which  are  often  the  cause  of  energy  loss  and  trouble. 


78 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE    COMPANY 


Bare  Wires 
and  Cables 


Steel  Strand  Used  as  Conductors  on  Long  Distance  Transmission  Line 
Properties  of  Special 'Grades  Extra  Galvanized  Special  Strands 


Diameter  of 
Strand,  Inches 

Number  of 
Wires  in  Strand 

Strength 
S.  M.  Strand 
Tons 

Strength 
Crucible  Strand 
Tons 

Strength 
Plow  Strand 
Tons 

Approximate 
Weight  per  Foot 
Pounds 

61 

55 

91.5 

121 

4.75 

la£ 

61 

45.5 

76 

100 

8.95 

JT/ 

37 

38 

63.5 

85 

3.30 

iVg 

37 

32.5 

54 

72 

2.62 

1 

37 

25.5 

43.7 

60 

2.25 

% 

19 

19 

32 

45 

1.70 

% 

19 

14.2 

23.7 

35 

1.25 

y* 

19 

10 

16.5 

23.5 

.81 

ELECTRICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES 


79 


"Crosby"  Wire  Rope  Clip 

Light,  durable  and  convenient.     Easily  applied.     These  are  galvanized  drop- 
forged  clips  that  securely  hold  wire  rope  or  strand. 

List  Prices 


Bare  Wires 
and  Cables 


Inch 

Price 

Inch 

Price 

Inch 

Price 

Inch 

Price 

Inch 

Price 

Inch 

Price 

I 

':! 

16 
jl 

$  .45 
.45 

H 

% 

.65 
.75 

1/^8 

1*4 

$  .95 
1.10 

1% 

w% 

$1.50 
3.50 

2 

V/4 

$  7.50 
9.50 

H 

.40 

y* 

.55 

1 

.85 

1& 

1.25 

IK 

5.50 

v/2 

11.50 

"  Crosby  "  Wire  Rope  Clip 

Galvanized  Three-bolt  Strand  Clamp 


Three-bolt  Strand  Clamp 

This  is  known  as  the  standard  A.  T.  &  T.  Co.  hot  galvanized  rolled  steel 
strand  clamp  or  guy  clamp;  made  from  open  hearth  bar  steel.  Will  hold  any  size 
of  strand  from  %-inch  to  ^-inch  diameter. 

Prices  on  application. 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Bare  Wires 
and  Cables 


Resistance  Wire 

In  conductors  used  for  transmission  or  distribution  purposes,  the  specific 
resistance  has  to  be  very  low  so  as  to  avoid  consumption  of  electric  energy  and  a 
consequent  heavy  voltage  drop  in  the  line.  In  some  constant  potential  devices, 
however,  such  as  electric  heaters  and  rheostats,  it  is  desirable  to  have  conductors  of 
very  high  specific  resistance  for  the  express  purpose  of  transforming  electrical  energy 
into  heat. 

We  handle  a  high  grade  of  nickel-steel  resistance  wire  known  to  the  trade  as 
Tico  Resistance  Wire,  made  for  such  purposes  where  a  high  specific  and  uniform 
resistance  is  required.  In  addition  to  this  standard  resistance  wire,  we  make  many 
grades  and  sizes  of  steel  wire  that  can  be  used  where  close  regulation  is  not  an 
essential  feature. 


Tico  Resistance  Wire 


B.  &  S. 
Gauge 

Price 
per 
Pound 

Diameter 
in 
Mils 

Area 
Circular 

Mils 

Area 
Square 
Inches 

Weight 
Pounds 

10006Feet 

Feet  per 
Pound 

Resistance 

Ohms 
per  Foot 

Ohms  per 
Pound 

Feet  per 
Ohm 

Pounds 
per  Ohm 

4 

$1.10 

204.81 

41743 

.032784 

110.5 

9.05 

.0124 

.112 

80.9 

8.94 

5 

1.10 

181.94 

33102 

.025999 

87.7 

11.40 

.0156 

.178 

64.2 

5.63 

6 

1.10 

162.02 

26250 

.020618 

69.54 

14.4 

.0197 

.283 

50.8 

3.53 

1.10 

144.29 

20820 

.016351 

55.14 

18.1 

.0248 

.450 

40.3 

2.22 

8 

1.10 

128.49 

16510 

.012967 

43.73 

22.9 

.0813 

.715 

82.0 

1.40 

9 

1.10 

114.42 

13092 

.010283 

34.68 

28.8 

.0394 

1.14 

25.4 

.879 

10 

1.15 

101.90 

10384 

.008155 

27.50 

36.4 

.0497 

1.81 

20.1 

.553 

11 

1.15 

90.74 

8234 

.006467 

21.81 

45.8 

.0627 

2.88 

16.0 

.348 

12 

1.15 

80.81 

6530 

.005129 

17.70 

57.8 

.0791 

4.57 

12.6 

.219 

13 

1.20 

71.96 

5179 

.004067 

13.72 

72.9 

.0997 

7.29 

10.0 

.137 

14 

1.20 

64.08 

4107 

.003225 

10.88 

92 

.1257 

11.6 

7.95 

.0865 

15 

1.20 

57.07 

3257 

.002558 

8.625 

116 

.1585 

18.4 

6.31 

.0544 

16 

1.25 

50.82 

2583 

.002029 

6.842 

146 

.2000 

29.2 

5.00 

.0342 

17 

1.25 

45.26 

2048 

.001609 

5.425 

184 

.252 

,  46.5 

3.97 

.0215 

18 

1.80 

40.30 

1624 

.001276 

4.302 

232 

.318 

73.9 

3.15 

.0135 

19 

1.30 

35.89 

1288 

.001012 

8.411 

293 

.401 

117 

2.49 

.00851 

20 

1.30 

31.96 

1022 

.0008023 

2.707 

369 

.505 

187 

1.98 

.00535 

21 

1.35 

28.46 

810.1 

.0006363 

2.146 

466 

.638 

297 

1.57 

.00337 

22 

1.35 

25.35 

642.5 

.0005046 

1.702 

588 

.804 

473 

1.24 

.00212 

23 

1.35 

22:57 

509.5 

.0004002 

1.350 

741 

1.014 

751 

.986 

.00133 

24 

1.40 

20.10 

404.1 

.0003173 

1.070 

934 

1.278 

1194 

.782 

.000837 

Armature  Binding  Wire 

We  manufacture  tinned  steel  Armature  Binding  Wire  in  large  quantities.  This 
is  made  in  four  grades  designated  as  A,  B,  Cl  and  C2,  which  vary  in  tensile 
strength. 

Grade  A.     Used  to  bind  armatures  of  small  motors  and  dynamos. 

Grade  B.  Commercial  grade.  Used  on  motors  and  dynamos  of  ordinary 
commercial  size  and  speed. 

Grade  C  1.  Made  of  high  grade  piano  wire  and  used  where  great  strength 
is  required. 

Grade  C  2.  Used  when  very  high  tensile  strength  is  required,  as  on  motors  and 
dynamos  of  unusual  size  and  high  speed. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


Tensile  Strength  of  Tinned  Steel  Armature  Binding  Wire 


Tensile  Strength  in  Pounds.     (Minimum) 

B.  &  S. 
Gauge 

Diameter 
in 
Mils 

"A"  Grade 

"  B  "  Grade 

"  C  1  "  Grade 

"  C  2  "  Grade 

Actual 

Per  Sq.  In. 

Actual 

Per  Sq.  In. 

Actual 

Per  Sq.  In. 

Actual 

PerSq.In. 

10 

101.9 

938 

1631 

1957 

2447 

11 

90.7 

743 

1292 

1551 

1938 

12 

80.8 

590 

1026 

1231 

1538 

13 

72.0 

468 

814 

977 

1221 

14 

64.1 

371 

645 

774 

968 

15 

57.1 

294 

512 

615 

768 

16 

50.8 

233 

405 

486 

608 

17 

45.3 

185 

322 

387 

484 

18 

40.3 

147 

•  115,000 

255 

-  200,000 

806 

•  240,000 

383 

-  300,000 

19 

35.9 

116 

202 

248 

804 

20 

32.0 

92.5 

161 

193 

241 

21 

28.5 

73.4 

128 

153 

191 

22 

25.3 

57.8 

101 

121 

151 

23 

22.6 

46.1 

80.2 

96.3 

120 

24 

20.1 

86.5 

63.5 

76.2 

95.2 

25 

17.9 

28.9 

50.3 

60.4 

75.5 

26 

15.9 

22.8 

39.7 

47.7 

59.6 

Bare  Wires 
and  Cables 


Extra  Galvanized  Steel  Armor  Wire  for  Cables 

Made  of  medium  strength  steel,  extra  galvanized,  in  any  size  or  quantity  speci- 
fied. Used  as  a  protection  to  the  insulation  of  cables,  or  to  the  lead  sheathing. 
This  wire  is  made  to  conform  to  the  standard  specifications  of  the  United  States 
Signal  Corps. 

Pole  Steps 


Plain  and  Extra  Galvanized 


Button  Head  Pole  Step 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Bare  Wires 
and  Cables 


Pole   Steps — Continued 

Prices  Quoted  on  Application 


Sizes 

Approximate  Weight  per  100  Pole  Steps 

Sizes 

Approximate  Weight  per  100  Pole  Steps 

Plain 

Galvanized 

Plain 

Galvanized 

8  x  %inch 
9  x  %  inch 
10  x  ^i  inch 
10K  x  %  inch 

73  pounds 
78  pounds 
85  pounds 
89  pounds 

75  pounds 
81  pounds 
88  pounds 
93  pounds 

8l/2  x  &  inch 
9     x  ^g  inch 
W/2  x  T9B  inch 
9     x  y2  inch 

58  pounds 
62  pounds 
71  pounds 
51  pounds 

61  pounds 
65  pounds 
74  pounds 
54  pounds 

For  the  use  of  electric  light,  street  railway  and  telephone  companies. 

The  above  are  with  our  regular  spike  and  button  heads. 

Lengths  given  are  measurements  over  all. 

Each  step  carefully  threaded  with  screw  thread. 

Special  shapes  or  lengths  of  heads  made  to  order. 

A  keg  of  pole  steps  weighs  about  200  pounds. 

Silico- Magnetic-Core  Steel 

This  special  silicon  steel  is  the  best  known  material  for  all  magnetic  core  purposes. 
The  permeability  of  this  steel  at  densities  of  12,000  lines  per  square  centimeter  or 
under,  is  extremely  high,  thus  making  it  possible  to  obtain  a  high  magnetization 
from  any  given  number  of  ampere  turns.  Its  hysteresis  constant  is  low,  and  the 
specific  resistance  is  high — four  to  five  times  higher  than  that  of  other  grades.  These 
properties  result  in  a  very  low  combined  hysteresis  and  eddy  current  loss. 

The  material  is  non-ageing.  If  anything,  it  improves  with  age,  so  that  the 
efficiency  of  the  material  remains  unimpaired  with  time  of  service.  These  properties 
combine  to  make  an  excellent  core  material  for  all  kinds  of  electro-magnets,  induc- 
tion coils,  spark  coils,  and  so  on. 

Drawn  to  any  size,  and  supplied  in  any  quantities  required. 

Prices  quoted  on  application. 


Magnet  Wire 


Page 

Cotton -covered 85-87 

Silk-covered 88 

Asbestos  and  Cotton-covered 89 

Rectangular  Magnet  Wire 89-90 

Square  Magnet  Wire 90 

Paper-covered 91 

Special  Magnet  Wire 91 

Specifications 9 1 


84 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Magnet 

Wire 


Magnet  Wire 

All  copper  wire  drawn  for  magnet  purposes  is  thoroughly  annealed  by  processes 
which  insure  uniform  and  extreme  softness,  highest  conductivity  and  ease  of  hand- 
ling. Before  the  cover  is  applied  all  wire  is  carefully  inspected  for  size  and 
uniformity  of  dimensions,  and  to  see  that  it  is  free  from  scale  and  all  surface  im- 
perfections. 

All  magnet  wire  is  insulated  in  special  machines  by  skilled  operators.     We  are 
not  only  prepared  to  produce  large  quantities  of  the  ordinary  commercial  sizes  of 
cotton-covered  magnet  wire,  but  we  are  also  in  a  position  to  and  do  furnish  large 
amounts  of  fine  and  special  work,  both  silk  and  cotton.     The  magnet  wire  is  not 
only  inspected  during  process,  for  knots,  skips,  smoothness  and  evenness  of  insula- 
tion, but  it  is  also  given  a  final  thorough  inspection  and  test  for  continuity  before 
packing.     A  large  supply  of  the  common  sizes  of  magnet  wire  is  con- 
stantly kept  in  stock  in  our  various  warehouses. 

We  cover  magnet  wire  with  single,  double  or  triple  cotton  or  silk, 
with   asbestos  and   cotton   and  with   paper.      We   also   are  prepared 


Magnet  Wire  Covering  Machim 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


85 


Magnet 
Wire 


to  make  special  kinds  of  magnet  wire  which  may  be  specified.  The  effectiveness 
of  these  materials  for  dielectric  purposes  depends  very  largely  upon  their  quality  and 
their  freedom  from  foreign  or  gritty  substances.  The  covers  are  wound  spirally 
about  the  wire,  successive  layers  being  wound  in  opposite  directions.  Magnet  yarn 
is  composed  of  a  number  of  unit  threads  called  "ends  up,"  which  are  laid  on  par- 
allel about  the  wire.  The  thickness  and  evenness  of  the  cover  will  depend  not  only 
upon  the  quality  and  size  of  the  thread,  but  also  upon  its  lay,  and  this  is  governed 
by  the  relative  speed  of  the  spindles  and  the  travel  of  the  wire  through  the  machine. 

Cotton.  While  there  are  five  or  six  species  of  cotton  having  commercial  value, 
the  bulk  of  the  product  may  be  divided  into  two  kinds,  Upland  and  Sea  Island 
cotton.  The  former,  which  grows  over  a  very  wide  range  of  tropical  country,  has 
a  comparatively  coarse  staple  that  seldom  reaches  \y2  inches  in  length.  The  Sea 
Island  species  alone  is  used  for  magnet  purposes,  and  furnishes  the  finest  and  most 
valuable  fibre  grown.  The  staple  in  this  is  from  \y2  inches  to  2^  inches  long,  and 
is  of  a  very  soft,  hairy  texture.  It  produces  a  soft  and  even  yarn  that  makes  an 
ideal  magnet  covering. 

Cotton  yarn  is  numbered  according  to  the  number  of  hanks  contained  in  a 
pound  of  7000  grains. 

\*/i  yards  •=.  1  thread  or  round  of  the  cotton  yarn. 
120  yards  =  80  threads   =  1  skein,  ley  or  lea. 
840  yards  =  560  threads  =  7  skeins  =  1  hank. 

The  number  of  hanks  in  one  pound  is  the  number  of  the  cotton  yarn,  or  the 
number  of  cotton  yarn  equals  the  number  of  yards  that  weigh  8.33  grains. 

An  Italian  Tram  Silk  composed  of  the  finest  selected  fibres  is  used  to  cover  all 
of  our  silk  magnet  wire.  The  silk-worm  forms  a  cocoon  of  two  parallel  filaments 
of  silk  ;  three  to  six  cocoons  are  usually  reeled  off  together,  making  a  thread  of  raw 
silk  containing  six  to  twelve  filaments.  One  authority  states  that  500  yards  of  five 
twin  filaments  weigh  about  2.5  grains.  The  number  of  drachms  (27.34  grains)  that 
1000  yards  of  this  raw  silk  weighs  is  the  number  of  the  silk. 

Full  dimensions  and  all  properties  of  copper  used  for  magnet  wire  will  be 
found  fully  described  on  pages  14  and  26. 


D.  C.  C.  Magnet  Wire 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Magnet 
Wire 


Round  Cotton-covered  Magnet  Wire 
Advances  on  Coarse  Sizes 


Single  Cotton  Covered 

Double  Cotton  Covered 

Tiiple  Cotton 
Covered 

Approxi- 

Number 

~r 

Size 
B.  &S. 

List 
Number 

Advances 
Over 
Base  per 
100 

Approxi- 
mate 
Pounds 
per  1000 

List 
Number 

Advances 
Over 
Base  per 
100 

Approxi- 
mate 
Pounds 
per  1000 

List 
Number 

Advances 
Over 
Base  per 
100 

mate 
Quantity 
on 
Reels 
Pounds 

OI 

Reel 
(See 
Page 

50) 

Pounds 

Feet 

Pounds 

Feet 

Pounds 

0 

5000 

Base 

321 

5100 

Base 

322 

6000 

Base 

150 

321 

1 

5001 

Base 

254 

5101 

Base 

256 

6001 

Base 

150 

313 

2 

5002 

Base 

202 

5102 

Base 

203 

6002 

Base 

150 

313 

3 

5003 

Base 

160 

5103 

Base 

161 

6003 

Base 

150 

313 

4 

5004 

Base 

127 

5104 

Base 

128 

6004 

Base 

150 

313 

5 

5005 

Base 

101 

5105 

Base 

101.5 

6005 

Base 

150 

313 

6 

5006 

Base 

80.1 

5106 

Base 

80.6 

6006 

Base 

150 

313 

7 

5007 

$0.25 

63.6 

5107 

$0.25 

64.1 

6007 

$0.25 

150 

313 

8 

5008 

.50 

50.4 

5108 

.75 

50.9 

6008 

.75 

150 

313 

9 

5009 

.75 

40.1 

5109 

1.25 

40.4 

6009 

1.25 

150 

313 

10 

5010 

1.00 

31.9 

5110 

1.75 

32.1 

6010 

2.00 

150 

313 

11 

5011 

1.50 

25.3 

5111 

2.25 

25.5 

6011 

2.75 

150 

313 

12 

5012 

2.00 

20.1 

5112 

2.75 

20.3 

6012 

3.50 

150 

313 

13 

5013 

2.50 

16 

5113 

3.50 

16.2 

6013 

4.75 

150 

313 

14 

5014 

3.00 

12.7 

5114 

4.25 

12.9 

6014 

6.00 

150 

318 

15 

5015 

3.50 

10.1 

5115 

5.00 

10.3 

6015 

7.25 

150 

313 

16 

5016 

4.00 

7.99 

5116 

5.75 

8.15 

6016 

8.50 

50 

338 

17 

5017 

4.50 

6.36 

5117 

6.75 

6.51 

6017 

10.00 

50 

838 

18 

5018 

5.25 

505 

5118 

7.75 

5.19 

6018 

11.50 

50 

338 

19 

5019 

6.00 

4.04 

5119 

8.75 

4.15 

6019 

13.00 

15 

343 

Fine  Sizes  Round  Magnet  Wire 

List  Price  per  Pound 


Single  Cotton  Covered 

Double  Cotton  Covered 

Triple  Cotton 
Covered 

Approxi- 

Size 

mate 
Quantity 

Number 
of 

B.  &  S. 

List 

List 
Price 

Appro  x. 
Pounds 

List 

List 
Price 

Appro  x. 
Pounds 

List 

List 
Price 

on 
Spools 

Spool 

Number 

per 
Pound 

per  1000 
Feet 

Number 

per 
Pound 

per  1000 
Feet 

Number 

per 
Pound 

Pounds 

20 

5020 

$0.58 

3.22 

5120 

$0.64 

3.33 

6020 

$0.76 

14 

343 

21 

5021 

.60 

2.57 

5121 

.70 

2.66 

6021 

.90 

18J4 

343 

22 

5022 

.62 

2.03 

5122 

.74 

2.12 

6022 

.98 

13 

343 

23 

5023 

.65 

1.68 

5128 

.78 

1.70 

6023 

1.04 

12 

343 

24 

5024 

.68 

1.30 

5124 

.84 

1.37 

6024 

1.16 

11 

343 

25 

5025 

.73 

1.04 

5125 

.92 

1.11 

6025 

1.30 

4^ 

347 

26 

5026 

.80 

.822 

5126 

.00 

.898 

6026 

1.40 

4 

347 

27 

5027 

.86 

.662 

5127 

.10 

.730 

6027 

1.58 

4 

347 

28 

5028 

.92 

.526 

5128 

.20 

.588 

6028 

1.76 

4 

347 

29 

5029 

.98 

.428 

5129 

.30 

.485 

6029 

1.94 

4 

847 

30 

5030 

1.08 

.337 

5130 

.42 

.388 

6030 

2.22 

2 

845 

31 

5031 

1.19 

.274 

5131 

.54 

.318 

6031 

2.38 

2 

345 

32 

5032 

1.27 

.222 

5132 

.64 

.264 

6032 

2.44 

2 

345 

33 

5033 

1.44 

.181 

5133 

.88 

.221 

6033 

2.76 

2 

345 

34 

5034 

1.64 

.148 

5134 

2.20 

.186 

6034 

3.32 

1% 

345 

35 

5035 

1.86 

.122 

5135 

2.50 

.147 

6035 

8.78 

V/2 

345 

36 

5036 

2.12 

.101 

5136 

3.00 

.126 

6036 

4.76 

IX 

845 

37 

5037 

2.70 

.080 

5137 

4.30 

.109 

6087 

7.50 

IK 

345 

38 

5038 

3.60 

.066 

5138 

5.70 

.0884 

6038 

9.90 

1 

345 

39 

5039 

4.70 

.056 

5139 

7.20 

.0762 

6039 

12.20 

1 

345 

40 

5040 

6.00 

.048 

5140 

9.00 

.0665 

6040 

15.00 

1 

345 

ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


Round  Cotton-covered  Magnet  Wire 
Coarse  Sizes 


Magnet 
Wire 


Single  Cotton  Covered 

Double  Cotton  Covered 

Allowable 

Rated  Area 

Approximate  Values 

Approximate  Values 

Size 
B   &S. 

Diameter 
Inches 

Variation 

Either  Wav 
in  Per  Cent. 

in  Cir. 

Mils. 

Outside 
Diameter 
Inches 

Feet 
per  Pound 

Outside 
Diameter 
Inches 

Feet 
per  Pound 

0 

0.3249 

Kofi 

105,625 

.333 

3.1 

.339 

3.1 

1 

.2893 

Ysof  1 

83,694 

.297 

3.9 

.303 

3.9 

2 

.2576 

Kofi 

66,358 

.266 

5. 

.272 

4.9 

3 

.2294 

3£of  1 

52,624 

.237 

6.2 

.243 

6.2 

4 

.2043 

-Kofi 

41,738 

.212 

7.8 

.218 

7.8 

5 

.1819 

Kofi 

33,088 

.190 

9.9 

.196 

9.9 

6 

.1620 

Kofi 

26,244 

.170 

12.5 

.176 

12.4 

7 

.1443 

Kofi 

20,822 

.152 

15.7 

.158 

15.6 

8 

.1285 

1 

16,512 

.136 

19.8 

.142 

19.6 

9 

.1144 

1 

13,087 

.121 

24.9 

.125 

24.7 

10 

.1019 

1 

10,384 

.108 

31.4 

.113 

31.1 

11 

.0907 

1 

8,226 

.097 

39.5 

.102 

39.1 

12 

.0808 

1# 

6.528 

.087 

49.6 

.092 

49.2 

13 

.0720 

ig 

5,184 

.078 

62.5 

.083 

61.7 

14 

.0641 

IK 

4,108 

.070 

78.6 

.075 

77.5 

15 

.0571 

IK 

3,260 

.063 

98.9 

.068 

97 

16 

.0508 

IK 

2,580 

.056 

125 

.060 

122 

17 

.0453 

IK 

2,052 

.050 

157 

.054 

153 

18 

.0403 

IK 

1,624 

.045 

198 

.050 

192 

19 

.0359 

IK 

1,288 

.041 

248 

.045 

240 

Fine  Sizes 


Single  Cotton  Covered 

Double  Cotton  Covered 

0'      _ 

Allowable 

Rated  Area 

Approximate  Values 

Approximate  Values 

bize 
B.  &  S. 

Diameter 
Inches 

Variation 
Either  Way 
in  Per  Cent. 

in  Cir. 
Mils. 

Outside 
Diameter 
Inches 

Feet 
per  Pound 

Outside 
Diameter 
Inches 

Feet 
per  Pound 

20 

21 

0.0320 
.0285 

51 

1,024 
812.2 

0.0365 
.0330 

311 
389 

.0410 
.0375 

300 
376 

22 

.0253 

IK 

640.0 

.0298 

492 

.0343 

473 

23 

.0226 

2 

510.7 

.0271 

613 

.0316 

588 

24 

.0201 

2 

404.0 

.0246 

769 

.0291 

729 

25 

.0179 

2 

320.4 

.0224 

961 

.0269 

900 

26 

.0159 

2 

252.8 

.0204 

1217 

.0249 

1114 

27 

.0142 

2 

201.6 

.0187 

1510 

.0232 

1370 

28 

.0126 

2 

158.7 

.0171 

1900 

.0216 

1700 

29 

.0113 

2 

127.6 

.0158 

2336 

.0203 

2060 

30 

.0100 

2l/2 

100.0 

.0140 

2967 

.0190 

2611 

31 

.0089 

3 

79.74 

.0129 

3650 

.0179 

3144 

32 

.0080 

3 

63.20 

.0120 

4504 

.0169 

8788 

33 

.0071 

3 

50.13 

.0111 

5525 

.0160 

4520 

34 

.0063 

3K 

39.69 

.0103 

6756 

.0153 

5376 

35 

.0056 

4 

31.47 

.0096 

8197 

.0141 

6803 

36 

.0050 

4K 

25 

.0090 

9901 

.0135 

7937 

37 

.0045 

5 

19.80 

.0084 

12500 

.0129 

9174 

38 

.0040 

6 

15.68 

.0085 

15151 

.0119 

11310 

39 

.0035 

7 

12.46 

.0075 

17857 

.0115 

18120 

40 

.0031 

8 

9.860 

.0071 

20833 

.0111 

15037 

AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Magnet 
Wire 


Fine  Sizes  Silk-covered  Round  Magnet  Wire 

List  Price  per  Pound 


Single  Silk 

Double  Silk 

Triple   Silk 

Size 

Approx- 
imate 

List 

Approx- 
imate 

List 

List 

Number 
of 
Spool 

Two 
Covers 

B.  &  S. 

List 

Quantity 

Price 

List 

Quantity 

Price 

List 

Price 

(See 

Silk  and 

Number 

on 
Spools 

per 
Pound 

Number 

on 

Spools 

per 
Pound 

Number 

per 
Pound 

Page  50) 

Cotton 

Pounds 

Pounds 

20 

5220 

14 

$0.88 

5320 

13 

$1.12 

6120 

$1.24 

343 

$0.94 

21 

5221 

13K 

.90 

5321 

12 

1.15 

6121 

1.26 

343 

1.00 

22 

5222 

13 

.92 

5322 

11 

1.22 

6122 

1.34 

343 

1.04 

23 

5223 

12 

.96 

5323 

10 

1.28 

6123 

1.44 

343 

1.09 

24 

5224 

11 

1.02 

5324 

9 

1.88 

6124 

1.62 

343 

1.18 

25 

5225 

6 

1.10 

5325 

5 

1.48 

6125 

1.88 

347 

1.29 

26 

5226 

6 

1.20 

5326 

5 

1.65 

6126 

2.10 

347 

1.40 

27 

5227 

5 

1.30 

5327 

4 

1.85 

6127 

2.38 

347 

1.54 

28 

5228 

45* 

1.40 

5328 

4 

2.00 

6128 

2.76 

347 

1.66 

29 

5229 

1.53 

5329 

4 

2.22 

6129 

8.40 

847 

1.80 

80 

5230 

2K 

1.70 

5830 

2 

2.56 

6130 

4.48 

345 

2.00 

31 

5231 

2^ 

1.92 

5331 

2 

3.08 

6131 

5.72 

345 

2.18 

32 

5232 

2 

2.16 

5332 

IK 

3.40 

6182 

6.24 

345 

2.38 

38 

5283 

2 

2.46 

5333 

IK 

4.00 

6138 

7.52 

345 

2.68 

34 

5234 

IK 

2.90 

5334 

1J4 

4.60 

6134 

8.72 

345 

3.10 

35 

5235 

iu 

8.38 

5335 

1% 

5.28 

6135 

9.24 

845 

3.52 

36 

5286 

\i/2 

3.93 

5336 

\\/ 

5.98 

6136 

10.00 

345 

4.28 

37 

5237 

1  V 

4.66 

5337 

1 

7.37 

6137 

11.40 

345 

5.80 

38 

5238 

\i/ 

5.58 

5338 

1 

8.43 

6138 

12.40 

345 

7.00 

39 

5239 

1 

6.76 

5839 

K 

9.75 

6139 

14.60 

345 

8.70 

40 

5240 

1 

8.14 

5340 

B 

11.53 

6140 

16.40 

345 

11.00 

Properties  of  Fine  Sizes  Silk-covered  Round  Magnet  Wire 


Single  Silk 

Double   Silk 

Size 
B.&  S. 

Diameter 
Inches 

Area 

Cir.  Mils. 

Maximum 
Outside 

Approxi- 
mate 

Approxi- 
mate 

Maximum 
Outside 

Approxi- 
mate 

Approxi- 
mate 

Diameter 

Feet  per 

Pounds  per 

Diameter 

Feet  per 

Pounds  per 

Inches 

Pound 

1000  Feet 

Inches 

Pound 

1000  Feet 

20 

.0820 

1,024 

.0340 

316 

3.160 

.0360 

313 

3.190 

21 

.0285 

812.2 

.0305 

398 

2.510 

.0325 

393 

2.543 

22 

.0253 

640.0 

.0273 

502 

1.990 

.0293 

492 

2.013 

23 

.0226 

510.7 

.0246                632 

1.581 

.0266 

623             1.604 

24 

.0201 

404 

.0221                796 

1.257 

.0241 

781             1.280 

25 

.0179 

320.4 

.0199              1000 

1.000 

.0219 

977             1.023 

26 

.0159 

252.8 

.0179              1258              .794 

.0199 

1233               .811 

27 

.0142 

201.6 

.0162 

1569               .637 

.0182 

1531               .653 

28 

.0126 

158.7 

.0146 

1996               .501 

.0166 

1934               .517 

29 

.0118 

127.6 

.0138 

2463               .406 

.0153 

2380               .420 

30 

.0100 

100.0 

.0120 

3125 

.320 

.0140 

3003 

.833 

31 

.0089 

79.70 

.0109 

3906 

.256 

.0129 

8731 

.268 

32 

.0080 

63.20 

.0100 

4878 

.205 

.0120 

4651               .215 

83 

.0071 

50.13 

.0091 

6060 

.165 

.0111 

5714               .175 

34 

,0068 

39.69 

.0083 

7575 

.132 

.0103 

7092               .141 

35 

.0056 

31.47 

.0076 

9433 

.106 

.0096 

8695               .115 

36 

.0050 

25 

.0070 

11627 

.086 

.0090 

10637               .094 

87 

.0045 

19.80 

.0065 

14492 

.069 

.0085 

12987 

.077 

38 

.0040 

15.68 

.0060 

17857 

.056 

.0080 

15625 

.064 

89 

.0035 

12.46 

.0055 

22222 

.045 

.0075 

18518 

.054 

40 

.0031 

9.860 

.0051 

27027 

.037 

.0071 

22222 

.045 

ELECTRICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES     8'.» 


Asbestos  and  Single  Cotton-covered 


Round  Asbestos  and  S.  C.  C.  Magnet  Wire 


Order  by  List  Numbers 


Magnet 
Wire 


1 

Round 

Round 

Asbestos  and 

Size 
B.  &  S. 

List 
Number 
for  Asbestos 
and  Single 
Cotton  Cover 

Approximate 
Pounds 
per  1000 
Feet 

Approximate 
Diameter 
Over 
Insulation 
Inches 

Approximate 
Quantity 
on  Reels 
Pounds 

Asbestos  and 
Single  Cotton 
Covered 
Advances 
Over  Base 

100  Pounds 

Double 
Cotton 
Covered 
Advances 
Over  Base 

100  Pounds 

Shipped 
on 
Reels 
Number 

Special 

0000 

5440 

.482 

150 

Base 

Base 

321 

000 

5430 

.432 

150 

Base 

Base 

321 

00 

5420 

.387 

150 

Base 

Base 

321 

0 

5400 

325 

.347 

150 

Base 

Base 

321 

1 

5401 

258 

.311 

150 

Base 

Base 

313 

2 

5402 

205 

.280 

150 

Base 

Base 

313 

3 

5403 

163 

.251 

150 

Base 

Base 

313 

4 

5404 

130 

.226 

150 

Base 

Base 

313 

5 

5405 

103 

.204 

150 

Base 

Base 

313 

6 

5406 

82                   .184 

150 

Base 

Base 

313 

7 

5407 

66                   .166 

150 

$0.25 

$0.25 

313 

8 

5408 

52 

.150 

150 

.75 

.75 

313 

9 

5409 

42 

.136 

150 

1.25 

1.25 

313 

A  very  thin  asbestos  tape  is  first  applied  to  the  wire.  This  tape  is  strong  and 
flexible  and  uniform  in  texture.  It  serves  as  an  excellent  fire  protection.  Over 
this  asbestos  is  wound  one  or  sometimes  two  covers  of  cotton.  This  magnet  wire 
is  used  largely  for  railway  motor  purposes. 

For  information  regarding  reels,  see  page  50. 

Rectangular  Magnet  Wire 


Double  Cotton-covered 


90 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Magnet 
Wire 


Rectangular  Magnet  Wire— Continued 


Size 
Square  Mils 

Advances  per 
100  Pounds 

Size 
Square  Mils 

Advances  per 
100  Pounds 

Size 
Square  Mils 

Advances  per 
100  Pounds 

30,001  and  over 

Base 

8,001  to  9,000 

$4.75 

2,501  to  3,000 

$1(5.75 

25,001  to  30,000 

$0.25 

7,001  to  8,000 

5.75 

2,001  to  2,500 

21.75 

20.001  to  25,000 

.75 

6,001  to  7,000 

6.75 

1,501  to  2,000 

28.75 

15,001  to  20,000 

1.75 

5,001  to  6,000 

8.75 

1,001  to  1,500 

43.75 

10,001  to  15,000 

2.75 

4,001  to  5.000 

10.75 

501  to  1,000 

63.75 

9,001  to  10,000 

3.75 

3,001  to  4,000 

13.75 

500  and  under 

88.75 

To  obtain  size  in  square  mils,  when  width  and  thickness  are  given,  multiply  the 
dimensions  in  mils. 

Example.  340  mils  wide  X  40  mils  thick  =13, 600  square  mils.  Circ.  mils  is 
obtained  by  dividing  square  mils  by  0.7854. 

Square  Magnet  Wire 


f 


Square  Magnet  Wire  D.  C.  C. 
Order  by  List  Numbers 


Size 
B.  &  S. 

List 
Number 

Approximate 
Radius  of 
Corners 
Inches 

Approximate 
Diameter 
Over 
Insulation 
Double 
Cotton 
Covered 

Approximate 
Quantity 
on  Reel 
Pounds 

Square 
Double 
Cotton 
Covered 
Advances 
Over  Base  per 
100  Pounds 

Square 
Triple 
Cotton 
Covered 
Advances 
Over  Base  per 
100  Pounds 

Shipped 
on 
Reel 
Number 

0000 

5540 

! 

.481 

150 

Base 

Base 

321 

000 

5530 

X 

.431 

150 

Base 

Base 

321 

00 

5520 

X 

.386 

150 

Base 

Base 

321 

0 

5500 

X 

.346 

150 

Base 

Base 

321 

1 

5501 

In 

.310 

150 

Base 

Base 

813 

2 

5502 

.279 

150 

Base 

Base 

313 

3 

5503 

I 

.250 

150 

Base 

Base 

313 

4 

5504 

B3! 

.225 

150 

Base 

Base 

813 

5 

5505 

6 

.200 

150 

Base 

Base 

313 

6 

5506 

V 

.180 

150 

$0.25 

$0.25 

313 

7 

5507 

A 

.163 

150 

.75 

.75 

313 

8 

5508 

*\ 

.146 

150 

1.25 

1.25 

313 

9 

5509 

.02 

.130 

150 

1.75 

2.00 

313 

10 

5510 

.02 

.117 

150 

2.25 

2.75 

313 

11 

5511 

.02 

.106 

150 

2.75 

3.50 

313 

12 

5512 

.02 

.096 

150 

4.00 

5.25 

313 

18 

5513 

.02 

.087 

150 

4.75 

6.50 

313 

Each  side  measures  the  same  as  the  diameter  of  round  wire  of  corresponding 
gauge  number. 

Copper  98  per  cent,  conductivity  and  annealed  extremely  soft.  Used  largely 
in  street  railway  motors.  Full  dimensions  of  reels  given  on  page  50. 


LECTRICAL 


W     I     R     E 


AND 


C     ABLE 


Paper-covered  Magnet  Wire 

To  reduce  the  amount  of  space  taken  up  by  the  insulation  of  double  cotton- 
covered  magnet  wire,  we  have  perfected  machinery  for  covering  wire  with  a  very 
thin  paper  insulation.  The  space  required  by  this  paper  insulation  is  less  than  half 
that  required  for  a  double  cotton  covering,  thus  allowing  more  ampere  turns  in  a 
given  space.  The  paper  remains  in  place  when  the  wire  is  bent  to  a  short  radius 
and  does  not  readily  carbonize. 


Magnet 
Wire 


Paper-covered  Magnet  Wire 

The  very  best  grade  of  manila  rope  paper  is  used,  containing  no  particles  of 
iron  or  wood  pulp  and  no  trace  of  alkali  or  acid.  Cheap  paper  means  low  dielectric 
strength  and  rapid  deterioration  due  to  the  presence  of  chemicals  in  the  paper. 

This  makes  a  very  fine  magnet  cover,  and  paper  covered  magnet  wire  is  used  in 
large  quantities  for  various  purposes. 

Special  Magnet  Wire 

We  are  well  prepared  to  supply  special  magnet  wire  that  may  be  required  for 
any  unusual  purpose.  We  mention  here  only  a  few  of  such  types  which  we  make. 

Round  duplex  magnet  wire  in  which  both  conductors  either  bare  or  insulated , 
are  laid  parallel  and  covered  with  one,  two  or  three  coverings  of  silk  or  cotton. 

Magnet  wire  also  furnished  with  stranded  conductor,  if  desired. 

We  supply  tinned  magnet  wire  in  any  shape. 

We  solicit  your  correspondence  and  shall  be  pleased  to  quote  you  on  magnet 
wire  made  to  any  of  the  above  special  requirements.  Special  attention  given  to  the 
manufacture  of  magnet  wire  to  the  customers'  own  specifications. 


Specifications  for  Cotton-covered  Magnet  Wire 

ANNEALING.    All  wire  must  be  thoroughly  and  uniformly  annealed,  so  as  to  show 
the  following  characteristics  on  tensile  test. 

PHYSICAL  PROPERTIES.    The  wire  must  be  clean  and  free  from  all  roughness, 
cracks  and  laminations,  due  to  making  joints  or  other  causes. 


Diameter  of  Wire 

Ultimate  Tensile  Strength 
per  Square  Inch 
Pounds 

Elongation  in  10  Inches 
Per  Cent. 

.0179  inch  and  smaller     
Larger  than  .0179  inch  and  smaller  than  .0508  inch 
.0503  inch  and  larger  

Not  more  than  38,000 
Not  more  than  36,000 

Not  less  than  25 
Not  less  than  30 
Not  less  than  32 

92     AMERICAN     STEEL     AND     WIRE     COMPANY 

Magnet  CONDUCTIVITY.     The  conductivity  of  the  copper  used  must  not  be  less  than  98 

Wire       per  cent.,  100  per  cent,  conductivity  being  based  on  copper  having  a  resistance  of 
9.59  ohms  per  circular  mil-foot  at  O°  C. 

INSULATION.  The  insulation  wrappings  shall  consist  of  a  good  quality  of  cotton 
yarn.  These  wrappings  must  be  firmly  applied,  and  free  from  "skips,"  and  must 
form  a  smooth,  continuous  and  uniform  insulation  at  all  points  on  the  wire.  Suc- 
cessive layers  to  be  wound  in  opposite  directions. 

VARIATION  IN  DIMENSIONS.  Bare  copper  wire  must  not  vary  either  way  from  the 
diameter  specified,  in  excess  of  the  amounts  tabulated  on  page  24. 

INSULATION.  The  insulated  diameter  of  the  wire  must  not  be  greater  than  that 
given  in  the  table  for  cotton-covered  wire,  page  87. 

JOINTS.  It  is  preferred  that  all  wires  be  furnished  in  continuous  lengths,  free 
from  joints  ;  any  necessary  joints  must  be  so  made  that  the  wire  at  these  points  is 
identical  in  strength,  softness  and  dimensions  with  the  rest  of  the  wire. 


Annunciator  and  Office  Wire 


94 


A   M   K   R   I   C  A   N 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


C   O   M   P  A   N 


Annunciator 
and  Office 
Wire 


Annunciator  Wire 

This  wire  as  its  name  implies,  is  used  in  primary  battery  circuits,  for  call  bell 
or  annunciator  wiring  in  hotels,  offices  or  houses.  Commercially  pure,  soft  copper 
wire  varying  in  size  from  No.  14  B.  &  S.  to  No.  22  B.  &  S.  is  used.  This  is  insulated 
with  two  firm  winds  of  cotton,  applied  in  opposite  directions  and  saturated  with 
our  specially  prepared  paraffine  wax  compound.  The  outside  wrap  is  made  of  any 
color  or  combination  of  colors,  the  most  common  being  bright  and  fast  red  or  blue 
with  white.  This  wire  is  put  up  on  spools  weighing  about  seven  pounds  net. 


Annunciator  Wire 


Order  bv  List  Number 


Size 

List 

Advance 
over  Base 

Approximate 
Length 

Size 

List 

Advance 
over  Base 

Approximate 
Length 

B.  &    S. 

Number 

per 
100  Pounds 

in  One  Pound 
Feet 

B.  &   S. 

Number 

per 
100  Pounds 

in  One  Pound 
Feet 

14 

3114 

$3.00 

67 

20 

3120 

$6.00 

221 

16 

3116 

4.00 

101 

22 

3122 

8.00 

311 

18 

8118 

5.00 

155 

"  Black  Core  "  or  "  Damp-proof "  Annunciator  Wire 

Finished  in  colors  as  above,  shipped  on  spools  of  about  seven  pounds  net.  This 
wire  is  made  with  the  inside  wind  saturated  with  our  Weatherproof  Compound. 
This  permits  its  use  in  damp  places.  The  outside  wind  of  cotton  which  is  made  in 
colors  is  saturated  with  our  special  paraffine  wax  compound,  and  finished  so  as  to 
present  a  smooth  and  highly  polished  surface,  that  will  not  catch  dust. 


Order  by  List  Number 


Size 
B.  &    S. 

List 
Number 

Advance 
over  Base 

100  Pounds 

Approximate 
Length 
in  One  Pound 
Feet 

Size 
B.  &    S. 

List 
Number 

Advance 
over  Base 

100  Pounds 

Approximate 
Length 
in  One  Pound 
Feet 

14 

3214 

$3.00 

60 

20 

3220 

$6.00 

200 

16 

3216 

4.00 

90 

22 

3222 

8.00 

280 

18 

3218 

5.00 

130 

ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


Office  Wire 

Our  standard  grade  of  office  wire  consists  of  a  copper  conductor,  in  size  varying 
from  14  B.  &  S.  to  20  B.  &  S.,  insulated  with  one  wind  and  one  braid  of  cotton  both  of 
which  are  applied  tight  and  even.  These  two  cotton  covers  are  thoroughly  saturated 
with  our  special  paraffine  wax  compound.  The  outer  braid  is  given  a  high  polish 
and  is  made  in  any  color  or  combination  of  colors  specified.  The  standard  colors  are 
red  and  white  or  blue  and  white.  This  wire  is  put  up  in  coils  of  about  20  pounds. 
It  is  used  largely  by  telephone  and  telegraph  companies  for  inside  wiring,  extending 
from  the  instruments  to  the  junction  where  they  connect  with  the  outside  wires  and 
cables  as  they  enter  a  building.  The  wire  is  also  used  as  a  high  grade  bell  and 
annunciator  wire. 


Annunciator 

and  Office 

Wire 


Office  Wire 


Order  bv  List  Numbers 


Size 
B.  &  S. 

List 
Number 

Advance 
over  Base 
per 
100  Pounds 

Approximate 
Length  in 
One  Pound 
Feet 

Size 
B.  &  S. 

List 
Number 

Advance 
over  Base 

100  Pounds 

Approximate 
Length  in 
One  Pound 
Feet 

14 
16 

3314 
3316 

$3.00 
4.  DO 

56 

80 

18 
20 

3318 
3320 

$5.00 
6.00 

115 

154 

"Black  Core"  or  "Damp-proof"  Office  Wire 


Black  Core"  Office  Wire 


Order  by  List  Numbers 


Size 
B.  &  S. 

List 
Number 

Advance 
over  Base 
per 
100  Pounds 

Approximate 
Length  in 
One  Pound 
Feet 

Size 
B.  &  S. 

List 
Number 

Advance 
over  Base 
per 
100  Pounds 

Approximate 
Length  in 
One  Pound 
Feet 

14 
16 

3414 
3416 

$3.00 
4.00 

53 

72 

18 

20 

3418 
3420 

$5.00 
6.00 

98 
135 

Damp-proof  office  wire  has  two  inside  cotton  winds  applied  in  opposite 
directions  which  are  thoroughly  impregnated  with  black  weatherproof  compound. 
The  outside  braid  is  finished  as  described  above  for  the  regular  office  wire.  This 
wire  is  used  where  a  higher  grade  of  insulation  is  required.  It  is  packed  the  same 
as  regular  office  wire. 


96 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Annunciator 
and  Office 
Wire 


Special  Annunciator  and  Office  Wire 

We  are  prepared  to  furnish  such  special  kinds  of  annunciator  or  office  wire  as 
may  be  specified. 

While  we  have  mentioned  standard  sizes,  we  can  furnish  conductors  of  other 
sizes,  either  solid  or  stranded.  Untinned  copper  wire  is  used  in  our  regular  product, 
but  tinned  wire  will  be  furnished  if  required. 

Annunciator  and  office  wire  can  be  shipped  in  special  sized  packages,  ranging 
from  a  half-pound  to  five  pounds  or  over,  as  may  be  required,  or  in  coils  of  specified 
weights,  in  cartons,  or  wrapped  in  paper  and  packed  in  boxes  or  barrels. 


Multiple   Conductors 

We  can  supply  any  of  these  insulated  wires,  two  in  parallel  or  twisted  in  pairs, 
in  three-conductor  cables  or  in  cables  having  any  number  of  conductors.  Same 
can  be  covered  with  one  or  more  braids  or  with  tape  and  braid  and  finished  in  any 
manner  specified. 


Annunciator  Wire 


Made  in  any  color  or  combination  of  colors.     Placed  on  spools  containing 
about  seven  pounds  net 


Reliance  Weatherproof 
and  Slow  Burning 
Wires  and  Cables 

Copper  and  Iron 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Reliance 
Weather- 
proof  and 
Slow  Burn- 
ing Wires 
and  Cables 


Weatherproof  Wires  and  Cables 

There  is  a  large  demand  for  electrical  wires  and^cables  having  a  moderate  degree 
of  insulation  and  which  are  less  expensive  than  rubber  insulated  conductors.  For 
outdoor  service  our  double  and  triple  braid  "Reliance"  Weatherproof  wire  meets 
these  requirements  in  every  particular,  while  for  indoor  purposes  we  offer  a  superior 
grade  of  Slow  Burning  wire.  We  make  wires  and  cables  in  strict  accordance 


Reliance  Weatherproof  Feeder  Cables 


Stranded  Copper  Conductor— Triple  Braid— Black  Finish 

with  all  the  requirements  of  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters,  the  sizes  vary- 
ing from  No.  20  B.  &  S.  to  the  largest  feeder  cables  used.  Sizes  4/0  B.  &  S.  and 
smaller  are  usually  made  of  solid  wires,  while  larger  sizes  have  stranded  conductors. 

Unless  hard  drawn  copper  be  specified,  wires  of  the  purest  grade  of  annealed 
copper,  uniform  in  softness  and  having  a  minimum  conductivity  of  98  per  cent. 
Matthiessen's  standard  will  be  used.  All  the  wire  used,  whether  copper  or  iron,  is 
uniform  in  section  and  free  from  surface  imperfections.  Complete  information 
regarding  the  dimensions  and  properties  of  bare  copper  wire  will  be  found  on  pages 
14  and  25,  while  iron  wire  will  be  found  fully  described  on  pages  71  to  74. 

The  insulating  material  on  this  class  of  wire,  as  will  be  more  fully  described 
below,  consists  of  two  or  three  covers  of  closely  braided  fibrous  yarn,  thoroughly 
saturated  with  weatherproof  or  slow-burning  compounds.  To  combine  the  three 
elements,  the  wire,  the  braided  coverings  and  the  saturating  compound  so  as  to 
produce  wires  and  cables  perfectly  uniform  in  weight  throughout  all  portions,  would 
require  many  refinements  which  would  make  the  cost  prohibitive.  In  practice  it  is 
reasonable  and  to  the  advantage  of  both  consumer  and  manufacturer  to  allow  a  vari- 
ation in  weight  of  approximately  3  per  cent,  from  the  tabulated  data  of  weights. 

While  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  specify  that  the  insulation  of 
this  class  of  wire  must  consist  of  at  least  three  braids,  there  are  many  conditions  in 
which  a  wire  having  a  good  quality  of  two-braid  insulation  can  be  used  to  advantage. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


9'.) 


Reliance  Weatherproof  Insulation. 
The  wires  are  first  covered  by  two  or  three 
closely  and  evenly  woven  braids  of  strong 
fibrous  material,  after  which  they  are  placed 
in  a  hot  bath  of  weatherproof  insulating 
compound.  They  remain  in  this  bath  long 
enough  to  completely  and  thoroughly  satu- 
rate the  fibrous  insulation.  After  thoroughly 
drying,  the  wire  then  receives  a  dressing  of 
mineral  wax,  after  which  the  surface  is 
thoroughly  burnished  and  polished,  reduc- 
ing to  a  minimum  trouble  from  sleet  and 
ice.  The  superior  grade  of  compounds 
used  in  our  Reliance  Weatherproof  insula- 
tion for  wires  and  cables  imparts  a  high 
degree  of  dielectric  strength,  and  overcomes 
the  destructive  action  of  the  elements. 
This  insulation  is  firm,  durable  and  tough 
and  possesses  great  mechanical  strength, 
which  enables  it  to  withstand  pressure  and 
mechanical  abrasion.  The  compounds  con- 
tain no  solvents  which  subsequently  evap- 
orate, leaving  the  compound  to  dry  and  fall 
out,  thus  destroying  the  insulation.  They 
will  withstand  all  ordinary  climatic  condi- 
tions. This  wire  is  for  use  outdoors  where 
moisture  is  certain  and  where  fireproof 
qualities  are  not  necessary.  Also  where, 
on  account  of  small  separation,  bare  wires 
would  be  liable  to  swing  into  contact  with 
each  other  or  with  other  low  tension  cables. 


Reliance 
Weather, 
proof  and 

Slow  Burn- 
ing Wires 

and  Cables 


Braiding  Machine 


Extracts  from  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters'  Rules  (1909) 

44.     Weatherproof  Wire. 

a.  The  insulating  covering  shall  consist  of  at  least  three  braids,  all  of 
which  must  be  thoroughly  saturated  with  a  dense  moisture-proof  compound, 
applied  in  such  a  manner  as  to  drive  any  atmospheric  moisture  from  the 
cotton  braiding,  thereby  securing  a  covering  to  a  great  degree  waterproof 
and  of  high  insulating  power.  This  compound  must  retain  its  elasticity  at 
0  degrees  Fahr.  (minus  18  degrees  Cent.)  and  must  not  drip  at  160  degrees 
Fahr.  (71  degrees  Cent. ).  The  thickness  of  insulation  must  not  be  less  than 
that  given  in  the  table  page  100,  and  the  outer  surface  must  be  thoroughly 
slicked  down. 


100 


AMERICA 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Reliance 
Weather- 
proof and 
Slow  Burn- 
ing Wires 
and  Cables 


I 


•3.S 


1C  1C  1C  W5  < 

TO  5?  5?  5s ' 


Cfl   t/5  «5  t/3   t/3 

fo'o'c'o'o 
OOOOO 


i-r^r^-Tof  of  so  ic  -. 


.=1 


£  £ 

3  ^ 

'i.y 


f  M  51  0«  I-H  -T-I  1-1 


K  M  «  M  ffl  P2  PC  CQ  M  M  D5     .^  < 


>8o~( 


ll 


Ill 


u 


tCtCICiCt 

5?  io  5?  5?  e 


^£  ,2,^2 
•g  — — 


8S88SSSSSSS88888S 


TH  i-i  T- 


o  T-I  01  co  ~f  i 


ELECTRICAL 


W     I     R     K    S 


O 


o 


I 


-  ~ 
'x^/c 


SSS^SSw-S 


3888j,88||8: 


11- 


If3  rH  «oc4x;Z 


TO  TH  CX  xi-  ?C 


>  TH  co  m  t- 


•a*o»fflinc:r-ic<j<N:cioeoi-i>-»no' 

^^^^  =  Si;£^s^^n:§2; 


OO 


2  o  o  o  c 


s. 

si 


00     c 

III 

' 


Is? 


102          A 


<R  •!  C  A  Jffl  uC£  $-£  E  EL          AND          WIRE          COMPANY 


Reliance 
Weather- 
proof and 
Slow  Burn- 
ing Wires 
and  Cables 


Data  Concerning  Solid  Copper  Weatherproof  Coils 


Size 
B.&S. 

Approximate  Weight 
per  Coil,  Pounds 

Approximate 
Outside 
Diameter 
of  Coil 
Inches 

Approx. 
Diameter 
of  Eye 
of  Coil 
Inches 

Approx. 
Thickness 
of  Coil 
Inches 

Covering 
of  Coil 

How 
Shipped 

2  Braids 

3  Braids 

0000 

360 

383 

30  to  34 

19 

7J^ 

000 

352 

377 

30  to  34 

19 

7^ 

00 

326 

350 

30  to  34 

19 

7i/ 

0 

301 

325 

30  to  34 

19 

7^ 

1 

2 

294 
310 

316 
338 

30  to  34 
30  to  34 

19 
19 

7^ 

Paper 
and 

Loose 

f*r\i  lo 

3 

305 

330 

30  to  34 

19 

7^ 

Burlap 

V_/O11.S 

4 

317 

344 

30  to  34 

19 

71^ 

5 

317 

350 

30  to  34 

19 

7^ 

6 

820 

180 

30  to  34 

19 

6 

8 

171 

195 

30  to  34 

19 

6 

10 

50 

50 

18  to  20 

12 

5         "I 

12 

40 

40 

18  to  20 

12 

5 

Coils 

14 

40 

40 

18  to  20 

12 

5          \ 

Paper 

Packed  in 

16 

30 

30 

18  to  20 

12 

5 

Barrels 

18 

30 

30 

18  to  30 

12 

5         J 

Reliance  Weatherproof  Iron  Wire 


Double  Braid 


Order  by  List  Numbers        Prices  Quoted  on  Application 


List  Numbers 

Size 
B.  W.  G. 

Approximate 
Weights  per  Mile 
Pounds 

Approximate 
Length  of  Coil 
Feet 

B.  B. 

Extra  B.  B. 

Extra  Galvanized 

Extra  Galvanized 

4 

2704 

2804 

860 

1320 

6 

2706 

2806 

665 

1760 

8 

2708 

2808 

470 

2640 

9 

2709 

2809 

400 

2640 

10 

2710 

2810 

350 

2640 

12 

2712 

2812 

225 

2640 

14 

2714 

2814 

145 

2640 

16 

2716 

2816 

100 

5280 

18 

2718 

2818 

65 

5280 

ELECTRICAL    WIRES    AND    CABLES 


Reliance  Weatherproof  Iron  Wire 


Reliance 
Weather- 
proof and 

Slow  Burn- 
ing Wires 

and  Cables 


Triple  Braid 
Order  by  List  Numbers 


List  Numbers 

Size 
B.  W.  G. 

Approximate 
Weights  per  Mile 
Pounds 

Approximate 
Length  of  Coil 
Feet 

B.  B. 

Extra  B.  B. 

Extra  Galvanized 

Extra  Galvanized 

4 

2904 

3004 

940 

1320 

6 

2906 

3006 

740 

1760 

8 

2908 

3008 

525 

2640 

9 

2909 

8009 

450 

2640 

10 

2910 

3010 

400 

2640 

12 

2912 

3012 

260 

2640 

14 

2914 

3014 

175 

2640 

16 

2916 

3016 

125 

5280 

18 

2918 

3018 

85 

5280 

USES.     For  fire  alarm,  telephone,  telegraph  and  burglar  alarm  construction, 
where  danger  of  short  circuits  with  other  wires  or  trees  exists. 


Data  Concerning  Weatherproof  Iron  Wire  Coils 


Size 
B.W.G. 

Approximate 
Weight  per  Coil 
Pounds 

Approx. 
Outside 
Diameter 

nf  Pnil 

Approx. 
Diameter 
of  Eye  of 

Tnil 

Approximate 
Thickness  of  Coil 
Inches 

Covering 
of 
Coil 

How 

Shipped 

Approx. 
Length 
in  a  Coil 

2  Braids 

3  Braids 

Inches 

Inches 

2  Braids 

3  Braids 

Feet 

6 

222 

247 

30  to  34 

19 

6 

7^ 

1                { 

1760 

8 

235 

263 

30  to  34 

19 

6 

7/^ 

i 

2640 

9 

200 

225 

30  to  34 

19 

6 

71^ 

1  PaP?r  I 

Loose 

2640 

10 
12 

175 
113 

200 
180 

30  to  34 
30  to  84 

19 
19 

6 
6 

?! 

1  Burlap  I 

Coils 

2640 
2640 

14 

78 

87 

22  to  24 

12 

5 

5 

J                ( 

2640 

104 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Reliance  Slow  Burning  Wires  and  Cables 

This,  as  its  name  implies,  has  an  insulation  that  will  not  carry  flame.  It  is 
especially  useful  in  hot,  dry  places  where  ordinary  insulations  would  perish,  and 
where  wires  are  brought  together,  as  on  the  back  of  a  large  switchboard  or  in  a  wire 
tower,  where  the  accumulation  of  rubber  or  weatherproof  insulations  would  result 
in  an  objectionably  large  mass  of  highly  inflammable  material. 

This  wire  is  made  in  strict  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  the  National 
Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  in  all  respects. 

The  insulation  is  somewhat  similar  to  that  on  the  old  so-called  "  Underwriters" 
wire.  Each  insulating  braid  is  completely  saturated  with  our  white  slow  burning 
compound,  and  the  outside  is  thoroughly  slicked  down  and  given  a  hard,  smooth, 
white  surface. 


Solid  Conductor — Triple  Braid — White  Finish 

National  Electrical  Code  Standard 

Order  by  List  Numbers        Prices  Quoted  on  Application 


Stranded 

Solid 

*Size 

List 
Number 

Advance 
Over 
Base 
per  100 
Pounds 

Approx.  Weights 

List 
Number 

Advance 
Over 
Base 
per  100 
Pounds 

Approx.  Weights 

Standard 
Packages 
Approx. 
Amounts 
Feet 

Shipped 
on  Reel 
Number 

(See 
Page  50) 

Pounds 
1000eFeet 

Pounds 
per 
Mile 

Pounds 
per 
1000  Feet 

Pounds 
per 
Mile 

2000000 

2400A 

$0.75 

7540 

39800 

600 

1750000 

2401  A 

.75 

6700 

35400 

700 

1500'iOQ 

2402A 

.75 

5830 

30800 

850 

1250000 

2403  A 

.75 

4940 

26100 

1000 

10A0000 

2404A 

.75 

3980 

21000 

1320 

324 

900  '00 

2406  A 

.75 

3640 

19200 

1320 

324 

800000 

2408A 

.75 

3280 

17300 

1320 

324 

700'  '00 

2410  A 

.75 

2920 

15400 

1320 

333 

60000') 

2412  A 

1.00 

2460 

13000 

1320 

333 

30"000 

2414A 

.75 

2080 

11000 

1320 

333 

450000 

2415  A 

.75 

1900 

10000 

1320 

333 

400000 

2416A 

.75 

1700 

9000 

1320 

333 

350000 

2417A 

1.00 

1500 

7900 

2640 

383 

300010 

2418A 

.75 

1310 

6900 

2640 

333 

250000 

2419A 

.75 

1120 

5900 

2640 

333 

0000 

2640 

.75 

960 

5070 

2440 

$0.50 

925 

4890 

2000 

315 

000 

2630 

1.00 

785 

4150 

2430 

.50 

760 

4020 

2000 

315 

00 

2620 

.75 

625 

3300 

2420 

.50 

600 

3170 

2640 

315 

0 

2600 

.75 

510 

2700 

2400 

.50 

495 

2610 

2640 

315 

] 

2601 

.75 

380 

2000 

2401 

.50 

365 

1930 

1000 

302 

2 

2602 

1.00 

335 

1770 

2402 

.50 

320 

1690 

1300 

302 

3 

2603 

1.00 

280 

1480 

2403 

.50 

270 

1425 

1600 

302 

4 

2604 

1.50 

230 

1220 

2404 

.50 

220 

1160 

2100 

302 

5 

2605 

1.50 

195 

1030 

2405 

.50 

190 

1000 

2500 

322 

6 

2606 

2.00 

165 

870 

2406 

.50 

160 

845 

3400 

322 

8 

2608 

2.50 

105 

555 

2408 

.50 

100 

530 

40-60  Ibs. 

Coils 

10 

2410 

1.50 

80 

420 

35-50  Ibs. 

Coils 

12 

2412 

2.50 

55 

290 

25-  50  Ibs. 

Coils 

14 

2414 

3.50 

40 

210 

25-40  Ibs 

Coils 

16 

2416 

4.50 

30 

160 

25-40  Ibs. 

Coils 

18 

•    • 

•    • 

2418 

5.50 

24 

130 

20-30  Ibs. 

Coils 

*Size  and  number  of  wires  in  strand  same  as  in  weatherproof  cables,  page  101. 


ELECTRICA 


WIRE     S 


A     N     D 


CABLES 


A  Specification  for  Three-braid  Weatherproof  Wires  and  Cables 

General  Description.  The  finished  product  desired  under  these  specifications 
consists  of  copper,  either  annealed  or  hard  drawn,  covered  with  weatherproof 
braids  hereinafter  specified. 

Condiictors.  Soft  drawn  copper  shall  be  uniformly  annealed  and  shall  have  a 
conductivity  of  98  per  cent,  or  higher. 

Hard  drawn  copper  shall  meet  all  physical  and  electrical  requirements  called 
for  in  the  specifications  for  hard  drawn  copper  wire,  as  given  on  page  66. 

The  conductor  shall  be  uniformly  cylindrical  in  form,  and  free  from  scales, 
inequalities,  flaws,  splints  and  other  imperfections. 

The  finish  of  the  conductors  shall  be  in  accordance  with  the  best  commercial 
practice. 

Covering.  The  conductor  shall  be  covered  with  not  less  than  three  (3)  closely 
woven  braids  of  cotton  or  other  approved  material.  This  braided  covering  shall 
be  thoroughly  saturated  with  a  permanent  weatherproof  compound,  which  shall 
be  applied  in  sufficient  quantity  to  fill  all  interstices  in  the  braided  covering,  and 
shall  have  a  continuous  coating  of  compound  over  the  braided  covering. 

The  weatherproof  compound  shall  be  insoluble  in  water.  The  compound  shall 
not  melt  when  the  finished  wire  is  subjected  to  a  temperature  of  one  hundred  and 
twenty-five  (125)  degrees  Fahrenheit.  The  compound  shall  not  crack  when  the  wire 
is  subjected  to  a  temperature  of  ten  (10)  degrees  below  zero  Fahrenheit,  the  sample 
being  examined  without  bending. 

The  qualities  of  the  compound  used  and  the  method  of  application  shall  be  such 
as  not  to  injure  the  covering  or  the  wire. 


Stranded  Copper  Conductor — Triple  Braid — White  Finish 


Special  Weatherproof  and  Slow  Burning  Wires 

Conductors  for  special  purposes  are  often  required  to  have  a  combined 
insulation  of  black  weatherproof  and  white  slow  burning  coverings.  The  wires  may 
have  a  single  coating  of  each  kind,  or  they  may  have  three  coatings,  two  of  slow 
burning  and  one  of  weatherproof,  or  conversely,  as  may  be  specified.  The  several 
braids  are  closely  and  evenly  woven  and  of  the  proper  thickness  as  required  by  the 
National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters. 


106    AMERICAN    STEEL    AND    WIRE    COMPANY 


Reliance  When  the  weatherproof  covering  is  on  the  inside,  the  conductor  is  known  gen- 

Weather-      erally  as  "White  Finish  Weatherproof,"  and  when  the  flame-proof  covering  is  on 
proof  and      the  inside  it  is  called  "Black  Finish  Slow  Burning."    The  weatherproof  and  the 
Slow  Burn-    slow  burning  compounds  used  to  impregnate  these  braids  are  the  same  as  used  on 
ing  Wires      our  "Reliance"  Weatherproof  and  Slow  Burning  wires.    In  all  cases  the  outside 
and  Cables   surfaces  are  finished  smooth  and  hard,  and  the  finished  saturated  braids  present  a 
high  degree  of  insulation  and  are  strong,  durable  and  elastic.     The  white  finish 
weatherproof  wire  only  is  approved  by  the  National  Electrical  code. 

We  are  also  prepared  to  furnish  any  of  these  various  kinds  of  weatherproof  or 
slow  burning  wires  twisted  into  pairs,  or  formed  into  cables  having  any  number  of 
conductors,  the  conductors  so  formed  being  encased  in  one  or  more  finished  braids 
or  with  tape  and  braid  as  may  be  specified. 


Lamp   Cord  Products 

Page 

Lamp  Cord 108 

Reinforced  Portable  Cord     ....  1  10 

Cord  for  Portables Ill 

Automobile  Lighting  Cord    .     .     .     .  Ill 

Canvasite  Cord 113 

American  Special  Brewery  Cord    .     .  113 

Electric  Heater  Cord 114 


108 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Lamp  Cord 
Products 


Lamp  Cord 


Incandescent  lamp  cord  is  used  in  short  lengths  for  exposed  wiring  in  offices 
and  residences  to  connect  the  concealed  wiring  with  drop  lights,  brackets  and 
portables.  It  is  also  used  for  bell  and  annunciator  wiring,  and  for  other  purposes 
where  a  short  flexible  connecting  conductor  having  an  ornamental  insulation  would 
be  desirable. 

The  conductor  consists  of  a  number  of  small  untinned  annealed  copper  wires, 
each  No.  30  B.  &  S.  gauge,  having  a  diameter  of  .01  inch,  twisted  into  a  cable  of  the 
required  carrying  capacity.  This  conductor  is  then  covered  with  a  tight,  close 
wind  of  fine  cotton,  after  which  it  is  insulated  with  seamless  rubber  and  then  covered 
with  an  ornamental  braid  of  silk  or  cotton.  Two  of  these  finished  conductors  are  then 
twisted  about  each  other,  or  laid  parallel  and  braided  over  all  with  silk  or  cotton, 
thus  forming  the  two  branches  of  a  circuit.  Two  grades  of  lamp  cord  are  made. 


Grade  "A"  Lamp  Cord 


Grade  "A'  made  to  latest  National  Electrical  Code  Standard  which  requires 
that  a  solid  vulcanized  rubber  insulation  of  at  least  ^  inch  thickness  be  placed  over 
the  cotton  covering  of  each  conductor.  Tested  and  approved  by  the  Wire  Inspec- 
tion Bureau. 


ELECTRICAL 


W    I     R     F.     S 


AND 


CABLES 


Grade  "A"  Lamp  Cord 
Order  by  List  Numbers 


Lamp  Cord 
Products 


Number  of  Wires  in 
Strand,  each  No.  30  B.  &  S. 

Equal  in  Capacity  to     ' 
B.  &  S. 

Cotton  Covered 
List  Number 

Silk  Covered 
List  Number 

104 

10 

4010 

4110 

65 

12 

4012 

4112 

41 

14 

4014 

4114 

26 

16 

4016 

4116 

16 

18 

4018 

4118 

10 

20 

4020 

4120 

6 

22 

4022 

4122 

All  sizes  put  up  in  coils  of  250  feet  each.  Sizes  16  and  18  having  largest  sale, 
in  packages  containing  1000  feet  and  3000  feet  each,  as  desired. 

A  combination  of  green  and  yellow  is  the  color  usually  furnished  for  outside 
braid.  Other  colors  to  order. 

See  separate  list  for  prices,  page  112. 

Grade  "C"  Lamp  Cord 

Grade  "C"  or  "Commercial"  Lamp  Cord  made  in  accordance  with  the  older 
requirements  of  the  National  Electrical  Code  has  a  seamless  insulation  of  -^  rubber 
placed  over  a  tight  close  wind  of  fine  cotton.  The  conductors  are  composed  of  fine 
copper  wires,  No.  30  B.  &  S.  twisted  together  as  in  Grade  "A,"  covered  with  a  wind 
of  fine  cotton,  insulated  with  rubber,  then  covered  with  an  ornamental  braid  of  silk 
or  cotton.  Two  of  these  finished  conductors  are  then  twisted  together  into  a 
"twisted  pair." 


Order  by  List  Number 


Number  of  Wires  in 

Equal  in 

Cotton  Covered 

Silk   Covered 

Strand,  each  No.  30  B.  &  S. 

Capacity  to 
B.  &  S. 

List  Number 

List  Number 

104 

10 

4210 

4310 

65 

12 

4212 

4312 

41 

14 

4214 

4314 

26 

16 

4216 

4316 

16 

18 

4218 

4318 

10 

20 

4220 

4320 

C) 

22 

4222 

4322 

All  sizes  put  up  in  coils  of  250  feet  each.  Sizes  16  and  18,  the  sizes  having 
largest  sale,  in  packages  containing  1000  feet  and  3000  feet  as  desired. 

A  combination  of  green  and  yellow  is  the  color  usually  furnished  for  outside 
braid.  Other  colors  to  order. 

The  same  cotton  wound  and  rubber  covered  and  braided  conductors  may  be 
laid  parallel  (instead  of  twisted)  and  braided  over  all,  same  colors  of  cotton  or  silk. 

See  separate  list  for  prices,  page  112. 


110 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Lamp  Cord 
Products 


Reinforced  Portable  Cord 

National  Electrical  Code  Wire 

Grade  "A" 

Made  with  regular  National  Electric  Code  cotton  covered  lamp  cord,  over  which 
is  placed  a  supplementary  insulation  of  rubber,  making  the  whole  cylindrical. 
This  is  covered  with  one  strong  braid  of  silk,  dry  hard  glazed  cotton  or 
black  waxed  cotton.  The  waxed  cotton  or  "slicked"  finish  differs  from  the  dry, 
hard  glazed  in  having  the  cotton  braid  thoroughly  saturated  with  weatherproof 
compound,  waxed  and  polished.  Serves  as  a  reinforced  or  protected  lamp  cord. 


Order  by  List  Numbers 


Size 
B.  &S. 

Cotton  Covered 
Dry  Finish 
List  Number 

Silk  Covered 
List  Number 

Size 
B.  &S. 

Cotton  Covered 
Dry  Finish 
List  Number 

Silk  Covered 
List  Number 

12 

4612 

4712 

18 

4618 

4718 

14 

4614 

4714 

20 

4620 

4720 

16 

4616 

4716 

Grade  "C" 

Made  with  regular  ' '  commercial "  cotton  covered  lamp  cord,  over  which  is 
placed  a  supplementary  insulation  of  vulcanized  J¥  rubber,  making  the  whole  cylin- 
drical. This  is  covered  with  one  firm  braid  of  silk,  dry  glazed  or  waxed  cotton. 


Order  by  List  Numbers 


Size 
B.  &S. 

Cotton  Covered 
Dry  Finish 
List   Number 

Silk  Covered 
List  Number 

Size 
B.  &  S. 

Cotton  Covered 
Dry  Finish 
List  Nunber 

Silk  Covered 
List  Number 

12 

4612A 

4712A 

18 

4618A 

4718A 

14 

4614A 

4714A 

20 

4620A 

4720A 

16 

4616A 

4716A 

Black  is  the  standard  color  for  the  outside  braid,  and  will  be  furnished  unless 
otherwise  specified.     Special  colors  to  order. 

All  sizes,  both  grades  put  up  in  coils  of  500  feet  each. 
See  separate  list  for  prices,  both  grades,  page  112. 


ELECTRICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES     111 


Cord  for   Portables 
National  Electrical  Code  Wire 


Lamp  Cord 
Products 


Used  for  portable  lamps,  small  portable  motors,  or  any  device  which  may  be 
carried  about.  The  outer  braid  is  made  strong  and  durable.  Made  with  regular  Na- 
tional Electrical  Code  cotton-covered  Grade  "A"  twistedpair  lamp  cord,  over  which 
is  placed  a  supplementary  insulation  of  vulcanized  rubber  -^  inch  thick,  making  the 
whole  cylindrical.  This  is  covered  with  a  strong  cotton  braid  thoroughly  saturated 
with  weatherproof  compound,  then  waxed  and  polished. 

Order  by  List  Numbers 


Size  B.  &  S. 

List  Number 

Size  B.  &  S. 

List  Number 

12 
14 
16 

4812 
4814 
4816 

18 
20 

4818 
4820 

All  sizes  put  up  in  coils  of  500  feet  each.     This  material  also  made  with  Grade 
C  "  conductors  upon  request. 

See  separate  list  for  prices,  page  112. 


Automobile  Lighting   Cord 

A  cord  suitable  for  wiring  to  the  side  and  rear  lamps  of  automobiles  can  be 
constructed  as  follows  : 

Two  cotton-covered  lamp  cord  conductors  are  laid  parallel  and  covered  with  a 
strong  hard-glazed  cotton  or  a  heavy  saturated  weatherproof  cotton  braid  over  the 
pair.  Made  of  any  size  conductors  specified.  Prices  quoted  on  application. 


112 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Lamp  Cord   l_jst  Prices  for  Lamp  Cord,  Reinforced  Portable  Cord,  and  Cord    for  Portables 

Products 

Grade  "A"   National  Electrical  Code  Standard.     Grade  "C"  Commercial  (Old  Code) 

Lamp  cord  is  put  up  in  coils  of  about  250  feet.  Sizes  16  and  18  Brown  &  Sharpe 
put  up  in  coils  of  250  feet  and  packed  in  boxes  as  follows:  No.  1  box,  containing  4 
coils,  total  1,000  feet.  No.  2  box,  containing  12  coils,  total  3,000  feet. 

Cord  for  Portables  takes  price  of  cotton  covered  Reinforced  Portable  Cord. 

Standard  Schedule  Bases  in  Dollars  and  Cents  per   1000  Feet 


c/5 
<£ 

» 

y) 

12c. 

13c.                                                        14c. 

Lamp 
Cord 

Reinforced 
Cord 

Lamp 
Cord 

Reinforced 
Cord 

Lamp 
Cord 

Reinforced 
Cord 

Silk 

Cotton 

Silk 

Cotton 

Silk 

Cotton 

Silk 

Cotton 

Silk 

Cotton 

Silk 

Cotton 

10 
12 
14 
16 
18 
20 
22 

136.8 
91.5 
66.3 
48.0 
40.5 
35.0 
31.5 

105.5 
69.0 
45.0 
30.5 
24.3 
21.3 
17.8 

199.3 
154.0 
117.5 
91.8 
79.3 
70.0 
64.0 

136.8 
104.0 
76.3 
61.8 
51.8 
45.0 
42.8 

140.0 
93.8 
67.3 
48.8 
41.0 
35.3 
31.8 

108.8 
71.3 
46.0 
31.3 

24.8 
21.5 
18.0 

202.5 
156.3 
118.5 
92.5 
79.8 
70.3 
61.8 

140.0 
106.3 
77.3 
62.5 

45^3 
43.0 

143.5 
95.8 
68.8 
49.5 
41.5 
35.5 
32.0 

112.3 
73.3 
47.5 
32.0 
25.3 
21.8 
18.3 

206.0 
158.3 
120.0 
93.3 
80.3 
70.5 
64.5 

143.5 
108.3 
78.8 
63.3 
52.8 
45.5 
43.3 

10 
12 
14 
16 
18 
20 
22 

15c. 

16c. 

17c. 

146.8 
98.0 
70.0 
50.3 
42.0 
35.8 
32.3 

115.5 
75.5 

48.8 
32.8 
25.8 
22.0 
18.5 

209.3 
160.5 
121.3 
94.0 

80.8 
70.8 
64.8 

146.8 
110.5 
80.0 
64.0 
53.3 
45.8 
43.5 

150.0 
100.0 
71.3 
51.3 
42.5 
36.3 
32.5 

118.8 
77.5 
50.0 
33.8 
26.3 
22.5 
18.8 

212.5 
162.5 
122.5 
95.0 
81.3 
71.3 
65.0 

150.0 
112.5 
81.3 
65.0 
53.8 
46.3 
43.  S 

153.3 

102.0 
72.5 
52.3 
43.0 
36.8 
32.8 

122.0       215.8 
79.5       164.5 
51.3       123.8 
34.8         96.0 
26.8         81.8 
23.0         71.8 
19.0         65.3 

153.3 
114.5 

82.5 
66.0 
54.3 
46.8 
44.0 

10 
12 
14 
16 
18 
20 
22 

18c. 

19c. 

20c. 

156.5 
104.3 
73.8 
53.0 
43.5 
37.0 
33.0 

125.3 
81.8 
52.5 
35.5 
27.3 
23.3 
19.3 

219.0 
166.8 
125.0 
96.8 
82.3 
72.0 
65.5 

156.5 
116.8 
83.8 
66.8 
54.8 
47.0 
44.3 

160.0 
106.3 
75.3 
53.8 
44.0 
37.3 
33.3 

128.8 
83.8 
54.0 
36.3 
27.8 
23.5 
19.5 

222.5 
168.8 
126.5 
97.5 
82.8 
72.3 
65.8 

160.0 
118.8 
85.3 
67.5 
55.3 
47.3 
44.5 

163.3 
108.5 
76.3 
54.5 
44.5 
37.5 
33.5 

132.0 
86.0 
55.0 
37.0 
28.3 
23  8 
19.8 

225.8 
171.0 
127.5 
98.3 
83.3 
72.5 
66.0 

163.3 

121.0 
86.3 
68.3 
55.8 
47.5 
44.8 

10 
12 
14 
16 
18 
20 
22 

21c. 

22c. 

23c. 

166.5 
110.5 
77.8 
55.3 
45.0 
38.0 
33.5 

135.3 

88.0 
50.  5 
37.8 
28.8 
24.3 
19.8 

229.0 
173.0 
129.0 
99.0 
83.8 
73.0 
66.0 

166.5 
123.0 
87.8 
69.0 
56.3 
48.0 
44.8 

169.8 
112.5 
79.0 
56.3 
45.5 
38.5 
33.8 

138.5 
90.0 
57.8 
38.8 
29.3 
24.8 
20.0 

232.3 
175.0 
130.3 
100.0 
84.3 
73.5 
66.3 

169.8 
125.0 
89.0 
70.0 
56.8 
48.5 
45.0 

173.0 
114.8 
80.3 
57.0 
46.0 
38.8 
34.0 

141.8 
92.3 
59.0 
39.5 
29.8 
25.0 
20.3 

235.5 
177.3 
131.5 
100.8 
84.8 
73.8 
66.5 

173.0 
127.3 
90.3 
70.8 
57.3 
48.8 
45.3 

24c. 

25c. 

26c. 

10 
12 
14 
16 
18 
20 
22 

176.5 
116.8 
81.8 
57.8 
46.5 
39.0 
34.3 

145.3 
94.3 
60.5 
40.3 
30.3 
25.3 
20.5 

239.0 
179.3 
133.0 
101.5 
85.3 
74.0 
66.8 

176.5 
129.3 
91.8 
71.5 
57.8 
49.0 
45.5 

179.8 
119.0 
82.8 
58.5 
47.0 
39.3 
34.5 

148.5 
96.5 
61.5 
41.0 
30.8 
25.5 
20.8 

242.3 
181.5 
134.0 
102.3 
85.8 
74.3 
67.0 

179.8 
131.5 
92.8 
72.3 
58.3 
49.3 
45.8 

188.0 
121.0 
84.3 
59.3 
47.5 
39.8 
34.5 

151.8 
98.5 
63.0 
41.8 
31.3 
26.0 
20.8 

245.5 
183.5 
135.5 
103.0 
86.3 
74.8 
67.0 

183.0 
138.5 
94.8 
73.0 
58.8 
49.8 
45.8 

Discounts  quoted  on  application 


ELECTRICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES     118 


Canvasite  Cord 


Lamp  Cord 
Products 


Consists  of  the  regular  Code  Grade  "A"  twisted  cotton- covered  lamp  cord, 
braided  over  all  with  one  cotton  braid  saturated  with  weatherproof  compound,  then 
waxed  and  polished. 

Order  by  List  Numbers 


Equal  to  B.  &  S.  G. 

List  Number 

Equal  to  B.  &  S.  G. 

List  Number 

10 
12 
14 

4850 
4852 
4854 

16 

18 
20 

4856 

4858 
4860 

All  sizes  put  up  in  coils  of  500  feet  each.     See  separate  list  for  prices,  page  114. 


American   (Special)  Brewery  Cord 


Made  from  the  regular  Code  Grade  "A"  twisted  lamp  cord  over  which  is  placed 
a  supplementary  insulation  of  vulcanized  rubber  J¥  inch  thick.  It  is  then  braided 
over  with  two  heavy  cotton  braids  saturated  with  weatherproof  compound,  then 
waxed  and  polished.  Used  for  incandescent  lighting  in  breweries  and  other  damp 
places. 

Order  by  List  Numbers 


Size  B.  &  S. 

List  Number 

Size  B.  &  S. 

List  Number 

12 
14 
16 

4912 
4914 
4916 

18 
20 

4918 
4920 

All  sizes  put  up  in  coils  of  500  feet  each.     See  separate  list  for  prices,  page  114. 


114 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Lamp  Cord 
Products 


Electric  Heater  Cord 

A  flexible  cord  used  for  connecting  to  portable  electric  heating  devices,  such  as 
electric  sad  irons,  hair  curlers,  toasters,  etc.  No.  31  B.  &  S.  annealed  copper  wires 
are  braided  into  a  conductor  of  the  required  size,  cotton  wound,  rubber  insulated 
and  covered  with  a  substantial  braid  of  asbestos,  and  this  is  sometimes  covered  with 
an  outside  braid  of  hard  glazed  cotton.  Two  such  finished  conductors  are  then 
twisted  into  a  pair,  then  covered  over  all  with  one  or  two  braids  of  hard  glazed 
cotton  of  desired  colors.  Made  in  any  size  or  quantity  required. 


List  Prices  for  American  (Special)  Brewery  and  Canvasite  Cords 

National  Electrical  Code  Standard 

Standard  Schedule  Bases  in  Dollars  and  Cents  per  1000  Feet 
Example:  82.8  Reads  $82.80 

American  (Special)  Brewery  Cord 


Size,  B.  &  S. 

12c. 

13c. 

14c. 

15c. 

16c. 

10 
12 
14 
16 
18 
20 

150.5 
114.4 
83.9 
68.0 
57.0 
49.5 

154.0 
116.9 
85.0 
68.8 
57.5 
49.8 

157.9 
119.1 
86.7 
69.6 
58.1 
50.1 

161.5 
121.6 
88.0 
70.4 
58.6 
50.4 

165.0 
123.8 
89.5 
71.5 
59.2 
50.9 

Size,  B.  &  S. 

17c. 

18c. 

19c. 

20c. 

21c. 

10 
12 
14 
16 
18 
20 

168.6 
126.0 
90.8 
72.6 
59.7 
51.5 

172.2 
128.5 
92.2 
78.5 
60.3 
51.7 

176.0 
180.7 
93.8 
74.3 
60.8 
52.0 

179.6 
133.1 
94.9 
75.1 
61.4 
52.8 

188.2 
135.3 
96.6 
75.9 
61.9 
52.8 

Size,  B.  &  S. 

22c. 

23c. 

24c. 

25c. 

26c. 

10 
12 
14 
16 
18 
20 

186.8 
137.5 
97.9 
77.0 
62.5 
53.4 

190.8 
140.0 
99.3 
77.9 
63.0 
58.7 

194.2 
142.2 
101.0 
78.7 
63.6 
53.9 

197.8 
144.7 
102.1 
79.5 
64.1 
54.2 

201.8 
146.9 
103.7 
80.3 
64.7 
54.8 

Canvasite  Cord 


Size,  B.  &  S. 

12c. 

13c. 

14c. 

15c. 

16c. 

10 
12 
14 
16 
18 
20 

•    101.0 
80.0 
64.3 
54.8 
47.3 
39.0 

102.5 
81.0 
64.8 
55.3 
47.5 
39.3 

104.3 
82.8 
65.5 
55.5 
47.8 
39.3 

105.8 
83.3 
66.0 
56.0 
48.0 
39.5 

107.5 
84.3 
66.8 
56.3 
48.3 
39.8 

Size,  B.  &  S. 

17c. 

18c. 

19c. 

20c. 

21c. 

10 

12 
14 
16 

18 
20 

109.8 
85.8 
67.5 
56.8 

48.5 
39.8 

110.8 
86.5 
68.0 
57.3 
48.8 
40.0 

112.5 

87.5 
68.5 
57.5 
49.0 
40.0 

114.3 
88.5 
69.5 
58.0 
49.3 
40.8 

115.8 
89.5 
70.0 
58.3 
49.5 
40.5 

Size,  B.  &  S. 

22c. 

23c. 

24c. 

25c. 

26c. 

10 

12 
14 
16 

18 
20 

117.5 
90.5 
70.8 
58.8 
49.8 
40.8 

119.0 
91.5 
71.8 
59.3 
50.0 
41.0 

120.8 
92.8 
72.0 
59.5 
50.3 
41.0 

122.3 
93.8 
72.5 
60.0 
50.5 
41.3 

124.0 
94.8 
73.3 
60.8 
50.8 
41.5 

Rubber-covered  Wires 
and   Cables 

Page 

Rubber  Insulation 116 

Application  of  Rubber  Compound       .     .     .  118 

Kinds  of  Insulation 119 

Vulcanizing 119 

Protection  of  Insulation 1 20 

Electrical  Tests 1  20 

Globe  Rubber  Insulated  Wires  and  Cables    .  1 24 

Telephone  Wires  and  Cables         .     .     .     .  1 28 

Packing  House  Cord 131 

Elevator  Lighting  Cables 1  32 

Brewery  Cord 1 32 

Border  Light  Cables 1  32 

Deck  Cables 1 32 

Elevator  Control  Cables 1  32 

Theatre  or  Stage  Cables 133 

Crown  Rubber  Insulated  Wires  and  Cables  .  1  33 

Car  Cables 1 38 

Mining  Machine  Cables 139 

High  Grade  30  Per  Cent.  Rubber  and  Special 

Insulated  Wires  and  Cables 140 

Signal  Wires  and  Cables 143 

Automobile  Ignition  Wires  and  Cables    .     .  145 


116    AMERICAN    STEEL    AND    WIRE    COMPANY 


Rubber-  Rubber-covered  Wires 

covered 

v,^.  Rubber-covered  wire  as  used  for  general  purposes  comprise  three  essential  parts 

and  Cables  — ^G  con^uctor'  tne  wa^  of  rubber  insulation,  and  some  form  of  protection  over  the 
rubber,  such  as  braid,  tape  and  braid  or  sheathing.  The  conductor  consists  of  uni- 
formly soft  annealed  commercially  pure  copper  wire.  It  may  be  used  in  the  solid 
form  up  to  size  1/0  B.  &  S.,  or  in  special  cases  even  to  4/0,  or  in  the  stranded  form. 
All  conductors  are  thoroughly  and  evenly  coated  with  tin  to  protect  the  copper 
from  making  chemical  union  with  any  sulphur  in  the  rubber  insulation. 

Rubber  Insulation 

There  are  various  grades  of  crude  rubber  found  in  commerce.  Rubber  producing 
trees  and  vines  of  one  kind  or  another  are  found  in  all  tropical  countries.  They 
belong  to  widely  differing  botanical  families,  and  the  methods  of  extracting  and 
preparing  the  rubber  differ  also  indifferent  countries,  hence  there  is  much  variation 
in  the  qualities  of  the  different  crude  rubbers,  depending  chiefly  on  the  kind  of 
impurities,  and  probably  in  some  degree  to  obscure  differences  in  the  chemical 
composition  of  the  pure  rubber  itself.  The  exact  nature  of  such  differences  has  not 
yet  been  definitely  explained  because  of  the  complexity  of  the  problem. 


Crude  Rubber 

The  different  grades  of  crude  rubber  are  known  usually  under  the  name  of  the 
country  or  seaport  whence  they  come.  Thus  we  have  the  terms  "Para", 
"  Ceylon,"  etc.,  as  names  of  particular  grades  of  rubber. 

The  first  step  in  the  preparation  of  rubber  for  insulation  purposes  is  to  free  the 
crude  rubber  from  impurities,  such  as  bark  and  sand.  This  is  done  by  passing  it 
several  times  between  corrugated  steel  rolls,  revolving  at  different  speeds  and  under 
a  constant  stream  of  water.  Thus  the  rubber  is  washed  clean  from  such  impurities 
and  is  delivered  in  a  sheet  ready  to  be  dried.  There  are  few  practical  uses  for 
rubber  in  its  raw  condition,  for  in  this  state  it  is  most  susceptible  to  physical 
change,  due  to  external  conditions.  Crude  rubber  is  affected  very  much  by  changes 
in  temperature,  hardening  with  cold,  and  softening  and  losing  its  shape  with  heat. 
In  this  uncured  state  it  readily  oxidizes  and  is  particularly  susceptible  to  the  action 
of  certain  solvents.  To  obtain  the  properties  needed  in  the  insulation  of  a  wire,  the 
rubber  must  be  compounded  with  other  materials  and  then  vulcanized. 

Compounding  consists  of  mixing  the  rubber  with  other  substances,  chiefly 
powdered  minerals,  including  a  small  percentage  of  sulphur.  After  the  crude 
rubber  has  been  warmed  to  a  plastic  condition  in  the  heated  mixing  rolls,  which  are 
smooth  and  run  at  different  speeds,  the  compounding  ingredients  are  added  to  the 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


rubber  and  the  whole  is  thoroughly  kneaded  together  by  the  action  of  the  mixing 
rolls,  until  the  resulting  compound  is  homogeneous  in  nature  and  of  suitable 
physical  condition  for  the  work  that  is  expected  of  it.  Another  object  of  compound- 
ing is  that  of  economy,  the  price  of  pure  rubber  being  relatively  high,  and  it 
fortunately  happens  that  for  insulation  purposes  a  compounded  rubber  is  more  suit- 
able than  the  pure  gum. 

The  composition  of  the  compound  and  the  manner  in  which  it  is  mixed  are 
matters  of  prime  importance.  A  practical  experience  of  many  years  combined  with 
exhaustive  tests  and  experiments  have  enabled  us  to  develop  insulating  compounds 
for  various  conditions  that  are  unexcelled  for  serviceability  and  durability. 


Rubber- 
covered 
Wires 
and  Cables 


Calenders 


118 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Application  of  the  Rubber  Compound 


Rubber- 
covered 

Wires  A  compounded  rubber  before  vulcanizing  is  plastic,  cohesive,  but  slightly  elastic, 

and  Cables  and  can  be  shaped  into  any  form  desired.  It  is  in  this  condition  when  applied  to 
the  wire.  Two  different  methods  are  commonly  in  use  for  applying  the  rubber 
insulation  to  the  wire.  In  one  a  machine  similar  in  action  to  a  lead  press  is  used. 
The  rubber  is  forced  by  a  revolving  worm  into  a  closed  chamber  at  high  pressure,  at 
the  same  time  being  heated  by  a  steam  jacket  to  a  soft  and  plastic  state.  The  wire 
enters  this  same  chamber  through  a  nozzle  of  its  own  diameter,  and  leaves  it  from  a 
nozzle  having  the  diameter  of  the  intended  insulation.  The  wire  thus  comes  out 
with  a  seamless  coating  of  rubber,  forced  on  at  high  pressure. 

In  the  other  method  of  application  the  rubber  is  sheeted  on  a  calender  having 
heavy  smooth  rolls,  and  the  sheets  thus  made  are  cut  into  narrow  strips,  the  width 
and  thickness  of  which  depend  upon  the  size  of  the  wire  to  be  insulated  and  the 
number  of  covers  to  be  used.  By  this  method  the  wire  is  passed  between  two  or 

more  pairs  of  grooved 
rolls  running  tangent 
to  each  other.  As  the 
wire  enters  each  pair 
of  rolls,  strips  of  rub- 
ber enter  at  the  same 
time  and  the  grooves 
fold  a  uniform  thick- 
ness of  rubber  about 
the  wire,  the  edges 
meeting  in  a  contin- 
uous seam.  All  sur- 
plus rubber  is  cut  off 
by  the  rolls  at  the 
seams.  These  seams 
being  made  between 
two  pieces  of  the  same 
unvulcanized  cohesive 
stock  under  very  great 
pressure,  become  in- 
visible in  the  finished 
wire  and  can  be  de- 
termined only  by  a 
ridge  along  the  insu- 
lation. In  the  process 
of  vulcanizing,  the 
rubber  at  the  seams 

is  kneaded  together  so  that  the  insulation  at  this  point  is  as  dense  and  homogeneous 
as  at  any  other  part  of  the  insulation.  This  is  the  more  generally  approved  method 
of  insulating  wire,  particularly  high  grade  wires,  and  is  the  method  employed  for 
many  years  by  the  leading  wire  manufacturers  of  the  world. 

A  good  rubber  compound  will  last  indefinitely  submerged  in  pure  or  salt  water, 
but  if  the  water  contains  sewage,  acids,  oils  or  other  destructive  agents,  then  the 
rubber  should  be  further  protected  with  a  lead  sheath.  If  subjected  to  extremes  in 
temperature  or  to  high  temperature  combined  with  wet  and  dry  conditions,  or  if 
likely  to  be  injured  by  external  agencies,  rubber  should  be  protected  with  sheathing. 


Machine  for  Applying  Rubber  Insulation  to  Wires 


ELECTRICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES     119 

Kinds  of  Rubber  Insulation  Rubber- 

covered 

We  make  three  standard  grades  of  rubber  compound  for  rubber-covered  conduc-  Wires 

tors:     Globe,  or  ordinary  compound  ;  Crown,   or  intermediate  compound  ;  and  a   and  Cables 
High  Grade  Thirty  Per  Cent.  Compound.     In  addition,  we  insulate  wire  to  any 
specifications  covering  particular  requirements  such  as  20  or  40  per  cent,  rubber 
compounds. 

Globe  Rubber.  This  is  regularly  furnished  on  wires  and  cables  for  600-volt 
National  Electrical  Code  requirements.  It  can  however  be  used  for  potentials  as  high 
as  2500  volts,  if  the  service  conditions  be  favorable  to  rubber,  or  if  the  conductor  be 
lead  encased. 

Crown  Rubber.  This  rubber  has  better  physical  properties  than  the  Globe,  is 
more  durable,  stronger  and  has  a  higher  factor  of  safety.  It  is  a  high  grade  com- 
pound for  all  National  Electrical  Code  requirements  and  can  be  recommended  for 
service  conditions  in  which  the  working  pressure  is  7000  volts  or  under. 

High  Grade  Thirty  Per  Cent.  Rubber  Compound  contains  only  the  best  grade 
of  pure  Para  rubber,  and  is  used  for  high  voltage  circuits.  This  makes  an  unsur- 
passed dielectric  for  all  high  voltages  and  for  exacting  service  conditions ;  it  has  great 
strength  and  elasticity,  high  insulation  qualities  and  long  life. 

All  of  these  compounds  make  solid  black  rubber.  We  are  prepared  to  furnish  a 
thin  white  core  of  rubber  containing  no  sulphur  for  use  next  to  the  copper  under 
any  of  these  compounds  when  so  specified,  but  we  do  not  recommend  this,  for  years 
of  experience  have  demonstrated  to  us  that  this  white  core  is  not  needed  in  connection 
with  our  tin-coated  wire  and  black  rubber  compounds.  Every  wire  insulated  with 
any  one  of  our  standard  compounds  has  a  distinguishing  tracer  thread  embedded  in 
the  rubber  under  the  braid.  With  Globe  and  30  Per  Cent.  Compound,  this  tracer 
thread  is  white  in  color,  while  in  Crown  it  is  purple. 


Vulcanizing 

To  vulcanize  rubber  compounds  they  are  subjected  to  temperatures  somewhat 
above  the  melting  point  of  sulphur,  which  temperatures  are  usually  obtained  by  use  of 
steam  under  pressure.  This  operation  causes  the  sulphur  in  the  compound  to  unite 
chemically  with  the  rubber  and  other  ingredients  of  the  compound,  with  the  result 
that  the  rubber  is  no  longer  plastic,  but  becomes  firm,  elastic,  strong,  less  susceptible 
to  heat  and  cold,  to  the  action  of  the  air  and  less  readily  affected  at  ordinary  tem- 
peratures by  the  usual  solvents  of  unvulcanized  rubber.  Its  mechanical  properties 
depend  considerably  on  the  time  and  temperature  of  vulcanization  as  well  as  on  the 
amount  of  sulphur  used.  As  can  be  readily  understood  this  is  an  operation  that 
requires  a  thorough  practical  knowledge  and  most  constant  attention  in  order  that 
the  rubber  insulation  may  have  the  physical  properties  that  are  required  under  service 
conditions. 

In  producing  high  grade  insulation,  proper  vulcanization  is  fully  as  important  as 
the  selection  of  the  rubber  and  ingredients.  The  process  may  be  compared  to  that 
of  making  bread,  no  matter  how  good  the  dough  may  be,  it  has  to  be  baked  just 
right  in  order  to  secure  good  results. 


120 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Rubber- 
covered 
Wires 
and  Cables 


Protection  of  Insulation 

Rubber  insulation  for  most  purposes  has  to  be  protected  by  a  winding  of  tape, 
or  by  a  braid,  or  a  tape  and  one  or  more  braids,  and  it  is  advisable  to  place  some  pro- 
tection on  the  rubber  before  vulcanizing  the  rubber  so  as  to  hold  the  plastic  compound 
in  position  and  to  prevent  it  swelling  out  of  shape  and  becoming  porous  during  the 
vulcanizing  process.  The  tape  used  consists  of  a  good  grade  of  cloth  filled  with  a 
high  class  rubber  compound.  The  braiding  consists  of  a  strong  cotton  yarn,  knitted 
tightly  and  evenly  about  the  insulation  by  a  machine  resembling  a  stocking  machine. 

The  braid  is  then  saturated  with  a  black  weatherproof  compound,  waxed  and 
polished,  or  it  is  thoroughly  saturated  in  a  white  flame-proof  compound,  and  polished, 
as  may  be  required.  It  is  sometimes  specified  that  the  outer  braid  on  wires  or 
cables  be  of  asbestos  braid  to  serve  as  a  fire  protection,  and  this  may  be  saturated 
either  in  black  or  white  compound  as  desired.  Or  it  may  consist  of  a  hard  cotton 
of  any  color  or  combination  of  colors. 


Electrical  and  Chemical  Laboratories 

Our  electrical  testing  department  is  equipped  in  the  most  up-to-date  manner 
for  the  fulfillment  of  any  conditions  likely  to  be  incorporated  in  the  different  speci- 
fications to  which  the  various  kinds  of  insulated  wire  and  cables  are  manufactured, 
as  well  as  to  meet  the  manufacturer's  own  requirements. 


Chemical  Laboratory 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


121 


We  have  three  high  potential  alternating  current  testing  sets,  the  largest  of 
which  has  a  capacity  of  90  kilowatts  and  a  maximum  available  pressure  of  200,000 
volts.  These  testing  sets  are  in  daily  use,  not  only  for  purposes  set  forth  by  pur- 
chasers' specifications  and  the  National  Electrical  Code,  but  also  for  our  own 
assurance  as  to  the  high  electrical  quality  of  our  productions. 

The  high  potential  tests  are  followed  by  tests  for  insulation  resistance  and, 
when  required,  electrostatic  capacity.  These  are  made  to  prove  the  soundness  of 
the  dielectric,  after  the  application  of  high  voltage.  In  order  to  make  such  tests, 
the  company  uses  the  best  apparatus  procurable,  and  applies  the  most  highly 
scientific  methods  known.  No  length  of  insulated  wire  or  cable  is  allowed  to  leave 
the  factory  until  after  it  has  been  found,  by  the  foregoing  tests,  to  be  in  perfect 
electrical  condition.  Special  apparatus  is  also  available  for  the  exact  measurement 
of  the  conductivity  of  any  conductor  whether  bare  or  insulated. 


Rubber  - 

covered 

Wires 

and  Cables 


Immersion  Tanks 

The  company's  tanks,  for  immersion  tests,  are  supplied  by  an  artesian  well, 
from  a  depth  of  about  500  feet.  The  temperature  of  this  water  throughout  the  year 
runs  very  close  to  60  degrees  Fahrenheit,  which  in  itself  is  valuable,  when  it  is  con- 
sidered that  almost  all  specifications  call  for  electrical  tests  at  60  degrees  Fahrenheit. 

We  also  have  two  thoroughly  equipped  chemical  laboratories,  one  of  which  is 
used  exclusively  for  organic  chemical  research  work  in  connection  with  insulating 
materials  for  our  electrical  wires  and  cables. 

These  laboratories  are  operated  by  a  corps  of  practical  and  highly  skilled 
attendants  who  have  had  years  of  training  in  their  respective  lines  of  investigation. 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Rubber-  The  Wire  Inspection  Bureau  of  New  York  City  inspects  every  coi}  of  National 

covered         Electric  Code  wires  made  by  us.     All  coils  tested  and  passed  by  their  inspectors 
Wires  carry  the  certificate  of  the  Wire  Inspection  Bureau.     After  ten  hours'  immersion 

and  Cables  in  water,  an  alternating  current  of  1500  volts  from  a  generator  of  5  kilowatts 
capacity  is  applied  to  the  coil  for  five  seconds.  If  the  insulation  successfully  with- 
stands this  test,  the  coil  is  then  electrified  for  one  minute  with  a  current  of  at 
least  150  volts,  and  measured  for  insulation  resistance  in  megohms  per  mile 
according  to  the  following  table : 


Capacity 

Capacity 

Size 

Megohms 

Size 

Megohms 

Circular 

Megohms 

Circular 

Megohms 

Mils 

Mils 

14 
12 

200 
180 

2  and  3 
1 

140 
135 

250,000  \ 
300,000  f 

115 

650,0001 
to      V 

105 

10 

160 

0 

130 

350,000] 

800,000  } 

8  and  6 

150 

00 

125 

to     V 

110 

850,000 

5  and  4 

145 

000 

120 

600,000  i 

and    [• 

100 

0000 

115 

larger  \ 

Extracts  from   1909  National  Electrical  Code  Rules  and  Requirements 

41.     Rubber-covered  wire. 

a.  Copper  for  conductors  must  be  thoroughly  tinned. 

Insulation  for  Voltages,  0  to  600  Inclusive 

b.  Must  be  rubber  or  other  approved  substances,  homogeneous  in  char- 
acter, adhering  to  the  conductor,  and  of  a  thickness  not  less  than  that  given  in 
the  following  table : 


Brown  &  Sharpe  Gauge 

Thickness,  Inch 

Circular  Mils 

Thickness,  Inch 

18  to      16 
15  to        8 
7  to        2 
1  to  0000 

1 

250,000  to     500,000 
500,000  to  1,000,000 
Over  1,000,000 

\ 

% 

Measurements  of  insulating  wall  are  to  be  made  at  the  thinnest  portion  of  the 
dielectric. 

c.  The  complete  coverings  must  show  an  insulation  resistance  of  at  least 
100  megohms  per  mile  during  thirty  days'  immersion  in  water  at  70  degrees 
Fahrenheit  (21  degrees  Centigrade). 

d.  Each  foot  of  the  completed  covering  must  show  a  dielectric  strength 
sufficient  to  resist  throughout  five  minutes  the  application  of  an  electro-motive 
force  proportionate  to  the  thickness  of  insulation  in  accordance  with  the  follow- 
ing table : 


Thickness  in  64ths 
of  an  Inch 

Breakdown  Test  on  1  Foot 
Volts,  Alternating  Current 

Thickness  in  64ths 
of  an  Inch 

Breakdown  Test  on  1  Foot 
Volts,  Alternating  Current 

1 
2 
8 
4 
5 
6 

3,000 
6,000 
9,000 
11,000 
13,000 
15,000 

7 
8 
10 
12 
14 
16 

16,500 
18,000 
21,000 
23,500 
26,000 
28,000 

ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


123 


The  source  of  alternating  electro-motive  force  shall  be  a  transformer  of  at  least 
one  kilowatt  capacity.  The  application  of  the  electro-motive  force  shall  first  be 
made  at  4,000  volts  for  five  minutes  and  then  the  voltage  increased  by  steps  of  not 
over  3,000  volts,  each  held  for  five  minutes  until  the  rupture  of  the  insulation  occurs. 
The  tests  for  dielectric  strength  shall  be  made  on  a  sample  of  wire  which  has  been 
immersed  in  water  for  seventy-two  hours.  One  foot  of  the  wire  under  test  is  to  be 
submerged  in  a  conducting  liquid  held  in  a  metal  trough,  one  of  the  transformer 
terminals  being  connected  to  the  copper  of  the  wire  and  the  other  to  the  metal  of 
the  trough. 


Rubber- 
covered 
Wires 
and  Cables 


Insulation  for  Voltages,  601  to  3,500  Inclusive 

e.     The  thickness  of  the  insulating  wall  must  not  be  less  than  that  given- in 
the  following  table: 


Brown  &  Sharpe  Gauge 

Thickness,  Inch 

Circular  Mils 

Thickness,  Inch 

14  to        1 
0  to  0000 

& 

3  j  Covered  by 
32  j  tape  or  braid 

250,000  to  500,000 
Over  500,000 

335  j  Covered  by 
JHj  |  tape  or  braid 

/.  The  requirements  as  to  insulation  and  breakdown  resistance  for  wires 
for  low  potential  systems  shall  apply,  with  the  exception  that  an  insulation 
resistance  of  not  less  than  300  megohms  per  mile  shall  be  required. 

Insulation  for  Voltages  Over  3,500 

g.  Wire  for  arc  light  circuits  exceeding  3,500  volts  potential  must  have  an 
insulating  wall  not  less  than  three-sixteenths  of  an  inch  in  thickness,  and  shall 
withstand  a  breakdown  test  of  at  least  23,500  volts  and  have  an  insulation  of  at 
least  500  megohms  per  mile. 

The  tests  on  this  wire  to  be  made  under  the  same  conditions  as  for  low 
potential  wires. 

Specifications  for  insulations  for  alternating  currents  exceeding  3,500  volts  have  been  con- 
sidered, but  on  account  of  the  somewhat  complex  conditions  in  such  work  it  has  so  far  been 
deemed  inexpedient  to  specify  general  insulations  for  this  use. 


General 

h.  The  rubber  compound  or  other  approved  substance  used  as  insulation 
must  be  sufficiently  elastic  to  permit  all  wires  smaller  than  No.  7  B.  &  S.  gauge 
and  larger  than  No.  11  B  &  S.  gauge  to  be  bent  without  injury  to  the  insulation 
around  a  cylinder  twice  the  diameter  of  the  insulated  wire  measured  over  the 
outer  covering.  All  wires  No.  11  B.  &  S.  gauge  and  smaller  to  be  bent  without 
injury  to  the  insulation  around  a  cylinder  equal  to  the  diameter  of  the  insulated 
wire  measured  over  the  outer  covering. 

/.  All  of  the  above  insulations  must  be  protected  by  a  substantial  braided 
covering  properly  saturated  with  a  preservative  compound.  This  covering 
must  be  sufficiently  strong  to  withstand  all  the  abrasions  likely  to  be  met  with 
in  practice,  and  must  substantially  conform  to  approved  samples  submitted  by 
the  manufacturer. 


124  AMERICAN  STEEL  AND  WIRE  COMPANY 


Rubber-  Shipping  of  Rubber  Insulated  and  Braided  Wire 

covered 

Wires  No.  6  and  finer  single  conductor  rubber  insulated  and  braided  are  shipped  in 

and  Cables  500-foot  coils,  having  a  12-inch  eye,  wrapped  in  paper,  and  packed  in  boxes  or 
barrels,  unless  otherwise  specified.  Larger  sizes  as  a  rule  are  shipped  on  reels,  as 
tabulated. 

No.  10  and  finer  duplex  parallel  rubber  insulated  and  braided  are  shipped  in  500- 
foot  coils,  having  a  12-inch  eye,  and  in  other  respects  the  same  as  the  single  con- 
ductor. 

No.  12  and  finer  twisted  pair  rubber  insulated  and  braided  are  shipped  in  500- 
foot  and  1,000-foot  coils,  and  in  other  respects  the  same  as  the  single  conductor. 


Globe  Rubber   Insulated   Wires  and 
Cables 


For    Incandescent    Lighting,  Street    Railway 

Feeders,  Power  Transmission  Lines  and 

Telegraph  and  Telephone  Service 


The  conductivity  of  all  copper  used  in  the  manu- 
facture of  Globe  Wire  is  98  per  cent,  or  higher, 
Matthiessen's  standard.  All  wires  are  thoroughly 
annealed,  tinned  and  insulated  to  meet  the  require- 
ments of  the  National  Electrical  Code  Standard.  An 
excellent  rubber-covered  wire  for  low  potential  lines, 
600  volts  or  less.  All  finished  wire  is  inspected, 
tested  and  stamped  by  the  Wire  Inspection  Bureau. 

White  distinguishing  tracer  worsted  thread  placed 
between  braid  and  rubber. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


125 


3 
I 


J5 

jO 

o 


I  111 


a,    .x 

o 


s  a 

--  < 

l! 


9    1  >    fc 


-      . 
*»      3     o    3 

• 


Fll 


fill 


•?  (0-213 


U2   t/)   tfl   CO   CO 


O  O  O  O  O 

oouuo 


'•r-i  C-i  M  tf  «O  3D  < 


X'  X  X* 
r-t-t-os 


zz 
11 


o  S 

s 


Ssooooooo 
OCJOOOUO 


u-r!   u^=    .OCQ< 

"Sj-S .-S3  gggg^gggggg*®*5**** 
c  SS-^'S  SSSSSSSwSSSSSS^S 


£  2  S  « 


ssssssssssssss; 


>oo^« 


Rubber- 
covered 
Wires 
and  Cables 


\i  .»-)  C  ^  Z* 

*3!&i 


tin  I! 


! 


> 

r!  ^  o:^  .  * 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Rubber- 
covered 
Wires 
and  Cables 


S    2 


>2 

<D 

O    -0 

31 

rt   .,_, 
'^3    aj 

g  J 

0  >> 

&  # 

1  fe 

O   T3 

^5 

o 

fc 


'H  S  X.A  8 


ss 

I: 
II 

ii 


i« 


Iii 


C/3 

I* 


"OOOOO 


OOOOOOOOOOO 

x'  «'  x'  «  *  x'  x  x  x  x'  x' 


)  03  CO  SO! 


XXXXXXXXXXX 

cococococoSSSSSS 


8-3  ™      M 

i>  g  cc"     -d 

111  * 

.•2^-°     « 

X  3  £      'C 
.2  >  o   ."o 


fiJ8|| 


^|pgS 

|i^2^4 


IlliP§ 


.»-•:-• 


.SS.SZ 


ELECTRICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES     127 


Globe  Duplex  Wires  and  Cables 


Rubber- 
covered 
Wires 
and  Cables 


Tinned  Copper  Conductors,  Insulated  and  Braided,  Black  Finish 

Two  insulated  conductors  are  laid  paralled  with  one  braid  over  all 

National  Electrical  Code  Standard 

For  low  potential,  0-600  volts 
Order  by  List  Numbers.     Prices  Quoted  on  Application. 


Thickness 

Approximate  Diameters  over 
Single  Braid 

List  Number 

Shipped 

Size 

of 

on 

B   &  S. 

Rubber 

Reel 

Inches 

Solid 
Inches 

Strand 
Inches 

Solid 

Strand 

Number 

0000 

5-64 

48-64  x  91-64 

52-64  x  99-64 

1280C 

1300C 

1020 

000 

5-64 

44-64  x  82-64 

48-64  x  92-64 

1280B 

1300B 

1013 

00 

5-64 

41-64  x  77-64 

44-64  x  83-64 

1280  A 

1300A 

1013 

0 

5-64 

38-64  x  71-64 

41-64  x  78-64 

1280 

1300 

1013 

1 

5-64 

35-64  x  66-64 

38-64  x  72-64 

1281 

1301 

1002 

2 

4  64 

31-64  x  58-64 

34-64  x  63-64 

1282 

1302 

1002 

3 

4-64 

29-64x54-64 

31-64  x  58-64 

1283 

1303 

1002 

4 

4-64 

28-64  x  51-64 

30-64  x  54-64 

1284 

1304 

325 

5 

4-64 

26-64  x  48-64 

27-64  x  50-64 

1285 

1305 

335 

6 

4-64 

25-64  x  45-64 

26-64  x  48-64 

1286 

1306 

335 

8 

3-64 

21-64  x  31-64 

22-64  x  39-64 

1288 

1308 

1004 

10 

3-64 

19-64  x  33-64 

20-64  x  35-64 

1290 

1310 

Coils 

12 

3-64 

17-64  x  81-64 

18-64  x  32-64 

1292 

1312 

Coils 

14 

3-64 

16-64  x  28-64 

17-64  x  29-64 

1294 

1314 

Coils 

16 

2-64 

13-64  x  22-64 

14-64  x  23-64 

1296 

1316 

Coils 

18 

2-64 

12-64  x  21-64 

1298 

Coils 

Specifications.  Tinned  annealed  copper  wires  or  strands  of  highest  conductivity,  each 
conductor  insulated  with  code  thickness  of  vulcanized  rubber  and  protected  by  saturated  tape  or 
braid  ;  two  finished  conductors  laid  parallel,  covered  with  a  heavy  cotton  braid  over  all,  saturated 
in  black  weatherproof  compound.  Special  finish  for  conduit  work. 

Sizes  14  B.  &  S.  and  larger,  inspected  and  tested  by  the  Wire  Inspection  Bureau. 

The  underwriters'  rules  permit  the  use  of  these  wires  in  conduits,  sizes  No.  14 
and  larger.  No.  8  and  larger  shipped  on  reels  containing  approximately  1,000-foot 
lengths,  No.  10  and  smaller  shipped  in  approximately  500-foot  coils. 

Regarding  reels  see  page  50. 


128    AMERICAN    STEEL    AND    WIRE    COMPANY 


Rubber- 
covered 
Wires 
and  Cables 


Globe  Fixture  Wire 

Light  Insulation 


Solid  Tinned  Copper  Conductor,  Rubber  Insulation,  Single  Braid — Black  Finish 


Size 
B.  &  S. 

Thickness  of 
Rubber 
Inches 

Approximate 
Diameter  over 
Braid 
Inches 

List  Number 

Standard  Coils 
Approximate 
Quantities 
Feet 

12 
14 
16 
18 
19 
20 

1-64 
1-64 
1-64 
1-64 
1-64 
1-64 

9-64 
8-64 
6-64 
5-64 
5-64 
5-64 

1362 
1364 
1366 
1368 
1369 
1370 

500 
500 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 

Specifications.  Solid  tinned  annealed  copper  wire  of  highest  conductivity,  insulated  with  ^ 
inch  vulcanized  rubber,  covered  with  single  braid  of  cotton,  saturated  in  black  weatherproof 
compound,  and  smoothly  polished. 

Used  only  in  arms  of  fixtures  not  exceeding  24  inches  in  length,  and  to  supply  not  more  than 
one  16  candle-power  lamp. 

For  heavy  insulation  fixture  wire,  see  page  125,  list  Nos.  312  to  318  inclusive. 

Rubber-covered  Copper  Telephone  Wire 

While  there  are  many  sizes  and  kinds  of  conductors  under  this  heading,  the 
following  are  considered  standard  by  the  larger  telephone  companies : 

No.   14  B.  &  S.  Twisted  Pair  "Outside  Distributing  'Wire " 


Each  conductor  hard  drawn  tinned  copper  wire,  insulated  to  a  diameter  of  3% 
of  an  inch  over  rubber  and  covered  with  a  cotton  braid,  saturated  with  black 
weatherproof  compound,  wax  finish,  one  conductor  having  a  raised  tracer  to  dis- 
tinguish it  from  the  other. 


ELECTRICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES 


No.    18  B.  &  S.  Twisted  Pair  "Bridle  Wire" 


Rubber- 
covered 

Wires 
and  Cables 


Each  conductor  soft  drawn  tinned  copper  wire,  insulated  to  a  diameter  of  ^7¥  of 
an  inch  over  rubber  and  covered  with  a  cotton  braid,  saturated  with  black  weather- 
proof compound,  wax  finish,  one  conductor  having  a  raised  tracer  to  distinguish  it 
from  the  other. 


No.    19  B.  &  S.  Single  Conductor,  Twisted  Pair,  and  Triple  Conductor  "Inside"  or 

"Sub-station"  Wire 


Conductors  soft  drawn  tinned  copper  insulated  to  a  diameter  of  ^  of  an  inch 
over  rubber,  covered  with  a  single  hard  glazed  cotton  braid.  Single  conductors  are 
braided  with  plain  colored  cotton,  while  in  the  twisted  pair  one  conductor  contains  a 
differently  colored  tracer  thread,  and  in  triple  conductor  two  of  the  three  wires 
contain  different  colors  or  different  design  of  tracer  threads,  thus  making  no  two  of 
the  conductor  braids  alike.  Sometimes  a  differently  colored  cotton  braid  is  used, 
one  for  each  conductor,  for  purposes  of  distinction. 


"Pot  Head"  Wires,  Plain  Telephone  Conductors 


Furnished  in  the  smaller  sizes,  18,  19,  20  or  22  B.  &  S.  gauge,  either  single  con- 
ductor or  twisted  pair.  Soft  tinned  copper  conductors  insulated  to  a  diameter  of 
•/g  of  an  inch  over  rubber  without  any  outer  braid  or  protection.  In  case  of  twisted 
pairs,  one  conductor  is  sometimes  made  of  a  differently  colored  rubber  than  the 
other  so  as  to  discriminate  between  them. 


130 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Rubber-  The  following  table  includes  the  foregoing  telephone  wires  and  others  not  other- 

covered         wise  described.     Any  of  the  sizes  can  be  furnished  in  single  or  multiple  conductors. 
Wires 
and  Cables 


Telephone  Wires,  Twisted  Pairs 


5 

List  Numbers 

Size 
B.  &S. 

Finish 

Over 
Rubber 

Approximate 
Weight  per 
1000  Feet 

No  Test 

100 
Megohms 

Over  100 
Megohms 

14 

Braided 

11-64 

9141 

9040 

9040A 

75 

14 

Braided 

5-32                        9145 

9045 

9045A 

68 

16 

Braided 

5-32 

9165 

9065 

9065A 

72 

16 

Braided 

9-64 

9169 

9069 

9069A 

55 

16 

Braided 

4-32 

9164 

9064 

9064A 

40 

18 

Braided 

4-32 

9184 

9084 

9084A 

35 

18 

Braided 

7-64 

9187 

9087 

9087A 

82 

19 

Braided 

7-64 

9197 

9097 

9097A 

30 

19 

Braided 

3-32 

9193 

9098 

9093A 

28 

20  or  22 

Braided 

3-32 

(9120 
19122 

9020 
9022 

9020A  ) 
9022A) 

26 

19 

Plain 

3-32 

9193  P 

9093  P 

9093  B 

20 

20  or  22 

Plain 

8-32 

(9120P 
\9122P 

9020  P 
9022  P 

9020  B  ) 
9022B  } 

24 

Telephone  Cables 

These  are  made  to  include  any  number  of  single  conductors  or  twisted  pairs 
of  telephone  wires  either  plain  or  braided,  bunched  together  or  laid  up  con- 
centrically, with  a  tape  or  cotton  braid  or  other  fibrous  covering  over  all.  They 
are  frequently  encased  in  a  lead  sheath,  or  armored.  These  cables  vary  greatly  in 
construction  and  are  furnished  to  buyers'  requirements  and  specifications. 

Rubber -covered  Iron  Telephone  Wire — Single  Conductor 


These  conductors  are  generally  No.  12  or  No.  14  B.  W.  G.  galvanized 
iron  wire  insulated  with  code  thickness  of  vulcanized  rubber,  either  single  or 
double  cotton  braid  weatherproof  saturated  and  wax  polished. 


Thickness 

Single  Braid 

Double  Braid 

B.  W.  G. 

Rubber 
Inches 

List 
Number 

Approximate 
Weight  per  1000 
Feet 

List 
Number 

Approximate 
Weight  per  1000 
Feet 

12 

B3« 

1512 

100 

1512A 

140 

14 

£ 

1514 

75 

1514A 

100 

When  furnished  in  twisted  pairs,  one  conductor  contains  a  raised  tracer  thread 
to  distinguish  it  from  the  other  conductor. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


131 


In  addition  to  the  above  styles  of  telephone  wire,  we  manufacture  the  following: 

Spider  Wire 

The  accepted  interpretation  of  this  term  is  synonymous  with  Bridle  wire, 
except  that  it  is  used  singly  instead  of  in  pairs.     Braids  and  finish  are  the  same. 


Rubber- 
covered 
Wires 
and  Cables 


Drop  Wire 

No.  14  B.  &  S.  twisted  pair,  ¥5¥  inch  over  insulation,  with  black  saturated 
weatherproof  braid,  and  raised  marker  in  one  conductor.  Hard  drawn  copper. 

This  service  involves  the  drop  from  the  pole  terminal  to  the  house  bracket. 
No.  16  B.  &  S.  insulated  to  3%  inch  is  extensively  used,  but  on  account  of  the 
severe  service  to  which  this  type  of  wire  is  put,  necessitating  great  resistance  to 
climatic  conditions,  No.  14  B.  &  S.  is  considered  the  standard,  because  of  its  in- 
creased tensile  strength. 

Jumper  Wire 

This  is  often  confused  with  Spider  and  Bridle  wire  in  outside  construction,  but 
by  the  more  general  acceptance  of  the  term,  it  applies  to  the  wire  used  for  cross- 
connecting  service  on  the  main  distributing  frame.  It  is  usually  a  No.  20  or 
No.  22  B.  &  S.  wire  insulated  to  ¥\  inch  with  flame-proof  braids ;  if  twisted  pair, 
one  is  red  and  one  white. 

Packing  House  Cord 


For  Low  Potential,  0-600  Volts 


Order  by  List  Number 


Prices  Quoted  on  Application 


Size 
B.  &S. 

Thickness  of 
Rubber 
Inches 

List 
Number 

Approximate 
Weight  per 
1000  Feet 
Pounds 

Size 
B.  &S. 

Thickness  of 
Rubber 
Inches 

List 
Number 

Approximate 
Weight  per 
1000  Feet 
Pounds 

10 

3-64 

4950 

142 

16 

2-64 

4956 

52 

12 

3-64 

4952 

107 

18 

2-64 

4958 

41 

14 

3-64 

4954 

84 

20 

2-64 

4960 

33 

Specifications.  Each  conductor  made  up  of  a  seven-tinned  copper  wire  strand,  insulated 
with  code  thickness  of  vulcanized  rubber,  covered  with  a  cotton  braid,  saturated  with 
weatherproof  compound.  Two  such  finished  conductors  twisted  into  pairs,  the  interstices  of 
which  are  filled  with  jute  laterals  to  make  the  whole  cylindrical,  and  then  braided  over  all  with 
two  heavy  cotton  braids,  saturated  with  a  weatherproof  compound,  and  given  a  wax  polish  finish. 

Used  for  incandescent  lighting  in  packing  houses  and  similar  places. 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Rubber- 

covered 


Elevator  Lighting  Cable 

This  consists  of  two  No.  14  B.  &  S.  rubber  insulated  and  braided  conductors, 
d  C  bl      twisted  into  a    cable  (with   cushioned   steel  supporting  strand  if  required)  and 
finished  with  three  hard  glazed  or  weatherproof  saturated  cotton  braids. 


Brewery  Cord 


For  Low  Potential,  0-600  Volts 


Size 
B.  &  S. 

Thickness  of 
Rubber 
Inches 

List 
Number 

Approximate 
Weight  per 
1000  Feet 
Pounds 

Size 
B.  &S. 

Thickness  of 
Rubber 
Inches 

List 

Number 

Approximate 
Weight  per 
1000  Feet 
Pounds 

10 

3-64 

4930 

120 

16 

2-64 

4936 

39 

12 

3-64 

4932 

89 

18 

2-64 

4938 

30 

14 

3-64 

4934 

(.8 

20 

2-64 

4940 

23 

Specifications.  Each  conductor  made  up  of  a  seven-tinned  copper  wire  strand,  insulated  with 
code  thickness  of  vulcanized  rubber,  covered  with  a  cotton  braid  and  saturated  with  weather- 
proof compound,  wax  polish  finish.  Two  such  finished  conductors  are  then  twisted  into  pairs, 
forming  a  flexible  cord. 

Border  Light  Cables 

The  construction  of  these  cables  corresponds  exactly  with  that  of  Theater  or 
Stage  cables  (see  next  page),  but  consists  of  more  than  two  conductors. 

Deck  Cables 

Each  conductor  made  up  of  a  seven-tinned  copper  wire  strand  insulated  with 
code  thickness  of  vulcanized  rubber  and  covered  with  a  cotton  braid.  Two  such 
conductors  are  then  twisted  into  pairs  (the  interstices  of  which  are  filled  with  jute 
laterals  to  make  the  whole  cylindrical),  over  which  is  placed  a  supplementary  layer 
of  vulcanized  rubber  -^  inch  thick,  then  braided  over  all  with  one  cotton  braid 
saturated  with  weatherproof  compound,  wax  polish  finish. 


Size  B.  &  S 

List  Number 

Size  B.  &  S 

List  Number 

10 
12 
14 

4960 
4962 
4964 

16 

18 

4966 
4968 

Elevator  Control  Cable 

This  consists  of  any  number  of  stranded  copper  conductors  insulated  with  vul- 
canized rubber,  braided,  all  stranded  into  a  cable  and  covered  over  all  with  three 
strong  cotton  braids  saturated  with  weatherproof  compound,  wax  polish  finish. 

Steel  supporting  strands  can  be  included  if  desired. 


ELECTRICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES     133 


Theater  or  Stage  Cables 


Rubber- 

covered 

Wires 

and  Cables 


Consists  of  two  extra  flexible  strands  of  tinned  copper  wires,  each  strand  in- 
sulated with  code  thickness  of  vulcanized  rubber,  protected  with  a  cotton  braid 
saturated  with  weatherproof  compound. 

Two  such  finished  conductors  are  then  twisted  into  pairs,  the  interstices  of 
which  are  filled  with  jute  laterals  to  make  the  whole  cylindrical,  and  over  which  is 
then  placed  two  heavy  cotton  braids,  saturated  with  a  weatherproof  compound, 
wax  polish  finish. 


Size,  B.  &  S. 

Number  of 
Wires  in  Strand 

List  Number 

Size,  B.  &  S. 

Number  of 
Wires  in  Strand 

List  Number 

1 

259 

4971 

8 

49 

4978 

2 

210 

4972 

10 

31 

4980 

3 

151 

4973 

12 

21 

4982 

4 

133 

4974 

14 

14 

4984 

6 

49 

4976 

Crown  Rubber  Insulated  Wires  and  Cables 


For  Incandescent  Lighting,  Telegraph  and  Telephone  Service, 

Street  Railway  Feeders  and  Power  Transmission 

Lines.     Recommended  Specially  for  Office 

Buildings  and  Municipal  Wiring 


A    High    Grade    Rubber    Insulation    for 
Electrical  Code  Standard 


National 


Crown  wire  has  an  insulation  which  has  made  a  record 
for  long  life  and  for  high  insulating  qualities.  The  thickness  of 
rubber  placed  on  all  code  wires  and  cables  provides  a  wide 
margin  of  safety  and  gives  a  high  grade  insulation  for  all  voltages 
up  to  3500,  and  for  arc  light  circuits  of  7000  volts  or  less. 

The  conductors  are  made  of  tinned  annealed  copper,  of 
highest  conductivity.  Covered  with  code  thickness  of  rubber, 
protected  with  one  or  two  closely  woven  strong  and  elastic 
cotton  braids,  or  with  tape  and  braid,  saturated  in  a  weather- 
proof preservative  compound  and  smoothly  finished.  Purple 
distinguishing  tracer  thread  embedded  in  rubber  lengthwise  of 
wire  and  under  braid. 


134 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Rubber- 
covered 
Wires 
and  Cables 


o 
-g 


A  — . 

o  a 

O  .« 

1  I 

a  id 


- 
ca      « 


33-8 

3  S  < 


Q    W^ 


i 


tai 


.f?  J2,2  jf? 
'o 'o'o'o 


)  CD  < 

:si§3S3£§&53i 


)  eo  coeo  co  co 


>oo^ 


(M  CO  •*  10  CO  00  O  <S 


24J 
OJ 

II 


113 


iii 


111 

« 


s  8  o' 


i  t2  j+  E>  "2  "'7  ""T  ' 


|        I        1        I        I        |        |        | 


,go^c 


|6j- 


SB9S  S 


HI 


' 


-        , 
° 


a§SS'3 

82  i£  a'd 
^ 

T^-j  tw    >-«4-l    O 

m  0^5  o  o 

l^la^ 
$3  a>  o  JVC 
rt  a  -a>;~ 
cj^«]^3^  pj 

_^-H  "o  ~£  J3? 


'£•3.9 


.81M3I 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


135 


w    2 


o 

s  I 

1  I 


lliil 

T3  jtf  ^  «P»H 

BIJgs 

Cfl  PH  <3  ^-^ 


ai 


W  ^  fa 


33  « 

s  e-6 


a,W 

£* 


^^uooo 


i    i    i    ,    i    i    i    i    i    i    i    i 

•*4-OCDCOOt--lOCOOJ>  ^^ 


CCOO5OCD5OCOCOCOi3DtOC0'.O 
^Hl*-COOI^-'Tt(G^Or»^rG<?T— IO 

OTt^TfcoMicro^wcj'NOi 


!  (N  Oi  C 

,=0=00 

)  co  to  t 


iSS§§ 


)00^ 


IM  co  •*  «>  oo  o  « 


X.A 


g    OJ 

II 


I  ill 

EH  S^^ 


>  o  c  o  o 
"JUOO 


ooooggggggoc,^ 


i-rH-^Tt-^-^Tf-^rtiTf-^ 


•«    & 


11!? 


Sill 


Rubber- 
covered 
Wires 
and  Cables 


136 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Rubber- 
covered 
Wires 
and  Cables 


, 

atf  S 

Ssl 


*i   c/i  'tl   o 

H«f^ 


-|J 


Ji'o^  S 
.a  «-S^ 


s  •»-« 


o    o 


Nil 


"S  8  x- 

ni  M  o 
-§^1 


^  C   <f>i3 

ill! 


3  O  O  O  O  O 

"CJUOOU 


•  ^,  v; 

>  CO  CD  C 


j  co  S  : 


?????f??Sij 

isssr- 


Iff}; 


oqoooqooooo 
XXXXXXXXXXX 


ragg  o 

•e  cr>  X.    -"-> 


£•0  n+Jo'S 

"8  «M  §£  w 


fl-S  ™ 

CM  g  oT 
"2^2 


I-   W   ^$3  53  05 

ilia 


•d  o 
a;  - 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


137 


I 


-O 
</) 

I 


BM  s 

£§* 


£ 
•MT3 

e'S 

.SPQ 
P^ 
w'w; 


H  o 


>  CO  CO  CO  C«  ^> 

'SSSSS 


,5000 
'-'OOO 


)  K>  CO  CO  CO  CO  CO  < 
)  CO  CO  CO  CO  CO  CO  ! 


b  « 


II 


u™ 
w    . 


>  O  O  O  O  O 

'UUOOU 


300»^t< 
!  OJ  N(M  ( 


xxxxxxxxxxxxxx 

ThTt<T)<rhTtl-<*TfTl<Ttl'^l 


»O^n'COCOCO(MNN 

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx 


Rubb" 


and  Cables 


^o  _- 


Essi';jj 


^felb, 


s/  -  ^,— 

fififill 


S     «  ^^  *•«  M 


S  0-5 

tS   $    (H 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Rubber- 
covered 
Wires 
and  Cables 


u 


<      J 


IIIoll 
<   p 


I 


aaOOSOTHN 


44444 


t 
be 


~  e 


IJ' 


per  strand  of 
ton  or  paper 
otected  by 
with  black 


ic  cars  and 
conductors 
ound  on  the 
which  leaves 


p 
d 

ct 
d 
w 


annealed  c 
ind  of  fine  c 
lation.  This 
ughly  satura 


circuits  in  e 
ubber  insula 
ton  or  pape 
removed  a 


opso     £^g-5 
g  <s  §  S-elaJs  "  « 

'£  id'"1 
0  t-i 


cifications  Car  cables  consist  of  tin 
conductivity,  over  which  is  placed 
ode  thickness  of  vulcanized  rubber  in 
of  closely  woven  cotton  braid,  tho 
roof  compound  and  finished  smooth 
cable  is  used  for  both  power  and  li 
ad  cables.  It  differs  from  the  othe 
escribed,  in  having  a  layer  of  fine 
r  underneath  the  rubber,  which  is  e 
uctor  clean  for  jointing. 


Spec 
highest 
and  a  co 
a  braid 
weather 
his 
lea 
y  d 
cto 
nd 


a 
T 
motor 
alread 
condu 
the  co 


rand  of  highest  conductivity, 
ade  vulcanized  rubber,  pro- 
heavy  cotton  braids,  each  of 
-proof  compound,  smoothly 

e  suggestion  of  many  super- 
are  using  it  for  wiring  their 
braid  will  not  ignite  or  carry 

1000-foot  lengths. 


ber  of  ds,  saturated  in  fire 
ted  by  heavy  braids,  thoroughl 
vering  possesses  good  mechanic 
reels,  see  page  50. 


ELECTRICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES     139 


Mining  Machine  Cables 


Rubber- 
covered 
Wires 
and  Cables 


Tinned  Copper— Duplex  Parallel— Flexible  Conductors 


For  Low  Potential,  0-600  Volts 


Size 
B.  &  S. 

Number  and 
Diameter  of 
Wires  in 
Strand,  Inches 

Thickness 
of  Rubber 
Inches 

Approximate 
Dimensions  of 
3-Braid  Finished 
Cable,  Inches 

Approximate 
Weight  per 
1000  Feet 
3-Braid,  Lbs. 

List  Number 
for  3  Outer  Braids 

Shipped  on 
Reel 
Number 

Crown 
Insulation 

Globe 
Insulation 

2 

49  x  .0369 

4-64 

1.174  x  .700 

748 

290 

1342 

1002 

3 

49  x  .0327 

4-64 

1.081  x  .650 

597 

291 

1343 

1002 

4 

49  x  .0292 

4-64 

1.000  x  .608 

468 

292 

1344 

335 

5 

49  x  .026 

4-64 

.930  x  .565 

408 

292A 

1344A 

335 

6 

49  x  .023 

4-64 

.920  x  .545 

344 

293 

1346 

335 

8 

49  x  .0184 

3-64 

.880  x  .515 

232 

294 

1348 

1004 

9 

49  x  .0163 

3-64 

.696  x  .420 

204 

294A 

1348A 

1004 

10 

49  x  .0145 

3-64 

.659  x  .400 

177 

295 

1350 

1004 

Specifications.  Mining  machine  cables  consist  of  two  flexible  strands  of  tinned  annealed 
copper  of  highest  conductivity,  each  of  which  is  insulated  with  code  thickness  of  vulcanized 
rubber  and  protected  with  a  braid  of  cotton  saturated  with  weatherproof  compound.  The  two 
finished  cables  are  then  placed  side  by  side  and  covered  with  two  or  three  strong  cotton  braids, 
thoroughly  saturated  in  \\eatherproof  compound.  This  construction  will  withstand  the  most 
severe  abrasions.  While  this  cable  is  commonly  used  in  sizes  from  2  to  10  B.  &  S.,  we  are  prepared 
to  make  other  sizes  to  specifications.  Hard  spun  cotton  cord  braids  will  be  substituted  for  the 
regular  cotton  braid  at  a  slightly  advanced  price,  when  same  is  required  for  extra  hard  usage. 

As  its  name  indicates,  this  cable  is  especially  suited  for  mining  purposes  or  for 
any  other  portable  service  where  the  cable  will  receive  rough  handling. 
Regarding  reels,  see  page  50. 


Duplex  Concentric  Stranded  Mining  Machine  Cables 


140 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Rubber- 
covered 
Wires 
and  Cables 


Duplex  Concentric  Stranded  Mining  Machine  Cables — Continued 


For  Low  Potential,  0-600  Volts 


Number  of  Wires 

Thickness  of  Rubber 

Maximun  Out- 

Size 
B.  &S. 

Inner 

Outer 

Inner 

Outer 

List     • 
Number 

side  Diameter 
over  One  Braid 

Conductor 

Conductor 

Conductor 

Conductor 

Inch 

4 

49 

37 

4-64 

4-64 

1354 

.825 

6 

49 

37 

4-64 

4-64 

1356 

.760 

8 

49 

37 

3-64 

3-64 

1358 

.642 

Specifications,  Grade  "A"  The  inner  conductor  is  made  up  of  tinned  annealed  copper  wires, 
stranded  into  a  flexible  cable  and  insulated  with  code  thickness  of  high  grade  vulcanized  rubber. 
This  is  taped  or  braided  as  required.  Over  this  tape  or  braid  is  stranded  the  outer  conductor, 
consisting  of  a  number  of  tinned  annealed  copper  wires,  equal  in  area  to  the  central  conductor. 
These  wires  are  insulated  with  code  thickness  of  high  grade  vulcanized  rubber  and  protected 
with  braid  or  with  tape  and  braid  of  strong  cotton  thoroughly  saturated  in  weatherproof  compound. 
Hard  spun  cotton  cord  braids  will  be  substituted  for  the  regular  cotton  braid  at  a  slightly 
advanced  price,  when  same  is  required  for  extra  hard  usage. 

Grade  "B."    Made  the  same  as  Grade  "A"  without  the  outside  belt  of  rubber. 

This  concentric  mining  cable  is  sometimes  used  as  a  substitute  for  the  duplex 
parallel  mining  cables.  It  is  not  so  flexible  as  the  duplex  parallel  and  it  offers 
greater  difficulties  in  making  connections  to  the  terminal  lugs.  On  the  other  hand, 
under  certain  conditions,  the  cylindrical  form  of  conductor  has  advantages  over  the 
duplex  parallel  oval  form. 


High  Grade  30  Per  Cent,  and  Special  Rubber 
Insulated  Wires  and  Cables 


For   Station  Wiring,  Arc  Light  and  Signal 

Service,  Street  Railroad  Feeders  and  High 

Voltage  Power  Transmission  Lines 


Rubber-covered  wires  and  cables  made  to  the 
most  exacting  specifications;  in  any  size  or  finish  and 
for  all  services  and  voltages.  Insulated  with  rubber 
compounds  containing  only  the  highest  grades  of  Para 
rubber  and  other  necessary  preservative  ingredients. 
The  exact  composition  of  the  rubber  compound  used 
and  the  thickness  of  the  rubber  insulation  will  in  every 
case  be  determined  by  the  working  voltage  and  by  the 
nature  of  the  service.  The  conductors  will  be  furnished 
solid,  stranded  or  extra  flexible  as  ordered,  annealed 
and  heavily  tinned. 


ELECTRICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES     141 


We  Manufacture  Wires  and  Cables  to  the  Following  Specifications  for  30  Per       Rubber- 
Cent.  Rubber  Insulating  Compound  which  have  been  Accepted  covered 
by  the  Leading  American  Engineers  Wires 

The  compound  shall  contain  not  less  than  30  per  cent,  by  weight  of  fine  dry  Para 
rubber  which  has  not  previously  been  used  in  rubber  compounds.  The  composi- 
tion of  the  remaining  70  per  cent,  shall  be  left  to  the  discretion  of  the  manufacturer. 

Chemical 

The  vulcanized  rubber  compound  shall  contain  not  more  than  6  per  cent,  by 
weight  of  Acetone  Extract.  For  this  determination,  the  Acetone  extraction  shall 
be  carried  on  for  five  hours  in  a  Soxhlet  extractor,  as  improved  by  Dr.  C.  O.  Weber. 

Mechanical 

The  rubber  insulation  shall  be  homogeneous  in  character,  shall  be  placed  con- 
centrically about  the  conductor,  and  shall  have  a  tensile  strength  of  not  less  than 
800  pounds  per  square  inch. 

From  any  wire  on  which  the  wall  of  insulation  does  not  exceed  ^  inch,  a 
sample  of  vulcanized  rubber  compound  not  less  than  4  inches  in  length  shall  be  cut 
with  a  sharp  knife  held  tangent  to  the  copper.  Marks  should  be  placed  on  the  sam- 
ple 2  inches  apart.  The  sample  shall  be  stretched  until  the  marks  are  6  inches 
apart  and  then  immediately  released ;  one  minute  after  such  release,  the  marks  shall 
not  be  over  2^  inches  apart.  The  sample  shall  then  be  stretched  until  the  marks 
are  9  inches  apart  before  breaking. 

In  case  the  wall  of  insulation  exceeds  ^  inch,  the  return  required  shall  be  2>£ 
inches  instead  of  2^  inches,  and  the  stretch  before  breaking  shall  be  8  inches  instead 
of  9  inches. 

For  the  purpose  of  these  tests,  care  must  be  used  in  cutting  to  obtain  a  proper 
sample,  and  the  manufacturer  shall  not  be  responsible  for  results  obtained  from 
samples  imperfectly  cut. 

These  tests  are  made  at  a  temperature  not  less  than  50  degrees  F. 

For  high  tension  service,  it  is  recommended  that  the  above  mechanical  require- 
ments of  the  rubber  be  eliminated. 

Electrical 

Each  and  every  length  of  conductor  shall  comply  with  the  requirements  given 
in  the  following  table.  The  tests  shall  be  made  at  the  works  of  the  manufacturer 
when  the  conductor  is  covered  with  vulcanized  rubber  and  before  the  application 
of  other  covering  than  tape  or  braid. 

Tests  shall  be  made  after  at  least  twelve  hours'  submersion  in  water  and  while  still 
immersed.  The  voltage  specified  shall  be  applied  for  five  minutes.  The  insulation 
test  shall  follow  the  voltage  test,  shall  be  made  with  a  battery  of  not  less  than  100 
nor  more  than  500  volts,  and  the  reading  shall  be  taken  after  one  minute's  electrifi- 
cation. Where  tests  for  acceptance  are  made  by  the  purchaser  on  his  own  premises, 
such  tests  shall  be  made  within  ten  days  of  receipt  of  wire  or  cable  by  purchaser. 

Inspection 

The  purchaser  may  send  to  the  works  of  the  manufacturer,  a  representative 
who  shall  be  afforded  all  necessary  facilities  to  make  the  above  specified  electrical 
and  mechanical  tests,  and  also  to  assure  himself  that  the  30  per  cent,  of  the  rubber 
above  specified  is  actually  put  into  the  compound,  but  he  shall  not  be  privileged  to 
inquire  what  ingredients  are  used  to  make  up  the  remaining  70  per  cent,  of  the 
compound. 


142          AMERICAN          STEEL          AND          WIRE  COMPANY 


Rubber- 
covered 
Wires 
and  Cables 


Specifications — Continued 

Voltage  Test  for  Five  Minutes 
For  Thirty  Minutes'  Test,  Take  80  Per  Cent,  of  These  Figures 


Size 

Thickness  of  Insulation  in  Inches 

A 

A 

65J 

A 

675 

A 

A 

A 

7 
32 

A 

1000000) 
to  V 
550000  i 

6000 

8000 

12000 

16000 

19000 

22000 

500000) 
to  V 
250000  j 

•  • 

•  • 

•  • 

5000 

7000 

9000 

13000 

16000 

19000 

22000 

4/0  1 

to  >• 

•  • 

4000 

6000 

8000 

10000 

13000 

16000 

19000 

22000 

to  [ 

•  • 

3000 

5000 

7000 

9000 

11000 

14000 

16000 

18000 

20000 

8   | 
to  [ 
14  f 

3000 

4500 

6000 

7500 

9000 

10000 

11000 

12000 

Megohms  per  Mile — 60  Degrees  F. 
One  Minute  Electrification 


Thickness  of  Insulation  in  Inches 


Size 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

8 
¥¥ 

1000000  C.  M. 

300 

840 

420 

490 

560 

630 

900000  C.  M. 

320 

360 

440 

510 

590 

660 

800000  C.  M. 

330 

380 

460 

540 

610 

690 

700000  C.  M. 

350 

400 

490 

570 

650 

730 

600000  C.  M. 

380 

430 

520 

610 

690 

770 

500000  C.  M. 

.  . 

360 

410 

460 

570 

660 

750 

830 

400000  C.  M. 

400 

450 

510 

620 

720 

820 

910 

300000  C.  M. 

|  ' 

450 

520 

580 

700 

810 

910 

1010 

250000  C.  M. 

490 

560 

630 

750 

870 

980 

1090 

4/0  Strand 

450 

530 

610 

680 

820 

940 

1060 

1170 

3/0  Strand 

500 

590 

670 

740 

890 

1020 

1150 

1270 

2/0  Strand 

.  . 

560 

650 

740 

820 

980 

1130 

1260 

1380 

1/0  Strand 

600 

710 

800 

890 

1060 

1210 

1350 

1470 

1   Solid 

750 

870 

970 

1080 

1270 

1440 

1600 

1740 

2   Solid 

.  . 

680 

820 

950 

1070 

1170 

1380 

1560 

1720 

1870 

3   Solid 

750 

900 

1040 

1160 

12SO 

1490 

1680 

1850 

2000 

4   Solid 

820 

980 

1130 

1260 

1380 

1610 

1800 

1980 

2140 

5   Solid 

910 

1070 

1230 

1370 

1500 

1740 

1940 

2180 

2290 

6   Solid 

990 

1160 

1330 

1480 

1610 

1860 

2070 

2260 

2430 

8   Solid 

950 

1170 

1370 

1560 

1720 

1870 

2140 

2360 

2570 

2750 

9   Solid 

1040 

1280 

1490 

1680 

1850 

2000 

22SO 

2520 

2730 

2910 

10   Solid 

1130 

1390 

1610 

1810 

1990 

2150 

2440 

2680 

2890 

3000 

12   Solid 

1340 

1620 

1860 

2080 

2270 

2440 

2750 

3000 

3220 

3420 

14   Solid 

1550 

i860 

2120 

2360 

2560 

2740 

3060 

3320 

3550 

3750 

ELECT 


RICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES     143 


Signal  Wires  and  Cables 


Rubber- 
covered 
Wires 
and  Cables 


Solid  Conductor,  Insulated  and  Braided 


Duplex  Signal  Wires,  Insulated  and  Braided 


Armored  Torpedo  Cable 


Wires  and  cables  under  this  head  are  made  to  meet,  in  every  respect,  the  rigid 
specifications  of  the  Railway  Signal  Association.  They  are  insulated  with  30  per 
cent.  Para  rubber  or  a  higher  grade,  as  may  be  required  by  the  leading  railroads  of 
the  country.  These  signal  wires  and  cables  may  consist  of  single  rubber-covered 
conductors  or  of  any  number  of  such  conductors  stranded  into  a  cable.  While  the 
construction  used  by  one  railroad  may  differ  in  some  minor  respects  from  that  re- 
quired by  another  company,  in  the  main,  the  following  extracts  from  the  Railway 
Signal  Association  specifications  fairly  represent  standard  practice : 

CONDUCTORS  are  of  soft  drawn  copper  of  98  per  cent,  conductivity  or  higher, 
thoroughly  annealed  and  well  tinned,  in  sizes  generally  from  No.  6  to  No.  18  B.  &  S. 
inclusive,  though  other  sizes  are  made  to  order. 


144 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Rubber-  Specifications  for  Signal  Wires  and  Cables— Continued 

^ver  RUBBER  INSULATION  to  consist  of  vulcanized  rubber  compound  containing  not 

*re!,  less  than  30  per  cent,  of  fine  dry  Para  rubber  carefully  selected  and  prepared.     The 

conductors  are  insulated  to  the  required  thickness,  depending  on  whether  for  aerial 
or  underground  use,  as  per  the  following  tables: 


Wires  for  Aerial  Cables 

Wires  for  Underground  Cables 

Size 
B.  &  S. 

Diameter 

Mils 

Thickness  of 
Insulation,  Inches 

Size 
B.  &S. 

Area 
Cir.  Mils 

Thickness  of 
Insulation,  Inches 

6 
8 
«.» 
10 
12 
14 
16 
18 

162 
129 
114 
102 
80.8 
64.1 
50.8 
40.3 

5-64 
5-64 
5-64 
1-16 
1-16 
1-16 
3-64 
8-64 

6 

8 
9 
10 
12 
14 
16 
18 

26,250 
16,509 
13,090 
10,380 
6,530 
4,107 
2,583 
1,624 

3-32 
3-32 
5-64 
5-64 
5-64 
5-64 
1-16 
1-16 

Taping  and  Braiding 

(a)  The  rubber  insulation  is  protected  with  a  layer  of  cotton  tape  thoroughly 
filled  with  a  rubber  insulating  compound,  lapped  one-half  its  width  and  so  worked 
on  as  to  insure  a  smooth  surface. 

(b)  The  outer  braid  consists  of  one  layer  of  closely  woven  cotton  braiding  at 
least  one  thirty-second  ( 1-32)  of  an  inch  thick,  saturated  with  a  black  insulating 
weatherproof  compound  which  shall  have  no  injurious  effect  upon  the  braid  at  a 
temperature  of  200  degrees  Fahrenheit. 

Electrical  Tests  of  Rubber  Insulation 

The  circular  mils  cross-section,  the  thickness  of  the  rubber  insulation  (measured 
at  the  thinnest  point) ,  the  minimum  insulation  resistance  in  megohms  per  mile  and 
the  dielectric  strength  for  the  various  sizes  of  wire  conform  to  the  following  table : 


Size  B.  &  S. 

Area  in  Cir.  Mils 

Thickness  of  Insula- 
tion, Inches 

Insulation  Resistance 
Megohms  per  mile 

Test  Voltage  Alter- 
nating Current 

6 

26,250 

3-32 

1300 

9,000 

8 

16,509 

3-32 

1600 

9,000 

9 

13,090 

5-64 

1500 

7,000 

10 

10,380 

5-64 

1600 

7,000 

12 

6,530 

5-64 

1900 

7,000 

14 

4,107 

5-64 

2100 

7,000 

16 

2,583 

1-16 

4,000 

18 

1,624 

1-16 

4,000 

Specifications  for  Multiple  Conductor  Aerial  Signal  Cables,  Braided 

Conductors  furnished  in  cables  must  conform  to  the  above  table,  without  tape  or 
braided  covering,  except  tracing  wire,  which  may  be  taped  or  braided.  The  core  of 
the  cable  must  be  made  up  cylindrical  in  form,  with  one  wire  in  each  layer  taped  or 
braided  for  tracer.  Each  layer  of  core  must  have  a  spiral  lay,  each  consecutive 
layer  being  spiraled  in  reverse  direction  from  the  preceding  one.  All  interstices 
between  conductors  in  each  layer  to  be  filled  with  jute,  each  layer  of  cable  to  be 
wrapped  with  one  layer  of  over-lapping  tape.  Tape  must  be  of  closely  woven 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


145 


cotton,  saturated  with  a  permanent  moisture- repelling  compound  which  shall  not  Rubber- 
act  injuriously  on  the  insulating  compound,  cotton  tape  or  braid.  Over  the  taped  covered 
core  shall  be  wrapped  a  bedding  of  jute  not  less  than  1-16  inch  thick,  saturated  with  Wires 

tar,  one  layer  of  over-lapping  tape  laid  on  in  reverse  order  to  winding  of  jute,  and  a    and  Cables 
closely  woven  braid  saturated  with  a  permanent  weatherproofing  compound  which 
is  not  soluble  in  water.     Cables  of  more  than  three  and  less  than  seven  conductors 
must  be  made  up  with  a  jute  or  sisal  center. 


Underground  Multiple  Conductor  Signal  Cables,  Braided 

Conductors  furnished  in  cables  must  conform  to  the  table,  page  145,  each  conductor 
to  be  taped  or  braided,  tracing  wire  to  be  marked  in  such  a  manner  as  to  be  readily 
identified.  The  core  of  cable  must  be  made  up  cylindrical  in  form,  with  one  wire 
in  each  layer  marked  for  tracer ;  each  layer  of  core  must  have  a  spiral  lay,  each 
consecutive  layer  being  spiraled  in  reverse  direction  from  the  preceding  one. 
Cables  of  more  than  three  and  less  than  seven  conductors  must  be  made  up  with  a 
jute  or  sisal  center,  each  layer  of  cable  to  be  wrapped  with  one  layer  of  over-lapping 
tape.  Tape  must  be  of  closely  woven  cotton,  saturated  with  a  permanent  moisture- 
repelling  compound  and  which  shall  not  act  injuriously  on  the  insulation  compound, 
cotton,  tape  or  braid. 

The  taped  core  shall  be  covered  with  a  closely  woven  braid  saturated  with  a 
permanent  weatherproofing  compound  which  is  not  soluble  in  water. 


Lead  Encased  Signal  Cables  for  Aerial  Use 

Cables  to  be  constructed  under  specifications  for  aerial  cables,  except  that  the 
outside  wraps  of  jute  and  braid  are  omitted  and  the  cable  protected  by  a  lead  sheath 
of  not  less  than  the  thickness  indicated  below: 


Diameter  of  Taped  Cable 

Thickness  of  Lead,  Inches 

If  inch  or  smaller  

1  16 

Larger  than  i|  inch  and  not  exceeding  Ij56  inches    
Larger  than  Ij5,,  inches  and  not  exceeding  2  inches      
Larger  than  2  inches      

5-64 
3-32 
1  8 

Automobile  Ignition  Wires  and  Cables 

We  are  prepared  to  manufacture  automobile  wires  and  cables  for  both  primary 
and  secondary  circuits  to  customers'  specifications  or  samples.  These  wires  are 
made  by  the  most  approved  methods  and  of  carefully  selected  insulating  materials. 
They  are  designed  not  only  to  withstand  the  severe  electrical  stresses  met  with  in 
automobile  service,  but  also  the  unusual  physical  conditions  that  are  encountered, 
such  as  heat,  oil,  etc.  All  of  the  materials  entering  into  these  wires,  as  well  as  the 
finished  wires  themselves,  are  carefully  tested  in  our  laboratories  so  that  we  can 
guarantee  for  our  automobile  wires  and  cables  long  life  and  efficient  service. 


146    AMERICAN    STEEL    AND    WIRE    COMPANY 


Rubber- 
coveted 
Wires 
and  Cables 


8.3 


l1 

-«   «- 


OS    S 


w 

•S 

"53 


"S  N 

' 


I! 


ill 


gS  S 

jii 


T- 

f*O^O^ 


iSSgl 


>  j>  «n  co  i^< 

>  O  O  O  O  ( 


Lead  Encased  Wires 
and  Cables 

Page 

Multiple  Conductor  Cables 148 

Lead  Sheaths 148-158 

Rubber  Insulated  Lead  Encased  Cables     .     .  150 

Paper  Insulated  Lead  Encased  Cables  .     .     .  155 

Specifications  for  Paper  Lead  Cables      .     .  157 

Varnished  Cambric  Cables 163 

Submarine  Cables 164 

Installation  of  Underground  Cables      .     .     .  166 


148 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Lead  En- 
cased  Wires 
and  Cables 


Electric  Light  and  Power  Cables,  Lead  Encased  or  Armored 

We  are  extensive  makers  of  lead  encased  or  armored  electric  light  and  power 
cables  of  all  types,  aerial,  underground  and  submarine.  We  are  thoroughly 
equipped  to  make  these  to  the  most  rigid  specifications,  in  any  quantity,  size  or 
length,  for  any  voltage,  and  finished  for  any  service,  single  or  multiple  conductor 
or  concentric  laid.  Only  the  very  best  of  materials,  selected  and  prepared  with 
the  greatest  of  care  and  skill,  enter  into  the  construction  of  these  cables.  When 
left  to  us,  we  use  that  particular  thickness  and  arrangement  of  insulating  material, 
and  apply  it  in  such  manner  as  our  extensive  experience  has  shown  to  be  best  for 
the  purpose  for  which  the  cable  is  to  be  used. 

We  also  contract  for  the  complete  installation  of  underground  or  submarine 
cables,  or  superintend  installations  as  may  be  required,  having  a  large  and  well 
equipped  department  for  this  class  of  work,  as  fully  described  on  page  166. 

Multiple  Conductor  Cables 

In  the  construction  of  multiple  conductor  cables,  insulated  with  rubber,  paper 
or  varnished  cambric,  lateral  fillers  of  jute  are  generally  used  to  make  the  conduc- 
tor solid  and  cylindrical  in  form,  and  to  avoid  open  spaces  between  insulation  and 
sheath,  through  which  static  discharges  could  take  place.  The  required  thickness 
of  insulation  can  be  placed  about  each  separate  conductor  before  it  is  laid  up  into 
the  core,  or,  as  is  more  general,  especially  with  paper  and  varnished  cambric,  a 
portion  of  the  required  amount  of  insulation  can  be  placed  in  the  form  of  a  belt 
about  the  assembled  conductors.  This  latter  method  makes  a  more  even  distribu- 
tion of  the  insulating  material. 

When  a  three-conductor  cable  is  used  in  a  star-connected  A.  C.  circuit  with 
grounded  neutral,  the  thickness  of  insulation  between  conductors  and  ground  need 
be  but  0.6  of  that  between  conductors.  Separately  insulated  pressure  wires  can  be 
incorporated  in  the  core  of  any  form  of  multiple  or  single  conductor  or  concentric 
cable,  as  may  be  required.  These  are  used  mostly  in  low  tension  distributing 
systems  to  enable  the  station  attendant  to  readily  determine  the  voltage  at  outlying 
points  of  the  system. 

Lead  Sheaths 


ELECTRICAL 


% 

WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


149 


In  general,  cables  are  sheathed  with  lead  for  the  purpose  of  excluding  moisture      Lead  En- 
and  for  protection  of  the  insulation  against  mechanical  injury  and  other  destructive   casedWires 
agencies.     The  purest  lead  possible  to  obtain  is  used  for  sheathing.     It  is  some-     and  Cables 
times  required  to  harden  and  strengthen  the  lead  sheath  by  the  addition  of  one, 
two  or  three  per  cent,  of  tin.    It  is  a  question  among  engineers  as  to  whether  much 
is  gained  by  the  addition  of  tin  to  the  lead.     The  two  metals  do  not  alloy  uniformly 
and  in  consequence  when  much  tin  is  used,  hard  or  brittle  sections  may  develop, 
due  to  the  segregation  of  one  of  the  metals.     The  following  thicknesses  of  lead  are 
generally  used  on  our  rubber  and  varnished  cambric  cables,  unless  otherwise  speci- 
fied.    For  paper  cables,  the  sheath  should  be  from  one  to  two  sixty-fourths  thicker, 
as  specified  on  page  158. 


Outside  Diameter  of  Core 
(or  Inside  Diameter  of 
Lead  Pipe),  Inches 

Thickness  of 
Lead  Sheath 
Inches 

Outside  Diameter  of  Core 
(or  Inside  Diameter  of 
Lead  Pipe),  Inches 

Thickness  of 
Lead   Sheath 
Inches 

Up  to     % 

X   tO      S/8 

H  to  \y4 

! 

Ifc  to  15/s 
Ifjj  and  larger 

A 

'/s  to  & 

This  company  will  not  be  responsible  for  the  failure  of  any  cable  which  may 
be  due  to  openings  in  the  lead  sheath  caused  by  electrolysis  or  other  means  beyond 
its  control. 

Extra  Galvanized  Steel  Armor  Wire  for  Cables 

Armor  wire  is  used  as  a  mechanical  protection  either  to  the  sheath,  or  as  in  case 
of  rubber  or  varnished  cambric  cables,  it  is  sometimes  used  to  protect  the  insulation 
without  the  sheath.  In  places  where  severe  vibration  would  crystallize  and  break 
the  sheathing,  it  is  customary  to  use  armor  wire  as  a  substitute  for  the  sheathing. 

Heavily  galvanized  and  pliable  medium  strength  steel  is  used  for  armor  wire. 
The  particular  size  of  wire  and  the  number  of  wires  best  to  use,  the  length  and 
angle  of  lay,  will  in  every  case  depend  upon  conditions  of  service  and  installation, 
matters  that  are  determined  by  experience.  See  page  81. 

One,  two  or  three  layers  of  jute  heavily  saturated  in  petroleum  compounds  are 
usually  placed  over  the  sheathing  or  the  armor  to  lessen  electrolytic  action  of  stray 
earth  currents  and  to  prevent  corrosion  from  acids. 


Inquiries 

We  make  such  a  great  variety  of  electric  light  and  power  cables,  they  are 
made  in  so  many  different  sizes  and  with  so  many  different  thicknesses  of  insula- 
tion, and  finished  in  so  many  different  ways  that  it  would  be  impracticable  to 
attempt  to  tabulate  them  all.  Hence  only  a  few  of  the  more  common  sizes  will  be 
listed.  This  class  of  our  product  is  making  an  enviable  record,  and  is  well  and 
favorably  known  in  all  parts  of  the  country. 

We  solicit  inquiries  containing  full  information. 

In  making  inquiries  for  special  cables  please  state : 

(a}  Quantity  and  size  of  conductor,  and  construction  of  the  conductor,  solid 
or  stranded. 

(b)  If  it  is  to  be  a  multiple  conductor  cable,  give  the  number  and  arrangement 
of  conductors  desired. 


150    AMERICAN    STEEL    AND    WIRE    COMPANY 


Lead  En-  ( c)     Kind  of  insulation,  whether  rubber,  paper,  or  varnished  cambric. 

casedWires  (d)     Thickness  of  insulation  about  each  conductor,  and  of  supplementary 

and  Cables     insulation. 

(e}  Finish  of  cable,  whether  braided,  plain  lead  sheath,  lead  and  jute,  armor, 
armor  and  jute,  etc. 

(f)  Kind  of  current  to  be  transmitted,  whether  D.  C.  or  A.  C.,  and  amount 
of  current. 

(g)  The  normal  working  voltage  of  the  circuit,  and  if  three-conductor  A.  C., 
whether  connected  in  Y  or  A  .     Also  full  requirements  regarding  the  test  pressure. 

(^)  Purpose  for  which  the  cable  is  intended,  whether  aerial,  underground, 
submarine,  station  wiring,  arc  light,  etc. 

( /')     Number  and  location  of  pressure  wires,  if  any. 

Rubber  Insulated,  Lead-covered  Cables 

We  make  a  specialty  of  heavy  rubber  cables,  lead  sheathed,  armored,  or  lead- 
encased  and  armored,  for  all  services  and  voltages,  and  finished  in  any  style.  These 
are  made  to  meet  the  most  exacting  requirements,  such  as  those  specified  for  govern- 
ment and  for  railway  signal  service,  underground,  submarine,  or  aerial.  While 
taped  and  braided  rubber  wires  and  cables  are  used  for  inside  and  submarine 
service  with  entire  satisfaction  without  any  lead  sheathing,  experience  has  demon- 
strated the  advisability  of  enclosing  the  cable  in  a  sheath  whenever  it  is  to  be  used 
in  conduits  for  underground  work,  or  where  it  would  be  exposed  to  acids,  gases, 
extreme  temperature  changes,  or  other  destructive  agencies. 

The  composition  and  properties  of  our  rubber  insulations  have  already  been 
described  on  pages  116  to  122.  Great  care  is  taken  in  the  preparation  of  our 
rubber  compounds,  and  in  the  selection  of  the  rubber  and  the  necessary 
mineral  ingredients.  The  rubber  compound  is  applied  to  the  conductor  in  layers 
under  great  pressure,  thus  insuring  the  centralization  of  the  conductor,  and  also 
preventing  the  formation  of  air  holes  in  the  body  of  the  dielectric.  Any  number 
of  conductors  thus  insulated  can  be  stranded  into  a  core  or  cable,  the  interstices 
between  the  conductors  usually  being  rounded  out  with  jute  fillers.  In  this  condi- 
tion, the  cable  is  ready  for  the  application  of  the  tape  and  lead  sheath,  or  as  some- 
times required,  a  supplementary  belt  of  rubber  insulation,  and  then  the  tape  and 
sheath  or  other  protection  as  shown  below. 

All  copper  conductors  are  annealed  thoroughly  and  heavily  and  evenly  tinned, 
and  have  a  guaranteed  conductivity  of  98  per  cent,  or  better. 

Rubber  insulated  cables  may  be  finished  in  any  one  of  the  following  ways,  as 
may  be  specified : 

Taped  and  leaded. 

Taped,  leaded  and  braided,  weatherproof,  soapstone  or  flame- 
proof finish. 

Taped,  leaded  and  juted. 

Taped,  leaded,  juted  and  armored. 

Taped,  leaded,  juted,  armored  and  juted. 

Taped,  juted  and  armored. 

Taped,  juted,  armored  and  juted. 
A  tracer  thread  is  always  laid  underneath  the  tape. 

Cables  may  be  taped  and  braided  instead  of  taped,  and  in  each  case  one, 
two  or  three  reverse  layers  of  jute  can  be  used.  Other  combinations  are  sometimes 
required  which  can  be  made  as  specified. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


151 


iiffl 


ill 

3^  = 


Ho 


>^-£j4O 


—  <NCO-^< 
if*  Tf<  TJI 


t-t-l-fc-t-     t-t-l>t>t 


J<      O  <0  10  1 
-      t-t-l> 


GOOC  GOGOGC 


n 


s  ?o  -r-t  m  m  t-  i-H  GO  to  «g  op     oo  55  •«* 
o:  -^  J>  1-1 1> os os  »o 35 55      j>5ir^ 

1-1  O  00  t-  Tf  CO  (M  (N  1-1 1-1        O5  t-  «S  • 


3K: 


444- 


iiH«-*<OaOOW*« 


s.s 


Lead  En- 
casedWires 
and  Cables 


o>rt 
P.  P« 


152          AMERICAN          STEEL          AND          WIRE          COMPANY 


Lead  En- 
cased Wires 
and  Cables 


Crown  Lead-covered  Cables 


Stranded  Tinned  Copper  Conductor— Rubber  Insulated— Taped  and  Lead  Encased 


Order  by  List  Number 


Prices  quoted  on  Application 


Size  in 
Circular  Mils 

Number  of 
Wires  in 
Stranded 
Conductor 

Approx. 
Diameter  of 
Stranded 
Conductor 
Inches 

Thickness 
of  Rubber 
Inches 

Approx. 
Thickness 
of  Lead 
Inches 

List 
Number 

Approx. 
Diameter 
Over  Lead 
Inches 

Approx. 
Weight  per 
1000  Feet 
Pounds 

250,000 

37 

.575 

3-32 

8-32 

801 

63-64 

2,236 

800,000 

37 

.630 

3-32 

3-32 

802 

67-64 

2,523 

350,000 

37 

.681 

3-34 

3-32 

803 

70-64 

2,773 

400,000 

37 

.728 

3-32 

3-32 

804 

73-64 

3,004 

450,000 

3? 

.772 

3-32 

3-32 

805 

76-64 

3,212 

500,000 

61 

.814 

3-32 

3-32 

806 

79-64 

3,479 

250,000 

37 

.575 

5-32 

3-32 

1075 

72-64 

2,576 

300,000 

37 

.630 

5-32 

3-32 

1076 

74-64 

2,809 

350,000 

37 

.681 

5-32 

3-32 

1077 

76-64 

3,041 

400.000 

37 

.728 

5-3:2 

3-32 

1078 

82-64 

3.344 

450,000 

37 

.772 

5-32 

3-32 

1079 

84-64 

3.568 

500,000 

61 

.814 

5-32 

3-32 

1080 

86-64 

3,819 

500000 

61 

.814 

5-32 

4-32 

1081 

91-64 

4483 

600,000 

61 

.892 

5-32 

4-32 

1083 

96-64 

4,983 

750,000 

61 

.998 

5-32 

4-32 

1085 

102-64 

5.696 

1,000,000 

61 

1.152 

5-32 

4-32 

1087 

112-64 

6,891 

1,250,000 

91 

1.289 

5-82 

4-32 

1089 

120-64 

7,940 

1,500,000 

91 

1.413 

5-32 

4-82 

1091 

128-64 

9,005 

2,000,000 

127 

1.631 

5-32 

4-32 

1093 

142-64 

11,091 

B-LECTR1CA 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


153 


Crown  Lead  Encased  Cables 

Order  by  List  Number  Prices  Quoted  on  Application 


Lead  En- 
cased Wires 
and  Cables 


Size  in 
Circular 

Mils 

Number 
Wires  in 
Stranded 
Conductor 

Approx. 
Diameter  of 
Stranded 
Conductor 
Inches 

Thickness 
of  Rubber 
Inches 

Approx. 
Thickness 
of  Lead 
Inches 

Approx. 
Diameter 
Over  Lead 
Inches 

List 
Number 

Approx. 
Weight 

lOOO^eet 
Pounds 

Approx. 
Length  on 
a  Reel 
Feet 

SoO.OOO 

37 

.575 

4-32 

3-32 

66-64 

1050 

2379 

1000 

300,000 

37 

.630 

4-32 

3-32 

70-64 

1051 

2711 

1000 

350.000 

37 

.681 

4-32 

3-32 

74-64 

1052 

2980 

1000 

400.000 

37 

.728 

4-32 

3-32 

78-64 

1053 

3190 

1000 

450,000 

37 

.772 

4-32 

3-32 

80-64 

1054 

3357 

1000 

500,000 

61 

.814 

4-32 

3-32 

83-64 

1055 

3668 

1000 

500000 

61 

.814 

4-32 

4-32 

87-64 

1056 

4317 

1000 

600.000 

61 

.892 

4-32 

3-32 

87-64 

1057 

4078 

1000 

600,000 

61 

.892 

4-32 

4-32 

91-64 

1058 

4755 

1000 

750,000 

61 

.998 

4-32 

3-32 

94-64 

1059 

4745 

1000 

750,000 

61 

.998 

4-32 

4-32 

98-64 

1060 

5470 

1000 

.000000 

61 

.152 

4-32 

3-32 

104-64 

1061 

5938 

750 

.000,000 

61 

.152 

4-32 

4-32 

108-64 

1062 

6719 

750 

1.250.000 

91 

.289 

4-32 

3-32 

113-64 

1063 

6904 

750 

,250  000 

91 

.289 

4-32 

4-32 

117-64 

1064 

7780 

750 

,500,000 

91 

.413 

4-32 

3-32 

120-64 

1065 

8010 

500 

,500,000 

91 

.413 

4-32 

4-32 

124-64 

1066 

8945 

500 

2.000,000 

127 

1.631 

4-32 

3-32 

135-64 

1067 

9890 

500 

2,000,000 

127 

1.631 

4-32 

4-32 

189-64 

1068 

10932 

500 

We   are    prepared  to   manufacture   wires  and  cables  of  any  style  or  to  any 

•»ifir>a  firm 


specification. 


Four-conductor,  Stranded,  Rubber,  Tape,  Jute  and  Lead 


154 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


C   O   M    P  A  N    Y 


Lead  En- 
cased  Wires 
and  Cables 


TJ 

03 


!»=! 


111 


H  o 


111 


H  *>  s?  g  °° 


co  too  to  co< 
cSjooTHob  in  < 

5OiO  »O  ^*Tf  ' 


XX  XXX   XXXXX   XXXXX 


>  ^«3  50  < 


M  ^cititJ.  SScitLt!. 


>oo^« 


Qoaoooaooo 


lid 


111 


zj  rTJ  r*1  •*  ^  • 


OO 


^O        OO 


XXXX 

(^CD^O^O 


tt  Tfl  Tt 

533 


,go  ^< 


>go     ^« 


ELECTRICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES     155 

Paper  Insulated  Lead  Sheathed  Cables  Lead  En- 

casedWires 

For  many  years  past  we  have  manufactured  large  quantities  of  paper  cables,     and  Cables 
single  and  multiple  conductor.     Our  factory  equipment  is  unexcelled  for  making 
this  class  of  material  to  the  most  exacting  specifications. 

In  the  construction  of  paper  cables,  for  electric  light  and  power  purposes, 
narrow  and  very  thin  strips  of  pure  Manila  paper  are  wound  spirally  about  the 
conductor  in  sufficient  number  of  layers  for  the  required  dielectric  strength.  The 
material  which  we  use  is  the  very  best  grade  of  Manila  rope  paper,  uniform  in 
texture,  containing  no  particles  of  mineral  substances,  wood  pulp  or  low  grade 
materials,  no  pin  holes  and  no  trace  of  alkalies  or  residual  chemicals.  The  selec- 
tion of  a  high  grade  paper  is  most  essential  for  permanence  and  for  good  dielectric 
properties. 

After  the  paper  covering  has  been  applied  to  the  single  conductor,  or  to  the 
core  of  conductors  in  the  form  of  a  belt,  every  trace  of  air  and  moisture  is  removed 
from  the  cable  by  special  processes,  and  while  in  this  condition  the  core  is  thor- 
oughly saturated  and  all  interstices  completely  filled  with  hot  insulating  compounds. 
The  cable  is  then  put  through  a  hydraulic  press  and  covered  with  a  closely  fitting 
lead  sheathing  so  as  to  exclude  all  air  and  moisture  and  to  retain  the  insulating 
compound.  A  tracer  thread  is  placed  lengthwise  of  all  cables  underneath  the 
sheath. 

The  dielectric  value  of  paper  not  only  depends  upon  the  quality  of  the  paper 
and  the  manner  of  applying  it  to  the  conductor,  but  to  a  great  extent  upon  the  com- 
position of  the  insulating  compound.  Increasing  the  fluidity  of  the  compound 
within  certain  limits  will  improve  the  puncture  test  and  increase  the  flexibility  of 
the  cable,  but  will  reduce  the  megohm  test,  and  vice  versa.  A  dense  thick  com- 
pound will  result  in  a  very  stiff  cable,  but  one  having  a  higher  insulation  resistance. 
The  insulation  of  such  a  cable  would  be  very  liable  to  crack  or  break  if  bent  at  a 
low  temperature,  and  this  would  lead  to  burn-outs. 

Paper  cables  are  generally  cheaper  and  have  a  lower  electro-static  capacity 
than  rubber  or  varnished  cambric  cables.  The  insulation  is  strong  and  uniform  in 
quality,  and  except  when  frozen  solid,  is  quite  flexible.  Paper  cables  can  be  worked 
safely  at  a  higher  temperature  than  can  other  kinds,  and  experience  has  demon- 
strated that  their  useful  life  is  practically  determined  by  the  integrity  of  the  sheath- 
ing. For  this  reason  the  thickness  of  the  lead  sheath  should  in  general  be  greater 
than  for  corresponding  sizes  of  rubber  or  cambric  cables,  by  one  or  two  sixty-fourths 
of  an  inch.  See  page  149.  Paper  is  less  liable  than  rubber  to  deterioration  from 
excessive  electro-static  strains.  In  short,  the  paper  insulated  cable  when  properly 
constructed  and  sheathed  can  be  recommended  as  one  of  the  best  for  most 
conditions. 


156    AMERICAN    STEEL    AND    WIRE    COMPANY 


Lead  En- 
cased  Wires 
and  Cables 


(Actual  Size) 


Three-conductor  Paper  Insulated  Lead  Encased  Cable 

4/0  three-conductor,  87  wires  each;  diameter  of  each  copper  conductor,  .53 
inch  ;  thickness  of  paper  over  each  conductor,  ^  inch  ;  thickness  of  supplementary 
paper,  -fa  inch;  thickness  of  lead,  %  inch;  diameter  over  lead,  2.281  inches. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


157 


General  Cable  Specifications  for  Paper  Insulated  Lead-covered  Cables  for 
Electric  Light,  Railway  and  Power  Service 


Lead  En- 
cased Wires 
and  Cables 


Rating  of  Cable 

The  rating  of  a  cable  shall  be  understood  to  be  the  highest  E.  W.  P.  (equiva- 
lent working  pressure)  in  volts  corresponding  to  any  of  the  specified  conditions 
of  service  or  test.  Such  rating  shall  be  determined  from  the  following  Rating 
Table,  all  unlisted  intermediates  taking  the  next  higher  listed  figure. 


Working 
Pressure 
in  Volts 

Test  at  Factory  in  Volts 

Test  After  Installation  by  Manufacturer 
in  Volts 

5  Minutes 

30  Minutes 

60  Minutes 

5  Minutes 

30  Minutes 

60  Minutes 

500 
1000 
1500 

1250 
2500 
3750 

1000 
2000 
3000 

1000 
1600 
2400 

1000 
2000 
3000 

1000 
1600 
2400 

1000 
1300 
1950 

2000 
2500 
3000 

5000 
6250 
7500 

4000 
5000 
6000 

3200 
4000 
4800 

4000 
5000 
6000 

3200 
4000 
4800 

2600 
3250 
3900 

4000 
5000 
6000 

10000 
12500 
15000 

8000 
10000 
12000 

6400 
8000 
9600 

8000 
10000 
12000 

6400 
8000 
9600 

5200 
6500 
7800 

7000 
8000 
9000 

17500 
20000 
22500 

14000 
16000 
18000 

11200 
12800 
14400 

14000 
16000 
18000 

11200 
12800 
14400 

9100 
10400 
11700 

10000 
11000 
12000 

25000 
27500 
30000 

20000 
22000 
24000 

16000 
17600 
19200 

20000 
22000 
24000 

16000 
17600 
19200 

13000 
14300 
15600 

13000 
14000 
15000 

32500 
&5000 
37500 

26000 
28000 
30000 

20800 
22400 
24000 

26000 
28000 
30000 

20800 
22400 
24000 

16900 
18200 
19500 

16000 
17000 
18000 

40000 
42500 
45000 

32000 
34000 
36000 

25600 

27200 
28800 

32000 
34000 
36000 

25600 

27200 
28800 

20800 
22100 
23400 

19000 
20000 
21000 

47500 
50000 
52500 

38000 
40000 
42000 

30400 
32000 
33600 

38000 
40000 
42000 

30400 
32000 
33600 

24700 
26000 
27300 

22'JOO 
23000 
24000 

55000 
57500 
60000 

44000 
46000 
48000 

35200 
36800 
38400 

44000 
46000 
48000 

35200 
36800 
38400 

28600 
29900 
31200 

25000 
26000 
27000 

62500 
65000 
67500 

50000 
52000 
54000 

40000 
41600 
43200 

50000 
52000 
54000 

40000 
41600 
43200 

32500 
33800 
35100 

28000 
29000 
30000 

70000 
72500 
75000 

56000 
58000 
60000 

44800 
46400 
48000 

56000 
58000 
60000 

44800 
46400 

48000 

36400 
37700 
39000 

Factors 

2.5 

2.0 

1.6 

2.0 

1.6 

1.3 

For  street  railway  service  (nominal  500-volt  D.  C.),  the  E.  W.  P.  shall  be  2500 
volts  for  all  cables  to  be  operated  with  a  maximum  regular  working  voltage  not 
exceeding  seven  hundred  and  fifty  (750)  volts  D.  C.  and  a  maximum  momentary 
pressure  (thirty  (30)  seconds  or  less)  not  exceeding  fifteen  hundred  (1500)  volts  D.  C. 


158 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Lead  En- 
cased Wires 
and  Cables 


Conductors 

Each  conductor  shall  consist  of  soft  drawn  copper  wires  having  at  least  ninety- 
eight  (98)  per  cent,  conductivity  based  upon  Matthiessen's  standard  (as  printed  in 
the  supplement  to  the  "Transactions"  A.  I.  E.  E.,  October,  1903),  concentrically 
stranded  together  and  having  an  aggregate  cross-sectional  area  when  measured  at 
right  angle  to  the  axes  of  the  individual  wires  at  least  equal  to  that  corresponding 
to  the  specified  size. 

Insulation 

The  insulation  shall  consist  of  paper  applied  helically  and  evenly  to  the 
conductor,  and  shall  be  capable  of  withstanding  the  test  and  service  conditions 
corresponding  to  the  highest  E.  W.  P.  as  determined  from  the  Rating  Table  set 
forth  on  page  157.  In  the  case  of  cables  consisting  of  more  than  one  (1)  conductor 
(except  concentric  cables  and  figure  eight  (8)  or  flat  form  of  duplex  cables)  the 
separately  insulated  conductors  shall  be  twisted  together  with  a  suitable  lay,  and 
the  interstices  rounded  out  with  jute  before  the  belt  insulation  is  applied.  The 
minimum  insulation  thickness  or  thicknesses  shall  in  no  case  be  less  than  ninety  (90) 
per  cent,  of  the  agreed  average  thickness  or  thicknesses.  All  of  the  insulation  shall 
be  thoroughly  saturated  with  an  insulating  compound. 

Sheath 

The  sheath  shall  have  an  average  thickness  of  approximately  that  indicated  in 
the  tabulation  next  following,  and  the  minimum  thickness  shall  in  no  place  be  less 
than  ninety  (90)  per  cent,  of  the  required  average  thickness. 


Diameter  of  Core  in  Mils 

Corresponding  Thickness 
of  Sheath  in  Inches 

Diameter  of  Core  in  Mils 

Corresponding  Thickness 
of  Sheath  in  Inches 

0-  299 
800-  699 
700-1249 

5-34 
3-32 
7-64 

1250-1999 
2000-2699 
2700-  over 

1-8 
9-64 
5-32 

The  sheath  shall  consist  of  commercially  pure  lead  for  all  cables  having  a  core 
diameter  (i.  e.,  internal  diameter  of  the  sheath)  less  than  two  inches  (2000  mils) ;  for 
cables  having  a  core  diameter  equal  to  two  (2)  inches  or  more,  the  sheath  shall 
consist  of  an  alloy  of  lead  and  tin  containing  not  less  than  ninety-eight  (98)  per  cent, 
of  commercially  pure  lead  and  not  less  than  one  (1)  per  cent,  of  commercially  pure  tin. 

Factory  Tests 

The  manufacturer  shall,  when  so  stipulated  in  the  order,  notify  the  company  in 
writing  when  the  cables  are  ready  for  test,  so  that  proper  tests  may  be  made  at  the 
works  of  the  manufacturer  by  the  duly  accredited  representative  of  the  company. 
Free  access  to  the  testing  department  shall  be  given  to  said  representative  at  all 
times  while  cables  are  being  tested  hereunder,  and  the  requisite  facilities  and 
apparatus  for  the  tests  described  in  these  specifications  shall  be  supplied  by  the 
manufacturer  without  extra  charge.  In  case  the  representative  appointed  by  the 
company  to  make  factory  tests  is  not  wholly  and  permanently  in  the  employ  of  the 
company,  said  appointment  shall  be  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  manufacturer. 

DIELECTRIC  STRENGTH:  Each  length  of  cable  shall  withstand  a  test  at  factory 
of  a  voltage  corresponding  to  the  rating  (highest  E.  W.  P.)  of  the  cable  as  detemined 
from  the  Rating  Table  set  forth  on  page  157.  Unless  otherwise  specified  by  the 
company  at  or  prior  to  time  of  test,  the  latter  shall  be  the  listed  five  (5)  minute 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


159 


factory  test  set  forth  in  said  Rating  Table.  The  conditions  and  conduct  of  test  Lead  En- 
shall  conform  to  the  recommendations  of  sections  227  to  259,  both  inclusive,  of  cased  Wires 
the  Standardization  Rules  of  the  American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers,  as  and  Cables 
adopted  June  21,  1907. 

INSULATION  RESISTANCE:  The  insulation  resistance  shall  be  determined  on  each 
length  of  cable  and  shall  not  be  less  than  fifty  (50)  megohms  per  mile  when  measured 
at,  or  corrected  to,  60  degrees  Fahrenheit.  This  test  shall  be  made  subsequent  to 
the  test  for  dielectric  strength,  at  the  end  of  one  minute  electrification. 

TESTING  APPARATUS  AND  METHODS:  Any  disagreement  as  to  the  accuracy  of 
testing  apparatus  or  methods  not  specifically  covered  by  this  specification,  shall  be 
referred  to  the  Bureau  of  Standards,  Washington,  D.  C. 


Paper-insulated  and  Lead-covered  Cables 

i  «a 


Size 
B.  &  S. 

Number  and 
Diam.  of  Wires 
in  Strand 
Inches 

Thickness  of 
Paper  Insulation 
Inches 

Approx. 
Outside 
Diameter 
Inches 

Thickness 
of  Lead 
Inches 

List 
Number 

Approx. 
Weight  per 
1000  Feet 
Pounds 

0000 

37  x  .0756 

3-32 

.937 

7-64 

1800 

2161 

000 

37  x  .0673 

3-32 

.879 

7-64 

1801 

1919 

00 

37  x  .0599 

3-32 

.796 

3-32 

1802 

1518 

0 

19  x  .0746 

3-32 

.750 

3-32 

1803 

1357 

1 

19  x  .0663 

3-32 

.708 

3-32 

1804 

1221 

2 

19  x  .0592 

3-32 

.641 

5-64 

1805 

947 

3 

19  x  .0526 

3-32 

.608 

5-64 

1806 

858 

4 

7  x  .0772 

3-32 

.577 

5-64 

1807 

783 

5 

7  x  .0687 

3-32 

.551 

5-64 

1808 

722 

6 

7  x  .0612 

3-32 

.498 

1-16 

1809 

547 

8 

7  x  .0485 

3-32 

.460 

1-16 

1810 

472 

4 

Solid 

3-32 

.550 

5-64 

1811 

742 

5 

Solid 

3-32 

.527 

5-64 

1812 

685 

6 

Solid 

3-32 

.476 

1-16 

1813 

518 

8 

Solid 

3-32 

.443 

1-16 

1814 

451 

0000 

37  x  .0756 

4-32 

1.031 

1-8 

1820 

2553 

000 

37  x  .0673 

4-32 

.941 

7-64 

1821 

2061 

00 

37  x  .0599 

4-32 

.890 

7-64 

1822 

1851 

0 

19  x  .0746 

4-32 

.812 

3-32 

1823 

1678 

1 

19  x  .0663 

4-32 

.771 

3-32 

1824 

1342 

2 

19  x  .0592 

4-32 

.735 

3-32 

1825 

1222 

3 

19  x  .0526 

4-32 

.702 

3-32 

1826 

1123 

4 

7  x  .0772 

4-32 

.639 

5-64 

1827 

882 

5 

7  x  .0687 

4-32 

.614 

5-6* 

1528 

819 

6 

7  x  .0612 

4-32 

.591 

5-64 

1829 

769 

8 

7  x.  0485 

4-32 

.558 

5-64 

1830 

681 

4 

Solid 

4-32 

.612 

5-64 

1831 

839 

5 

Solid 

4-32 

.590 

5-64 

1882 

781 

6 

Solid 

4-32 

.570 

5-64 

1833 

738 

8 

Solid 

4-32 

.536 

5-64 

1834 

656 

Shipped  on  reels  containing  approximately  1000-foot  lengths. 


160 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Lead  En- 
cased  Wires 
and  Cables 


Paper  Insulated  and  Lead  Encased  Cables 

Order  by  List  Number  Prices  Quoted  on  Application 


Size 
B.&S. 

Number  and 
Diam.  of 
Wires  in 
Strand 
Inches 

Thickness 
of  Paper 
Insulation 
Inches 

Approximate 
Outside 
Diameter 
Inches 

Thickness 
of  Lead 
Inches 

List 
Number 

Approximate 
Weight 
per 
1000  Feet 
Pounds 

0000 

37  x  .0756 

5-32 

1.093 

1-8 

1840 

2,717 

000 

37  x  .0673 

5-32 

1.035 

1-8 

1841 

2,454 

00 

37  x  .0599 

5-32 

.952 

7-64 

1842 

1,995 

0 

19  x  .0746 

5-32 

.906 

7-64 

1843 

1,819 

1 

19  x  .0663 

5-32 

.864 

7-64 

1844 

1,668 

2 

19  x  .0592 

5-32 

.798 

3-32 

1845 

1,344 

3 

19  x  .0526 

5-32 

.765 

3  32 

184(5 

1.212 

4 

7  x  .0772 

5-32 

.733 

3-32 

1847 

1.159 

5 

7  x  .0687 

5-32 

.708 

3-32 

1848 

1,090 

6 

7x  .0512 

5-32 

.654 

5-64 

1849 

869 

8 

7x  .0485 

5-32 

.616 

5-64 

1850 

780 

4 

Solid 

5-32 

.706 

3-32 

1851 

1,108 

5 

Solid 

5-32 

.652 

5  64 

1852 

882 

6 

Solid 

5-32 

.632 

5-64 

1853 

831 

8 

Solid 

5-32 

.599 

5-64 

1854 

754 

0000 

37  x  .0756 

6-32 

1.156 

1-8 

1860 

2,882 

000 

37  x  .0673 

6-32 

1.098 

1-8 

1861 

2,619 

00 

37  x  .0599 

6-32 

1.046 

1-8 

1862 

2,390 

0 

19  x  .0746 

6-32 

.968 

7-64 

1863 

1.980 

1 

19  x  .0663 

6-32 

.927 

7-64 

1864 

1.808 

2 

19  x  .0592 

6-32 

.891 

7-64 

1865 

1.677 

3 

19  x  .0526 

6-32 

.858 

7-64 

1866 

1,566 

4 

7  x  .0772 

6-82 

.796 

3-32 

1867 

1.279 

5 

7x  .0687 

6-32 

.770 

3-32 

1868 

1,208 

6 

7  x  .0612 

6-32 

.748 

3-32 

1869 

1,148 

8 

7x  .0485 

6-32 

.710 

3-32 

1870 

.047 

4 

Solid 

6-32 

.768 

3-32 

1871 

.226 

5 

Solid 

6-32 

.746 

3-32 

1872 

,160 

6 

Solid 

6-32 

.726 

3-32 

1873 

.104 

8 

Solid 

6-32 

.691 

3-32 

1874 

.017 

Shipped  on  reels  containing  approximately  1000-foot  lengths. 
We  are   prepared  to   manufacture  wires  and  cables  of  any  style  or  to  any 
specification.     See  page  50  for  prices  of  reels. 


Duplex  Lead  Encased  Paper  Cable 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


161 


L-s 

•~sw-s 

Us* 


.§-s3s 

833.3 

I°S~ 

<j 


1-8-c 

Sslll 

11^ 

^Q 


<''5<f  CO  CO~  of 


)  o  e*  T}<  10  50  ao  < 


fo  o  to  o  * 
COiO  -^  Tf  C 


~ 

lt-1 

Is* 


111' 


HP 

23.1s 


3   u 


o  o  oi"  os  os'  ao'od  06  1-'  «>  j> 


i  co  sfeo  of  « 


)  O  01  Tj*  to  «O  00  < 

)  OC  QO  S  QC  S  QO  C 


Lead  En- 
cased Wires 
and  Cables 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Lead  En- 
cased  Wires 
and  Cables 


JI 


o  -o 
2    as 

^3 


£    5**? 

ct    U  *~ 

a   -a 
JI 


M 
£| 


|?ii 

2^8  § 
&>l^ 
<^^ 


al 


|ilj 

g^2  E-g 


111! 

S  S£<n 


.* 


' 


!  iO  OS  GO  CO  J>      C3  O5  (J3  l>  *O  •< 


tja 

>Q- 


I  1CQOC5  ( 
'  T?  CO  CO  ( 


>^  t-(N      ••*  O  iO(ftt 
;t-iOC4     OO^^t^; 


" 


"co'co'co" 


I-  l-C  7J  i 

s5  w  i-i  i 


QO  CO  CC  O5  QO 


XXXXXX      XXXXXX 
333333    SeooSwcooo 


ELECTRICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES 


163 


Varnished  Cambric  Cables 


Lead  En- 
cased  Wires 
and  Cables 


A  single-conductor  varnished  cambric  cable  is  made  by  winding  tapes  of 
thin  varnished  cotton  or  muslin  cloth  spirally  about  the  conductor  in  a  sufficient 
number  of  smooth,  tightly  drawn  layers  to  make  the  required  thickness  of  dielectric. 
The  cotton  fabric  is  saturated  with  several  applications  of  special  non-hardening 
insulating  varnish.  The  dielectric  strength  of  this  material  is  very  high,  as  a  single 
thickness  of  cotton  well  treated  with  our  special  varnish  will  withstand  a  stress 
of  from  eight  to  twelve  thousand  volts  for  five  seconds,  depending  upon  the  number 
of  coats  of  varnish  with  which  the  cloth  has  been  treated.  The  varnish  prevents 
the  tape  from  unwrapping  when  the  cable  is  cut,  and  permits  the  adjoining  layers 
of  varnished  cambric  to  slide  upon  each  other,  thus  insuring  a  concentric  condition 
when  the  cable  is  bent.  This  compound  of  varnish  prevents  capillary  absorption  of 
moisture  between  the  layers  of  tape,  seals  any  possible  skips  in  films  and  precludes 
air  spaces. 

In  multiple-conductor  cables,  it  is  usual  to  place  a  portion  of  the  required  thick- 
ness of  insulation  in  the  form  of  a  belt  about  the  core  of  conductors,  as  in  the  case 
with  paper  cables.  (See  page  155. ) 

This  class  of  cables  is  in  general  more  flexible  than  paper  cables,  more  imper- 
vious to  moisture,  reasonable  in  cost,  and  can  be  used  in  dry  places  such  as  for 
station  wiring  without  lead  sheathing.  When  no  sheathing  is  required  the  cable  is 
protected  by  a  cotton  braid,  or  with  an  asbestos  braid  for  fire  protection.  These 
braids  are  saturated  in  weatherproof  compounds  or  in  slow-burning  compounds, 
as  may  be  required. 

We  make  these  cables  in  any  quantity,  of  any  size  or  type  and  for  any  voltage 
or  service  condition,  to  the  most  rigid  specifications. 

Inquiries  containing  full  information  as  to  working  conditions  are  solicited  and 
prices  will  be  quoted  on  application^ 


164    AMERICAN     STEEL    AND    WIRE    COMPANY 


Lead  En- 
cased Wires 
and  Cables 


Submarine  Cables 


Two-conductor  Submarine  Cable,  Lead  Encased,   Jute  Sewed  and  Armored 


Multiple  Conductor  Rubber  Insulated  Signal  Cable 


We  manufacture  and  install  large  quantities  of  submarine  cables  of  every  class, 
for  street  railways,  telegraph  and  telephone  companies  and  electric  light  and  power 
plants.  These  are  used  for  crossing  rivers,  bays,  ponds  or  lakes.  We  are  well 
prepared  for  furnishing  this  class  of  material  to  the  most  exacting  specifications. 

Full  information  as  to  the  purpose  for  which  the  cable  is  to  be  used,  location,  depth 
of  water  and  working  conditions  should  accompany  requests  for  prices.  Inquiries 
solicited. 


ELECTRICA 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


165 


% 
I 
I 


| 


§•  j 
S'S 

^        5H 

2  1 

o   »- 

O     ^ 

3  c 
fd    o 
d  .£ 

0)     0) 

<u  .2 

5-i      g 

H    > 


Lead  En- 
o  cased  Wires 
'S  and  Cables 


<u  en 

_Q  ^ 

cn  '•£ 

5  § 

.  bo 

bo  £ 

o  .^ 

^  bo 


bo 


o 
»d   w  <=  QQ 

s.s^-B 


^  tJ 
c  .S 

cd  43 

^^ 


en 


m      '5 


50 


o    ^^ 

d    ,2 


* 


«  g  £  -5 

•2  ^  §  d 

ta  ^  ^  8 

3  .2  .2  -0 

en  ^  .d  en 

3  bbH  2 

(—<  r^ 


CD    CO    '^ 

•2  Jf< 


Oi     ^^        C^        Q 
1™^  11^     <-M 


3  o 


^  S 
«  ^ 


iil 

o  3  S 


.til 


166 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE          COMPANY 


Installation 
of  Under- 
ground 
Cables 


Installation  of  Underground  Cables 


In  this  article  no  attempt  will  be  made  to  indicate  all  the  details  of  cable  laying, 
but  rather  to  outline  very  briefly  the  general  method  of  installing  underground 
cables  and  to  emphasize  the  importance  of  some  parts  of  the  work  in  connection 
therewith.  As  stated  elsewhere,  this  company  will  furnish,  install  and  guarantee 
its  underground  cables  for  almost  any  class  of  service.  Rubber  covered  telephone 
or  telegraph  cables,  electric  light  and  power  cables,  single  or  multiple  conductors 
insulated  with  rubber,  paper  or  varnished  cambric,  made  to  carry  current  for  any 
service  at  any  pressure  within  practical  working  limits. 

We  maintain  a  fully  equipped  cable  department,  supervised  by  experienced  and 
able  engineers  and  manned  by  competent  cable  workmen,  which  has  for  many 
years  and  with  marked  success  attended  to  all  matters  pertaining  to  underground 
and  submarine  cable  installations.  Through  this  department,  we  are  at  all  times 
prepared  to  install  cables,  to  make  estimates  or  to  advise  customers  regarding 
specifications,  costs  of  installations  and  so  on,  or  to  furnish  competent  supervisors 
for  installations  made  by  the  customer  himself. 


Unloading  Reels 


ELECTRICAL  WIRES  AND  CA.BLES  167 


Handling  Lead  Cables  Installation 

Cables  are  shipped  from  the  factory  on  well  constructed  wooden  reels  of  suit-  of  Under- 
able  size  to  accommodate  one  or  more  lengths  of  cable.  As  explained  on  page  50,  ground 
credit  will  be  allowed  for  empty  reels  when  they  are  returned  to  our  factory  in  Cables 
good  condition. 

When  coiling  a  cable  on  a  reel,  the  first  end,  usually  termed  the  test  end,  is  put 
through  a  slanting  smooth  hole  in  the  side  of  the  reel,  so  as  to  have  both  ends  of  the 
cable  accessible  for  testing  before  shipment.  After  testing,  both  ends  are  capped 
or  sealed,  thus  protecting  the  cable  insulation  from  moisture.  Each  reel  is  given 
the  most  rigid  inspection  before  leaving  the  factory,  and  the  test  end. protruding 
through  the  side  of  the  reel  from  12  to  18  inches  is  boxed  over.  The  reel  itself  is 
lagged  from  flange  to  flange  with  heavy  wooden  slats  nailed  to  the  flanges  and 
finally  secured  with  heavy  wires  encircling  the  slats  so  as  to  thoroughly  protect  the 
cable  from  injury  in  transit  or  while  standing  on  the  street. 

Transporting  such  reels  of  cable  from  the  railroad  to  the  manhole  is  intrusted 
only  to  experienced  truckmen,  and  if  a  low  wagon  is  not  available  and  a  high  wagon 
must  be  used,  the  reels  of  cable  are  carefully  lowered  from  the  wagon  by  means  of 
a  windlass  and  skids  and  are  not  allowed  to  drop  to  the  ground.  To  avoid  the 
loosening  of  the  cable,  the  reels  are  rolled  in  the  direction  pointed  by  the  arrow 
painted  on  the  side  of  the  reel. 

The  reel  of  cable  is  then  placed  at  the  manhole  over  the  duct  into  which  the 
cable  is  to  be  drawn,  in  such  a  way  that  the  cable  will  unwind  from  the  top  of  the 
reel.  It  is  next  mounted  on  screw  jacks  and  not  until  then  are  the  slats  removed, 
care  being  taken  that  no  nails  come  into  contact  with  the  cable  or  are  left  in  the 
flanges  to  do  damage. 

The  utmost  care  is  always  taken  not  to  bend  the  cable  sharply,  not  to  break 
through,  cut,  abrade,  kink  or  dent  the  lead  sheath,  and  above  all  not  to  allow  the 
slightest  trace  of  moisture  to  enter  the  ends  of  the  cable  after  the  seals  have  been 
broken.  A  failure  to  observe  these  points  may  lead  to  the  ruination  of  the  cable. 
The  useful  life  of  an  underground  cable  is  determined  by  that  of  the  insulation, 
which  in  turn  usually  depends  upon  the  integrity  of  the  lead  sheath. 

The  Conduit  System 

When  cables  were  first  put  under  ground  a  trench  was  dug  to  a  safe  distance 
below  the  street  surface,  into  which  the  cable  was  laid.  It  was  then  covered  with 
sand  and  the  trench  filled  in.  Later,  this  method  was  improved  by  first  placing  in 
these  trenches  long  rectangular  boxes  or  troughs  made  of  yellow  pine  thoroughly 
creosoted  with  dead  oil  or  tar.  The  cable  was  laid  into  this  box  and  was  entirely 
surrounded  with  hot  pitch  or  other  bituminous  compound.  A  wood  cover  was  then 
placed  on  the  trough,  after  which  the  trench  would  be  filled  in.  Such  solid  systems 
are  still  extensively  used  in  foreign  countries  and  to  some  extent  here  in  private 
rights  of  way,  and  are  considered  quite  safe  under  certain  conditions.  However, 
in  this  case,  when  a  cable  becomes  defective,  the  whole  trench  has  to  be  dug  up  in 
order  to  replace  or  repair  such  defects. 

This  led  to  the  adoption  of  what  is  known  as  the  flexible  duct  or  drawing-in 
system,  which  is  built  under  the  pavement  of  streets  in  thickly  settled  portions 
of  a  city,  in  a  manner  that  will  permit  of  drawing  in  the  wires  and  cables  at  any 
time  after  the  completion  of  the  subway.  This  system  also  allows  extensions  or 
rearrangements  of  cables  as  may  be  deemed  advisable  from  time  to  time.  At  the 


AMERIC'AN    STEEL    AND    WIRE    COMPANY 


Installation    present  time  there  is  a  large  number  of  different  kinds  of  conduits.     They  are 

of  Under-    made  of  Bituminized  Fibre,  Iron  and  Cement,  Terra-Cotta,  and  so  on,  each  type 

ground         of  which  has  some  redeeming  quality  of  its  own. 

Cables  Any   type   of  conduit   for  lead  encased  cables  should  possess  the  following 

qualities.  It  should  afford  a  thorough  mechanical  protection  to  the  enclosed  cable, 
securing  it  from  accident  during  street  excavations.  It  should  be  absolutely  proof 
against  fire,  acid,  gas,  water  and  electrolysis,  thus  protecting  the  cable,  and  main- 
taining it  for  a  long  period  of  time.  The  conduit  should  also  have  sufficient 
mechanical  strength  to  resist  the  ordinary  destructive  influences  to  which  street 
structures  are  exposed.  The  bore  of  the  ducts  should  be  smooth,  straight,  and  in 
perfect  alignment.  The  latter,  however,  does  not  always  receive  sufficient  atten- 
tion by  contractors. 

A  few  years  ago  a  three-inch  diameter  duct  was  considered  sufficiently  large, 
but  for  feeder  cables  called  for  to-day,  which  are  often  over  three  inches  in 
diameter,  nothing  less  than  a  three  and  one-half-inch  bore  should  be  used,  and  if 
very  long  sections  of  cables  are  to  be  installed,  the  bore  should  be  even  larger. 

After  a  conduit  contractor  has  finished  building  the  underground  duct  system, 
and  before  he  leaves  it,  the  system  should  not  be  accepted  until  after  it  has  been 
tested  by  drawing  through  each  duct  a  test  mandrel  about  twenty-four  inches  in 
length  and  one-quarter  of  an  inch  less  in  diameter  than  the  bore  of  the  duct. 

Manholes 

Manholes  are  usually  built  at  street  intersections  or  turns  in  the  conduit  line 
to  afford  a  place  for  jointing  the  cables.  The  distance  between  these  manholes 
depends  upon  local  conditions.  It  is  safe  to  say  that  this  limiting  distance  where 
large  cables  are  to  be  installed  should  be  500  feet,  for  in  pulling  larger  lengths 
the  cable  sheath  is  subjected  to  a  severe  strain,  and  this  should  be  avoided.  Man- 
holes, especially  for  high  tension  cables,  should,  whenever  possible,  be  built 
spacious,  be  well  drained,  well  ventilated,  and  they  should  be  kept  clean  and 
dry.  Their  design  should  be  such  as  to  afford  the  best  opportunity  for  bending 
the  cable  ends  projecting  from  the  ducts  to  a  position  on  the  wall  where  they  are 
to  be  racked  and  jointed.  On  the  following  two  pages  are  shown  in  outline  a  typical 
two-way  and  a  four-way  manhole  as  recommended  by  the  Committee  on  Power 
Distribution  of  the  Railway  Engineering  Association.  This  construction  should 
be  followed  whenever  possible. 

Ample  facilities  should  be  provided  in  each  manhole,  either  by  shelves  or 
adjustable  racks  for  supporting  the  cables  in  place.  Many  cables  are  ruined  on 
account  of  insufficient  and  inadequate  fittings.  Some  attention  should  also  be 
given  to  locating  the  lower  and  the  top  ducts  in  a  manhole,  so  as  to  enable  the 
cables  to  be  drawn  in  without  damaging  them.  The  manhole  cover  should  be  over 
the  center  of  the  manhole,  making  it  easy  to  set  a  rigging  when  installing  cables, 
and  making  it  more  difficult  for  careless  workmen  to  use  the  cables  as  steps  in 
entering  or  leaving  the  manhole,  which  practice  will  soon  ruin  any  cable. 

When  possible,  a  good  ground  should  be  provided  in  each  manhole  for  the  pur- 
pose of  bonding  cables,  when  it  becomes  necessary  to  do  this  in  order  to  protect  the 
cables  against  stray  currents  which  might  destroy  the  lead  sheath  and  finally  the 
insulation  by  electrolysis. 

Choice  of  Ducts 

Before  drawing  any  cables  into  a  new  conduit  system,  it  is  often  a  question  to 
decide  which  of  the  ducts  shall  first  be  used.  Workmen  when  about  to  install 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


Installation 

of  Under- 

ground 

Cables 


170 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Installation 
of  Under- 
ground 
Cables 


ELECTRICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES     171 


* 
I 


Installation 
of  Under- 
ground 
Cables 


Arrangement  of  Cables  in  Manhole 


Appliances  Used  in  Connection  with 
Installation  of  Cables 


Typical  Manhole  Racks  for  Cables 


172          AMERICAN          STEEL          AND          WIRE          COMPANY 


Installation  cables  may  have  been  told  to  use  any  one  of  the  ducts,  and  naturally  they  draw 
of  Under-  into  those  which  are  most  convenient,  without  any  consideration  for  other  cables 
ground  that  may  be  installed  later.  There  are  cases  where  the  manhole  is  completely 
Cables  blocked  by  the  first  few  cables  installed.  But  there  is  another  important  reason 

why  the  ducts  to  be  used  for  power  cables  should  be  very  carefully  selected,  as  will 

be  seen  from  the  following. 

We  are  often  requested  by  customers  to  stipulate  the  amperage  and  to  guarantee 
a  cable  for  such  current  carrying  capacity.  It  is  not  possible  to  foretell  the  exact 
current  carrying  capacity  of  a  cable  without  previously  knowing  all  the  controlling 
factors  which  would  influence  the  temperature  rises  in  such  a  cable.  Some  of  the 
most  important  factors  are  the  natural  temperature  of  ducts  and  manholes,  amount 
of  moisture  present,  condition  and  kind  of  soil  surrounding  the  conduit,  and 
exact  location  of  the  cable  in  the  duct  with  respect  to  other  cables  which  have 
previously  been  installed.  All  of  these  greatly  influence  both  the  radiation  or  dissi- 
pation of  heat  generated  in  each  conductor  or  cable,  and  the  current  carrying 
capacity  of  the  conductor. 

Usually,  the  coolest  and  best  heat  radiating  ducts  are  those  located  at  the  lower 
corners  of  the  system,  next  are  those  nearest  to  the  outside  of  the  system,  and  lastly 
the  middle  and  top  ducts  which  not  only  take  up  heat  from  the  lower  cables,  but 
must  dissipate  heat  through  adjoining  ducts.  Attention  to  these  points  when 
planning  a  new  system  may  prove  very  profitable  in  the  end. 

Regarding  the  selection  of  cables,  it  should  be  borne  in  mind  that  those 
insulated  with  rubber  compound  dissipate  heat  more  readily  than  those  insulated 
with  paper  or  other  fibrous  material,  other  conditions  being  equal.  On  the  other 
hand  it  has  been  found  that  a  cable  insulated  with  an  oil  saturated  paper  will  stand 
its  load  for  a  longer  period  of  time  at  a  high  temperature  than  one  insulated  with 
rubber  compound,  without  showing  signs  of  deterioration,  that  is,  if  not  too  much 
resinous  material  has  been  used  in  making  up  the  paper  insulation.  High  tension 
cables  insulated  with  varnished  cambric  should  not  be  operated  continuously  at 
higher  temperatures  than  rubber  insulated  cables,  preferably  not  above  145  degrees 
Fahrenheit,  whereas  paper  cables  may  be  operated  for  short  periods  at  about  160 
degrees  Fahrenheit.  It  should  also  be  borne  in  mind  that  under  similar  conditions 
a  single  conductor  cable  dissipates  the  heat  faster  than  two  or  more  conductors 
enclosed  in  a  single  sheath. 

To  economize  in  space,  as  many  as  six  cables  are  at  times  drawn  into  one  duct. 
This  may  be  an  advantage,  but  it  also  has  its  disadvantages,  for  the  reason  that  if 
one  cable  should  burn  out  there  is  every  possibility  of  burning  up  the  remaining 
cables,  and  all  six  would  be  out  of  commission  and  would  have  to  be  replaced. 
But,  nevertheless,  the  two  wires  of  the  same  circuit  should  always  be  brought  as 
near  together  as  possible,  so  as  to  reduce  the  passage  of  magnetic  flux  between 
them,  whether  this  flux  proceed  from  themselves  or  from  other  wires. 

It  has  been  recommended  by  the  committee  of  railway  engineers  on  power 
distribution  that  all  cables  passing  through  iron  pipes  be  covered  with  a  weather- 
proof braid.  As  explained  on  page  20,  no  single  conductor  carrying  an  alternating 
current  should  be  placed  in  an  iron  duct.  To  minimize  the  loss  due  to  self-induc- 
tion, the  two,  three  or  four  legs  of  a  single-phase,  three-phase  or  quarter-phase 
alternating  circuit  should,  whenever  possible,  be  made  up  into  one  multiple-con- 
ductor cable  having  a  common  lead  sheath.  Pressure  wires  may  be  included 
whenever  required. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


173 


Drawing  Cables  into  Ducts 

After  having  decided  upon  the  duct  into  which  the  cable  is  to  be  drawn,  prep- 
arations are  made  to  wire  the  duct  and  to  thoroughly  clean  and  free  it  from  any 
obstructions  which  might  injure  the  cable  when  being  drawn  in.  To  accomplish 
this,  a  snake  wire  or  a  rodding  stick,  of  which  there  are  several  types,  one  of 
which  is  shown  below,  is  worked  through  the  duct.  These  rodding  sticks  are  one 
inch  in  diameter  and  from  three  to  five  feet  in  length  and  have  on  each  end  a 
coupling  for  jointing  the  rods  into  one  continuous  length  as  they  are  pushed  into 
the  duct. 


Installation 
of  Under- 
ground 
Cables 


Rodding  Sticks  and  Snake  Wire 

A  workman  pushes  one  of  these  rods  into  the  duct,  couples  a  second  onto  the 
first  rod  and  again  pushes  it  ahead  and  so  continues  the  operation  until  the  first  rod 
put  into  the  duct  extends  through  to  the  next  manhole.  Then  to  the  end  of  the  last 


174 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Installation   rod  a  No.  10  or  No.  12  B.  W.  gauge  galvanized  wire  of  sufficient  length  is  attached 
ot  Under-    and  this  is  drawn  through  the  duct  with  the  rods.     This  operation  is  continued  from 
ground         manhole  to  manhole  until  all  the  ducts  have  been  wired. 
Cables  If  the  sections  of  ducts  are  of  short  lengths,  rods  may  not  be  necessary,  and 

a  snake  wire  alone  may  be  used.     This  latter  is  also  better  adapted  to  wiring  ducts 

with   curves,    but  it  cannot  be   used  in  very  long  lengths,  owing  to  the  friction 

encountered. 

By  means  of  the  galvanized  wire,  a  suitable  rope  to  which  is  attached  scrapers, 

gauges  and  brushes  or  swabs,  is  next  drawn  through  the  duct,  so  as  to  make  sure 

that  all  is  clear  for  the  cable.    These  gauges  should  be  about  three-eighths  of  an  inch 

larger  than  the  cables  to  be  installed. 

The  sealed  ends  of  the  cable  are  examined  to  see  that  they  are  perfect,  and  then 

a  wire  pulling  grip  of  some  form  (see  below)  is  drawn  over  the  cable  end. 

To  the  end  of  this  grip  is  next  fastened  the  end  of  a  steel  or  manila  pulling 

rope,  which  in  the  meantime  has  been  drawn  through  the  duct  ready  for  pulling. 

Proper  cable  protectors  are  placed 
in  the  mouth  of  the  duct.  These 
protectors  are  usually  made  of 
leather  and  are  so  placed  in  the 
end  of  the  duct  that  the  cable  will 
not  be  damaged.  The  cable  should 
now  reach  from  the  top  of  the  reel 
to  the  mouth  of  the  duct  by  a  grace- 
ful curve,  without  touching  at  any 
intermediate  point,  as  shown  on 
next  page.  The  pulling  can  be  done 
by  capstan,  winch,  motor  truck, 
horses  or,  if  it  is  a  small  cable,  by 
hand.  When  guiding  the  cable 
into  the  duct,  a  small  amount  of 
common  grease  should  be  spread 
on  to  the  cable  so  as  to  allow  it  to 
slide  more  easily  and  lessen  the 
strain  on  the  cable.  Enough  ex- 
tra cable  should  be  drawn  into  the 
manhole  to  provide  for  racking 
around  the  manhole  and  making 
the  joints.  At  times  a  long  length 
of  cable  has  to  be  drawn,  and  for 
this  reason  a  rigging  as  illustrated 
is  used.  This  has  large  sheaves 
that  will  not  damage  the  cable. 
Many  times  cables  are  injured  by 
pulling  them  over  sheaves  which 

are  too  small  for  the  cable.     During  the  installation  no  cable  should  be  bent  sharper 

than  a  radius  equal  to  ten  diameters  of  the  cable. 

If  it  is  not  intended  to  join  the  cables  as  soon  as  they  are  drawn  in,  the  caps  or 

seals  should  be  examined  to  see  that  they  are  safe  before  leaving  the  work.     The 

cable  should  be  protected  at  the  edge  of  the  duct  and  it  should  not  be  left  hanging 

loosely  or  lying  on  the  bottom  of  the  manhole,  but  should  be  placed  on  the  racks 

provided  for  it. 


Appliances  Used  During  Installation  of 
Underground  Cables 


ELECTRICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES     175 


Installation 

of  Under- 

ground 

Cables 


Unreeling  Cable  into  Duct 


Pulling  in  Cable  with  Capstan 


Copper  Couplings 


176    AMERICAN     STEEL    AND     WIRE    COMPANY 

Installation  ^  tne  cables  have  paper  insulation,  they  should  never  be  installed  at  a  temper- 

of  Under-  ature  below  40  degrees  Fahrenheit  without  first  warming  them  up  by  charcoal  fires 
ground  or  other  means,  so  as  to  make  them  more  flexible  and  avoid  any  possibility  of  crack- 
Cables  mg  tne  insulation.  Also  when  cables  are  being  racked  around  the  manhole  they 

should  be  thoroughly  warmed  if  the  temperature  is  low. 

Before  jointing,  cut  the  ends  back  far  enough  to  be  positive  that  there  is  no 

moisture  present.     A  test  for  moisture  should  be  made  if  there  is  any  reason  to 

suspect  its  presence. 

The  Jointing  of  Cables 

It  is  generally  admitted  that  the  greater  part  of  trouble  which  occurs  on  high 
tension  cables  is  due  to  poorly  made  joints,  or  to  the  presence  of  moisture  or  cracks 
in  the  insulation  near  the  joints.  With  good  material  and  careful  and  competent 
workmen,  the  insulation  of  the  joint  can  be  made  as  reliable  and  as  durable  as  that 
on  any  other  part  of  the  cable.  The  construction  of  a  joint  is  therefore  of  prime 
consideration,  and  unless  the  purchaser  has  at  his  command  experienced  and 
thoroughly  reliable  cable  workmen,  he  would  do  well  to  contract  with  the  manufac- 
turer, who  has  every  facility  for  doing  this  class  of  work,  for  the  complete  installa- 
tion of  the  cable. 

In  the  making  of  a  perfect  joint, 

(a]  High  grade  insulating  materials  are  carefully  chosen  to  suit  the  special 
conditions. 

(b)  The  work  is  done  by  reliable  and  experienced  cable  men  under  the  super- 
vision of  an  expert  who  critically  inspects  all  work. 

(<:)  Every  trace  of  moisture  is  excluded  from  the  joint  and  adjacent  parts  of 
the  cable. 

(d)  The  cable  should  never  be  bent  to  a  radius  of  less  than  eight  times  its 
diameter  for  rubber  or  cambric  insulation,  or  ten  diameters  for  paper  insulation. 
The  latter  as  already  explained  should  in  extreme  cold  weather  be  warm  before 
being  bent  at  all. 

(<?)  The  layers  of  insulating  tape  are  drawn  tight  to  exclude  air  and  are 
made  to  overlap  each  other. 

(f )  The  lead  sleeve  is  properly  proportioned,  well  wiped  on  and  entirely  filled 
with  compound  previously  heated  to  the  correct  temperature.  Two  holes  are 
made  in  the  top  of  the  finished  lead  sleeve,  one  near  each  end  as  shown  on  next 
page,  to  permit  of  filling  with  the  compound.  As  the  compound  settles,  the  sleeves 
have  to  be  refilled  from  time  to  time  until  they  are  entirely  full,  then  the  holes 
through  the  sleeve  are  sealed. 

The  length  of  a  joint  should  be  in  proportion  to  the  size  of  the  conductor, 
avoiding  short  joints  where  it  is  possible  and  the  insulation  on  a  joint  should  be  at 
least  20  per  cent,  thicker  than  that  on  the  cable  itself.  Before  drawing  the  lead 
sleeve  over  the  newly  made  joint,  the  new  insulation  should  be  well  dried  out 
to  remove  all  trace  of  moisture  taken  up  from  the  hands  of  the  workmen  or  elsewhere. 

The  various  steps  in  the  making  of  a  3-conductor  high  tension  cable  joint  are 
fully  illustrated  on  the  next  page.  Sections  of  a  straight-way  joint,  also  of  three 
and  four-way  branch  joints  of  suitable  design,  are  shown  on  pages  177  and  178.  The 
Y-shape  or  parallel  branch  joint  are  more  easily  made,  take  up  less  space  and  are 
stronger  than  the  right  angle  joint. 


ELECTRICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES     177 


Installation 
of  Under- 
ground 
Cables 


Showing  the  Various  Steps  in  the  Making  of  a  Three-conductor,  Paper  Insulated 
Lead-covered  Cable  Joint 


178 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE    COMPANY 


Installation  Jointing  Materials 

of  Under- 

ground  ^ne  of  tne  most  important  features  to   be  considered  in  making  a  joint  as 

Cables         already  mentioned,  is  in  the  choice  of  correct  jointing  materials.      These  should  in 
all  cases  be  of  the  very  best  quality. 

We  keep  on  hand  at  all  times  a  large  supply  of  all  high  grade  insulating 
materials  used  in  jointing  the  various  styles  of  cables  listed  in  this  catalogue.  Rub- 
ber tapes  of  various  kinds  and  sizes,  pure  rubber  and  rubber  compounds.  All  sizes 
of  treated  paper  and  varnished  cambric  tapes,  high  grade  compounds  which  we 
have  developed  during  the  past  few  years  and  which  are  giving  perfect  results. 
We  can  furnish  on  short  notice,  lead  sleeves  of  any  style  or  dimensions,  and  all 
special  tools  and  appliances  ordinarily  used  in  cable  installations,  many  of  which 
are  illustrated  herein. 

Our  copper  jointing  sleeves  are  made  from  pure  copper.  They  are  made  in  the 
most  suitable  lengths  for  regular  underground  joints,  tinned  and  well  finished. 
Each  is  provided  with  an  opening  along  its  entire  length  so  as  to  permit  of  the 
solder  flowing  freely  throughout  the  joint  when  made,  thus  insuring  a  good  soldered 
union.  Both  ends  of  the  sleeve  are  beveled  off,  and  sharp  edges  which  would  have 
a  tendency  to  cause  a  puncture  through  the  insulation  after  the  joint  has  been 
finished  are  removed. 

Specials,  such  as  Y  or  T  sleeves,  are  made  up  on  short  notice  when  customers' 
requirements  are  known. 


Standard  Dimensions  of  Copper  Sleeves  for  Jointing  Cables 


List 
Number 

Size  of 
Conductor 

Outside 
Diameter  of 
Conductor 
Inches 

Outside 
Diameter  of 
Sleeve 
Inches 

Thickness 
of  Copper 
Inches 

Length  of 
Sleeve 
Inches 

Weight  per 
100  Sleeves 
Pounds 

2000  S 

2,000,000 

1.6302 

2.168 

.268 

6.00 

280 

1750  S 

1,750,000 

1.5246 

2.027 

.251 

5.65 

242 

1500  S 

1,500.000 

1.4124 

.879 

.233 

5.30 

200 

1250  S 

1,250,'  00 

1.2892 

.715 

.212 

4.90 

150 

1000  S 

1,000,001) 

1.1520 

.532 

.190 

4.45 

110 

900  S 

900,000 

1.0985 

.454 

.180 

4.25 

88 

800S 

800,000 

1.0305 

.360 

.170 

4.05 

7b 

750  S 

750,000 

.9981 

.327 

.162 

3.95 

67 

700  S 

700,000 

.9639 

.282 

.159 

3.80 

62 

600S 

600,000 

.8928 

.187 

.147 

3.60 

52 

600  S 

500.000 

.8134 

.082 

.134 

3.35 

45 

400S 

400,000 

.7280 

.968 

.120 

2.10 

86 

300  S 

300,000 

.6321 

.841 

.104 

2.75 

23 

250  S 

250,000 

.5754 

.766 

.095 

2.60 

16 

254  S 

0000 

.5275 

.702 

.087 

2.45 

14 

258  S 

000 

.4700 

.625 

.078 

2.25 

10 

251  S 

00 

.4180 

.556 

.068 

2.10 

7 

250  S 

0 

.3730 

.496 

.062 

1.95 

4 

255  S 

1 

.3315 

.441 

.055 

1.80 

256  S 

•I 

.2919 

.388 

.048 

1.70 

257  S 

3 

.2601 

.347 

.043 

1.60 

258  S 

4 

.2316 

.308 

.038 

1.50 

259  S 

5 

.2061 

.275 

.034 

.40 

260  S 

6 

.1836 

.244 

.030 

.25 

231  S 

7 

.1635 

.218 

.027 

.25 

262  S 

8 

.1455 

.194 

.024 

.25 

263  S 

9 

.1305 

.172 

.022 

.25 

264  S 

10 

.1155 

.154 

.020 

.25 

• 

ELECTRICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES     179 


Installation 

of  Under- 

ground 

Cables 


•HI 


1 


Making  Underground  Cable  Joints  in  Stormy  Weather 


Testing  Instrument 


End  Bell  for  Three-conductor  Cable 


180    AMERICAN    STEEL    AND    WIRE    COMPANY 


Installation 
of  Under- 
ground 
Cables 


LE 
SULATION         * 

AD 
C 

SLEEVE 
OMPOUND 
JOINT  INSULATION 
COPPER  SLEEVE 

OPENING  FOR  COMPOUND 
/I                              W.PEC 

Straight-way  Single  Conductor  Cable  Joint 


Single  Conductor  Y-shape  Branch  Joint 


Single  Conductor  Right  Angle  Branch  Joint 


Two  Parallel  Conductor  Branch  Joint 


ELECTRICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES     181 


Two  Right  Angle  Conductor  Branch  Joint 


Straight-way  Three-conductor  Cable  Joint 


Three-conductor  Right  Angle  Branch  Joint 


Installation 

of  Under- 

ground 

Cables 


Insulated  Single  Conductor  Cable  Connection  to  a  Bare  Cable 


182    AMERICAN    STEEL    AN'D    WIRE    COMPANY 


Installation 
of  Under- 
ground 
Cables 


Apparatus  for  Making  High  Potential  Tests 


An  Abridged  Dictionary 

of 

Electrical  Words,  Terms  and  Phrases 


In  compiling  this  Dictionary  we  have  quoted  chiefly 
from  Houston's  "  Dictionary  of  Electrical  Terms, 
Words  and  Phrases,"  by  courtesy  of  The  McGraw- 
Hill  Book.  Company,  of  New  York- 


184 


AMERICAN 


S   T   £   £   L 


A   N    I) 


W   I    R    £ 


C   O   M   P  A  N  Y 


Electrical  Dictionary 


a.     A  symbol  for  acceleration. 

A.C.     A  contraction  for  alternating-current. 

Absolute  Temperature.  That  temperature  which 
is  reckoned  from  the  absolute  zero,  -273°  C  , 
or  —459°  F. 

Acceleration.  A  change  of  motion.  The  time- 
rate  of  change  of  velocity. 

Accumulator.  A  word  sometimes  applied  to  a 
current  accumulator.  A  Leyden  jar  or  con- 
denser. A  secondary  or  storage  battery. 

Acheson  Effect.  The  change  in  the  electromotive 
force  of  the  secondary  of  a  transformer  due  to 
changes  of  temperature  in  its  core. 

Aclinic  Line.  A  line  connecting  places  on  the 
earth's  surface  which  have  no  magnetic  inclina- 
tion. The  magnetic  equator  of  the  earth. 

Acoutemeter,  Electric.  An  apparatus  for  electri- 
cally testing  the  delicacy  of  hearing. 

Actino=electricity.  Electricity  produced  in  crys- 
talline substances  by  the  action  of  radiant 
energy. 

Active  Component  of  Exciting  Current.  The  active 
current  in  an  alternating  current  circuit  as  dis- 
tinguished from  the  wattless  current.  In  an 
alternating-current  circuit  the  component  of 
current  which  is  in  phase  with  the  E.M.F.  and 
the  effective  and  apparent  conductance. 

Active  Current.  A  working  component  of  a  cur- 
rent in  an  alternating-current  circuit  as  dis- 
tinguished from  a  wattless  component  of  cur- 
rent. The  component  of  an  alternating-cur- 
rent that  is  in  phase  with  the  impressed  electro- 
motive force. 

Active  Loop.  A  single  loop  in  a  circuit  that  is 
traversed  by  an  electric  current. 

Activity.  Power.  Rate-of-doing  work.  The  work 
done  per  second,  in  uniform  working. 

Activity,  Unit  of.  A  rate  of  working  that  will  per- 
form one  unit  of  work  per  second.  In  C.G.S. 
units,  the  activity  of  one  erg  per  second.  This 
unit  is  very  small.  The  watt  is  taken  as  the 
practical  unit  of  power  and  is  equal  to  ten  mil- 
lion ergs  per  second.  Seven  hundred  and  forty- 
six  watts  equals  one  horse-power. 

Acylic  Machine.  Sometimes  called  unipolar.  A 
continuous  current  generator  in  which  the 
voltage  generated  in  the  active  conductors 
maintains  the  same  direction  with  respect  to 
those  conductors. 

Adapter.  A  screw-nozzle  fitted  to  an  incandescent 
electric  lamp  and  provided  with  a  screw-thread 
to  enable  it  to  be  readily  placed  on  a  gas  bracket, 
or  chandelier,  in  the  place  of  an  ordinary  gas 
burner.  A  device  which  permits  incandescent 
electric  lamps  of  one  manufacture  to  be  readily 
placed  in  the  socket  of  a  lamp  of  another 
manufacture. 

Adhesive  Tape.  A  tape  covered  with  insulating 
material  and  possessing  adhesive  properties, 
employed  for  covering  bared  conductors,  at 
joints,  or  other  similar  places. 

Adjuster  for  Lamp  Pendant.  Any  device  for  ad- 
justing or  altering  the  height  or  position  of  a 
pendant  lamp. 

Admittance.  The  reciprocal  of  the  impedance  in 
an  alternating-current  circuit.  The  apparent 
conductance  of  an  alternating-current  circuit  or 
conductor. 

Advanced  Quadrature.  In  an  alternating-current 
circuit  the  condition  of  being  90°  in  phase  ahead 
of  some  particular  E.M.F.,  flux,  or  current. 

Aerial  Conductor.     An  overhead  conductor. 

Aero-ferric=circuit  Transformer.  An  open-circuit 
transformer =- 

Ageing  of  Electric  Incandescent  Lamp.  A  grad- 
ual decrease  in  the  efficiency  of  an  electric  in- 
candescent lamp  due  either  to  the  age  coating 
of  its  chamber,  or  to  the  deterioration  of  its  fila- 
ment. 

Ageing  or  Transformer  Core.  Increase  in  the  hys- 
teretic  coefficient  in  the  iron  of  a  transformer 


core  during  the  first  few  months  of  its  commer- 
cial operation,  from  its  continued  magnetic  re- 
versals at  comparatively  high  temperature. 

Agone.  A  line  connecting  places  on  the  earth's  sur- 
face where  the  magnetic  needle  points  to  the  true 
geographical  north.  The  line  of  no  declination. 

Air=condenser.  A  condenser  in  which  air  is  the 
dielectric. 

Air=core  Transformer.  A  transformer  which  is 
destitute  of  a  core  other  than  that  of  air. 

Air=gap.  In  a  magnetic  circuit,  any  gap  or  open- 
ing containing  air  only. 

Air=path.  The  path  a  disruptive  discharge  takes 
through  the  air. 

Air=reluctance.  The  reluctance  of  that  portion 
of  a  magnetic  circuit  which  consists  of  air. 

Air=space.  The  space  that  exists  between  the 
surface  of  an  armature  and  the  polar  surface 
within  which  it  rotates.  The  space  between 
opposed  surfaces  of  a  comb  lightning-arrester. 

Alarm,  Electric.  Any  automatic  electric  device 
by  which  attention  is  called  to  the  occurrence  of 
certain  events,  such  as  the  opening  of  a  window, 
the  stepping  of  a  person  on  a  mat,  the  rise  or 
fall  of  temperature  beyond  a  certain  predeter- 
mined point,  etc.,  by  the  closing  or  opening  of 
an  electric  circuit.  A  device  for  calling  a  person 
to  a  telegraphic  or  telephonic  instrument. 

Alive.  A  name  sometimes  given  to  a  live  wire  or 
circuit.  An  active  wire  or  circuit. 

Alternating.     Periodically  changing  in  direction. 

Alternating  Continuous=current  Commutating 
Machine.  A  secondary  generator  for  trans- 
forming from  alternating  to  continuous  cur- 
rents by  the  aid  of  a  commutator. 

Alternating-current  Dynamo=electric  Machine. 
A  dynamo-electric  machine  producing  alternat- 
ing currents  in  its  external  circuit. 

Alternating=current  Phase=meter.  An  instru- 
ment used  to  determine  the  phase  difference 
between  two  alternating  currents. 

A!ternating=current  Potentiometer.  A  potentio- 
meter suitable  for  measuring  the  difference  of 
pressure  in  an  alternating-current  circuit. 

Alternating=current  Power.  The  product  of  the 
effective  alternating-current  strength,  the  ef- 
fective pressure  under  which  that  current  is 
supplied,  and  the  power  factor.  With  sinu- 
soidal electromotive  forces  and  currents,  the 
product  of  the  effective  current  strength,  the 
effective  pressxire  under  which  that  current  is 
supplied,  and  the  cosine  of  the  phase-differ- 
ence between  the  two. 

Alternating=current  Rotary  Transformer.  A 
rotary  transformer  for  transforming  alternating 
into  continuous-currents,  or  vice- versa. 

Alternating  Currents.  Currents  which  flow  alter- 
nately in  opposite  directions.  Currents  whose 
directions  are  periodically  reversed  and  which, 
when  plotted,  consist  of  half-waves  of  equal 
area  in  successively  opposite  directions  from 
the  zero  line.  An  alternating  current  equals  the 
electromotive  force  divided  by  the  impedance, 
or 

E  E 


This  expression  represents  Ohm's  law  for  alter- 
nating currents.  It  may  be  solved  by  complex 
quantities  or  vectorilly. 

Z  =  |/    R*    +    ^Impedance  of  circuit. 

A'  =  Ohmic  resistance  of  circuit. 

X  =  Reactance  of  circuit  in  ohms. 

L  =  Coefficient  of  self  induction  in  benrvs. 


ELECTRICAL 


W 


IRES 


AND 


CABLES 


J  —  Capacity  of  the  circuit  in  farads. 

co  =2  irf,  angular  velocity,  where 

/    =the  number  of    cycles    per    second    or   fre- 
quency. 

For  a  circuit  consisting  of  two  parallel  copper 
wires  each  of  a  radius  r,  and  having  an  inter- 
axial  distance  d  between  them,  the  total 
length  of  the  entire  circuit  being  /  feet,  the  co- 
efficient of  self  induction  in  henrys  will  be 

30.5  /  (-5  +  4-6   Log  — j, 
L  = • 


and  for  iron  wire  when  the  current  density  is 
low  the  self  induction  in  henrys  will  be 

30.5  /   (75  +  4-6  Log  -J 


The  radius  r,  and  the  distance  d,  must  be  ex- 
pressed in  similar  units  of  length.  The  drop  in 
voltage  for  an  alternating-current  circuit  = 


(See  Current,  Electric.) 

Alternation.  A  change  in  direction.  A  change  or 
reversal  in  the  direction  of  an  electromotive 
force  or  current.  A  single  vibration  or  oscilla- 
tion as  distinguished  from  a  complete  cycle  or 
double  vibration. 

Alternation,  Periodicity  of.  The  number  of  alter- 
nations per  second  produced  by  a  generator. 

When  any  particular  periodicity  or  frequency 
is  spoken  of,  as,  for  example,  250  alternations 
per  second,  125  complete  periods  or  cycles  per 
second  are  meant. 

Commercially  the  word  alternations  is  used 
for  half-periods  or  double-frequencies.  A  dy- 
namo with  250  alternations  per  second  has  125 
periods  per  second. 

Alternator,  or  AIternating=Current  Generator. 
One  which  produces  alternating  currents,  either 
single-phase  or  polyphase. 

Alternator,  Compensated.  An  alternating-current 
dynamo-electric  machine  for  sustaining  a  uni- 
form voltage  at  some  point  of  its  circuit  under 
varying  loads,  in  which  the  field  magnets  are 
excited  partly  by  rectified  or  commuted  cur- 
rents taken  from  separate  armature  coils,  and 
partly  by  currents  furnished  by  the  commuted 
current  from  a  small  transformer,  whose  pri- 
mary coil  is  placed  in  the  main  circuit. 

Alternator,  Compound.  An  alternating  current 
dynamo-electric  machine  whose  field  magnets 
are  compound-wound. 

The  current  from  the  machine  is  commonly 
run  through  a  series  transformer  whose  sec- 
ondary winding  is  connected  with  the  field 
magnets  through  a  commutator. 

Alternator,  Three=phase.  An  alternating-current 
dynamo  capable  of  producing  three-phase  cur- 
rents. Usually  these  three  separate  currents 
are  120°  in  phase  with  respect  to  each  other, 
their  algebraic  sum  at  any  instance  being  zero. 

Aluminum.  A  soft,  ductile,  weak,  malleable 
metal  of  white  color  approaching  silver,  but 
with  a  bluish  cast.  Does  not  readily  oxidize. 
Melts  at  a  low  temperature.  Cannot  readily  be 
welded,  or  brazed  or  soldered.  Very  electro- 
positive, and  is  eaten  away  in  presence  of  salts 
and  other  metals.  Atomic  weight  27.1.  Specific 
gravity  2.6  to  2.7.  The  lightest  of  all  useful 
metals  next  to  magnesium.  Expands  greatly 
with  increasing  temperature.  For  equal  cpn- 
ductivitv,  aluminum  has  about  twice  the  size, 
but  one-half  the  weight  of  copper.  Tenacity 
about  one-third  that  of  wrought-iron.  (See 
page  14.) 

Amalgam.  A  combining  of  a  metal  with  mercury. 
Tin  is  very  commonly  used  for  this  purpose. 


American  Twist  Joint.  A  joint  between  two  con- 
ducting wires  in  which  each  end  is  twisted 
around  the  other. 

American  Wire  Gauge.  The  name  generally  given 
to  the  Brown  and  Sharpe  wire  gauge,  in  which 
the  largest  wire,  No.  oooo,  has  a  diameter  of 
.46",  the  wire  No.  36  .005",  and  all  other 
diameters  are  in  geometrical  progression.  (See 
page  21.) 

Ammeter.  A  form  of  galvanometer  in  which  the 
value  of  the  current  is  measured  directly  in 
amperes.  (See  Galvanometer.) 

An  ampere-meter  or  ammeter  is  a  commercial 
form  of  galvanometer  in  which  the  deflections 
of  a  magnetic  needle  are  calibrated  or  valued  in 
amperes.  As  a  rule  the  coils  of  wire  in  an  am- 
meter are  of  lower  resistance  than  in  a  volt- 
meter. The  magnetic  needle  is  deflected  from 
its  zero  position  by  the  field  produced  by  the 
current  whose  strength  in  amperes  is  to  be 
measured.  This  needle  is  held  in  the  zero  posi- 
tion by  the  action  of  a  magnetic  field,  either  of 
a  permanent  or  an  electromagnet,  by  the  ac- 
tion of  a  spring,  or  by  a  weight  under  the  influ- 
ence of  gravity.  There  thus  exist  a  variety  of 
ammeters,  viz.:  permanent-magnet  ammeters, 
electromagnetic  ammeters,  spring  ammeters 
and  gravity  ammeters. 

Amperage.  The  number  of  amperes  passing  in  a 
circuit  in  a  given  time. 

Ampere.  The  practical  unit  of  electric  current. 
A  rate  of  flow  of  electricity  transmitting  one 
coulomb  per  second.  The  current  of  electricity 
which  would  pass  through  a  circuit  whose  re- 
sistance is  one  ohm,  under  an  electromotive 
force  9f  one  volt.  A  current  of  such  a  strength 
as  will  deposit  i .  1 1 8  milligrammes  of  silver  per 
second  from  a  specifically  prepared  solution  of 
silver  nitrate.  (See  International  Ampere.) 

Ampere=hour.  A  unit  of  electrical  quantity  equal 
to  the  quantity  of  electricity  conveyed  by  one 
ampere  flowing  for  one  hour.  A  quantity  of 
electricity  equal  to  3600  coulombs. 

Ampere-hour  Meter.  An  instrument  giving  the 
total  time  integral  of  the  amperes. 

Ampere=meter.     An  ammeter. 

Ampere=second.  A  unit  of  electric  quantity  equal 
to  the  quantity  of  electricity  conveyed  by  one 
ampere  flowing  for  one  second.  A  coulomb. 

Ampere=turn.  A  unit  of  magneto-motive  force 
equal  to  that  produced  by  one  ampere  flowing 
around  a  single  turn  of  wire. 

Ampere=volt.  A  word  sometimes  used  for  volt- 
ampere  or  watt. 

Amplitude  of  Vibration  or  Wave.  The  extent  of 
the  excursion  of  a  simply  vibrating  particle  on 
either  side  of  its  vibrating  point  or  point  of  rest. 

Anchor  Log.  A  log  partially  buried  in  the  ground 
and  serving  as  an  anchor  for  a  telegraphic  pole. 

Anchor  Strain=ear.  In  an  overhead  trolley  sys- 
tem a  trolley  ear  or  insulator  employed  for  anch- 
oring the  trolley  wire,  or  maintaining  it  taut, 
so  as  to  ensure  good  and  continuous  contact 
with  the  trolley  wheel. 

Anchored  Filament.  An  incandescent  lamp  fila- 
ment supported  as  its  centre  to  prevent  injury 
to  it  by  excessive  vibration. 

Angle  of  Declination.  The  angle  which  measures 
the  deviation  of  the  magnetic  needle  to  the  east 
or  west  of  the  true  geographical  north.  The 
angle  of  variation  of  a  magnetic  needle. 

Angle  of  Dip.  The  angle  which  a  magnetic  needle, 
free  to  move  in  both  a  vertical  and  horizontal 
plane,  makes  with  the  horizontal  line  passing 
through  its  point  of  support.  The  angle  of  in- 
clination of  a  magnetic  needle. 

Angle  of  Inclination.     The  angle  of  dip. 

Angle  of  Lag  of  Current.  An  angle  whose  tangent 
is  equal  to  the  ratio  of  the  inductive  to  the  ohmic 
resistance  in  a  circuit;  whose  cosine  is  equal  to 
the  ohmic  resistance  divided  by  the  impedance 
of  a  circuit;  and  whose  cosine  is  the  ratio  of  the 
real  to  the  apparent  power  in  an  alternating- 
current  circuit. 


Electrical 
Dictionary 


186 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Electrical  Angle  of  Lead.  The  forward  angular  deviation 
_  .  .  from  the  normal  position  which  must  be  given 

Dictionary  to  the  collecting  brushes  on  the  commutator  of 
a  continuous-current  generator  in  order  to  ob- 
tain quiet  commutation. 

Angular  Velocity.  The  velocity  of  a  point  moving 
relatively  to  a  centre  of  rotation  or  to  some  se 
lected  point,  and  usually  measured  in  degrees 
per  second,  or  in  radians  per  second.  In  a  sin- 
usoidal current  circuit  the  product  of  6.2832 
and  the  frequency  of  the  current. 

Anion.  The  electro-negative  ion  or  radical  of  a 
molecule. 

Annunciator  Drop.  An  annunciator  signal  whose 
dropping  indicates  the  closing  or  opening  of  the 
circuit  of  a  particular  electromagnet  connected 
therewith. 

Annunciator  Wire.  A  class  of  insulated  wire  pre- 
pared for  use  in  annunciator  circuits  (see  page  94) . 

Anode.  The  conductor  or  plate  of  a  decompo- 
sition cell  connected  with  the  positive  terminal 
of  a  battery  or  other  electric  source.  The  ter- 
minal of  an  electric  source  out  of  which  the  cur- 
rent flows  into  the  electrolyte  of  a  decomposing 
cell  or  voltameter.  In  an  electrolytic  cell,  bath, 
or  receptive  device,  the  terminal  at  which  the 
current  enters,  as  distinguished  from  the 
cathode,  at  which  the  current  leaves. 

Anodic  Currents.  In  a  polarized  voltaic  couple 
immersed  in  acidulated  water,  the  electric  cur- 
rents produced  by  the  agitation  of  the  plate 
connected  with  the  anode. 

Anomalous  Magnet.  A  magnet  possessing  more 
than  two  free  poles. 

Antenna.  A  vertical  wire  supported  by  a  mast 
and  grounded  at  its  lower  end  through  a  spark 
gap.  Used  as  an  oscillator  in  sending  wireless 
messages. 

Anti=induction  Telephone  Cable.  A  telephone 
cable  in  which  the  conductors  are  so  arranged 
as  to  neutralize  the  effects  of  induction  pro- 
duced by  neighboring  circuits.  A  telephone 
cable  in  which  the  effects  of  electrostatic  in- 
duction from  neighboring  circuits  is  avoided 
by  a  metallic  covering  or  sheathing  that  is 
grounded  at  suitable  intervals. 

Aperiodic  Galvanometer.  A  galvanometer  whose 
needle  comes  to  rest  without  any  oscillation. 
A  dead-beat  galvanometer. 

Apparent  Conductor=resistance.  The  impedance 
of  a  conductor  which  forms  part  of  an  alternat- 
ing current  containing  both  resistance  and  re- 
actance. 

Apparent  Efficiency.  The  efficiency  of  a  genera- 
tor, motor,  or  other  apparatus  in  an  alternating- 
current  circuit  which  equals  the  ratio  of  net 
power  output  to  volt-ampere  input. 

Apparent  Electromotive  Force.  The  E.M.F.  ap- 
parently acting  in  a  circuit  as  measured  by  the 
drop  of  pressure  due  to  the  resistance  of  the  cir- 
cuit and  the  current  strength  passing  through  it. 

Apparent  Power.  In  an  alternating-current  cir- 
cuit, the  apparent  watts,  or  the  product  ob- 
tained by  multiplying  the  volts  by  the  am- 
peres, as  read  directly  from  a  voltmeter  and 
ammeter. 

Apparent  Reluctance.  The  reluctance  of  a  mag- 
netic circuit,  or  portion  thereof,  under  the  in- 
fluence of  a  complex  of  such  superposed  mag- 
netic fluxes  as  may  practically  be  developed,  as 
distinguished  from  its  reluctance  under  a  single 
magnetizing  force. 

Apparent  Resistance.  The  impedance  in  an  alter- 
nating-current circuit  or  portion  thereof. 

Apparent  Watts.  The  apparent  power  in  an  al- 
ternating-current circuit  as  distinguished  from 
the  real  power. 

Arc.  A  voltaic  arc.  A  portion  of  a  circle  or 
other  plane  conic  section. 

Arc-lamp,  Electric.  The  arc  lamp  is  an  electrical 
apparatus  in  which  an  electric  arc  is  struck  and 
maintained  between  two  or  more  electrodes,  giv- 
ing a  brilliant  illumination,  the  color  and  in- 


tensity of  which  depends  upon  the  composition 
and  diameter  of  the  electrodes,  the  kind  of  cur- 
rent supplied  and  the  watts  consumed. 

Arc=lamp,  Enclosed.  An  arc  lamp  in  which  the 
arc  and  exposed  carbons  are  completely  en- 
closed in  a  small  inner  globe  which  is  nearly  air- 
tight. Used  in  both  alternating  and  direct  cur- 
rent circuits. 

Arc=lamp,  Flaming.     See  Flaming  Arc  Lamp. 

Arc=lamp  Compensator.  A  reactive  or  chocking 
coil,  placed  in  the  circuit  of  a  lamp  for  the  pur- 
pose of  automatically  regulating  the  amount  of 
current  passing  through  the  lamp. 

Arc=light  Regulator.  A  device,  generally  auto- 
matic, for  maintaining  the  carbons  of  an  arc- 
lamp  a  constant  distance  apart  during  the  opera- 
tion of  the  lamp. 

Arc,  Voltaic.  The  brilliant  light  which  appears 
between  the  electrodes  or  terminals,  generally 
of  carbon,  of  a  sufficiently  powerful  source  of 
electricity,  when  separated  a  short  distance 
from  each  other. 

The  source  of  light  of  the  electric  arc  lamp. 
It  is  called  the  voltaic  arc  because  it  was  first 
obtained  by  the  use  of  the  battery  invented  by 
Volta.  The  term  arc  was  given  to  it  from  the 
shape  of  the  luminous  bow  or  arc  formed  be- 
tween the  carbons. 

To  form  the  voltaic  arc  the  carbon  electrodes 
are  first  placed  in  contact  and  then  gradually 
separated.  A  brilliant  arc  of  flame  is  formed 
between  them,  which  consists  mainly  of  volat- 
ilized carbon.  The  electrodes  are  consumed, 
first,  by  actual  combination  with  the  oxygen 
of  the  air;  and,  second,  by  volatilization  under 
the  combined  influence  of  the  electric  current 
and  the  intense  heat. 

As  a  result  of  the  formation  of  the  arc,  a  crater 
is  formed  at  the  end  of  the  positive  carbon,  and 
appears  to  mark  the  point  out  of  which  the 
greater  part  of  the  current  flows. 

The  crater  is  due  to  the  greater  volatilization  of 
the  electrode  at  this  point  than  elsewhere.  It 
marks  the  position  of  highest  temperature  of 
the  electrodes,  and  is  the  main  source  of  the 
light  of  the  arc.  When,  therefore,  the  voltaic 
arc  is  employed  for  the  purpose  of  illumination 
with  vertically  opposed  carbons,  the  positive 
carbon  should  be  made  the  upper  carbon,  so 
that  the  focus  of  greatest  intensity  of  the  light 
may  be  favorably  situated  for  illumination  of 
the  space  below  the  lamp.  When,  however, 
it  is  desired  to  illumine  the  side  of  a  building 
above  an  arc  lamp,  the  lower  carbon  should  be 
made  positive. 

The  positive  carbon  is  consumed  about  twice  as 
rapidly  as  the  negative,  both  because  the  nega- 
tive oxygen  attacks  the  points  of  the  positive 
carbon,  and  because  the  positive  carbon  suffers 
the  most  rapid  volatilization. 

Armature.  A  mass  of  iron  or  other  magnetizable 
material  placed  on  or  near  the  poles  of  a  mag- 
net. The  armature  of  a  dynamo-electric 
machine. 

Armature  Bars.  Heavy  copper  bars  of  rectan- 
gular or  trapezoidal  cross-section  or  of  imbri- 
cated rectangular  strips,  or  of  rectangular  bars 
of  compressed  stranded  wire,  or  of  special  forg- 
ings,  employed  on  large  drum  armatures  in 
place  of  the  ordinary  wire  windings.  Heavy 
conductors  employed  for  armature  windings. 

Armature  Binding  Wires.  Coils  of  wire  bound  on 
the  outside  of  the  armature  wires  for  the  pur- 
pose of  preventing  their  separating  from  the 
armature  core  by  centrifugal  force.  (See  page 
80.) 

Armature  Bore.  The  space  between  the  pole- 
pieces  of  a  dynamo  or  motor  provided  for  the 
rotation  of  the  armature. 

Armature  Core-discs.  The  thin  discs  of  sheet- 
iron  that  form,  when  assembled,  the  laminated 
core  of  the  armature  of  a  dynamo  or  motor. 

Armature  Core  of  Dynamo.  The  mass  of  lam- 
inated iron  on  which  the  armature  coils  or  con- 
ductors of  a  dynamo  or  motor  are  placed. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


187 


Armature  Inductors.  The  bars,  strips  or  coils 
placed  on  the  dynamo  armature  core,  in  which 
electromotive  forces  are  induced  by  rotation. 

Armature  of  Dynamo.  Coils  of  insulated  wire 
together  with  the  iron  core  on  or  around  which 
such  coils  are  wound.  That  part  of  a  dynamo 
in  which  useful  differences  of  potential  or  use- 
ful currents  are  generated.  Generally  that 
part  of  a  dynamo  which  is  revolved  between 
the  pole-pieces  of  the  field  magnets.  That  mem- 
ber of  a  dynamo  in  which  the  magnetic  flux  is 
caused  to  successively  fill  and  empty  the  coils 
and  thereby  generate  E.M.F.'s. 

Armature  Reaction.  The  reactive  magnetic  in- 
fluence produced  by  the  current  in  the  arma- 
ture of  a  dynamo  or  motor,  on  the  magnetic 
circuit  of  the  machine. 

Armature  Slots.  Slots  provided  in  an  armature 
core  for  the  reception  of  the  armature  coils. 

Armature  Spider.  A  metal  frame-work  keyed  to 
the  armature  shaft,  and  provided  with  radial 
arms  for  firmly  holding  the  armature  core. 

Armature  Stamping.  Stampings  of  soft  sheet  iron 
intended  for  the  core  discs  of  a  laminated  arma- 
ture core. 

Armature  Teeth.  The  armature  core  projections 
between  armature  slots. 

Armature  Varnish.  An  insulating  varnish  some- 
times applied  to  armature  windings  for  the  pur- 
pose of  increasing  their  powers  of  resisting 
moisture  and  friction. 

Armor  of  Cable.  The  protecting  sheathing  or 
metallic  covering  of  a  submarine  or  other  elec- 
tric cable.  (See  page  149.) 

Arrester  Plate  of  Lightning  Protector.  The 
ground-connected  plate  of  a  comb  lightning- 
arrester. 

Artificial  Cable.  A  circuit  containing  associated 
resistance  and  capacity,  and  employed  in  a 
system  of  duplex  submarine  telegraphy  corres- 
ponding to  the  artificial  line  in  duplex  aerial 
line  telegraphy. 

Asbestos.  A  hydrous  silicate  of  magnesia,  i.  e., 
silicate  of  magnesia  combined  with  water.  A 
fire-proofing  material  sometimes  used  by  itself 
or  in  connection  with  other  material  for  insu- 
lating purposes. 

Astatic.      Devoid  of  magnetic  directive  power. 

Astatic  Couple.  Two  magnets  of  equal  strength 
so  placed  one  above  the  other  in  a  vertical  plane 
as  completely  to  neutralize  each  other's  effects. 

Astatic  Galvanometer.  A  galvanometer  provided 
with  an  astatic  needle  or  circuit. 

Astatic  Needle.  A  compound  magnetic  needle  of 
great  sensibility,  possessing  little  or  no  directive 
power.  An  astatic  needle  consisting  of  two 
separate  needles  rigidly  connected  and  placed 
parallel  one  directly  over  the  other  with  oppo- 
site poles  opposed. 

Asynchronism.     Devoid  of  synchronism. 

Asynchronous  Alternating-Current  Motor.  A 
motor  whose  speed  is  not  synchronous  with  that 
of  its  driving  generator,  both  machines  having 
the  same  number  of  poles. 

Atonic  Interrupter.  This  is  a  mechanical  form  of 
interrupter  that  can  be  adjusted  to  operate  at 
any  frequency  within  very  wide  limits.  It  is 
actuated  by  a  magnetic  core. 

Attachment  Plug.  A  plug  provided  for  insertion 
in  a  screw  socket  or  spring  jack,  for  the  ready 
connection  of  a  lamp  or  other  receptive  device 
to  a  circuit. 

Attraction,  Electro=Magnetic.  The  mutual  at- 
traction of  the  unlike  poles  of  electro-magnets. 

Attraction,  Electrostatic.  The  mutual  attraction 
exerted  between  unlike  electric  charges,  or 
bodies  possessing  unlike  electric  charges. 

Auto  Balancer.  An  auto  transformer  for  equaliz- 
ing the  load  or  voltage  when  a  three,  or  more, 
wire  circuit  is  derived  from  a  two-wire  circuit. 

Auto=exciting.      Self-exciting. 

Autographic  Telegraphy.  Facsimile  telegraphy. 
A  writing  telegraph. 

Automatic  Repeater.  A  telegraphic  repeater 
which  is  automatically  operated,  in  contradis- 


tinction to  a  manual  repeater  which  is  operated 
or  controlled  by  hand. 


Electrical 


Automatic  Circuit=breaker.     A   device  for  auto-     Dictionary 
matically  opening  a  circuit  when  the  current 
passing  through  it  is  excessive. 

Automatic  Contact=breaker.  A  device  for  causing 
an  electric  current  to  rapidly  make  and  break 
its  own  circuit. 

Automatic  Electric  Bell.  A  trembling  or  vibrat- 
ing bell.  An  automatic  electric  alarm-bell. 

Automatic  Switch.  A  switch  which  is  automat- 
ically opened  or  closed  on  the  occurrence  of 
certain  predetermined  events.  In  double-cur- 
rent telegraphy  an  electro-magnetic  switch 
which  enables  the  distant  station  to  stop  the 
sending  operator  at  the  home  station. 

Auto=starter.  A  self-starting  mechanism.  A 
self-starting  ink-writer.  A  self-starting  motor. 

Auto=transformer.  A  one-coil  transformer  con- 
sisting of  a  choking  coil  connected  across  a  pair 
of  alternating-current  mains,  and  so  arranged 
that  a  current  or  pressure  differing  from  that 
supplied  by  the  mains  can  be  obtained  from  it 
by  tapping  the  coil  at  different  points.  Called 
also  a  compensator.  A  transformer  in  which  a 
part  of  the  primary  winding  is  used  as  the  sec- 
ondary winding,  or  conversely. 

Average  Efficiency  of  Motor.  The  efficiency  of  an 
electric  motor  based  on  its  average  or  mean 
load.  The  ratio  of  all  the  work  that  a  motor 
delivers  in  a  given  time  to  the  electric  energy 
it  has  absorbed  in  that  time. 

Axes  of  Coordinates.  A  vertical  and  a  horizontal 
line,  usually  intersecting  each  other  at  right 
angles,  and  called  respectively  the  axes  cf  ordi- 
nates  and  abscissas,  from  which  the  ordinates 
and  abscissas  are  measured. 

Axis  of  Abscissae  or  Abscissas.  The  horizontal 
line  in  the  axes  of  co-ordinates. 

Axis  of  Magnetic  Needle.  A  straight  line  drawn 
through  a  magnetic  needle,  and  joining  its  poles. 

Axis  of  Ordinates.  The  vertical  line,  in  the  axes 
of  co-ordinates. 

Azimuth  and  Range  Telegraph.  On  a  war-ship  a 
combined  telegraph  to  the  guns  of  the  azimuth 
and  range  of  a  target. 


B. 


§8  A  symbol  for  magnetic  flux-density,  usually 
expressed  in  C.G.S.  units  per  normal  square 
centimetre. 

B.A.  Ohm.  The  British  Association  ohm.  The 
resistance  of  a  column  of  mercury  one  square 
millimeter  in  area  of  normal  cross-section,  and 
104.9  centimetres  in  length,  at  the  temperature 
of  zero  centigrade. 

B.A.  Unit.  The  British  Association  unit  of  re- 
sistance or  ohm. 

B.  &  S.  Q.  A  contraction  for  Brown  and 
Sharpe's  wire  gauge. 

B.T.U.  A  contraction  for  British  thermal  unit. 
A  contraction  for  Board  of  Trade  unit. 

B.W.Q.  A  contraction  for  Birmingham  wire 
gauge. 

Back  Ampere=turns.  Ampere-turns  on  a  dynamo 
armature  which  tend  to  oppose  the  flux  pro- 
duced by  the  field  magnets. 

Back  Electromotive  Force.  A  term  sometimes 
used  for  counter-electromotive  force. 

Back  Induction.  An  induction  opposed  to  the 
field  and  tending  to  weaken  or  neutralize  it. 

Back  Pitch.  The  backward  pitch  of  the  armature 
windings. 

Back=turns  of  Armature.  Those  turns  on  an 
armature  whose  current  tends  to  demagnetize 
the  field.  The  back  ampere-turns. 

Balanced  Circuit.  A  telephonic,  telegraphic  or 
other  circuit  which  has  been  so  erected  and  ad- 
justed as  to  be  free  from  mutual  inductive  dis- 
turbances from  neighboring  circuits. 


188 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


C  O  M  P  A  N  Y 


Electrical      Balanced  Load.     A  load  which  is  symmetrically 
.  divided  between  two  or  more  generating  units, 

Dictionary         as  in  the  three-wire,  five-wire  multiple,  or  poly- 
phase systems  of  distribution. 

Balanced  Resistance.  A  resistance  so  placed  in 
a  bridge  or  balance  as  to  be  balanced  by  the 
remaining  resistances  in  the  bridge. 

Balancing  Coil  of  Armature.  An  auxiliary  field- 
winding  in  series  with  an  armature,  and  having 
its  magnetomotive  force  equal  and  opposite  to 
that  of  the  armature  current,  so  that  their  total 
magnetic  effect  upon  the  field  is  zero,  and  the 
field  flux  remains  unchanged  at  all  loads. 

Balancing  Relay.     A  differentially  wound  relay. 

Ballistic  Galvanometer.  A  galvanometer  de- 
signed to  measure  the  total  quantity  of  elec- 
tricity in  a  discharge  lasting  for  a  brief  interval, 
as,  for  example,  the  current  caused  by  the  dis- 
charge of  a  condenser.  A  galvanometer,  in 
which  the  movable  part  is  as  little  damped  as 
possible,  suitable  for  measuring  electric  charges 
or  discharges,  and  usually  adjusted  to  have  a 
long  period  of  vibration  or  slow  swing. 

Bank  of  Lamps.  A  group  of  electric  lamps  col- 
lected together  in  a  common  structure,  usually 
for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  a  load. 

Bar  Armature.  An  armature  whose  conductors 
are  formed  of  bars. 

Barretter.  A  special  and  very  sensitive  form  of 
thermal  detector  of  Marconi  signals.  Used  as 
a  receiver  for  wireless  messages.  It  consists  of 
a  fine  platinum  wire  about  .00006"  in  diameter 
and  a  few  hundredths  of  an  inch  long,  connected 
in  series  with  a  small  source  of  E.M.F.  and  a 
telephone  receiver.  Designed  by  Professor 
R.  A.  Fessenden. 

Barrow=reel.  A  reel  supported  on  a  barrow  for 
convenience  in  paying  out  an  overhead  con- 
ductor during  its  installation. 

Battery.  A  name  frequently  used  for  an  electric- 
battery. 

Battery,  Dry.  A  number  of  separate  dry  voltaic 
cells  combined  so  as  to  act  as  a  single  source. 

Battery,  Closed=circuit.  A  voltaic  battery  which 
may  be  kept  constantly  on  close-circuit  without 
serious  polarization. 

The  gravity  battery  is  a  closed  circuit  bat- 
tery. As  employed  for  use  on  most  telegraph 
lines,  it  is  maintained  on  a  closed  circuit. 
When  an  operator  wishes  to  use  the  line  he 
opens  his  switch,  thus  breaking  the  circuits  and 
calling  his  correspondent.  Such  batteries 
should  not  polarize. 

Battery,  Electric.  A  general  name  applied  to  the 
combination,  as  a  single  source  of  a  number  of 
separate  electric  sources. 

Battery,  Galvanic.  Two  or  more  separate  voltaic 
cells  so  arranged  as  to  form  a  single  source. 

Battery  Gauge.  A  form  of  portable  galvanom- 
eter suitable  for  ordinary  battery  testing  work. 

Battery  Jar.  A  jar  provided  for  holding  the 
electrolyte  of  each  of  the  separate  cells  of  a 
primary  or  secondary  battery. 

Battery,  Open-circuit.  A  voltaic  battery  which  is 
normally  on  open-circuit,  and  which  is  used 
continuously  only  forcomparatively  small  dura- 
tions of  time  in  closed-circuit. 

Battery  Pole-changer.  A  form  of  transmitter  em- 
ployed in  duplex  telegraphy  for  readily  revers- 
ing the  direction  of  the  main  battery  so  as  to 
send  signals  to  the  line. 

Battery,  Secondary.  The  combination  of  a  num- 
ber of  separate  secondary  or  storage  cells,  so  as 
to  form  a  single  electric  source. 

Battery  Solution.  The  exciting  liquid  or  electro- 
lyte of  a  primary  or  secondary  cell. 

Battery,  Storage.  A  number  of  separate  storage 
cells  connected  so  as  to  form  a  single  electric 
source. 

Battle  Circuit.  A  circuit  on  a  warship,  connected 
with  the  conning  tower  and  provided  for  use 
during  action. 

Beaded  Cable.  A  form  of  cable  employed  for 
high-tension  transmission,  provided  with  a 
sheathing  of  strung  porcelain  beads. 


Beg=ohms.  One  billion  ohms,  or  one  thousand 
megohms. 

Belt  Circuit.  A  series  lighting  circuit  extending 
in  the  form  of  a  wide  loop,  belt,  or  circle,  as 
opposed  to  a  circuit  formed  of  two  closely  as- 
sociated parallel  wires. 

Belt,  Electric.  A  belt  suitably  shaped  so  as  to  be 
capable  of  being  worn  on  the  body,  consisting 
either  of  imaginary  or  real  voltaic  or  thermo- 
electric couples,  and  employed  for  its  alleged 
therapeutic  effects. 

Bicro.  A  prefix  for  one-billionth,  one  thousand 
millionth,  or  io9. 

Bifilar  Suspension.  Suspension  by  means  of  par- 
allel vertical  wires  or  fibres  as  distinguished 
from  suspension  by  a  single  wire  or  fibre. 

Bifilar  Winding.  The  method  of  winding  em- 
ployed in  resistance  coils  to  obviate  the  effects 
of  self-induction,  in  which  the  wire,  instead  of 
being  wound  in  one  continuous  length,  is 
doubled  on  itself  before  winding. 

Bight  of  Cable.     A  single  loop  or  bend  of  cable. 

Bimetallic  Wire.  A  compound  telephone  or 
telegraph  wire  consisting  of  a  steel  core  and  a 
copper  envelope,  suitable  for  long-span  over- 
head-construction. 

Binding  Post.  A  metallic  binding  screw,  rigidly 
fixed  to  some  apparatus  or  support,  and  em- 
ployed for  conveniently  making  firm  electric 
connections. 

Binding  Wire.  Coils  of  wire,  wound  on  the  out- 
side of  the  armature  coils  and  at  right  angles 
thereto,  to  prevent  the  loosening  of  the  arma- 
ture coils  during  rotation  by  centrifugal  force. 
(See  page  80.) 

Bioscopy,  Electric.  The  determination  of  the 
presence  of  life  or  death  by  the  passage  of  elec- 
tricity through  the  nerves  or  muscles. 

Bipolar.     Having  two  poles. 

Bipolar  Armature.  An  armature  suitable  for  use 
in  a  bipolar  field. 

Bipolar  Armature=winding.  Any  armature  wind- 
ing suitable  for  use  in  a  bipolar  field. 

Bipolar  Dynamp=electric  Machine.  A  dynamo- 
electric  machine  with  a  bipolar  field. 

Bird  Cage,  Electri;.  A  bird-cage-shaped  wire 
screen  employed  by  Hertz  in  his  investiga- 
tions of  the  propagation  of  electro-magnetic 
waves  for  screening  the  spark  micrometer. 

Birmingham  Wire  Gauge.  An  English  wire 
gauge.  (See  page  22.) 

Black  Lead.     Plumbago  or  graphite. 

Blasting,  Electric.  The  electric  ignition  of  pow- 
der or  other  explosive  material  in  a  blast. 

Bleaching,  Electri :.  A  bleaching  process  in  which 
the  bleaching  agents  are  liberated  as  required 
by  electrolytic  decomposition. 

Block  Rate.  Method  of  charging  for  electric  ser- 
vice at  different  successive  rates  per  kilowatt- 
hour  consumed,  each  successive  rate  applying 
only  to  a  corresponding  successive  block  or 
quantity  of  the  total  current  purchased  during 
the  period  covered;  as  an  example,  during  each 
month  io  kilowatt-hours  or  less  at  15  cents  per 
kilowatt-hour.  The  next  io  kilowatt-hours 
over  the  first  are  charged  for  at  12  cents  per 
kilowatt-hour.  All  current  in  excess  of  the 
foregoing  20  kilowatt-hours  is  charged  for  at 
io  cents  per  kilowatt-hour. 

Blow.     To  melt  or  fuse  a  safety  fuse. 

Blowing  a  Fuse.  The  fusion  or  volatilization  of 
a  fuse  wire  or  safety  strip  by  the  current  passing 
through  it. 

Blowing  Point  of  Fuse.  The  current  strength  at 
which  a  fuse  blows  or  melts. 

Board  of  Trade  Unit.  A  unit  of  electric  supply, 
or  the  energy  contained  in  a  current  of  1,000 
amperes  flowing  for  one  hour  under  a  pressure 
of  one  volt.  A  kilowatt-hour. 

Bobbin,  Electric.  A  ceil  of  insulated  wire  suitable 
for  the  passage  of  an  electric  current  for  any 
purpose,  as,  for  example,  energizing  an  electro- 
magnet. 

Bolt.     A  lightning  discharge. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


Bond,  Electric  Rail.  See  Rail  Bond,  Electric. 
(See  page  67.) 

Booster.  A  dynamo,  inserted  in  series  in  a 
special  feeder  or  group  of  feeders  in  a  distribu- 
tion system,  for  the  purpose  of  raising  the  pres- 
sure of  that  feeder  or  group  of  feeders  above 
that  of  the  rest  of  the  system. 

Bore,  Armature.  The  space  provided  between 
the  pole  pieces  of  a  dynamo  or  motor  for  the 
rotation  of  the  armature. 

Boucherizing.  A  process  for  preserving  wooden 
telegraph  poles,  or  railroad  sleepers,  by  inject- 
ing a  solution  of  copper  sulphate  into  the 
pores  of  the  wood. 

Bound  Charge.  The  condition  of  a  charge  on  a 
conductor  placed  near  another  conductor,  but 
separated  from  it  by  a  medium  through  which 
electrostatic  induction  can  take  place. 

Bracket=arm.  An  arm  supported  by  a  bracket 
for  carrying  a  line  insulator. 

Brake,  Prony.  A  mechanical  device  for  measur- 
ing the  power  of  a  driving  shaft. 

Braided  Wire.  A  wire  covered  with  a  braiding  of 
insulating  material. 

Branch  Block.  A  porcelain  block  provided  with 
suitable  grooves  in  which  the  terminals  or  con- 
ductors are  placed  for  connecting  a  pair  of 
branch  wires  to  the  mains. 

Branch  Circuits.  Additional  circuits  provided  at 
points  of  a  circuit  where  the  current  branches 
or  divides,  part  of  the  current  flowing  through 
the  branch,  and  the  remainder  flowing  through 
the  original  circuit.  A  shunt  circuit. 

Branch  Conductor.  A  conductor  placed  in  a 
branch  or  shunt  circuit.  A  smaller  or  sub- 
conductor  tapping  a  main. 

Branch  Cut=out.  A  safety  fuse  or  cutout,  in- 
serted between  a  pair  of  branch  wires  and  the 
mains  supplying  them. 

Brass.     An  alloy  of  copper  and  zinc. 

Break=down  Switch.  A  panel  switch  employed 
in  small  three-wire  systems,  for  connecting  the 
positive  and  negative  bus-bars  so  as  to  con- 
vert the  system  into  a  two- wire  system,  and 
thus,  in  case  of  a  break-down,  to  permit  the 
system  to  be  supplied  with  current  from  a 
single  dynamo. 

Break,  Mercury.  A  form  of  circuit  breaker  oper- 
ated by  the  removal  of  a  conductor  from  the 
mercury  surface. 

Mercury  breaks  assume  a  variety  of  forms. 
One  end  of  the  circuit  is  connected  with  the 
mercury,  and  the  other  with  the  conductor. 

Breaking  Down  of  Insulation.  The  failure  of  an 
insulating  material,  as  evidence  by  the  disrup- 
tive passage  of  an  electric  discharge  through  it. 

Breast  Plate.  The  breast  support  for  the  micro- 
phone transmitter  of  a  central  telephone  sta- 
tion operator. 

Bridge  Arms.  The  arms  of  an  electric  bridge  or 
balance. 

Bridge  Duplex.  The  bridge  method  of  duplex 
telegraphy,  as  distinguished  from  the  differen- 
tial method. 

Bridge,  Electric.  A  device  whereby  an  unknown 
electric  resistance  is  readily  measured.  A  de- 
vice for  measuring  an  unknown  resistance  by 
comparison  with  two  fixed  resistances  and  an 
adjustable  resistance. 
Bridge=wire.  The  wire  in  a  Wheatstone's  Bridge 

in  which  the  galvanometer  is  inserted. 
Bridging    Coils.     In    telephony,  coils  which    are 
connected   across   a  telephone  circuit,   as  dis- 
tinguished from  coils  placed   in   series   in   the 
circuit. 

Bridging  Relay.  In  telephony  or  telegraphy  a 
relay  which  is  connected  in  shunt  across  a  cir- 
cuit instead  of  in  series. 

Britannia  Joint.  A  telegraphic  or  telephonic 
joint  in  which  the  ends  of  the  wires  are  laid 
side-by-side  bound  together,  and  subsequently 
soldered. 

Bronze.    An  alloy  of  copper  and  tin. 
Brush=and=Spray  Discharge.    A  streaming  form  of 
high-potential  discharge  possessing  the  appear- 


ance of  a  spray  of  silvery  white  sparks,  or  of  a      Electrical 
branch  of  thin  silvery  sheets  around  a  powerful 
brush,  obtained  by  increasing  the  frequency  of    Dictionary 
the  alternations. 

Brush  Discharge.  The  faintly  luminous  dis- 
charge which  takes  place  from  a  positive 
charged  pointed  conductor. 

Brush  Rocker.  In  a  dynamo  or  motor  any  device 
for  shifting  the  position  of  the  brushes  on  the 
commutator  cylinder. 

Brushes    of    Dynamo=electric    Machines.      Strips 

of  metal  bundles  of  wire  or  wire  gauze,  slit 

plates  of  metal,  or  plates  of  carbon,  that  bear  on 

the   commutator   cylinder   of   a   dynamo,   and 

carry  off  the  current  generated. 

Bucking.     A  term  employed  in  the  operation  of 

street-railway  passenger     cars     for     a  sudden 

stopping  of  the  car  as  if  by  a  collision,  due  to 

opposition  between  two  motors. 

Bug.    A  term  employed  in  quadruplex  telegraphy 

to  designate  any  fault  in  the  operation  of  the 

apparatus.  Generally,  a  fault  in  the  operation  of 

any  electric  apparatus.     A  particular  fault  or 

difficulty  in  quadruplex  telegraphy  consisting 

of  an  interference  between  the  A  and  B-sides. 

"  Building=up  "  of  Dynamo.    The  action  whereby 

a  dynamo-electric  machine  rapidly  reaches  its 

maximum  E.M.F.  after  starting. 

"  Built-up  "    Magnet.     A  composite  permanent 

magnet. 

Bulb,  Lamp.  The  chamber  or  globe  in  which  the 
filament  of  an  incandescent  electric  lamp  is 
placed. 

The  chamber  or  globe  of  a  lamp  must  be  of 

such  construction  as  to  enable  the  high  vacuum 

necessary  to  the  operation  of  the  lamp  to  be 

maintained. 

Bunched  Cable.     A  cable  containing  more  than  a 

single  wire  or  conductor. 

Burglar-alarm,  Electric.  An  electric  device  for 
automatically  announcing  the  opening  of  a 
door,  window,  or  safe,  or  the  passage  of  a  per- 
son through  a  hallway,  or  on  a  stairway. 
Burglar=alarm  Matting.  A  matting  provided 
with  a  number  of  invisible  contacts  connected 
with  an  alarm  bell,  whose  circuits  are  closed 
by  treading  on  the  matting. 

Burn-out.     The  destruction  of  an  armature,  or 
any  part  of  an  electric  apparatus,  by  the  pas- 
sage of  an  excessive  current  due  to  short-cir- 
cuit or  other  cause. 
Burner,  Electric.     A  gas-burner  that  is  capable  of 

being  electrically  lighted. 

Bus.  A  word  generally  used  instead  of  omnibus. 
Heavy  copper  bar  conductors  usually  attached 
to  switch-boards,  etc. 

Bus=bars.  Heavy  bars  of  conducting  metal  con- 
nected directly  to  the  poles  of  one  or  more 
dynamo-electric  machines,  and,  therefore,  re- 
ceiving the  entire  current  produced  by  the 
machines. 

Busy  Test.  A  simple  test  whereby  a  telephone 
operator  at  a  multiple  switchboard  can  readily 
tell  whether  any  wire  or  circuit  connected  with 
the  switchboard  is  or  is  not  in  use  at  any  mo- 
ment of  time. 

Butt  Joint.  An  end-to-end  joint.  A  joint  ef- 
fected in  wires  by  placing  the  wires  end  on  end 
subsequently  soldering  or  welding  them. 
Buzzer,  Electric.  A  call,  not  as  loud  as  that  of  an 
electric  bell,  employing  a  humming  sound  by 
the  use  of  a  sufficiently  rapid  automatic  con- 
tact-breaker. A  telephone  receiver  for  Morse 
circuits  employing  a  vibrating  contact  key. 


C.     A  contraction  for  Centigrade. 

C.     A  symbol  used  for  capacity.     Farad. 


.ty. 


The  defining  equation  is  C 

. 

The  same  symbol  is  often  used  for  current. 


190 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Electrical       C.E.M.F.     A    contraction    for    counter    electro- 
„.    .  motive  force. 

Dictionary     c.c.     A    contraction    for    cubic    centimetre,    the 
C.G.S.  unit  of  volume. 

cm.  An  abbreviation  for  centimetre,  the  C.G.S. 
unit  of  length. 

C.P.     A  contraction  for  candle-power. 

C2R.  Activity.    The  I2R  activity,  which  see. 

C2R.  Loss.  The  loss  of  energy  in  a  conductor  due 
to  the  ohmic  resistance  and  the  current  strength. 
(Seepage  19.) 

C.G.S.  Units.  The  centimetre-gramme-second 
units. 

Cable.  An  electric  cable.  A  message  trans- 
mitted by  means  of  an  electric  cable. 

Cable  Box.  A  box  provided  for  the  reception  and 
protection  of  a  cable  head. 

Cable  Casing.     The  metallic  sheathing  of  a  cable. 

Cable  Clip.  A  term  sometimes  used  for  cable 
hanger. 

Cable  Core.  The  insulated  conducting  wires  of 
an  electric  cable.  The  electrically  essential 
portion  of  a  cable  as  distinguished  from  its 
sheath  or  protection. 

Cable  Currents.  Various  currents  that  exist  in  a 
submarine  cable  and  interfere  with  the  testing, 
consisting  of  earth  currents,  electrostatic 
charge  and  discharge  currents,  and  polarization 
currents  due  to  a  fault  or  break.  A  current 
flowing  through  a  cable  in  the  absence  of  any 
impressed  E.M.F.  The  current  which  tends  to 
flow  in  a  broken  cable  from  the  exposed  copper 
conductor  at  the  fracture  to  the  iron  sheathing 
through  the  apparatus  at  the  station. 

Cable  Drum.  In  cable  machinery,  a  drum  on 
which  cable  is  wound  for  coiling,  shipping,  lay- 
ing, or  turning  over.  A  drum  or  reel  on  which 
cable  is  wound  for  transport. 

Cable,  Duplex.  A  conductor  consisting  of  two 
separate  cables  placed  parallel  to  each  other. 

The  duplex  cable  is  used  especially  in  the  al- 
ternating current  system. 

Cable,  Electric.  A  combination  of  an  extended 
length  of  a  single  insulated  electric  conductor, 
or  of  two  or  more  separate  insulated  electric 
conductors,  covered  externally  with  a  metallic 
sheathing  or  armor. 

Cable  Fault.  Any  failure  in  the  proper  working 
of  a  cable  due  either  to  a  total  or  partial  frac- 
ture of  the  cable  or  to  a  heavy  electric  leakage. 

Cablegram.  A  telegraph  message  received  by 
cable 

Cable  Grip.  The  grip  provided  for  holding  the 
end  of  an  underground  cable  while  it  is  being 
drawn  into  a  duct.  In  a  cable  road  the  grip  by 
means  of  which  a  car  is  driven  by  the  moving 
cable. 

Cable  Head.  A  rectangular  board  provided  with 
binding  posts  and  fuse  wires  for  the  purpose  of 
receiving  the  wires  of  overhead  lines  where  they 
enter  a  cable. 

Cable  House.  A  hut  provided  for  securing  and 
protecting  the  end  of  a  submarine  cable  when 
it  is  landed. 

Cable  Lead.  A  lead  formed  of  a  cable  of  several 
stranded  conductors,  as  distinguished  from  a 
lead  containing  a  single  conductor. 

Cable  Rack.  A  rack  placed  at  the  back  of  a  mul- 
tiple telephone  switchboard  for  supporting  the 
cabled  switchboard  conductors  and  providing 
ready  access  to  the  same. 

Cable,  Submarine.  A  cable  designed  for  use  under 
water.  (See  page  164.) 

Cable  Telegraph.  A  general  term  including  all 
the  apparatus  employed  in  cable  telegraphy 

Cable  Terminal.  A  water-tight  covering  pro- 
vided at  the  free  end  of  a  telephone  cable  to 
prevent  injury  to  the  cable's  insulation  by  the 
moisture  of  the  air. 

Cable  Transformer.  An  alternating-current  trans- 
former in  which  the  primary  and  secondary 
conductors  have  the  form  of  a  cable  overlaid  by 
an  iron  sheath  or  magnetic  circuit. 

Cable  Vault.  A  vault  provided  in  a  building 
where  cables  enter  from  underground  conduits, 


and  where  the  cables  are  opened  and  connected 
to  fusible  plugs  or  safety  catches. 

Cable,  Underground.  An  electric  cable  placed 
underground.  See  index. 

Cable  Well.     A  cable  tank. 

Cage  Lightning=Protectqr.  A  term  sometimes 
employed  for  a  lightning  protector,  consisting 
of  wires  in  the  form  of  a  cage  surrounding  the 
body  to  be  protected. 

Calculagraph.  A  machine  employed  in  long- 
distance telephony  for  registering  the  time 
during  which  the  use  of  a  line  by  a  subscriber 
continues. 

Calling  Plug.  That  plug  of  a  pair  of  plugs,  at  a 
central  telephone  switchboard,  which  is  inserted 
in  the  jack  of  the  subscriber  wanted  and  through 
which  that  subscriber  is  called  up. 

Call  Signal.  In  telegraphy,  the  signal  or  group 
of  signals  indicating  the  particular  station 
called. 

Call  Wire.  A  speaking  wire.  A  wire  connecting 
two  telephone  exchanges,  for  the  purpose  of 
transmitting  instructions,  as  distinguished 
from  a  wire  employed  for  establishing  com- 
munication between  subscribers.  A  wire 
employed  for  calling  the  attention  of  a  cen- 
tral-station operator  by  a  subscriber,  as  dis- 
tinguished from  the  wires  through  which  he 
communicates  with  other  subscribers. 

Calorie.  A  heat  unit.  The  quantity  of  heat  re- 
quired to  raise  i  gramme  of  water  i°  centigrade. 

Calorimeter,  Electric.  An  instrument  for  measur- 
ing the  heat  developed  in  a  given  time  in  any 
conductor,  by  an  electric  current. 

Candle.  A  unit  of  photometric  intensity.  The 
photometric  intensity  which  would  be  produced 
by  a  standard  candle  burning  at  the  rate  of  two 
grains  per  minute. 

Candle=foot.  A  unit  of  illumination  equal  to  that 
normally  produced  by  a  standard  British  can- 
dle, at  a  distance  of  one  foot,  and  sometimes 
called  a  lux. 

Candle=Lumen.  The  total  flux  of  light  from  a 
source  is  equal  to  its  mean  spherical  intensity 
multiplied  by  477".  The  unit  of  flux  is  called 

the  lumen.     A  lumen  is  the  —  th  part  of  the 

total  flux  of  light  emitted  by  a  source  having  a 
mean  spherical  intensity  of  one  candle-power. 
A  hefner-lumen  is  0.90  lumen. 

Candle=power.  The  intensity  of  light  emitted  by 
a  luminous  body  estimated  in  standard  candles. 
The  photometric  intensity  of  one  standard 
candle.  The  hefner  =0.9  this  unit. 

Caoutchouc.  A  resinous  substance  possessing 
high  powers  of  electric  insulating,  obtained 
from  the  milky  juice  of  certain  tropical  trees. 
India  rubber. 

Cap  Wire.  An  overhead  wire  carried  on  the 
summit  of  a  pole,  as  distinguished  from  an  over- 
head wire  carried  on  a  cross-arm. 

Capability,  Electric,  of  a  Dynamo.  The  ratio  of 
the  square  of  the  E.M.F  to  the  brushes,  divided 
by  the  internal  resistance  of  the  machine. 

Capacity  Circuit.  A  circuit  containing  capacity 
but  no  inductance. 

Capacity  Current  of  Cable.  The  current  in  a 
cable  due  to  its  capacity.  The  charging  or  dis- 
charging current  in  a  cable. 

Capacity,  Electrostatic.  The  quantity  of  elec- 
tricity which  must  be  imparted  to  a  given  body 
or  conductor  as  a  charge,  in  order  to  raise  its 
potential  a  certain  amount.  (See  Potential, 
Electric) 

The  electrostatic  capacity  of  a  conductor  is 
not  unlike  the  capacity  of  a  vessel  filled  with  a 
liquid  or  gas.  A  certain  quantity  of  liquid  will 
fill  a  given  vessel  to  a  level  dependent  on  the 
size  or  capacity  of  the  vessel.  In  the  same 
manner  a  given  quantity  of  electricity  will  pro- 
duce, in  a  conductor  or  condenser,  a  certain 
difference  of  electric  level,  or  difference  of  po- 
tential, dependent  on  the  electrical  capacity  of 
the  conductor  or  condenser. 


ELECTRICA 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


191 


In  the  same  manner,  the  smaller  the  ca- 
pacity of  a  conductor,  the  smaller  is  the  charge 
required  to  raise  it  to  a  given  potential,  or  the 
higher  the  potential  a  given  charge  will  raise  it. 

The  capacity  C,  of  a  conductor  or  condenser,  is 
therefore  directly  proportional  to  the  charge  Q, 
and  inversely  proportional  to  the  potential  E  ;  or, 


From  which  we  obtain  Q=CE. 

The  quantity  of  electricity  required  to  charge 
a  conductor  or  condenser  to  a  given  potential 
is  equal  to  the  capacity  of  the  conductor  or  con- 
denser multiplied  by  the  potential  through 
which  it  is  raised. 

Capacity,  Electrostatic,  Unit  of.     Such  a  capacity 
of    a  conductor  or  condenser  that  an  electro- 
motive force  of  one  volt  will  charge  it  with  a 
quantity  of  electricity  equal  to  one  coulomb. 
The  farad.      (See  Farad.) 

Capacity  Factor.  Ratio  of  the  station  output  in 
kilowatt-hours  to  the  maximum  capacity  of  the 
station  in  kilowatts. 

Capacity  Load.  The  apparent  load  or  current  of 
a  high-tension  generator  due  to  the  capacity  of 
the  distributing  conductors  as  distinguished 
from  the  load  or  current  usefully  distributed. 

Capacity  of  Cable.  The  quantity  of  electricity 
required  to  raise  a  given  length  of  cable  to  a 
given  potential,  divided  by  the  potential.  In 
a  multiple  cable,  the  amount  of  charge  at  unit 
potential  which  any  single  conductor  will  take 
up,  the  rest  of  the  conductors  being  grounded. 
The  ability  of  a  conducting  wire  or  cable  to  per- 
mit a  certain  quantity  of  electricity  to  be  passed 
into  it  before  acquiring  a  certain  potential. 

Capacity  of  Line.  The  ability  of  a  line  to  act  as  a 
condenser,  and,  therefore,  like  it,  to  possess 
capacity. 

Capacity  Pressure.  In  a  condenser  connected 
with  a  source  of  alternating  currents,  a  pressure 
in  phase  with  the  condenser  current.  A  pres- 
sure due  to  a  capacity.  The  pressure  at  the 
terminals  of  a  condenser. 

Capacity  Reactance.  The  reactance  of  a  con- 
denser due  to  it?  capacity.  The  condensance. 

Capacity,  Specific  Inductive.  See  Specific  In- 
ductive Capacity. 

Capillary  Electrometer.  An  electrometer  in  which 
difference  of  potential  is  measured  by  the  move- 
ments of  a  drop  of  sulphuric  acid  in  a  tube  filled 
with  mercury. 

Car=brake,  Electric.  A  car-brake  that  is  operated 
by  the  electric  current  produced  by  the  motor 
acting  as  a  generator  when  the  current  is  turned 
off  and  the  car  is  rapidly  moving. 

Car  Controller.  A  device  placed  at  each  end  of 
the  platform  of  a  trolley  car,  under  the  control 
of  the  motorman  for  starting,  stopping,  re- 
versing or  changing  the  velocity  of  a  trolley 
car.  A  series-parallel  car-controller. 

Car=heater,  Electric.  An  electric  heater  consist- 
ing essentially  of  suitably  supported  coils  of 
insulated  wire  traversed  by  an  electric  current. 

Carbon.  An  elementary  substance  which  occurs 
naturally  in  three  distinct  allotropic  forms; 
graphite,  charcoal  and  the  diamond. 

Carbon  Arc.  A  voltaic  arc  formed  between  car- 
'bon  electrodes. 

Carbon  Holder.  A  device  employed  in  an  arc 
lamp  for  supporting  the  lower  or  negative 
carbon. 

Carbon  Rheostat.  An  adjustable  resistance 
formed  of  carbon  plates  or  powder  whose  re- 
sistance can  be  varied  by  pressure. 

Carcel.  A  French  photometric  standard  of  light. 
The  light  emitted  by  a  lamp  of  definite  dimen- 
sions burning  42  grammes  of  Colza  oil  in  an 
hour,  with  a  flame  40  millimetres  in  height. 

Cardew  Voltmeter.  A  voltmeter  whose  indica- 
tions are  obtained  by  the  expansion  of  a  long 


fine  wire  by  the  passage  through  it  of  the  cur-      Electrical 
rent  to  be  measured.  . 

Carrying      Capacity.     The      maximum      current    Dictionary 
strength  that  any  conductor  can  safely  trans- 
mit.     (See  page  1 8.) 

Cascade  Connection.  A  term  sometimes  em- 
ployed for  series  connection. 

Casings.  Grooves  or  panelled  channels  for  carry- 
ing wires  in  a  house. 

Catenary  Curve.  The  curve  described  by  the  sag- 
ging of  a  wire,  under  its  own  weight,  when 
stretched  between  two  points  of  support. 

Catenary  Trolley  Construction.  A  trolley  wire 
that  is  suspended  at  frequent  intervals  from  a 
messenger  wire.  (See  page  77.) 

Cathode.  The  conductor  or  plate  of  an  electro- 
decomposition  cell  connected  with  the  negative 
terminal  of  a  battery  or  other  electric  source. 
The  terminal  of  an  electric  source  into  which 
the  current  flows  from  the  electrolyte  of  a  de- 
composition cell  or  voltameter.  The  electrode 
of  a  bath,  tube,  body,  or  device  by  which  the 
current  leaves  the  same.  The  negative  elec- 
trode. 

Cathode  Rays.  Radiation  emitted  from  the 
cathode  or  negative  electrode  of  a  Crookes  or 
X-ray  tube. 

Cautery,  Electric.  The  application  to  the  human 
body  of  variously  shaped  platinum  wires, 
heated  to  incandescence  by  the  electric  current, 
for  removing  diseased  growths,  or  for  stopping 
hemorrhages. 

Ceiling  Board.     An  arc-light  hanger  board. 

Cell,  Electrolytic.     A  cell  or  vessel  containing  an 

electrolyte,  in  which  electrolysis  is  carried  on. 

An  electrolytic   cell  is  called   a  voltameter 

when  the  value  of  the  current  passing  is  deduced 

from  the  weight  of  the  metal  deposited. 

Cell,  Voltaic.     (See  Voltaic  Cell.) 

CeU  of  Primary  or  Secondary  Battery.  A  battery 
jar  of  a  primary  or  secondary  battery  contain- 
ing a  single  couple  and  its  electrolyte. 

Centigramme.  The  hundredth  of  a  gramme;  or, 
0.1543  grain  avoirdupois. 

Centimeter.  The  hundredth  of  a  metre;  or, 
0.3937  inch. 

Centimeter=Qramme=Second  System.  A  system 
based  on  the  centimeter  as  the  unit  length,  the 
gramme  as  the  unit  of  mass,  and  the  second  at 
the  unit  of  time. 

Center  of  Distribution.  In  a  system  of  incandes- 
cent distribution  any  point  at  which  the  supply 
current  is  branched  or  radially  disturbed  to 
mains,  to  submains,  or  to  translating  devices. 

Change=over  Switch.  A  switch  provided  in  a  cen- 
tral station  for  transferring  a  working  circuit 
from  one  dynamo  to  another,  or  from  one  bat- 
tery of  dynamos  to  another. 

Characteristic  Curve.  A  diagram  in  which  a  curve 
is  employed  to  represent  the  relation  of  certain 
varying  values.  A  curve  indicating  the  charac- 
teristic properties  of  a  dynamo-electric  machine 
under  various  phases  of  operation.  A  curve 
indicating  the  electromotive  force  of  a  genera- 
tor, as  a  variable  dependent  on  the  excitation . 

Charge  Current  on  Telegraphic  Line.  The  current 
produced  by  the  initial  rush  of  electricity  into  a 
telegraph  line  on  the  closing  of  the  circuit. 

Charge  Bound.  The  condition  of  an  electric 
charge  on  a  conductor  placed  near  another  con- 
ductor, but  separated  from  it  by  a  medium 
through  which  electrostatic  induction  can  take 
place. 

Charge,  Electric.  The  quantity  of  electricity  that 
exists  on  the  surface  of  an  insulated  electrified 
conductor. 

Charging  Current.  The  current  employed  in 
charging  a  storage  battery  or  accumulator. 

Chatterton's  Compound.  An  insulating  com- 
pound for  cementing  together  the  alternate 
coatings  of  gutta-percha  employed  on  a  cable 
conductor,  or  for  filling  up  the  space  between 
the  stranded  conductors. 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Electrical      Chemical  Battery.     A  name  sometimes  given  to  a 
r^.    .  voltaic  telegraph  battery  as  distinguished  from 

Dictionary        a  dynamo. 

Chemical  Equivalent.  The  quotient  obtained  by 
dividing  the  atomic  weight  of  an  elementary 
substance  by  its  atomicity.  The  ratio  be- 
tween the  quantity  of  an  element  and  the  quan- 
tity of  hydrogen  it  is  capable  of  replacing.  The 
quantity  of  an  elementary  substance  that  is 
capable  of  combining  with  or  replacing  one 
atom  of  hydrogen. 

Choke  Coil.  A  reactance  used  in  connection  with 
lightning  arresters  and  placed  in  series  with  the 
line  to  be  protected. 

Choking  Coil.  A'  coil  of  wire  so  wound  on  a  core 
of  iron  as  to  possess  high  self-induction  when 
used  on  alternating-current  circuits.  (See  Re- 
actance Coils.) 

Chronograph,  Electric.  An  electric  apparatus 
for  automatically  measuring  and  registering 
small  intervals  of  time. 

Circuit  Breaker.  Any  device  for  opening  or 
breaking  a  circuit. 

Circuit,  Electric.  The  path  in  which  electricity 
circulates  or  passes  from  a  given  point,  around 
or  through  a  conducting  path,  back  again  to  its 
starting  point. 

All  simple  circuits   consist  of  the  following 
parts,  viz: 

(1)  Of  an  electric   source  .which  may  be  a 
voltaic  battery,  a  thermopile,  a  dynamo-elec- 
tric machine,  or  any  other  means  for  producing 
electricity. 

(2)  Of  leads  or  conductors  for  carrying  the 
electricity  out  from  the  source,  through  what- 
ever apparatus  is  placed  in  the  line,  and  back 
again  to  the  source. 

(3)  Various    electro-receptive    devices,    such 
as  electro-magnets,   electrolytic  baths,  electric 
motors,   electric   heaters,    etc.,   through   which 
passes  the  current  by  which  they  are  actuated 
or  operated. 

Circuit  Indicator.  A  rough  form  of  galvanometer 
employed  to  indicate  the  presence  and  direction 
of  a  current  in  a  circuit,  and,  in  some  cases,  to 
roughly  indicate  its  strength. 

Circuit,  Multiple.  A  compound  circuit  in  which  a 
number  of  separate  sources  or  separate  electro- 
receptive  devices,  or  both,  have  all  their  posi- 
tive poles  connected  to  a  single  positive  lead  or 
conductor,  and  all  their  negative  poles  to  a 
single  negative  lead  or  conductor. 

Circuit,  Multiple=Arc.  A  term  often  used  for 
multiple  circuit. 

Circuit,  Open.  A  broken  circuit.  A  circuit,  the 
conducting  continuity  of  which  is  broken. 

Circuit,  Parallel.  A  name  sometimes  applied  to 
circuits  connected  in  multiple.  (See  Circuit, 
Multiple) 

Circuit,  Series.  A  compound  circuit  in  which  the 
separate  sources,  or  the  separate  electro-recep 
tive  devices,  or  both,  are  so  placed  that  the 
current  produced  in  each,  or  passed  through 
each,  passes  successively  through  the  entire 
circuit  from  the  first  to  the  last. 

Circuit,  Short.  A  shunt  or  by-path  of  compara- 
tively small  resistance  around  the  poles  of  an 
electric  source,  or  around  any  portion  of  a  cir- 
cuit, by  which  so  much  of  the  current  passes 
through  the  new  path,  as  virtually  to  cut  out 
the  part  of  the  circuit  around  which  it  is 
placed,  and  so  prevent  it  from  receiving  an 
appreciable  current. 

Circuit,  Shunt.  A  branch  or  additional  circuit 
provided  at  any  part  of  a  circuit,  through  which 
the  current  branches  or  divides,  part  flowing 
through  the  original  circuit,  and  part  through 
^  the  new  branch. 

Circular  Mil.  A  unit  of  area  employed  in  measur- 
ing the  cross-section  of  wires,  equal,  approxi- 
mately, to  0.7854.  square  mils.  The  area  of  a 
circle  one  mil  in  diameter.  (See  page  21.) 

Circular  Millaze.  The  areas  of  cross-sections  of 
wires  or  conductors  expressed  in  circular  mils. 


Clearance.  The  gap  space  between  the  surface 
of  a  rotating  armature  and  the  opposed  polar 
surface  of  the  field  magnets  of  a  dynamo  or 
motor. 

Clearing=out  Drops.  Electro-magnetic  drop- 
shutters  placed  in  a  telephone  exchange  in  cir- 
.  cuit  with  a  pair  of  communicating  subscribers, 
so  that  the  falling  of  the  shutter  when  they 
"ring  off"  indicates  that  the  conversation  is 
ended.  Ring-off  drops. 

Clearing  Signal.  A  ring-off  signal.  A  signal  in  a 
telephone  exchange  to  indicate  that  a  telephonic 
conversation  has  ended. 

Cleat,  Electric,  A  suitable  shaped  piece  of  wood, 
porcelain,  hard-rubber  or  other  non-conducting 
material  used  for  fastening  and  supporting 
electric  conductors  to  ceilings  and  walls. 

Clock  Meter.  An  electric  meter  in  which  clock- 
work is  employed. 

Clockwise  Motion.  A  rotary  motion  whose  direc- 
tion is  the  same  as  that  of  the  hands  of  a  clock, 
viewed  from  the  face. 

Closed=circuit  Transformer.  A  term  sometimes 
employed  for  closed  iron-circuit  transformer. 

CIosed=circuit  Voltmeter.  A  voltmeter  intended 
to  be  in  permanent  connection  with  the  pressure 
it  is  designed  to  measure. 

Closed=coil  Winding.  Any  winding  by  which  the 
armature  coils  are  connected  in  closed  circuit 
during  the  operation  of  the  machine. 

Closed  Magnetic  Circuit.  A  magnetic  circuit 
which  lies  wholly  in  iron  or  other  substance  of 
high  magnetic  permeability. 

Closet  System  of  Parallel  Distribution.  A  system  of 
parallel  distribution  and  house  wiring  in  which 
the  various  receptive  devices  are  collected  in 
groups  each  of  which  is  supplied  with  a  separate 
and  independent  supply  circuit  back  to  the 
service;  as  distinguished  from  a  tree  system. 

Coefficient  of  Expansion.  The  fractional  in- 
crease in  the  length  of  a  bar  or  rod,  when  heated 
from  32  to  33  degrees  Fahr.,  or  from  o  to  i  de- 
gree Cent. 

Coefficient  of  Hysteresis.  The  work  expended 
hysteretically  in  a  cubic-centimetre  of  iron,  or 
other  magnetic  substance,  in  a  single  cycle  of 
unit  magnetic  flux  density.  The  coefficient 
which  multiplied  by  the  volume  of  iron,  the 
frequency  of  alternation,  and  the  i-6th  power 
of  the  maximum  flux  density  gives  the  hyster- 
etic  activity. 

Coefficient  of  Inductance.  A  constant  quantity 
such  that,  when  multiplied  by  the  current 
strength  passing  through  any  coil  or  circuit,  will 
numerically  represent  the  flux  linkage  with  that 
coil  or  circuit  due  to  that  current.  A  term 
sometimes  used  for  coefficient  of  self-induction. 
The  ratio  of  the  C.E.M.F.  of  self-induction  in  a 
coil  or  circuit  to  the  time-rate-of-change  of  the 
inducing  current. 

Coefficient  of  Induction.  A  term  sometimes  used 
for  coefficient  of  magnetic  induction. 

Coefficient  of  Mutual  Inductance.  The  ratio  of 
the  electromotive  force  induced  in  a  circuit  to 
the  rate-of-change  of  the  inducing  current  in  a 
magnetically  associated  circuit.  The  ratio  of 
the  total  flux-linkage  with  a  circuit  proceeding 
from  an  associated  inducing  circuit,  to  the 
strength  of  current  flowing  in  the  latter. 

Coefficient  of  Self=induction.  Self-inductance. 
The  ratio  in  anv  circuit  of  the  flux  induced  by 
and  linked  with  a  current,  to  the  strength  of 
that  current.  The  ratio  in  any  circuit  of  the 
E.M.F.  of  self-induction  to  the  rate-of-change 
of  the  current. 

Coherer.  A  detector  of  electro-magnetic  waves 
consisting  of  conducting  particles  forming  a 
semi-conducting  bridge  between  two  electrodes 

Coil,  Electric.  A  convolution  of  insulated  wire 
through  which  an  electric  current  may  be 
passed.  A  number  of  turns  of  wire,  or  a  spool 
of  wire,  through  which  an  electric  current  may 
be  passed. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


Coil,  Induction.  An  apparatus  consisting  of  two 
parallel  coils  of  insulated  wire  employed  for 
the  production  of  currents  by  mutual  induction. 
A  rapidly  interrupted  battery  current,  sent 
through  a  coil  of  wire  called  the  primary  coil, 
induces  alternating  currents  in  a  coil  of  wire 
called  the  secondary  coil. 

As  heretofore  made,  the  primary  coil  con- 
sists of  a  few  turns  of  a  thick  wire,  and  the 
secondary  coil  of  many  turns,  often  thousands, 
of  fine  wire.  Such  coils  are  generally  called 
Ruhmkorff  coils,  from  the  name  of  a  celebrated 
manufacturer  of  them. 

Cold  Light.  Luminous  radiation  unaccompanied 
by  obscure  radiation.  Radiation  confined 
within  the  limits  of  the  visible  spectrum.  The 
light  of  a  fire-fly  or  glow-worm. 

Collation.  The  repetition  of  a  message  or  im- 
portant parts  of  the  same  by  an  operator  at  a 
telegraph  station  who  has  received  it  over  the 
line,  to  the  transmitting  operator  at  the  send- 
ing station. 

Collecting  Rings  for  Alternators.  Metallic  rings 
connected  with  the  terminals  of  the  armature 
coils  of  an  alternator  on  which  brushes  rest  to 
carry  off  the  alternating  currents. 

Collector,  Electric.  Devices  employed  for  col- 
lecting electricity  from  a  moving  electric 
source. 

Collector  of  Alternators.     The  collecting  rings. 

Comb  Lightning=arrester.  A  form  of  lightning- 
arrester  in  which  the  line  wires  are  connected  to 
two  metallic  plates  provided  with  serrations 
like  the  teeth  of  a  comb,  and  placed  near  to  an- 
other ground-connected  plate,  which  may  or 
may  not  be  furnished  with  similar  serrations. 

"  Come  Along."  A  small  portable  vise  capable 
of  ready  attachment  to  an  aerial  telegraph  or 
telephone  cable,  and  used  in  connection  with  a 
line  dynamometer  to  pull  up  the  wire  to  its 
proper  tension. 

Commercial  Efficiency.  The  useful  or  available 
energy  produced  by  any  machine  or  apparatus 
divided  by  the  total  energy  it  absorbs. 

Common  Return.  A  return  conductor  common  to 
several  circuits. 

Commutating  Machine.     A  rotary  transformer. 

Commutation.  The  act  of  commuting  or  causing 
a  number  of  electromotive  forces  or  currents 
to  take  one  and  the  same  direction. 

Commutation,  Diameter  of.  In  a  dynamo-elec- 
tric machine  a  diameter  on  the  commutator 
cylinder  on  one  side  of  which  the  difference  of 
potential,  produced  by  the  movement  of  the 
coils  through  the  magnetic  field,  tend  to  pro- 
duce a  current  in  a  direction  opposite  to  those 
on  the  other  side. 

That  diameter  on  the  commutator  cylinder 
of  an  open-circuited  armature  that  joins  the 
points  of  contact  of  the  collecting  brushes. 

Commutator.  Any  device  for  changing  in  one 
portion  of  a  circuit  the  directions  of  electro- 
motive forces  or  currents  in  another  portion. 
A  device  for  changing  alternating  into  con- 
tinuous currents,  or  vice  versa. 

Commutator  Bar.  One  of  the  insulated  segments 
of  a  commutator. 

Commutator  Coils.  Coils  wound  around  an 
armature  core  for  the  purpose  of  preventing 
sparking,  connected  at  one  of  their  ends  to  the 
main  windings  at  points  between  the  coil  sec- 
tions, and  at  the  other  end,  to  the  commutator 
segments. 

Commutator  Segments.  The  insulated  bars  of  a 
commutator. 

Compensated  Alternator.  A  separately  excited 
alternator,  which  automatically  compensates 
for  the  drop  in  voltage  in  its  armature,  or  in  its 
armature  or  the  line,  by  sending  around  its 
field  a  rectified  portion  of  the  main  current,  or 
of  the  current  derived  from  a  series  transformer 
in  the  main  circuit. 

Compensated  Galvanometer.  A  differential  gal- 
vanometer for  indicating  pressure  at  a  distant 
point  of  a  continuous-current  circuit,  having 


one  coil  in  shunt  and  the  other  in  series  with      Electrical 
said  circuit. 

Compensated    Resistance-coil.     A    resistance-coil    Dictionary 
so  arranged  as  to  be  compensated  for  the  effect 
of  temperature  upon  its  resistance. 

Compensated  Voltmeter.  A  central-station  volt- 
meter connected  to  the  bus-bars  in  such  a 
manner  that  its  indications  are  automatically 
corrected  for  the  drop  of  pressure  in  some 
particular  feeder  or  group  of  feeders,  so  that  its 
readings  correspond  to  the  pressure  supplied  to 
the  mains. 

Compensated  Wattmeter.  A  wattmeter  so  wound 
as  to  be  compensated  for  the  effect  of  reactance 
in  its  shunt  circuit. 

Compensating  Line.  An  artificial  line  employed 
in  duplex  telegraphy. 

Compensating  Pole.  A  small  bar  electro-magnet, 
or  electro-magnetic  coil,  placed  perpendicu- 
larly between  the  pole-pieces  of  a  dynamo  to 
compensate  for  the  cross  magnetization  of  the 
armature  currents. 

Compensator.     An  auto-transformer. 

Compensator  Potential  Regulator.  Sometimes 
called  Contact  Regulators.  An  apparatus  in 
which  a  number  of  turns  of  one  of  the  coils  are 
adjustable. 

Complete  Wave.  Two  successive  alternations, 
of  a  double  alternation  of  a  periodically-alter- 
nating quantity.  A  cycle. 

Complex  Quantities.  Any  quantity  made  up  of 
two  parts,  one  of  which  is  measured  along  an  axis 
of  reference,  and  the  other  in  a  direction  at 
right  angles  to  such  axis,  these  axes  being 
sometimes  described  as  the  real  and  imaginary 
axes  respectively. 

Components  of  Impedance.  The  energy  com- 
ponent or  effective  resistance  and  the  wattless 
component  or  effective  reactance. 

Composite  Excitation.  Any  excitation  of  the 
field  magnets  of  a  dynamo  in  which  more  than 
a  single  winding  is  employed,  such  as  a  shunt 
and  a  series  winding. 

Composite  Field.  The  field  of  a  compositely- 
excited  dynamo. 

Composite  Wire.  A  wire  provided  with  a  steel 
core  and  an  external  copper  sheath,  possessing 
sufficient  tensile  strength  to  enable  it  to  be 
used  in  long  spans  without  excessive  sagging. 
A  bimetallic  wire. 

Compound.  An  asphaltic  composition  employed 
in  the  sheathing  of  submarine  cables.  A  term 
often  applied  to  insulating  materials. 

Compound  Alternator.  A  compound-wound  al- 
ternator. 

Compound  Magnet.  A  number  of  single  magnets 
placed  parallel,  side  by  side,  and  with  their 
similar  poles  adjacent. 

Compound  Winding.  A  method  of  winding  dy- 
namos or  motors  in  which  both  shunt  and 
series  coils  are  placed  on  the  field  magnets. 

Concentric  Cable.  A  cable  provided  with  both  a 
leading  and  return  conductor  insulated  from 
each  other,  and  forming  respectively  the  central 
core  or  conductor,  and  the  enclosing  tubular 
conductor.  A  cable  having  concentric  con- 
ductors. (See  Index.) 

Concentric  Conductors.  Cylindrical  coaxial  con- 
ductors insulated  from  each  other. 

Concentric  Mains.  Mains  employing  concentric 
cables. 

Condensance.     Capacity  reactance. 

Condenser.  A  device  for  increasing  the  capacity 
of  an  insulated  conductor  by  bringing  it  near 
another  earth-connected  conductor  but  sep- 
arated therefrom  by  any  medium  that  will 
permit  electrostatic  induction  to  take  place 
through  its  mass.  Any  variety  of  electrostatic 
accumulator. 

Condenser  Capacity.     The  capacity  of  a  condenser. 

Condenser  Circuit.  Any  circuit  in  which  a  con- 
denser is  inserted. 

Condenser  Pressure.  The  difference  of  potential 
at  the  terminals  of  a  condenser. 


194 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Electrical  Conduct.  To  pass  electricity  through  conducting 
.  substances.  To  carry,  or  to  possess  the  power 

Dictionary  of  carrying  an  electric  current. 

Conductance.  A  word  sometimes  used  in  place 
of  conducting  power.  The  reciprocal  of  resist- 
ance. In  a  continuous-current  circuit  the 
ratio  of  the  current  strength  to  the  E.M.F. 
In  an  alternating-current  circuit  the  quantity 
whose  square  added  to  the  square  of  the  suscep- 
tance  is  equal  to  the  square  of  the  admittance. 

Conductance,  Electric.  Conducting  power  for 
electricity. 

Conduction,  Electric.  The  so-called  flow  or  pas- 
sage of  electricity  through  a  metallic  or  other 
similar  substance.  The  ability  of  a  substance 
to  determine  the  direction  in  which  electric 
energy  shall  be  transmitted  through  the  ether 
surrounding  it.  The  ability  of  a  substance  to 
determine  the  direction  in  which  a  current  of 
electricity  shall  pass  from  one  point  to  another. 

Conduction,  Electrolytic.  A  term  sometimes  em- 
ployed to  indicate  the  passage  of  electricity 
through  an  electrolyte. 

Conductive.     Possessing  the  power  of  conducting. 

Conductivity,  Electric.  The  reciprocal  of  electric 
resistivity.  The  conductance  of  a  substance 
referred  to  unit  dimensions. 

Conductivity  Resistance.  The  resistance  offered 
by  a  substance  to  electric  conduction  or  to  the 
passage  of  electricity  through  its  mass. 

Conductor.  Any  substance  which  will  permit 
the  so-called  passage  of  an  electric  current. 
A  substance  which  possesses  the  ability  of  de- 
termining the  direction  in  which  electric  energy 
shall  pass  through  the  ether  in  the  dielectric 
surrounding  it. 

Conduit,  Electric.  An  underground  space,  either 
single  or  provided  with  a  number  of  separate 
spaces  called  ducts,  employed  for  the  reception 
of  electric  wires  or  cables. 

Conduit  Trolley=system.  A  single  or  double- 
trolley-system  in  which  the  trolley  wire  or  wires 
are  placed  in  an  underground  slotted  conduit, 
the  trolley  wheel  being  replaced  by  a  plow  or 
sled  pushed  or  drawn  through  the  slot. 

Connecting  Jack.  A  jack  for  introducing  a  loop 
into  a  telephone  circuit. 

Connecting  Sleeve.  A  metallic  sleeve  employed 
as  a  connector  for  readily  joining  the  ends  of 
two  or  more  wires. 

Connection  in  Cascade.  A  term  sometimes  em- 
ployed for  connection  in  series. 

Connection,  Multiple.  Such  a  connection  of  a 
number  of  separate  electric  sources,  or  electro- 
receptive  devices,  or  circuits,  that  all  the  posi- 
tive terminals  are  connected  to  one  main  or 
positive  conductor,  and  all  the  negative  termi- 
nals are  conducted  to  one  main  or  negative 
conductor. 

Connection,  Series.  The  connection  of  a  number 
of  separate  electric  sources,  or  electro-receptive 
devices,  or  circuits,  so  that  the  current  passes 
successively  from  the  first  to  the  last  in  the  cir- 
cuit. 

Consequent  Pole.  A  magnet  pole  formed  by  two 
free  north  or  two  free  south  poles  placed  to- 
gether. A  magnet  pole  developed  at  some 
point  of  a  magnet  other  than  its  extremities. 

Consonance.  A  phase  agreement  between  two 
simple-periodic  waves  or  vibrations.  The  re- 
inforcement of  sound  waves,  or  their  increase  in 
intensity,  by  means  of  vibrating  bodies  that  are 
.  not  in  resonance  with,  or  are  tuned  to  vibrate 
in  unison  with,  the  sounding  body.  Forced 
unison. 

Consonance,  Electric.  In  an  alternating-current 
circuit  the  co-phasing  of  the  impressed  E.M.F. 
with  the  primary  current,  due  to  the  influence  of 
capacity  in  an  inductively  associated  secondary 
circuit.  A  circuit  in  which  the  capacity  and 
the  inductance  are  equal  and  opposite  in  effect. 

Constant.  Of  an  electrical  instrument  is  that 
quantity  which  used  as  a  factor  with  indications 
of  instruments  gives  results  in  the  desired  unit. 
Of  a  watt-hour  meter  is  3600  x  watt-hours 


passing  through  the  circuit  during  one  revolu- 
tion of  the  meter  disc. 

Constant  Current. — A  direct  current  or  one  that 
always  flows  in  the  same  direction.  A  current 
whose  strength  is  unvarying. 

Constant=current  Transformer.  A  transformer 
which  is  intended  to  raise  or  reduce  a  current 
strength  in  a  given  constant  ratio.  A  trans- 
former designed  to  maintain  a  constant  strength 
of  current  in  its  secondary  circuit,  despite 
changes  of  load. 

Constant=potential  Circuit.  A  circuit  whose  po- 
tential is  maintained  approximately  constant. 
A  multiple-arc  or  parallel-connected  circuit. 

Constant=potential  Dynamo.  A  dynamo  that  fur- 
nishes an  approximately  constant  difference  of 
potential  or  electromotive  force  despite  changes 
in  its  resistance  or  load.  A  shunt  or  compound- 
wound  dynamo. 

Contact  Breaker.  A  device  for  breaking  or  open- 
ing an  electric  circuit. 

Contact  Regulator.  See  Compensator  Potential 
Regulator. 

Contact  Resistance.  Resistance  produced  at  the 
contact  of  two  or  more  surfaces. 

Contact  Rings  of  Alternator.  The  collector  rings 
of  an  alternator. 

Contact  Screw.  A  screw  the  end  of  which  is 
provided  with  a  platinum  or  other  contact, 
employed  to  close  the  circuit  of  any  electric 
device  in  whose  circuit  it  is  placed. 

Contacts.  Conducting  pieces  or  plates  intro- 
duced into  electric  circuits  at  points  where  it  is 
desired  to  open  and  close  the  circuit.  A  var- 
iety of  fault  occasioned  in  any  circuit  by  the 
accidental  contact  of  any  part  of  the  circuit 
with  a  conducting  body.  A  metallic  cross  or 
faulty  connection  between  two  telegraphic  or 
telephonic  circuits. 

Continuous=alternating  Transformer.  A  secon- 
dary generator  for  transforming  continuous  into 
alternating  currents.  A  dynamometer,  mo- 
tor-dynamo, or  rotary  transformer. 

Continuous  Current.  An  electric  current  which 
flows  in  one  and  the  same  direction.  A  steady 
or  non-pulsating  direct  current. 

Continuous=current  Generator.  Any  generator 
capable  of  furnishing  continuous  currents. 

Continuous=current  Transformer.  A  dynamo  or 
motor-dynamo.  A  transformer  from  one  con- 
tinuous pressure  and  current  to  another. 

Controller.  The  magnet  employed  in  a  system 
of  automatic  constant-current  regulation, 
whose  coils  are  traversed  by  the  main  current, 
employed  automatically  to  throw  a  regulator 
magnet  into  or  out  of  the  main  circuit  on 
changes  of  the  current  passing.  Any  electric 
mechanism  for  controlling  a  circuit  or  system. 
An  electric  switching  mechanism  for  controlling 
the  speed  of  a  motor  or  motors.  A  street- 
railway  car  controller. 

Controller  Switch.  The  switch  operating  the 
switch  cylinder  of  a  street-car  controller.  Any 
switch  employed  in  connection  with  a  street- 
car controller. 

Controlling  Magnet.  Any  magnet  which  con- 
trols some  particular  action,  as,  for  example, 
the  attraction  of  a  needle  in  a  galvanometer. 
A  name  sometimes  given  to  the  controller  in 
an  automatic  system  of  current  regulation. 

Convection  Currents.  Currents  produced  by  the 
bodily  carrying  forward  of  static  charges  in 
convection  streams. 

Convective  Discharge.  The  discharge  which  oc- 
curs from  the  points  of  a  highly  charged  con- 
ductor, through  the  electrostatic  repulsion  of 
similarly  charged  air  particles,  which  thus 
carry  off  minute  charges. 

Converter.  A  dynamo-electric  machine  having 
one  armature  and  one  field  for  converting  alter- 
nating current  to  direct  current,  or  direct  cur- 
rent to  alternating  current.  The  term  to  be 
preceded  by  the  words  "alternating  current- 
direct  current"  (A.C.-D.C.)  or  "  direct  current" 
(B.C.). 


ELECTRICAL 


W    I 


RES 


AND 


CABLES 


195 


Converted  Currents.  Electric  currents  whose 
strengths  have  been  increased  or  decreased  by 
means  of  a  transformer. 

Co=periodic.     Possessing  the  same  periodicity. 

Co=phase.  Coincidence  in  phase  of  co-periodic 
motions.  Such  a  phase  relation  between  two 
periodic  but  non-co-periodic  quantities  as  tends 
to  increase  the  amplitude  of  the  motion. 

Copper,  Cu.  At.  wt.  63.2,  Sp.  gr.  8.81  to  8.95. 
Fuses  at  about  1930°  F.  Distinguished  from 
all  other  metals  by  its  reddish  color.  Very 
ductile  and  malleable  and  its  tenacity  is  next 
to  iron.  Tensile  strength  20,000  to  30,000 
Ibs.  per  square  inch.  Heat  conductivity 
73.6%  of  that  of  silver  and  superior  to  that  of 
other  metals.  Electric  conductivity  equal  to 
that  of  gold  and  silver.  Expansion  by  heat 
from  32°  to  212°  F.  0.0051  of  its  volume. 
(Kent)  (See  Index.) 

Copper  Loss.  The  total  loss  of  energy  produced 
by  the  passage  of  a  current  through  the  copper 
wire  of  a  dynamo,  motor,  or  conducting  system 
generally. 

Copper  Tape.  Rectangular  straps  or  bars  of 
copper  employed  for  armature  windings. 

Copper  Voltameter.  A  voltameter  whose  indica- 
tions are  dependent  on  the  electrolysis  of  a  so- 
lution of  a  copper  salt. 

Cord,  Electric.  A  flexible,  insulated  electric 
conductor,  generally  containing  two  parallel 
wires. 

Core,  Lamination  of.  Structural  subdivisions  of 
the  cores  of  magnets,  armatures,  and  pole- 
pieces  of  dynamo-electric  machines,  electric 
motors,  or  similar  apparatus,  in  order  to  pre- 
vent heating  and  subsequent  loss  of  energy 
from  the  production  of  local,  eddy  or  Foucault 
currents. 

These  laminations  are  obtained  by  forming 
the  cores  of  sheets,  rods,  plates,  or  wires  of  iron 
insulated  from  one  another.  (See  Silico-Mag- 
netic  Core  Steel.) 

Core  Losses.  The  hysteresis  and  the  Foucault  or 
eddy-current  losses  of  the  core  of  a  dynamo, 
motor  or  transformer. 

Core  of  Cable.  The  insulated  wires  employed  for 
the  transmission  of  the  current  through  a  con- 
ducting cable.  The  electric  conductor  and  in- 
sulator as  distinguished  from  the  mechanical 
serving  and  sheathing  of  a  cable. 

Corona.  The  name  given  to  a  brush  discharge 
surrounding  aerial  conductors  which  carry 
high  potential  current.  The  discharge  is  red 
violet  in  color,  gives  a  hissing  sound  and  is 
probably  intermittent  in  character. 

Corona,  Electrostatic.  A  luminous  effect  pro- 
duced on  the  surface  of  a  thin  sheet  of  mica,  or 
other  similar  insulating  material,  when  placed 
between  two  electrodes  between  which  dis- 
charges of  comparatively  high  difference  of 
potential  are  passing. 

Corrective  Motor.  A  synchronous  motor  running 
either  idle  or  under  load,  whose  field  charge  may 
be  varied  so  as  to  modify  the  power- factor  of  the 
circuit  to  which  it  is  connected  or  through  such 
modification  to  also  influence  the  voltage  of  the 
circuit  (this  term  is  proposed  instead  of  the 
term  "rotating  condenser"). 

Corrosion,  Electrolytic.  A  term  frequently  em- 
ployed for  the  corrosion  of  water  or  gas  pipes 
or  other  masses  of  metal  buried  in  the  earth  by 
electrolytic  action. 

Cosine.  One  of  the  trigonometrical  functions. 
The  ratio  of  the  base  to  the  hypothenuse  of  a 
right-angled  triangle  in  which  the  hypothenuse 
is  the  radius  vector,  and  the  angle  between  the 
base  and  hypothenuse  the  angle  whose  cosine 
is  considered. 

Coulomb.  The  practical  unit  of  electric  quantity. 
Such  a  quantity  of  electricity  as  would  pass  in 
one  second  through  a  circuit  conveying  one 
ampere. 

The  quantity  of  electricity  contained  in  a 
condenser  of  one  farad  capacity,  when  subjected 


to  the  E.M.F.  of  one  volt. 
Coulomb.) 


(See  International       Electrical 


Coulomb  Meter.     A  meter  for  measuring  in  cou-     Dictionary 
lombs,  the  quantity  of  electricity  which  passes 
through  any  circuit. 

Coulomb=volt.  A  word  sometimes  employed  for 
the  volt-coulomb  or  joule. 

Counter=electromotive  Force.  An  opposed  or  re- 
verse electromotive  force  which  tends  to  set  up 
a  current  in  the  opposite  direction  to  that  ac- 
tually produced  by  a  source.  In  an  electric 
motor,  an  electromotive  force  produced  by  the 
rotation  of  the  armature  and  opposed  to  that 
produced  by  the  driving  current. 

Counter=electromotive  Force  of  Induction.  The 
counter  electromotive  force  of  self  or  mutual 
induction. 

Couple.  In  mechanics,  two  equal  and  parallel, 
but  oppositely  directed  forces,  not  acting  in  the 
same  line,  and  tending  to  produce  rotation. 
The  two  elements  in  a  voltaic  cell  or  thermo- 
electric cell. 

Couple,  Thermo=electric.  Two  dissimilar  metals 
which,  when  connected  at  their  ends  only,  so 
as  to  form  a  completed  electric  circuit,  will  pro- 
duce a  difference  of  potential,  and  hence  an 
electric  current,  when  one  of  the  ends  is  heated 
more  than  the  other. 

Couple,  Voltaic.  Two  materials,  usually  two  dis- 
similar metals,  capable  of  acting  as  an  electric 
source  when  dipped  in  an  electrolyte,  or  ca- 
pable of  producing  a  difference  of  electric  po- 
tential by  mere  contact. 

Cradle  Dynamometer.  A  dynamometer  in  which 
the  dynamo  to  be  tested  is  supported  in  a 
cradle,  and  the  mechanical  energy  it  receives  or 
transmits  is  measured  by  the  torque  developed 
by  the  cradle  about  its  axis. 

Critical  Current.  The  current  strength  at  which 
a  certain  critical  result  is  reached. 

Critical=speed  of  Compound=wound  Dynamo.  The 
speed  at  which  both  the  series  and  shunt  coils 
of  a  dynamo  give  the  same  difference  of  poten- 
tial when  the  full  load  is  on  the  machine,  as  the 
shunt  coil  would  have  if  used  alone  on  open- 
circuit.  The  speed  at  which  a  dynamo  com- 
mences to  build  up  its  excitation. 

Crookes'  Effect.  The  effect  produced  in  high- 
vacuum  tubes  due  to  the  characteristic  motions 
possessed  by  heated  or  electrified  molecules 
when  in  the  ultra-gaseous  or  radiant  state. 

Crookes'  Tubes.  Glass  tubes  containing  high 
vacua,  provided  with  platinum  leading-in  wires 
terminating  in  suitably  shaped  metallic  sur- 
faces, employed  in  demonstrating  the  peculiar- 
ities of  the  radiant  or  ultragaseous  condition  of 
matter.  A  name  frequently  given  to  X-ray 
tubes. 

Cross.     See  Cross,  Electric. 

Cross  Arm.  A  horizontal  beam  attached  to  a 
pole  for  the  support  of  the  insulators  of  tele- 
graph, electric  light,  or  other  electric  wires. 
A  telegraphic  arm. 

Cross  Bonding.  In  an  electric  railway  the  bond- 
ing between  the  ground  feeder  and  the  track 
for  the  purpose  of  ensuring  a  good  conducting 
return  circuit. 

Cross=connection  of  Armature  Windings.  Arma- 
ture windings  in  which  the  wires  are  intercon- 
nected at  the  corresponding  segments  of  the 
commutator. 

Cross  Current.  Current  passing  between  the 
armatures  of  alternating  current  generators, 
or  motors,  operated  in  parallel,  and  due  to  dif- 
ferences in  the  phase  or  magnitude  of  the 
E.M.F.'s  in  the  machines. 

Cross,  Electric.  A  connection,  generally  me- 
tallic, accidentally  established  between  two 
conducting  lines.  A  defect  in  a  telegraph,  tele- 
phone, or  other  circuit,  caused  by  two  wires 
coming  into  contact  by  crossing  each  other. 


196 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Electrical      Cross  Induction.     An  induction  produced  by  the 
„.    .  armature   current   whose   magnetization   is   at 

Dictionary        right-angles    to    that   produced    by    the    field. 
Cross  magnetization. 

Cross  Magnetization.  A  magnetization  set  up  by 
the  currents  circulating  in  the  armature  turns, 
which  is  at  right-angles  to  the  magnetization 
set  up  by  the  field  flux. 

Cross-talk.  Cross-fire  conversation  over  one 
telephone  circuit  which  is  heard  in  neighboring 
telephone  circuit.  Interference  between  neigh- 
boring telephone  circuits. 

Crow=foot  Zinc.  A  crow-foot-shaped  zinc  em- 
ployed in  the  gravity  voltaic  cell. 

Crucible  Steel.     (See  Index.) 

Current  Commuter.  Any  device  that  causes 
alternating  currents  to  flow  in  one  and  the  same 
direction.  A  commutator. 

Current  Density.  The  current  strength  which 
passes  in  any  part  of  a  circuit,  divided  by  the 
area  of  cross-section  of  that  part  of  the  circuit. 
The  ratio  of  the  current  strength  through  any 
surface  of  section  of  active  conductor  to  the 
area  of  that  surface,  assumed  perpendicular  to 
the  current. 

Current  Distribution.  The  spreading  or  ramifica- 
tion of  electric  currents  through  a  conducting 
mass  or  network. 

Currents,  Eddy.     See  Eddy  Currents. 

Current,  Electric.  The  quantity  of  electricity 
per-second  which  passes  through  any  con- 
ductor or  circuit  ,  when  the  flow  is  uniform.  The 
rate  at  which  a  quantity  of  electricity  flows  or 
passes  through  a  circuit.  The  ratio,  expressed 
in  terms  of  electric  quantity  per-second,  exist- 
ing between  the  electromotive  force  causing  a 
current  and  the  resistance  which  opposes  it. 

The  unit  of  current,  or  the  ampere,  is  equal 
to  one  coulomb  per  second.  (See  Ampere, 
and  Coulomb.) 

The  word  current  must  not  be  confounded 
with  the  mere  act  of  flowing;  electric  current 
signifies  rate  of  flow,  and  always  supposes  an 
electromotive  force  to  produce  the  current, 
and  a  resistance  to  oppose  it. 

The  electric  current  is  assumed  to  flow  out  from 
the  positive  terminal  of  a  source,  through  the 
circuit  and  back  into  the  source  at  the  negative 
terminal.  It  is  assumed  to  flow  into  the  positive 
terminal  of  an  electro  receptive  device  such  as 
a  lamp,  motor,  or  storage  battery,  and  out  of 
its  negative  terminal;  or,  in  other  words,  the 
positive  pole  of  the  source  is  always  connected 
to  the  positive  terminal  of  the  electro-receptive 
device. 

The  current  that  flows  or  passes  in  any  circuit 
is,  in  the  case  of  a  constant  current,  equal  to  the 
electromotive  force,  or  difference  of  potential, 
divided  by  the  resistance,  as: 


(See  Law  of  Ohm.) 

The  flow  of  an  electric  current  may  vary  in  any 
manner  whatsoever. 

A  current  which  continues  flowing  in  the 
same  direction  no  matter  how  its  strength  may 
vary,  is  called  a  continuous  current,  or  some- 
times a  direct  current.  If  the  strength  of  such 
a  current  is  constant,  it  is  called  an  unvarying 
current;  if  its  strength  is  not  constant,  it  is  a 
varying  continuous  current.  A  regular  varying 
continuous  current  is  called  a  pulsatory  cur- 
rent. A  current  which  alternately  flows  in 
opposite  directions,  no  matter  how  its  strength 
may  vary,  is  called  an  alternating  current. 
This  may  be  periodic  or  non-periodic. 
Current,  Electric,  Method  of  Propagation  of, 
Through  a  Circuit.  When  an  electric  current 
is  propagated  through  a  wire  or  other  con- 
ductor, it  is  not  sent  or  pushed  through  the 
conductor,  like  a  fluid  through  a  pipe  or 
other  conductor,  but  is,  so  to  speak,  handed 
on  from  particle  to  particle. 


The  following  taken  from  the  "Electrical 
World,"  March  3,  1910,  represents  the  latest 
hypothesis  concerning  these  phenomena: 

"  In  the  normal  unelectrified  state  all  the 
copper  molecules  are  substantially  neutral. 
When  an  electric  potential  difference,  or  voltage', 
is  applied  to  the  ends  of  the  copper  wire,  the 
negative  electrons  at  the  positive  pole  jump  out 
of  the  adjacent  molecules,  leaving  them  posi- 
tively electrified.  These,  in  their  turn,  at- 
tract more  negative  electrons  out  of  the  next 
layer  of  neutrals  beyond  and  so  on,  back  to  the 
negative  pole,  until  there  is  a  complete  bucket 
brigade,  formed  by  the  molecules,  the  buckets 
being  the  negative  electrons  and  the  firemen 
being  the  nearly  stationary  molecules,  which 
pass  negative  electricity  all  along  the  line." 

Current,  Faradic.  In  electro-therapeutics,  the 
current  produced  by  an  induction  coil,  or  by  a 
magneto-electric  machine.  A  rapidly  alternat- 
ing current,  as  distinguished  from  a  uniform 
voltaic  current. 

Current,  Foucault.  A  name  sometimes  applied  to 
eddy  currents,  especially  in  armature  cores. 

Current,  Periodic.     A  simple  periodic  current. 

Current,  Polyphase.  Currents  differing  in  phase 
from  one  another  and,  therefore,  requiring 
separate  circuits  for  use. 

Current  Retarder.  A  term  sometimes  employed 
for  rheostat. 

Current  Reverser.  A  switch  or  other  apparatus 
designed  to  reverse  the  direction  of  a  current. 
A  current  changer. 

Current,  Rotating.  A  term  applied  to  the  cur- 
rent which  results  by  combining  a  number  of 
alternating  currents  whose  phases  are  dis- 
placed with  respect  to  one  another. 

Current  Rush.  The  impulsive  rush  of  current 
that  occurs  when  a  transformer  is  first  switched 
on,  or  connected  with,  an  alternating-current 
circuit. 

Current,  Simple  Periodic.  Currents,  the  flow  of 
which  is  variable,  both  in  strength  and  dura- 
tion, and  in  which  the  flow  of  electricity,  passing 
any  section  of  the  conductor,  may  be  repre- 
sented by  a  simple  periodic  curve. 

Current  Strength.  In  a  direct-current  circuit  the 
quotient  of  the  total  electromotive  force  di- 
vided by  the  total  resistance.  The  time-rate- 
of-flow  in  a  circuit  expressed  in  amperes,  or 
coulombs  per  second.  In  an  alternating  cur- 
rent the  quotient  of  the  total  electromotive 
force  divided  by  the  impedance.  (See  Alter- 
nating Currents.) 

Current  Transformation.  The  act  of  changing  the 
strength  of  a  current  by  changes  effected  in  its 
electromotive  force.  The  act  of  changing  a 
direct  into  an  alternating  current,  or  the  re- 
verse, or  a  uniphase-alternating  current  into  a 
multiphase-alternating  current. 

Current  Transformer.  A  device  for  changing  in 
one  circuit  the  strength  of  current  which  flows 
in  another. 

Current  Turns.  The  product  of  the  number  of 
turns  in  a  coil  by  the  current  flowing  through 
them.  A  word  sometimes  used  for  ampere- 
turns. 

Current,  Undulatory.  Currents  the  strength  and 
direction  of  whose  flow  gradually  change. 

Cut=out.  A  device  for  removing  an  electro- 
receptive  device  or  loop  from  the  circuit  of  an 
electric  source.  A  safety  fuse. 

Cut=out  Block.  A  block  containing  a  fuse  wire 
or  safety  catch. 

Cut=out  Cabinet.  Any  enclosed  space  provided 
in  a  building  for  the  reception  of  cut-outs  or 
fuses. 

Cut=out  Switch.  A  short-circuiting  switch  by 
means  of  which  an  arc-light  is  cut  out  from  its 
feeding  circuit. 

Cycle.  A  succession  of  events  which  periodically 
recur,  reckoning  from  any  stage  of  the  disturb- 
ance to  the  moment  at  which  that  stage  next 
occurs.  A  complete  recurrence  of  any  periodic 
change. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


197 


Cycle  of  Alternations.  The  cycle  of  a  periodically- 
alternating  electromotive  force,  current  or  flux. 

D. 

d.     A  symbol  for  diameter. 

D.C.     A  contraction  for  direct  current. 

D.P.  Cut=out.  A  contraction  for  double-pole 
cut-out. 

D.P.  Switch.  A  contraction  for  double-pole 
switch. 

Damped  Magnetic  Needle.  A  magnetic  needle  so 
placed  as  to  come  quickly  to  rest  after  it  has 
been  set  in  motion. 

Damper.  A  metallic  cylinder  so  arranged  as  to 
partially  or  completely  surround  the  iron  core 
of  an  induction  coil  for  the  purpose  of  varying 
the  intensity  of  the  currents  produced  in  the 
secondary.  A  dash-pot,  or  similar  apparatus, 
provided  for  preventing  the  too  sudden  move- 
ments of  a  lever  or  other  part  of  a  moving  de- 
vice. Any  device  employed  for  damping  a 
magnetic  needle. 

Damping  Magnet.  Any  magnet  employed  for  the 
purpose  of  checking  the  motions  of  a  moving 
body  or  magnet. 

Damping  Suspension.  A  suspension  which  is 
rendered  dead-beat,  or  aperiodic,  by  the  appli- 
cation of  any  retarding  force  or  damping  mech- 
anism. 

Daniell's  Voltaic  Cell.  A  zinc-copper  couple 
whose  elements  are  immersed  respectively  in 
electrolytes  of  dilute  sulphuric  acid  and  a  satu- 
rated solution  of  copper  sulphate. 

d'Arsonval  Galvanometer.  The  class  of  galva- 
nometers in  which  the  needle  or  mirror  is  at- 
tached to  and  actuated  by  a  small  coil  which  is 
suspended  by  means  of  a  fine  wire  between  the 
poles  of  a  permanent  magnet.  The  axis  of  the 
coil  is  normally  at  right  angles  with  the  lines  of 
the  field.  Current  is  lead  into  the  coil  by 
means  of  the  small  suspension  wire  and  leaves 
the  coil  by  a  flexible  wire  usually  in  the  form 
of  a  helical  spring  attached  underneath  the  coil. 

Dead=beat  Galvanometer.  An  aperiodic  galva- 
nometer, or  one  whose  needle  comes  quickly  to 
rest  instead  of  repeatedly  swinging  to-and-fro. 
A  heavily  damped  galvanometer. 

Dead=ended  Conductor  or  Wire.  A  conductor  or 
wire  whose  end  is  deliberately  left  open  or  in- 
sulated as,  for  example,  by  being  wound  around 
an  insulator. 

Dead  Ground  or  Grounding.  Such  a  grounding 
as  will  ensure  a  ground  of  negligible  resistance. 

Dead  Man.  A  support  for  raising  a  pole  and  sup- 
porting it  in  place  while  securing  it  in  the 
ground. 

Deci=ampere.     One-tenth  of  an  ampere. 

Deflecting  Magnet.  The  permanent  magnet  of  a 
magnetometer,  employed  for  deflecting  a  small 
magnetic  needle  suspended  at  a  definite  dis- 
tance, in  order  to  compare  its  influence  with 
that  of  the  earth's  horizontal  magnetic  force. 
The  compensating  magnet  of  a  galvanometer. 

Deka=ampere.     Ten  amperes. 

Delta  Connection.  The  connection  of  circuits 
employed  in  a  delta  triphase-system. 

Delta  Current.  The  current  between  adjacent 
wires  or  terminals  of  a  triphase-system.  The 
ring  current. 

Delta  Triphase=system.  A  triphase-system  in 
which  the  terminal  connections  resemble  the 
Greek  letter  delta,  or  triangle. 

Demagnetizing  Current.  The  current  which 
serves  to  remove  the  magnetization  of  some 
magnetic  device. 

Demand.  Demand  is  a  load  specified,  contracted 
for  or  used,  expressed  in  terms  of  power  as  K.- 
W.  or  P. 

Demand  Factor.  Unless  otherwise  specified,  de- 
mand factor  shall  be  the  maximum  connected 
kilowatts  of  capacity  divided  into  the  actual 
kilowatts  of  demand,  and  expressed  in  terms  of 
per  cent. 


Demand  Rate.     The  price,  or  part  of  the  price,  of      Electrical 

Eower  charged  for  the  demand  as  designated     p..    . 
Dr  the  price  paid  for  the  kilowatt-hour  con-     Dictionary 
sumption. 

Density.     Mass  of  unit  volume,  compactness. 

Density,  Electric.  The  quantity  of  free  elec- 
tricity on  any  unit  of  area  of  surface  of  a 
charged  body. 

Density  of  Current.  The  quantity  of  current  that 
passes  per-unit-of-area  of  cross-section  in  any 
part  of  a  circuit. 

Density  of  Field.  The  quantity  of  magnetic  flux 
that  passes  through  any  field  per-unit-of-area 
of  cross-section. 

Depolarize.     To  deprive  of  polarization. 

Detector  Galvanometer.  Any  rough  form  of  gal- 
vanometer or  galvanoscope  employed  for  de- 
tecting the  presence  of  electric  currents. 

Detector,  Ground.     See  Ground  Detector. 

Developed  Winding.  A  winding  of  a  dynamo- 
electric  machine  developed  or  expanded  upon  a 
drawing  of  plane. 

Dial  Telegraphy.  A  system  of  telegraphy  in 
which  the  messages  are  received  by  the  move- 
ments of  a  needle  over  a  dial  plate. 

Diamagnetic.  The  property  possessed  by  sub- 
stances like  bismuth,  phosphorus,  antimony, 
zinc  and  others,  of  being  apparently  repelled 
when  placed  between  the  poles  of  powerful 
magnets. 

Diameter  of  Commutation.  The  diameter  of  the 
commutator  cylinder  of  a  dynamo  at  which  the 
brushes  are  applied.  That  diameter  on  the 
commutator  cylinder  of  an  open-circuit  arma- 
ture, which  joins  the  points  of  contact  of  the 
collecting  brushes. 

Dielectric.     Any  substance  which  permits  electro- 
static induction  to  take  place  through  its  mass. 
The  substance  which  separates  the  opposite 
coatings  of  a  condenser  is  called  the  dielectric. 
All  dielectrics  are  non-conductors. 

All  non-conductors  or  insulators  are  dielec- 
trics, but  their  dielectric  power  is  not  exactly 
proportional  to  their  non-conducting  power. 

Substances  differ  greatly  in  the  degree  or 
extent  to  which  they  permit  induction  to  take 
place  through  or  across  them.  Thus,  a  certain 
amount  of  inductive  action  takes  place  between 
the  insulated  metal  plates  of  a  condenser 
across  the  layer  or  air  between  them. 

A.  dielectric  may  be  regarded  as  pervious  to 
rapidly  reversed  periodic  currents,  but  opaque 
to  continuous  currents.  There  is,  however, 
some  conduction  of  continuous  currents. 

Dielectric  Capacity.  A  term  employed  in  the 
same  sense  as  specific  inductive  capacity. 

Dielectric  Hysteresis.  A  variety  of  molecular 
friction,  analogous  to  magnetic  hysteresis  pro- 
duced in  a  dielectric  under  charges  of  electro- 
static stress.  That  property  of  a  dielectric  by 
virtue  of  which  energy  is  consumed  in  reversals 
of  electrification.  (See  page  20.) 

Dielectric  Resistance.  The  resistance  which  a 
dielectric  offers  to  mechanical  strains  produced 
by  electrification.  The  resistance  of  a  dielec- 
tric to  displacement  currents. 

Dielectric  Strain.  The  strained  condition  of  the 
glass  or  other  dielectric  of  a  condenser  produced 
by  the  charging  of  the  condenser.  The  de- 
formation of  a  dielectric  under  the  influence  of 
an  electro-magnetic  stress. 

Difference  of  Electric  Potential.  That  quantita- 
tive property  in  space  whereby  work  is  done 
when  an  electric  charge  is  moved  therein.  The 
electric  work  done  on  a  unit  charge  in  an  excur- 
sion between  two  points. 

Differential  Coils.  Coils  that  are  differentially 
wound,  or  that  act  differentially. 

Differential  Galvanometer.  A  galvanometer  con- 
taining two  coils,  so  wound  as  to  tend  to  de- 
flect its  needle  in  opposite  directions. 

Differential  Rate.  A  rate  consisting  of  two  op- 
posed factors;  one  tending  to  give  a  high  rate 
and  the  other  tending  to  give  a  low  rate. 


198 


AMERICAN 


S   T   EEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Electrical      Differential  Relay.     A  telegraphic  relay  contain- 
_ .    .  ing  two  differentially  wound  coils  of  wire  on  its 

L/ictionary         magnet  core. 

Differential  Speed.  In  an  induction  machine,  the 
angular  velocity  of  the  field  relatively  to  the 
rotor. 

Differential  Voltmeter.  A  voltmeter  consisting 
of  two  separate  decomposition  cells,  one  placed 
in  a  circuit  of  known  resistance,  and  the  other 
in  a  circuit  whose  resistance  is  to  be  determined. 
Differential  Winding.  Such  a  double  winding  of 
magnet  coils  that  the  two  poles  produced 
thereby  are  opposed  to  each  other. 

Dimmer.  A  choking  coil  employed  in  an  alter- 
nating-current system  of  distribution  for  regu- 
lating the  current  strength  passing  through  in- 
candescent lamps. 

Djp.     The  inclination  of  a  magnetic  needle. 

Diphase  alternating  Currents.  Two  separate  al- 
ternating electric  currents  whose  phase  differ- 
ence is  a  quarter  of  a  cycle.  Two-phase  cur- 
rents. Quarter-phase  currents. 

Diphase  Alternator.  An  alternator  that  pro- 
duces diphase  E.M.F.'s. 

Diphase  Circuit.  A  circuit,  consisting  either  of 
three  or  four  separate  wires,  employed  for  the 
transmission  of  diphase  currents. 

Diphase  Generator.  A  generator  capable  of  pro- 
ducing diphase  E.M.P.'s.  A  diphase  alternator. 

Diphase=triphase  Transformer.  A  transformer 
for  converting  diphase  into  triphase  currents. 

Dipolar.     Possessing  two  poles.     Bipolar. 

Dipping.  An  electro-metallurgical  process  where- 
by a  thin  coating  or  deposit  of  metal  is  obtained 
on  the  surface  of  another  metal  by  dipping  it  in 
a  solution  of  a  readily  decomposable  metallic 
salt.  Cleansing  surfaces  for  electro-plating  by 
immersing  them  in  various  acid  liquors. 

Dipping  Magnetic=needle.  A  magnetic  needle 
suspended  so  as  to  be  free  to  move  in  a  vertical 
plane  only,  and  employed  to  determine  the 
angle  of  dip  or  magnetic  inclination.  An  in- 
clination compass. 

Direct=current.  A  current  whose  direction  is  con- 
stant, as  distinguished  from  an  alternating 
current.  A  unidirectional  current. 

Direct-current  Converter.  Converts  from  a  direct 
current  to  a  direct  current  of  different  voltage. 

Direct=current  Generator.  Any  dynamo-electric 
machine  capable  of  furnishing  direct  currents, 
that  may  or  may  not  be  continuous. 

Direct=current  Transformer.  A  transformer  in- 
tended to  vary  the  strength  of  continuous  cur- 
rents. A  direct-current  secondary-generator. 

Direct  Excitation.  The  excitation  of  a  muscle, 
resulting  from  the  placing  of  an  electrode  di- 
rectly on  the  muscle  itself.  The  excitation  of 
a  dynamo-electric  machine  by  a  separate  source 
of  direct  currents,  as  distinguished  from  its 
excitation  by  commuted  currents  taken  from 
its  own  armature. 

Disc  Armature.  The  armature  of  a  dynamo-elec- 
tric machine  whose  windings  consist  of  flat  coils 
supported  on  the  surface  of  a  disc.  An  arma- 
ture having  the  form  of  a  disc. 

Discharge.  The  equalization  of  the  difference  of 
potential  between  the  terminals  of  a  condenser 
or  source,  on  their  connection  by  a  conductor. 
The  removal  of  a  charge  from  a  conductor  by 
connecting  the  conductor  to  the  earth  or  to  an- 
other conductor.  The  removal  of  a  charce 
from  an  insulated  conductor  by  means  of  a 
^tream  of  electrified  air  particles. 

Discharge  Key.  A  key  employed  to  pass  the  dis- 
charge from  a  condenser  or  cable  through  a 
galvanometer. 

Disconnector.  A  key  or  other  device  for  opening 
or  breaking  an  electric  circuit  or  for  removing 
an  electro-receptive  device  therefrom. 

Discriminating  Rate.  A  rate  which  does  not  give 
the  same  price  to  two  or  more  customers,  when 
all  other  conditions  are  equal. 

Dispersion  Factor.  The  factor  applied  to  light 
intensity  after  dispersion,  which  gives  the  in- 
tensity if  the  dispersion  agent  were  removed. 


Displacement    Current.     The    rate-of-change    of 
electric     displacement.     An     electric     current 
produced  in  a  dielectric  by  electric  displace- 
ment, as  opposed  to  a  conduction  current. 
Disruptive  Discharge.     A  sudden  and  more  or  less 
complete  discharge  that  takes  place  across  an 
intervening  non-conductor  or  dielectric. 
Disruptive  Strength   of   Dielectric.     The  strain  a 
dielectric  is  capable  of  bearing  without  suffer- 
ing  disruption,   or  without  permitting  a   dis- 
ruptive discharge  to  pass  through  it. 
Dissipation  of  Energy.     The  expenditure  or  loss 

of  available  energy. 

Distributed  Capacity.  The  capacity  of  a  circuit 
considered  as  distributed  over  its  entire  length, 
so  that  the  circuit  may  be  considered  as  shunted 
by  an  infinite  number  of  infinitely  small  con- 
densers, placed  infinitely  near  together,  as  dis- 
tinguished from  localized  capacity,  in  which  the 
capacity  is  distributed  in  discrete  aggregations. 
Distributed  Inductance.  Inductance  distributed 
through  the  entire  length  of  a  circuit  or  portion 
thereof,  as  distinguished  from  inductance  inter- 
posed in  a  circuit  in  bulk  at  some  one  or  more 
points. 
Distributing  Mains.  The  mains  employed  in  a 

feeder  system  of  parallel  distribution. 
Distributing     Station.     A     station     from     which 

electricity  is  distributed.     A  central  station. 
Distributing  Center.     In  an  electrical  distribution 
system  a  center  or  sub-center  of  distribution. 
A  ramifying  point. 

Diurnal  Currents.  Earth  currents  through  tele- 
graph circuits  of  normal  strength  and  execut- 
ing diurnal  cycles. 

Diversity  Factor.  A  diversity  factor  is  used 
to  express  the  relation  between  the  simulta- 
neous demand  of  all  individual  customers  and 
the  sum  of  the  maximum  demand  made  by 
these  customers;  the  sum  of  the  maximum  de- 
mand of  the  customers,  no  matter  at  what 
time  they  occurred,  divided  into  the  simultan- 
eous greatest  maximum  demand  when  ex- 
pressed in  per  cent  will  give  the  diversity  factor. 
Double  Alternation.  A  complete  cycle  or  double 
vibration.  A  complete  to-and-fro  movement. 
Double=break  Switch.  A  double-pole  switch.  A 
switch  which  breaks  a  circuit  in  two  places  as 
distinguished  from  a  switch  which  breaks  a  cir- 
cuit at  a  single  point  only. 
Double-current  Generator.  One  which  produces 

both  direct  and  alternating  currents. 
Double=current    Working.     A    method    of    tele- 
graphic working  or  transmission  by  means  of 
double  currents. 

Double  filament  Lamp.  An  incandescent  lamp, 
frequently  employed  for  the  side-light  of  a  ship, 
and  provided  with  two  carbon  filaments  so  ar- 
ranged that  should  one  break,  the  other  will 
continue  burning.  A  twin-filament  lamp. 
An  incandescent  lamp  having  two  filaments  con- 
nected in  series,  and  therefore,  requiring  twice 
the  electric  pressure  of  an  ordinary  lamp. 
Double=loop.  In  telegraphy,  any  pair  of  asso- 
ciated loops.  A  pair  of  loops  connecting  a  pair 
of  branch  offices  with  a  central  office. 
Double=pole  Switch.  A  switch  which  simulta- 
neously breaks  the  circuit  of  both  positive  and 
negative  leads. 

Double=throw  Switch.  A  switch  capable  of  being 
thrown  into  either  of  two  contacts  or  pairs  of 
contacts.  A  switch  which  has  three  positions. 
A  throw-over  switch. 

Double-transmission.  The  simultaneous  sending 
of  two  messages  over  a  single  wire  in  opposite 
directions.  Duplex  or  contraplex  telegraphy. 
Double-trolley.  Two  separate  trolleys  placed  on 
the  same  car,  and  moving  over  two  separate 
trolley  wires  which  form  a  metallic  circuit,  in 
any  double-overhead  system. 

Draw  Vise.  A  device  employed  in  stringing  over- 
head wires.  A  portable  vise  for  holding  and 
drawing  up  an  overhead  wire. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


199 


Drop.  A  word  frequently  used  for  drop  of  poten- 
tial, pressure,  or  electromotive  force.  The  fall 
of  potential  which  takes  place  in  an  active  con- 
ductor by  reason  of  its  resistance. 

Drop  of  Magnetic  Potential.  A  fall  of  magnetic 
potential. 

Drop  of  Potential.  The  fall  of  potential,  equal  in 
any  part  of  a  circuit  to  the  product  of  the  cur- 
rent strength  and  the  resistance  of  that  part  of 
the  circuit. 

Drop  of  Voltage.  The  drop  or  difference  of  po- 
tential of  any  part  of  a  circuit. 

Drum  Armature.  A  dynamo  armature  whose 
coils  are  wound  longitudinally  over  the  surface 
of  a  cylinder  or  drum. 

Dry  Battery.  A  number  of  separate  dry  voltaic 
cells,  connected  so  as  to  act  as  a  single  source. 
A  dry  pile. 

Dry  Cell.     A  dry  voltaic  cell. 

Dry  Voltaic  Cell.  A  misnomer  for  a  voltaic  cell  in 
which  the  fluid  electrolyte  is  held  in  suspension 
by  sawdust,  gelatine,  or  other  suitable  material. 
A  sealed  voltaic  cell,  which  can,  therefore,  be 
inverted  without  danger  of  spilling  liquid. 

Duct.  A  space  left  in  an  underground  conduit 
for  a  sparate  wire  or  cable. 

Duplex  Cable.  A  cable  containing  two  separate 
conductors  placed  parallel  to  each  other. 

Duplex  Circuit.  A  circuit  arranged  for  duplex 
transmission.  A  metallic  circuit. 

Duplex  Telegraphy.  A  system  of  telegraphy  where- 
by two  messages  can  be  simultaneously  trans- 
mitted in  opposite  directions  over  a  single  wire. 

Duplex  Transmission.  The  sending  of  two  tele- 
graphic or  telephonic  messages  simultaneously 
in  opposite  directions  over  the  same  wire. 

Duplex  Wire.  An  insulated  conductor  containing 
two  separate  parallel  wires. 

Dust  Telephone=transmitter.  A  form  of  micro- 
phone transmitter  in  which  finely  granulated 
carbon  or  carbon  dust  is  contained  within  a  suit- 
ably shaped  box,  connected  with  the  terminals 
of  the  transmitter.  A  granular  telephone 
transmitter. 

Dynamic  Electricity.  A  term  sometimes  em- 
ployed for  current  electricity,  in  contradistinc- 
tion to  static  electricity. 

Dynamo.  A  dynamo-electric  machine  or  gen- 
erator. 

Dynamo  Battery.  The  combination  of  several 
separate  dynamos  to  act  as  a  single  electric 
source. 

Dynamo=electric  Machine.  A  machine  for  the 
conversion  of  mechanical  energy  into  electric 
energy,  by  means  of  electro-dynamic  induction. 
A  dynamo. 

Dynamo  Regulator.  A  name  given  to  a  form  of 
rheostat  employed  in  the  regulation  of  a  dy- 
namo. 

Dynamo  Terminals.  The  main  terminals  of  a 
dynamo. 

Dynamometer.  A  general  name  given  to  a  va- 
riety of  apparatus  for  measuring  power. 

Dynamotor.  A  particular  type  of  rotary 
transformer.  A  motor-generator,  in  which  a 
generator  and  a  motor  armature  are  rotated 
through  a  common  magnetic  field.  A  trans- 
forming device. 

Dyne.  The  C.G.S.  unit  of  force.  The  force  which 
in  one  second  can  impart  a  velocity  of  one  centi- 
metre-per-second  to  a  mass  of  one  gramme. 

E. 

E.  or  e.     A  symbol  for  electromotive  force. 

E.H.P.     A  contraction  for  electrical  horse-power. 

E.M.F.     A  contraction  for  electromotive  force. 

E.M.F.  of  Self-induction.  The  E.M.P.  generated  in 
a  loop  of  wire  during  the  filling  or  emptying  of 
that  loop  by  magnetic  flux  from  its  own  current. 

Ear.  A  metal  piece  supported  by  an  insulator 
to  which  the  trolley  wire  is  fastened.  A  trolley 


Earth.     A  fault  in  a  telegraphic  or  other  line       Electrical 
caused  by  the  accidental  contact  of  the  line     _ . 
with  the  ground  or  earth,  or  with  some  other     Dictionary 
ground-connected  conductor.     That  part  of  the 
earth  or  ground  which  forms  a  part  of  an  elec- 
tric circuit. 

Earth  Circuit.  A  circuit  in  which  the  ground  or 
earth  forms  part  of  the  conducting  path. 

Earth  Currents.  Electric  currents  flowing  through 
the  earth,  caused  by  the  difference  of  potential 
of  its  different  parts. 

Earth  Plates.  Plates  of  metal,  buried  in  the 
earth  or  in  water,  connected  to  the  terminals 
of  earth  wires. 

Earth  Return.  That  portion  of  a  grounded  cir- 
cuit in  which  the  earth  forms  its  conducting 
path. 

Earth's  Field.  The  magnetic  field  produced  in 
any  place  by  the  earth's  flux. 

Earth  s  Flux.  The  magnetic  flux  produced  by 
the  earth  by  virtue  of  its  magnetized  condition. 

Easement.  A  permit  obtained  from  the  owner 
of  a  property  for  the  erection  of  poles  or  attach- 
ments for  telephone,  telegraph,  or  other  aerial 
lines. 

Ebonite.  A  hard,  tough,  black  substance,  com- 
posed of  India  rubber  and  sulphur,  possessing 
both  high  powers  of  insulation  and  high  spe- 
cific inductive  capacity.  Vulcanite. 

Economic  Coefficient.  The  ratio  between  the  net 
electric  power,  or  the  output  of  a  dynamo,  and 
the  gross  electric  power,  or  power  actually  con- 
verted in  the  dynamo. 

Economizer.  An  apparatus  placed  between  a 
boiler  furnace  and  a  smoke  stack  to  utilize  a 
portion  of  the  heat  of  the  flue  gases  that  would 
otherwise  be  lost.  It  is  made  up  of  a  series  of 
tubes  over  which  the  gases  have  to  pass  and 
through  which  the  boiler  feed  water  flows.  A 
portion  of  the  waste  heat  of  the  flue  gases  thus 
passes  into  the  water  and  raises  its  temperature. 

Eddy  Currents.  Useless  currents  produced  in  the 
pole-pieces,  armature,  and  field-magnet  cores 
of  dynamos  or  motors,  or  in  metallic  masses 
generally,  either  by  their  motion  through  mag- 
netic flux,  or  by  variations  in  the  strength  of 
electric  currents  flowing  near  them. 

Effective  Ampere=turns.  The  resultant  magnet- 
izing force  in  a  magnetic  circuit.  The  square 
root  of  the  mean  square  of  the  ampere-turns 
in  a  periodically-varying  magnetizing  force. 

Effective  Current=strength.  The  strength  of  an 
alternating  or  sinusoidal-electric  current,  de- 
termined by  its  heating  effect;  or,  in  other 
words,  the  thermally  effective  current  strength. 
That  value  of  the  current  strength  of  a  sinu- 
soidal or  alternating  current  which  is  equal  to 
the  square  root  of  the  mean  square  of  the  in- 
stantaneous values  of  the  current  during  one  or 
more  cycles.  The  square  root  of  the  time 
average  of  the  square  of  the  current. 

Effective  Demand.  The  demand  taken  at  the 
time  of  the  system's  greatest  maximum. 

Effective  Electromotive  Force.  The  difference 
between  the  direct  and  the  counter-electro- 
motive force.  The  square  root  of  the  time 
average  of  the  square  of  the  E.M.F.  The  vir- 
tual E.M.F. 

Effective  Load=factor.  The  meaning  suggested  is 
the  main  load  of  a  part  of  a  system  determined 
by  the  load  at  the  time  of  the  system's  maxi- 
mum. This  value  would  be  infinity  if  the  ser- 
vice were  off  at  the  time  of  the  system's  maxi- 
mum as  in  the  case  of  non-peak  service.  The 
term  "  effective  demand"  is  suggested  as  a  sub- 
stitute. 

Effective  Reactance.  In  an  alternating-current 
circuit,  the  ratio  of  the  wattless  component  of 
an  electromotive  force  to  the  total  current. 
Apparent  reactance. 

Effective  Resistance.  In  an  alternating-current 
circuit,  the  ratio  between  the  energy  component 
of  an  electromotive  force  and  the  total  current. 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Electrical      Efficiency.    The  efficiency  of  an  apparatus  is  the 
.  ratio  of  its  output  to  its  input.    The  output 

Dictionary  and  input  may  be  in  terms  of  watt-hours, 
watts,  volt-amperes,  amperes,  or  any  other 
quantity  of  interest,  thus  respectively  denning 
energy  efficiency,  power  efficiency,  apparent- 
power  efficiency,  current  efficiency*  etc.  Unless 
otherwise  specified,  however,  the  term  efficien- 
cy is  ordinarily  assumed  to  refer  to  power 
efficiency. 

When  the  input  and  output  are  expressed  in 
terms  of  the  same  unit,  the  efficiency  is  a 
numerical  ratio,  otherwise  it  is  a  physical 
dimensional  quantity. 

Elastic  Limit.  This  may  be  defined  as  that  point 
at  which  the  deformation  ceases  to  be  propor- 
tional to  the  stresses,  or,  the  point  at  which  the 
rate  of  stretch  or  other  deformations  begin  to 
increase.  It  is  also  defined  as  the  point  at 
which  the  first  permanent  set  becomes  visible. 

Elasticity,  Electric.  The  quotient  arising  from 
dividing  the  electric  strain  by  the  electric 
stress. 

Electric.     Of  or  pertaining  to  electricity. 

Electric  Current.     See  Current,  Electric. 

Electrical.     An  orthography  for  electric. 

Electrically  Retarded.  Decreased  speed  of  tele- 
graphic signalling  by  means  of  electrostatic  in- 
duction. 

Electricity.  The  name  given  to  the  unknown 
cause  of  electric  phenomena.  (See  Current, 
Electric.) 

Electrification.  The  production  of  an  electric 
charge. 

Electrochemical.  Of  or  pertaining  to  electro- 
chemistry. 

Electro-chemical  Series.  A  list  of  chemical  ele- 
ments so  arranged  that  each  will  displace  from 
its  compounds  any  elements  lower  in  the  list 
than  itself. 

Electro-chemistry.  That  branch  of  electric 
science  which  treats  of  electric  combinations 
and  decompositions  effected  by  the  electric 
current.  The  science  which  treats  of  the  re- 
lation between  the  laws  of  electricity  and  chem- 
istry. 

Electro-deposition.  The  deposit,  usually  of  a 
metallic  substance,  by  means  of  electrolysis. 
Electrolytic  deposition. 

Electro-dynamic  Force.  A  mechanical  force  ex- 
erted on  the  substance  of  a  wire  or  conductor 
due  to  the  dissymmetrical  distribution  of  mag- 
netic flux  in  its  neighborhood. 

Electro-dynamic  Machinery.  Any  apparatus  de- 
signed for  the  production,  transference,  utiliza- 
tion, or  measurement  of  energy  by  the  medium 
of  electricity. 

Electro-dynamic  Potential.  An  electric  potential 
produced  by  electro-dynamic  induction. 

Electro-dynamics.  That  branch  of  electric 
science  which  treats  of  the  action  of  electric 
currents  on  one  another,  on  themselves,  or  on 
magnets. 

Electro-magnet.  A  magnet  produced  by  the 
passage  of  an  electric  current  through  a  circuit 
of  insulated  wire.  A  magnetizing  coil  sur- 
rounding a  soft  iron  core,  that  is  capable  of  be- 
ing magnetized  and  demagnetized  instantly  on 
the  closing  and  opening  of  the  circuit. 

Electro-magnetic  Field.  The  field  produced 
either  by  an  electro-magnet  or  by  an  electric 
current. 

Electro-magnetic  Flux.  Magnetic  flux  produced 
by  means  of  an  electro-magnet  or  by  an  electric 
current. 

Electro-magnetic  Induction.  A  variety  of  elec- 
tro-dynamic induction  in  which  electric  cur- 
rents are  produced  by  the  motion  either  of 
e'ectro-magnets,  or  electro-magnetic  solenoids. 

Electro-magnetic  Separator.  A  device  for  sepa- 
rating iron  ore  from  the  dross  in  finely-pulver- 
ized, low-grade  iron  ores.  A  device  for  mag- 
netically removing  particles  of  iron  from  brass 
filings  or  other  non-magnetic  material,  and 
thus  freeing  such  material  from  impurities. 


Electro=magnetic  Strain.  The  effect  produced  by 
an  electro-magnetic  stress. 

Electro-magnetic  Stress.  The  force  or  pressure  in 
an  electro-magnetic  field  which  produces  a 
strain  or  deformation  in  a  piece  of  glass  or  other 
substances  placed  therein. 

Electro-magnetic  Telegraph.  A  general  term 
embracing  the  apparatus  employed  in  a  system 
of  electro-magnetic  telegraphy. 

Electro-magnetic  Units.  A  system  of  C.G.S.  units 
employed  in  electro-magnetic  measurements. 
Units  based  on  the  attraction  and  repulsions 
capable  of  being  exerted  between  two  unit 
magnetic  poles  at  unit  distance  apart,  or  be- 
tween a  unit  magnetic  pole  and  a  unit  electric 
current. 

EIectro=magnetic  Voltmeter.  A  form  of  volt- 
meter in  which  the  difference  of  potential  is 
measured  by  the  movements  of  a  magnetic 
needle  in  the  field  of  an  electro-magnet. 

EIectro=magnetism.  Magnetism  produced  by 
means  of  electric  currents. 

Electro-metallurgy.  That  branch  of  electric 
science  which  relates  to  the  electric  reduction 
or  treatment  of  metals.  Electro-metallurgical 
processes  effected  by  the  agency  of  electricity. 
Electro-plating  or  electro-typing. 

Electronegative.  In  such  a  state  as  regards 
electricity  as  to  be  repelled  by  bodies  negatively 
electrified,  and  attracted  by  those  positively 
electrified.  The  ions  or  radicals  which  appear 
at  the  anode  or  positive  electrode  of  a  decom- 
position cell. 

Electronegative  Ions.  The  negative  ions,  or 
groups  of  atoms  or  radicals,  which  appear  at 
the  anode  or  positive  terminal  of  a  decompo- 
sition cell.  The  anions. 

Electro=plating.  The  process  of  covering  any 
conducting  surface  with  a  metal,  by  the  aid  of 
an  electric  current. 

Electro=positive.  In  such  a  state,  as  regards  an 
electric  charge,  as  to  be  attracted  by  a  body 
negatively  electrified,  and  repelled  by  a  body 
positively  electrified.  The  ions  or  radicals 
which  appear  at  the  cathode  or  negative  elec- 
trode of  a  decomposition  cell. 

Electro=positive  Ions.  The  cathions  or  groups  of 
atoms  or  radicals  which  appear  at  the  cathode 
of  a  decomposition  cell. 

Electro-pyrometer.  An  apparatus  for  the  deter- 
mination of  temperature  by  the  measurement 
of  the  electric  resistance  of  a  platinum  wire 
exposed  to  the  temperature  which  is  to  be 
measured. 

Electro-refining.  Various  processes  for  the  elec- 
tric refining  of  metals. 

Electro-smelting.  The  separation  or  reduction 
of  metallic  substances  from  their  ores,  by  means 
of  the  heat  developed  by  electric  currents. 

Electro=technics.  The  science  which  treats  of  the 
technical  applications  of  electricity  and  the 
general  principles  involved  therein. 

Electro-therapeutics.  The  application  of  elec-; 
tricity  to  the  human  body  for  the  curing  of 
disease  or  the  improvement  of  health.  Elec- 
tro-therapy. 

Electro=thermic.  Of  or  pertaining  to  the  genera- 
tion of  heat  by  means  of  electricity. 

Electro=type.  To  produce  a  fac-simile  by  electro- 
lytically  depositing  metals  in  a  mould. 

Electrode.  Either  of  the  terminals  of  an  electric 
source.  Either  of  the  terminals  of  an  electric 
source  that  are  placed  in  a  solution  in  which 
electrolysis  is  taking  place.  Either  of  the 
electro-therapeutic  terminals  of  an  electric 
source. 

Electrograph.  A  curve  produced  by  a  recording 
electrometer.  A  word  sometimes  used  for 
radiograph. 

Electrolier.  A  chandelier  for  holding  electric 
lamps,  as  distinguished  from  a  chandelier  for 
holding  gas  burners. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


201 


Electrolysis.  Chemical  decomposition  effected  by 
means  of  an  electric  current.  The  decompo- 
sition of  the  molecule  of  an  electrolyte  into  its 
ions  or  radicals.  Electrolytic  decomposition. 

Electrolysis  of  Salts.  The  electrolytic  decompo- 
sition of  a  salt  into  its  constituent  ions  or  rad- 
icals. 

Electrolyte.  Any  compound  liquid  which  is  sep- 
arable into  its  constituent  ions  or  radicals  by 
the  passage  of  electricity  through  it.  The  ex- 
citing liquid  in  a  voltaic  cell. 

Electrolytic.     Of  or  pertaining  to  electrolysis. 

Electrolytic  Bath.     An  electrolytic  cell. 

Electrolytic  Cell.  A  cell  or  vessel  containing  an 
electrolyte  in  which  electrolysis  is  carried  on. 
A  plating  cell  or  vat. 

Electrolytic  Corrosion.  The  corrosion  by  electro- 
lytic action  of  water-pipes,  gas-pipes  or  other 
masses  of  metal,  buried  in  moist  earth. 

Electrolytic  Decomposition.  The  separation  of  a 
molecule  into  its  constituent  ions  or  radicals 
by  the  action  of  an  electric  current. 

Electrolytic  Heating.  A  method  of  electric  heat- 
ing consisting  in  plunging  the  metal  to  be 
heated  beneath  the  surface  of  a  conducting 
liquid,  while  held  in  a  metal  clamp  that  is  con- 
nected to  the  negative  pole  of  a  continuous- 
current  source,  while  the  positive  pole  of  such 
source  is  connected  to  the  metal  lining  of  the 
vessel  containing  the  conducting  liquid. 

Electrolyze.  To  separate  or  decompose  by  means 
of  electricity. 

Electrometer.  An  apparatus  for  measuring  dif- 
ferences of  electric  potential. 

Electromotive  Force.  The  force  which  starts  or 
tends  to  start  electricity  in  motion.  The  max- 
imum or  total  generated  difference  of  potential 
which  exists  in  a  circuit. 

Electromotive  Force  of  Induction.  The  electro- 
motive force  developed  by  any  inductive 
action. 

Electron.  A  word  formerly  used  for  amber. 
The  electric  atoms  whose  projection  from  the 
cathode  of  a  high- vacuum  tube  is  supposed  to 
constitute  the  cathode  rays  or  streamings.  An 
alloy  of  gold  and  silver. 

Electrophorus.  A  simple  form  of  electrostatic 
induction  apparatus. 

Electroscope.  An  apparatus  for  showing  the 
presence  of  an  electric  charge,  or  determining 
its  character,  whether  positive  or  negative,  but 
not  for  measuring  its  amount  or  value. 

Electrostatic  Capacity.  The  quantity  of  elec- 
tricity which  must  be  imparted  to  a  given  con- 
ductor as  a  charge,  in  order  to  raise  its  poten- 
tial to  unity,  all  neighboring  conductors  being 
at  zero  potential. 

Electrostatic  Corona.  A  luminous  effect  pro- 
duced on  the  surface  of  a  thin  sheet  of  mica,  or 
other  insulating  material,  when  placed  between 
two  electrodes,  subjected  to  a  comparatively 
high  difference  of  potential. 

Electrostatic  Discharge.  A  term  sometimes  em- 
ployed for  a  disruptive  discharge. 

Electrostatic  Field.  The  region  of  electrostatic 
influence  surrounding  a  charged  body.  A 
region  traversed  by  electrostatic  flux. 

Electrostatic  Force.  The  force  which  produces 
the  attractions  or  repulsions  of  charged  bodies. 

Electrostatic  Induction.  The  induction  of  an 
electric  charge  produced  in  a  conductor 
brought  into  an  electrostatic  field. 

Electrostatic  Lines  of  Force.  Lines  of  force  pro- 
duced in  the  neighborhood  of  a  charged  body, 
by  the  presence  of  the  charge.  Lines  extending 
in  the  direction  in  which  the  force  of  electro- 
static attraction  or  repulsion  acts. 

Electrostatic  Potential.  The  power  of  doing  elec- 
tric work  possessed  by  a  unit  quantity  of  posi- 
tive electricity  residing  on  the  surface  of  an 
insulated  body.  That  property  in  space  by 
virtue  of  which  work  is  done  when  an  electric 
charge  is  moved  therein. 


Electrostatic  Units.  Units  based  on  the  attrac- 
tions or  repulsions  of  two  unit  charges  of  elec- 
tricity at  unit  distance  apart. 

Emergency  Cable.  A  small,  comparatively  in- 
expensive and  easily  handled  cable,  employed 
in  the  case  of  breaks  in  a  pole  line  due  to  floods, 
railroad  wrecks,  etc.,  for  opening  up  communi- 
cation during  repairs  of  the  break. 

Emergency  Switch.  An  accessory  switch  placed 
on  a  car  controller  for  reversing  the  motion  of 
a  car  when  necessary. 

Empanelled  Wires.  Wires  placed  inside  mould- 
ings, or  behind  panels. 

Enamelled  Rheostat.  A  rheostat  whose  coils  con- 
sist of  wires  imbedded  in  a  mass  of  enamel,  in 
close  juxtaposition  to  a  mass  of  iron  or  other 
heat-conducting  material. 

Enamelled  Wire.  Wire  having  a  very  thin 
insulation  of  enamel. 

Enclosed  Arc=Iamp.  An  arc-lamp  whose  carbons 
are  enclosed  by  a  closely  fitting  globe,  so  as  to 
maintain  an  atmosphere  around  the  arc  prac- 
tically devoid  of  oxygen,  thus  diminishing  the 
rate  of  consumption  of  the  carbons. 

Endoscopic  Lamp.  A  lamp  provided  for  the 
examination  of  a  bodily  cavity  through  its 
natural  outlet. 

End=to=end  Joint.  A  term  frequently  employed 
in  place  of  butt-joint. 

End  Windings.  End  connections.  Conductors 
for  connecting  up  bar  windings  at  the  end  of  an 
armature. 

Energy.     The  power  of  doing  work. 

Energy  Component  of  Current.  In  an  alternating- 
current  circuit  the  component  of  current  which 
is  in  phase  with  the  impressed  E.M.P.  In  an 
alternating-current  circuit,  the  product  of  the 
E.M.P.  and  the  effective  conductance. 

Energy  Component  of  E.M.F.  In  an  alternating- 
current  circuit  the  component  of  E.M.P.  which 
is  in  phase  with  the  current.  In  an  alternating- 
current  circuit,  the  product  of  the  current  and 
the  effective  resistance. 

Energy,  Electric.  The  power  which  electricity 
possesses  of  doing  work. 

Energy  Resistance.  In  an  alternating-current 
circuit,  the  energy  component  of  impedance. 

Entrefer.  The  gap  of  non-magnetic  material 
through  which  the  field  flux  has  to  pass  at  the 
surface  of  the  armature  of  a  dynamo-electric 
machine,  composed  either  of  an  air-gap  or  of 
air  and  copper.  The  width  of  the  non-mag- 
netic gap,  as  distinguished  from  the  width  of 
the  clearance  or  simple  air-gap  of  a  smooth 
cored  armature. 

Equalizer.  An  equalizing  bar.  A  term  em- 
ployed for  an  equalizer  wire.  A  device  for 
equalizing  electric  pressure  over  a  system. 

Equalizer  Feeder.  A  feeder  whose  sole  or  prin- 
cipal purpose  is  to  equalize  the  pressure  be- 
tween the  ends  of  two  or  more  other  feeders,  as 
distinguished  from  supplying  current  to  feeding 
points. 

Equalizing  Current.  The  current  passing  through 
an  equalizing  bar  between  two  dynamos. 

Equalizing  Dynamo.  A  dynamo  employed  in 
systems  of  three  or  five-wire  distribution  to 
supply  one  pair  of  mains  which  may  be  unduly 
loaded  so  as  to  equalize  the  pressure. 

Equalizing  Wires.  Two  wires  or  conductors  one 
of  which  is  employed  for  connecting  the  posi- 
tive brushes  and  the  other  for  connecting  the 
negative  brushes  of  compound-wound  dyna- 
mos, when  connected  in  parallel.  Wires  con- 
necting corresponding  segments  in  a  multi- 
polar  armature  winding. 

Equ  {potential .  Of  or  pertaining  to  an  equality 
of  potential. 

Equivalent  Conductivity.  The  molecular  conduc- 
tivity of  a  solution  divided  by  the  valency. 

Equivalent  Resistance.  A  single  resistance  which 
may  replace  a  number  of  resistances  in  a  circuit 
without  alternating  the  current  traversing,  it. 
Such  a  resistance  in  a  simple-harmonic-current 
circuit  as  would  permit  energy  to  be  absorbed, 


Electrical 
Dictionary 


202 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE          COMPANY 


Electrical  with  the  same  effective  current  strength,  at  the 

.  same  rate  as  an  actual  resistance  in  a  complex- 

Dictionary  harmonic-current  circuit.  The  effective  re- 
sistance of  an  alternating-current  system  or 
conductor. 

Erg.  The  C.G.S.  unit  of  work,  or  the  work  done 
when  unit  C.G.S.  force  is  overcome  through 
unit  C.G.S.  distance.  The  work  accomplished 
when  a  body  is  moved  through  a  distance  of  one 
centimetre  with  the  force  of  one  dyne.  A  dyne- 
centimetre. 

Excitation.  '  The  production  of  electrification  by 
any  means.  The  production  of  magnetism  by 
any  means.  The  energizing  of  any  electro  or 
magneto-receptive  device.  The  production  of 
the  magnetic  field  in  a  dynamo  or  motor.  The 
stimulation  of  a  muscle  or  nerve  fibre. 

Exciter  Dynamo.  A  dynamo  used  for  the  sepa- 
rate excitation  of  another  dynamo. 

Expansion,  Electric.  The  increase  in  volume 
produced  in  a  body  by  giving  it  an  electric 
charge. 

Expansion  Joint.  A  joint  suitable  for  tubes  or 
pipes  exposed  to  considerable  changes  of  tem- 
perature, in  which  a  sliding  joint  is  provided  to 
safely  permit  a  change  in  length  on  expansion 
or  contraction. 

Exploring  Needle.  A  form  of  exploring  probe. 
A  magnetic  needle  employed  in  exploring  a 
magnetic  field. 

External  Characteristic  of  Dynamo.  A  curve 
showing  the  E.M.P.  at  the  terminals  of  a  dy- 
namo under  varying  currents,  as  distinguished 
from  an  internal  characteristic  showing  the 
internal  E.M.F. 

External  Magnetic  Field.  That  portion  of  a  mag- 
netic field  which  lies  outside  the  body  of  a 
magnet. 

Extra  Currents.  Currents  produced  in  a  circuit 
by  self-induction. 

Extra-polar.     Lying  beyond  or  outside  the  poles. 


F. 


8     A  symbol  for  magnetomotive  force. 

Facsimile  Telegraphy.  A  system  whereby  a  fac- 
simile or  copy  of  a  chart,  diagram,  picture  or 
signature,  is  telegraphically  transmitted  from 
one  station  to  another.  Pan-telegraphy. 

Fahrenheit  Thermometric  Scale.  The  thermo- 
metric  scale  in  which  the  length  of  the  ther- 
mometer tube,  between  the  melting  point  of  ice 
and  the  boiling  point  of  water,  is  divided  into 
1 80  equal  parts  or  degrees. 

Fall  of  Potential.     The  drop  of  potential. 

False  Resistance.  A  resistance  arising  from  a 
counter  electromotive  force,  and  not  directly 
from  the  dimensions  of  the  circuit,  or  from  its 
specific  resistance. 

Farad.  The  practical  unit  of  electric  capacity. 
Such  a  capacity  of  a  conductor  or  condenser 
that  one  coulomb  of  electricity  is  required  to 
produce  therein  a  difference  of  potential  of  one 
volt.  (See  International  Farad.) 

Faradic  Current.  In  electro-therapeutics,  a  cur- 
rent produced  by  an  induction  coil,  or  magneto- 
electric  machine.  A  rapidly  alternating  cur- 
rent, as  distinguished  from  a  direct  current. 

Faradic  Machine.  Any  machine  for  producing 
faradic  currents. 

Fatigue  of  Iron  or  Steel,  Magnetic.  The  change 
of  magnetic  hysteresis  loss  with  time  of  service, 
ng  of  magnetic  material. 
To  supply  with  an  electric  current.  To 
move  or  regulate  one  of  both  of  the  carbon 
electrodes  in  an  arc-lamo. 

Feeder.  An  electric  circuit,  used  to  supnlv  power 
to  a  station  or  service,  as  distinguished  from  cir- 
cuits confined  to  a  single  station  or  used  for 
other  purposes  than  supplying  power. 

Feeder  Distribution.  A  feeder-and-main  system 
of  distribution. 

Feeding  Point.  A  point  of  connection  between  a 
feeder  and  the  mains.  A  feeding  center. 


Ferranti  Effect.  An  increase  in  the  electromotive 
force  or  difference  of  potential  of  mains  or 
conductors  carrying  alternating  currents,  which 
exists  towards  the  end  of  the  same  furthest 
from  the  terminals  that  are  connected  with  the 
source.  A  negative  drop  in  pressure. 

Fibre  Suspension.  Suspension  of  a  needle  or 
other  system  by  a  fibre  of  unspun  silk,  quartz 
or  other  suitable  material. 

Fibre,  Quartz.  A  fibre  suitable  for  suspending 
galvanometer  needles,  etc.,  made  of  quartz. 

The  quartz  fibre  is  obtained  by  fusing  quartz 
and  drawing  out  the  fused  material  as  a  fine 
thread,  in  a  manner  similar  to  the  production 
of  glass  fibres.  Quartz  fibres  possess  marked 
advantage  over  silk  fibres,  in  that  they  are  5.4 
stronger  for  equal  diameters,  and  especially,  in 
that  they  return  to  the  zero  point,  after  very 
considerable  deflections. 

Field.  A  term  sometimes  used  for  a  magnetic 
field.  A  term  sometimes  used  for  an  electro- 
static field. 

Field,  Electrostatic.  The  region  of  electrostatic 
influence  surrounding  a  charged  body. 

Field,  Magnetic.  The  region  of  magnetic  influ- 
ence surrounding  the  poles  of  a  magnet. 

A  space  or  region  traversed  by  lines  of  mag- 
netic force. 

A  place  where  a  magnetic  needle,  if  free  to 
move,  will  take  up  a  definite  position,  under 
the  influence  of  the  lines  of  magnetic  force. 

Field  Magnets.  The  magnets  which  produce 
the  magnetic  field  or  flux  in  which  the  armature 
of  a  dynamo  or  motor  rotates. 

Field  of  Force.  The  space  traversed  by  electro- 
static or  magnetic  flux.  An  electrostatic  or 
magnetic  field. 

Fish  Plate.  In  a  system  of  electric  railroads,  the 
plate  connecting  contiguous  rails  by  bolts. 

Fishing  of  Wires.  The  process  of  drawing  a  wire 
into  its  place  in  a  building  through  floors,  walls, 
or  ceilings  by  placing  a  wire  in  a  hole  at  one  end 
engaging  it  by  a  hook  from  the  other,  so  as  to 
draw  it  through. 

Fittings.  The  sockets,  holders,  arms,  etc.,  re- 
quired for  holding  and  supporting  incandescent 
electric  lamps.  Incandescent  light  fixtures. 

Fixture,  Electric.  Fittings  for  electric  light.  A 
support  or  electrolier  for  one  or  more  incan- 
descent lamps  rigidly  fastened  to  a  wall  or 
ceiling.  Any  electric  apparatus  forming  part 
of  a  permanent  installation. 

Fixture,  Wire.  A  class  of  insulated  wire  suitable 
for  use  in  electric  fixtures.  (See  page  128.) 

Flaming  Arc  Lamp.  A  recent  type  of  arc  lamp  in 
which  the  two  carbons  or  electrodes  meet  at  a 
very  oblique  angle  and  the  arc  formed  between 
them  is  arched  downward.  The  electrodes  used 
are  composed  of  or  charged  with  substances 
that  give  off  at  the  temperature  of  the  arc 
strongly  illuminous  vapors  which  serve  as  a 
source  of  light.  The  arc  is  formed  in  a  shallow 
cup-like  recess  which  becomes  coated  with  the 
white  calcium  oxide  fumes  and  serves  as  a  very 
fair  reflector.  The  electrodes  carry  the  vapor- 
producing  substance  in  various  ways,  usually  in 
a  relatively  soft  core,  the  arc  is  long,  and  is  the 
chief,  almost  the  sole  source  of  light.  This  is  said 
to  be  one  of  the  much  efficient  sources  of  light. 

Flaming  of  Carbon  Arc.  An  irregular  burning  of 
a  voltaic  arc,  which  occurs  when  the  carbons 
are  too  far  apart,  and  the  current  strength 
somewhat  exceeds  the  normal. 

Flashing.  Subjecting  carbons  to  the  flashing 
process. 

Flashing  of  Dynamo=electric  Machine.  A  name 
given  to  long  flashing  sparks  at  the  commu- 
tator of  a  dynamo,  due  to  the  short-circuiting 
of  the  external  circuit  at  the  commutator. 

Flat  Rate.  Method  of  charging  for  electric  ser- 
vice only  a  fixed  sum  per  month,  or  per  annum, 
for  a  specified  service,  as  supplying  a  certain 
number  of  outlets,  or  up  to  a  certain  maximum 
demand  without  reference  to  the  quantity  of 
electricity  actually  consumed. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


203 


Flats.     Those  parts  of  commutator  segments,  the 
surfaces  of  which,  through  wear  or  otherwise, 
have  become  lower  than  the  other  portions. 
Flexible  Cable.     A  stranded  cable,  or  one  which 

can  be  readily  flexed  or  bent. 
Flexible     Lamp=cord.       See   Lamp    Cord.      (See 
Index.) 

Flow,  Electric.     Electric  current. 

Flush  Plate.  A  plate  on  which  flush  push-buttons 
are  mounted. 

Flux.  Magnetic  or  electric  flux.  A  surface  in- 
tegral of  a  vector  quantity. 

Flux  Density.  The  quantity  of  magnetic  flux 
per  unit  of  area  of  normal  cross-section. 

Flux,    Electric.     Electrostatic   flux. 

Flux,  Intensity.  The  density  of  a  flux.  The  sur- 
face density  of  a  vector  quantity  at  a  point. 

Flux,  Magnetic.  The  number  of  lines  of  mag- 
netic force  that  pass  or  flow  through  a  mag- 
netic circuit.  The  total  number  of  lines  of 
magnetic  force  in  any  magnetic  field. 

Flux  of  Magnetism.  The  flow  of  magnetic  induc- 
tion. The  surface  integral  of  magnetic  induc- 
tion through  a  given  surface. 

Focusing  Arc=lamp.  An  arc-lamp  designed  for 
use  in  connection  with  a  reflector  or  lens,  whose 
mechanism  feeds  both  carbons,  and  so  permits 
the  arc  to  be  maintained  at  the  focus  of  the 
reflector  or  lens. 

Foot=candle.  A  unit  of  illumination  equal  to  the 
normal  illumination  produced  by  a  standard 
candle  at  the  distance  of  one  foot. 

Foot=pound.  A  unit  of  work.  The  amount  of 
work  required  to  raise  one  pound  vertically 
through  a  distance  of  a  foot. 

Foot=pound=per=second.  A  unit  of  activity.  A 
rate-of-doing  work  equal  to  the  expenditure  of 
one  foot-pound  per  second. 

Force,  Electric.  The  force  exerted  between 
electrostatic  charges. 

Force,    Electromotive.     See  Electromotive  Force. 

Form  Factor  of  Alternating=current.  A  factor 
equal  to  the  square  root  of  the  mean  square 
divided  by  the  true  mean  value  of  the  alter- 
nating electro-motive  force  or  current. 

Formers.  The  forms  employed  in  obtaining 
formed  armature  or  other  windings. 

Forward  Lead  of  Dynamo  Brushes.  A  displace- 
ment of  the  brushes  on  the  commutator  of  a 
dynamo  in  the  direction  of  rotation  of  the  arma- 
ture. 

Foucault  Currents.  A  name  sometimes  applied  to 
eddy  currents,  especially  when  in  armature 
cores.  Useless  currents  developed  in  a  con- 
ducting mass,  through  which  varying  mag- 
netic flux  is  moving. 

Fountain,  Electric.  A  fountain  operated  by  elec- 
tric motors,  provided  with  a  variety  of  jets 
that  are  electrically  illumined  by  different 
colored  lights. 

Four=point  Switch.  A  switch  whose  circuit  can 
be  completed  through  four  points,  either  singly 
or  simultaneously.  A  four-pole  switch. 

Four=wire  System.  A  system  similar  to  its  gen- 
eral arrangement  to  the  three- wire  system,  in 
which  three  dynamos  are  connected  to  four 
wires  or  conductors. 

Fractional  Electrolysis.  Successive  electrolysis 
of  different  substances  by  gradually  raising  the 
E.M.F. 

Free  Charge.  The  condition  of  an  electric  charge 
on  a  conductor  isolated  from  other  conductors. 

Free  Magnet  Pole.  A  pole  in  a  piece  of  iron  or 
other  paramagnetic  substance  which  acts  as  if 
it  existed  as  one  magnetic  pole  only. 

French  Standard  Candle.  The  bougie-decimale 
or  the  twentieth  part  of  a  Violle. 

Frequency  of  Alternation.  The  number  of  cycles 
or  periods  executed  by  an  alternating  current 
in  unit  time.  The  periodicity.  The  two 
standard  frequencies  are  now  25  and  60. 

Frequency  Changer.  A  piece  of  apparatus  for 
changing  from  one  frequency  to  another,  con- 
sisting of  a  motor  driving  either  an  ordinary 
alternating-current  generator  or  a  machine 


constructed  like  an  induction  motor      In  the      Electrical 
former  case  the  term  is  to  be  preceded  by  the     _.    . 
words   "motor   generator,"    and  in  the   latter    Dictionary 
case  by  the  word  "induction." 

Frequency  Converter.  A  machine  for  converting 
from  an  alternating-current  system  of  one  fre- 
quency to  an  alternating- current  system  of 
another  frequency. 

Frequency  Setter.  In  an  alternating-current  cir- 
cuit having  induction  machines,  an  alternator 
which  supplies  them  with  a  definite  frequency. 

Frictional  Electricity.  The  electricity  developed 
by  friction. 

Frog.  A  metallic  guide  placed  on  one  side  of  a 
single  track,  where  a  car  has  to  be  driven  from 
one  track  to  another,  so  as  to  guide  the  car  in 
the  required  direction.  A  grooved  piece  of 
metal,  serving  as  a  guide,  at  the  intersection  of 
two  rails  in  a  track- crossing.  A  trolley  frog. 

Full  load  Efficiency  of  Motor.  The  efficiency  of  a 
motor  when  operating  at  full  load. 

Fundamental  Frequency.  The  nominal  or  lowest 
frequency  of  a  complex  harmonic  electro- 
motive force,  flux  or  current. 

Fundamental  Units.  The  units  of  length,  time, 
and  mass,  to  which  all  other  quantities  can  be 
referred.  Units  of  length,  time  and  mass,  as 
distinguished  from  their  derivations,  or  derived 

Furnace,  Electric.  A  furnace  in  which  electrically 
generated  heat  is  employed  for  effecting  diffi- 
cult fusions,  for  the  extraction  of  metals  from 
their  ores,  or  for  other  metallurgical  opera- 
tions. 

Fuse  Block.  A  block  containing  a  safety  fuse  or 
fuses. 

Fuse  Box.  A  box  containiug  a  safety  fuse.  A 
box  containing  fuse  wires. 

Fuse,  Electric.  A  conductor  designed  to  melt  or 
fuse  at  a  certain  value  of  current  and  time  and 
by  so  doing  to  rupture  the  circuit. 

Fuse  Links.  Strips  or  plates  of  fusible  metal  in 
the  form  of  links  employed  for  safety  fuses. 

Fusing  Current. — A  term  sometimes  applied  to 
the  current  which  causes  a  fuse  to  blow  or  melt. 


Q. 


g.  An  abbreviation  or  symbol  for  the  gravitation 
constant,  or  the  force  with  which  the  earth  acts 
upon  unit  mass  at  any  locality.  An  abbrevia- 
tion proposed  for  gramme,  the  unit  of  mass  in 
physical  investigations. 

Gains.  The  spaces  cut  in  the  faces  of  telegraph 
poles  for  the  support  and  placing  of  the  cross 
arms. 

Galvanic  Battery.  An  unadvisable  term  some- 
times used  in  place  of  voltaic  battery. 

Galvanizing.  Covering  iron  with  an  adherent 
coating  of  zinc  by  dipping  it  in  a  bath  of  molten 
metal.  Subjecting  a  nerve  or  muscle  to  the 
action  of  galvanism.  (See  Index.) 

Galvanometer.  An  apparatus  for  measuring  the 
strength  of  an  electric  current  by  the  deflection 
of  a  magnetic  needle.  A  current  measurer. 

The  galvanometer  depends  for  its  operation 
on  the  fact  that  a  conductor,  through  which  an 
electric  current  is  flowing,  will  deflect  a  mag- 
netic needle  placed  near  it.  This  deflection  is 
due  to  the  magnetic  field  caused  by  the  cm 
rent. 

The  needle  is  deflected  by  the  current  from 
a  position  of  rest,  either  in  the  earth's  magnetic 
field  or  in  a  field  obtained  from  a  permanent  or 
an  electro-magnet.  In  the  first  case,  when  in 
use  to  measure  a  current,  the  plane  of  the  galva- 
nometer coils  must  coincide  with  the  planes  of 
the  magnetic  meridian.  In  the  other  case,  the 
instrument  may  be  used  in  any  position  in 
which  the  needle  is  free  to  move.  _ 

Galvanometers  assume  a  variety  of  forms 
according  either  to  the  purposes  for  which  they 
are  employed,  or  to  the  manner  in  which  their 
deflections  are  valued. 


204 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Electrical      Galvanometer   Constant.     The  constant   of  cali- 

P..    .  bration  of  the  galvanometer  scale.     The  numer- 

LJictionary         [ca\  factor  connecting  a  current  passing  through 

a  galvanometer  with  the  deflection  produced  by 

such  current.      The  value  of  one  division  of  the 

galvanometer  scale   in   terms   of  resistance  or 

current  strength. 

Galvanometer  Shunt.  A  shunt  placed  around  a 
sensitive  galvanometer  in  order  to  protect  it 
from  the  effects  of  a  strong  current,  or  for  re- 
ducing its  sensibility. 

Galvanoscope.  A  galvanometer  intended  to  show 
the  existence  of  a  current  rather  than  to  meas- 
ure its  strength.  A  crude  or  simple  form  of 
galvanometer. 

Gap  Space.     The  air-gap  or  entrefer. 

Gassing.  The  evolution  of  gas  from  the  plates  of 
a  secondary  or  storage  battery. 

Gauss.  The  name  proposed  in  1894  by  the 
American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers  for 
the  C.G.S.  unit  of  magnetic  flux  density.  A 
unit  of  intensity  of  magnetic  flux,  equal  to  one 
C.G.S.  unit  of  magnetic  flux  per-square-centi- 
metre  of  area  of  normal  cross-section.  A  name 
proposed  for  the  C.G.S.  unit  of  magnetic  po- 
tential or  magnetomotive  force  by  the  British 
Association  in  1895. 

Geissler  Tubes.  Glass  tubes,  provided  with  plat- 
inum electrodes  passed  through  and  fused  into 
the  glass,  containing  the  residual  atmospheres 
of  gases  at  a  comparatively  low  vacuum,  either 
with  or  without  fluorescent  liquids,  or  solids,  or 
both,  employed  to  obtain  various  luminous 
effects  on  the  passage  of  electric  discharges. 

Gem  Lamp.  An  incandescent  lamp  using  a  car- 
bon filament,  which  has  a  positive  temperature 
coefficient  or  resistance. 

Generator.  A  dynamo-electric  machine.  One 
which  transforms  mechanical  into  electrical 
power. 

German=silver  Alloy.  An  alloy,  employed  for  the 
wires  of  resistance  coils,  usually  consisting  of 
fifty  parts  of  copper,  twenty-five  of  zinc  and 
twenty-five  of  nickel. 

Gilbert.  A  name  proposed  for  the  C.G.S.  unit  of 
magnetomotive  force.  A  unit  of  magnetomo- 
tive force  equal  to  that  produced  by  T.25BS  of 
one  ampere-turn. 

Globe  Strain=insulators.  Insulators  provided  for 
the  support  of  the  strain  wires  in  an  overhead 
trolley  system. 

Glow=lamp,  Electric.  A  lamp  whose  light  is  pro- 
duced by  glow  illumination.  A  term  some- 
times used  for  incandescent  lamps. 

Goose=neck  Pull=off.  An  insulator,  with  a  sup- 
port shaped  like  a  goose  neck,  employed  on 
curves  to  hold  the  trolley  wire  in  position,  and 
provided  with  a  single  point  for  the  attachment 
of  the  strain  wire. 

Gradient,  Electric.  The  rapidity  of  increase  or 
decrease  of  the  strength  of  an  electromotive 
force  or  current.  The  vector  space-rate  of 
descent  of  electric  potential  at  any  point. 

Gramme.  A  unit  of  mass  equal  to  15.43235 
grains.  The  mass  of  a  cubic  centimetre  of 
water  at  the  temperature  of  its  maximum 
density. 

Gramme  Armature=winding.  The  winding  orig- 
inally employed  by  Gramme  on  the  armature 
of  his  dynamo-electric  machine. 

(irammi;  caloric.  The  amount  of  heat  required 
to  raise  a  gramme  of  water  one  degree  Centi- 
grade. The  gramme-degree-Centigrade. 

Gramme=ring  Transformer.  A  transformer  whose 
primary  and  secondary  coils  are  placed  on  a 
closed  iron  ring.  A  transformer  resembling  a 
Gramme-ring  armature. 

Graphite.  A  variety  of  soft  carbon  suitable  for 
writing  on  paper  or  on  similar  surfaces. 

Graphite  is  used  for  rendering  surfaces  to  be 
electro-plated,  electrically  conducting,  and  also 
for  the  brushes  of  dynamos  and  motors.  For 
the  latter  purpose  it  possesses  the  additional 
advantage  of  decreasing  the  friction  by  means 
of  its  marked  lubricating  properties. 


Gravity  Ammeter.  A  form  of  ammeter  in  which 
the  magnetic  needle  is  moved  against  the 
force  of  gravity  by  the  magnetic  influence  of  the 
current  it  is  measuring. 

Gravity  Voltmeter.  A  form  of  voltmeter  in  which 
the  potential  difference  is  measured  by  the 
movement  of  a  magnetic  needle  against  the  pull 
of  a  weight. 

Grid.  A  lead  plate  provided  with  perforations  or 
other  irregularities  of  surface,  and  employed 
in  storage  cells  for  the  support  of  the  active 
material.  The  support  provided  for  the  active 
material  on  the  plate  of  a  secondary  or  storage 
cell. 

Ground.  A  general  term  for  the  earth  when  em- 
ployed as  a  return  conductor. 

Ground  Circuit.  A  circuit  in  which  the  ground 
forms  part  of  the  path  through  which  the 
current  passes. 

Ground  Detector.  In  a  system  of  incandescent 
lamp  distribution,  a  device  placed  in  a  central 
station  for  indicating,  by  the  brightness  of  a 
lamp,  the  existence  of  a  ground  on  the  system. 
An  instrument  for  detecting  or  measuring 
grounds  or  leaks. 

Ground=return.  A  general  term  used  to  indicate 
the  use  of  the  ground  or  earth  for  part  of  an 
electric  circuit.  The  earth  or  ground  which 
forms  part  of  the  return  path  of  an  electric 
circuit. 

Ground  Wire.  The  wire  or  conductor  leading  to 
or  connected  with  the  ground  or  earth  in  a 
grounded  circuit. 

Grounding.  A  word  sometimes  employed  in 
electro-metallurgy  for  the  preparatory  process 
of  burnishing.  Connecting  a  circuit  to  earth 
or  ground. 

Grove's  Voltaic  Cell.  A  zinc-platinum  couple 
immersed  respectively  in  electrolytes  of  sul- 
phuric and  nitric  acid. 

Guard  Wire.  A  wire  hung  above  any  active 
conductor,  such  as  a  trolley  wire  in  order  to 
prevent  it  from  coming  into  electric  contact 
with  falling  wires. 

(iutta  pcrchn.  A  resinous  gum  obtained  from  a 
tropical  tree,  and  valuable  electrically  for  its 
high  insulating  powers  and  for  its  indestructi- 
bility when  employed  in  sub-marine  cables. 

Guy.  A  rod,  chain,  rope,  or  wire  employed  for 
supporting  or  stiffening  any  structure  such  as  a 
telegraph  pole. 

Guy  Wire.     A  wire  employed  as  a  guy. 


H. 


H.  A  contraction  for  the  henry  or  practical  unit 
of  self  induction. 

9C  A  contraction  for  the  magnetizing  force  that 
exists  at  any  point,  or,  generally  for  the  inten- 
sity of  magnetic  force. 

H.     A  symbol  for  field  intensity. 

"  H.B."  Curves.  Curves  indicating  the  relations 
between  magnetizing  force  and  magnetic  flux 
density  in  a  magnetic  substance.  A  term  some- 
times employed  for  magnetization  curves. 

H.P.     A  contraction  for  horse-power. 

Hall  Effect.  A  transverse  electromotive  force 
produced  by  a  magnetic  field  in  substances 
undergoing  electric  displacement. 

Hanger  Board.  A  form  of  board  provided  for 
the  ready  replacement  or  removal  of  an  arc-lamp 
from  a  circuit. 

Hard=drawn  Copper  Wire.  Copper  wire  that  is 
hardened  by  being  drawn  three  or  four  times 
without  annealing.  Copper  wire  not  annealed 
after  leaving  the  die.  (See  Index.) 

Harmonic  Currents.  Periodically  alternating 
currents  varying  harmonically.  Currents  which 
are  harmonic  functions  of  time.  Sinusoidal 
currents. 

Head  of  Liquid.  The  vertical  distance  from  the 
level  of  a  liquid  in  a  containing  vessel  to  the 
center  of  gravity  of  an  orifice  placed  therein. 
Difference  of  liquid  elevation  or  level. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


205 


Heat.  A  form  of  energy.  A  mode  of  motion. 
A  vibratory  motion  impressed  on  the  molecules 
of  matter  by  the  action  of  any  form  of  energy. 
A  wave  motion  impressed  on  the  universal 
ether  by  the  action  of  some  form  of  energy. 

Heat  Unit.  The  quantity  of  heat  required  to 
raise  a  unit  mass  of  water  through  one  degree 
of  the  thermometric  scale.  The  calorie. 
There  are  a  number  of  different  heat  units. 
The  most  important  are: 

The  British  Heat  Unit,  or  Thermal  Unit,  or 
the  amount  of  heat  required  to  raise  i  pound  of 
water  i  degree  Fahr.  This  unit  represents  an 
amount  of  work  equal  to  772  foot  pounds. 

The  Greater  Calorie,  or  the  amount  of  heat 
required  to  raise  the  temperature  of  1,000 
grammes  of  water  i  degree  C. 

The  Smaller  Calorie,  or  the  amount  of  heat 
required  to  raise  the  temperature  of  one  gramme 
of  water  i  degree  C. 

The  Joule,  or  the  quantity  of  heat  developed 
in  one  second  by  the  passage  of  a  current  of  one 
ampere  through  a  resistance  of  one  ohm. 
i  joule  equals  .0002407  large  calories, 
i  joule  equals  .2407  small  calories, 
i  foot-pound  equals  1.356  joules. 

Hefner.     See  Candle-Lumen. 

Hekto.     A  prefix  for  one  hundred. 

Helicon  Lamp.  An  incandescent  lamp  having  a 
carbon  filament  treated  with  a  volatile  silicon 
compound  instead  of  the  usual  hydro-carbon 
gases. 

Henry.  The  practical  unit  of  self-induction.  An 
earth-quadrant,  or  io9  centimetres.  (See 
International  Henry.) 

Hertzian  Waves.  Electro-magnetic  waves  given 
off  by  an  electro-magnet  whose  intensity  is 
undergoing  rapid  periodic  variations,  or  by  a 
current  whose  strength  is  undergoing  rapid 
periodic  variations.  Electro-magnetic  waves 
given  off  from  a  circuit  through  which  an  oscil- 
latory discharge  is  passing. 

Hewitt's  Mercury  Arc  Lamp.  In  this  form  of 
lamp  there  is  an  arc  formed  between  mercury 
electrodes  or  metallic  terminal  and  mercury 
electrode  in  a  long  exhausted  tube,  the  arc 
being  usually  struck  by  tilting  the  tube  so  that 
the  current  follows  the  trickling  mercury.  Once 
thus  formed  the  mercury  vapor  maintains  a 
very  steady  and  powerful  glow  under  the  elec- 
tric discharge  which  it  permits. 

High  Frequency.  A  frequency  so  high  that 
Ohm's  Law  does  not  apply  even  approximately. 

High=potential  Current.  A  term  loosely  applied 
for  a  current  produced  by  high  electromotive 
forces. 

High=potential  Insulator.  An  insulator  suitable 
for  use  on  high-potential  circuits. 

High=tension  Circuit.  A  circuit  employed  in  con- 
nection with  high  electric  pressures. 

Hittorf  Tubes.  Various  forms  of  high-vacuum 
tubes  employed  by  Hittorf  in  his  researches  in 
electrical  discharges  through  high  vacua. 

Holophane.  A  form  of  glass  globe  or  enclosing 
chamber  for  a  source  of  light,  which  has  its 
external  surface  cast  into  lenticular  ridges  for 
the  more  general  diffusion  of  the  emerging  light. 

Holtz  Influence  Machine.  A  particular  form  of 
electrostatic  influence  machine. 

Homopolar  Dynamo.  A  dynamo  whose  conduc- 
tor moves  continuously  past  poles  of  one  po- 
larity only.  A  commutatorless  dynamo.  A 
so-called  unipolar  dynamo. 

Horizontal  Candle  Power.  The  intensity  of  light 
emitted  by  any  source  in  a  horizontal  direction. 
The  luminous  intensity  of  a  source  taken  in  a 
horizontal  direction,  as  measured  in  units  of 
luminous  intensity. 

Horizontal  Component.  That  portion  of  a  force 
which  acts  in  a  horizontal  direction. 

Horizontal  Intensity  of  Light.  The  intensity  of  a 
light  measured  in  a  horizontal  direction. 

Horse=power.  A  commercial  unit  of  power,  ac- 
tivity, or  rate-of-doing-work.  A  rate-of-doing- 
work.  A  rate-of-doing-work  equal  to  33,000 


pounds  raised  one  foot-per-minute,  or  550 
pounds  raised  one  foot-per-second.  A  rate-of- 
doing-work  equal  to  4,562  kilograms  raised 
one  metre  per  minute. 

Horse=power,  Electric.  Such  a  rate-of-doing 
electrical  work  as  is  equal  to  746  watts,  or  746 
volt-coulombs  per  second. 

Horse=power=hour.  A  unit  of  work  equal  to  the 
work  done  by  one  horse-power  acting  for  an 
hour.  1,980,000  foot-pounds. 

Horseshoe  Magnet.  A  magnetized  bar  of  steel  or 
hardened  iron,  bent  in  the  form  of  a  horse-shoe, 
or  letter  U. 

Hot=wire  Voltmeter.  A  voltmeter  whose  indica- 
tions are  based  on  the  increase  in  the  length 
of  a  metallic  wire  placed  in  the  circuit  of  the 
electromotive  force  that  is  to  be  measured. 

Mouse  Mains.  The  conductors  connecting  the 
service  wires  with  the  street  mains,  in  a  sys- 
tem of  multiple  incandescent  lamp  distribution. 

Hummer,  Electric.  A  word  sometimes  employed 
for  an  electric  buzzer. 

Hunting  of  Parallel=connected  Alternators.  A 
periodic  increase  and  decrease  in  the  speed  of 
alternators,  when  running  under  certain  con- 
ditions in  parallel  connections  as  motors  or 
dynamos.  Imperfect  synchronous  running. 

Hydro=electric  System.  An  electric  system  with 
generator  driven  by  water-power. 

Hysteresis.  A  lagging  behind  of  magnetization 
relatively  to  magnetizing  force.  Apparent 
molecular  friction  due  to  magnetic  change  of 
stress.  A  retardization  of  the  magnetizing 
or  demagnetizing  effects  as  regards  the  causes 
which  produce  them.  That  quality  of  a  para- 
magnetic substance  by  virtue  of  which  energy 
is  dissipated  on  the  reversal  of  its  magnetiza- 
tion. 

Hysteresis  Coefficient.  The  hysteretic  coefficient. 
The  energy  dissipated  in  a  cubic  centimetre  of 
magnetic  material  by  a  single  cyclic  reversal 
of  unit  magnetic  density. 

Hysteretic  Cycle.  A  cycle  of  complete  magnetiza- 
tion and  reversal. 

Hysteretic  Lag.  The  lag  in  the  magnetization  of 
a  transformer  due  to  hysteresis. 


I.     A  symbol  for  strength  of  current. 

£?.     A  symbol  for  inductance. 

I.H.P.     A  contraction  for  indicated  horse-power. 

I.2R.  Activity.  The  activity  expended  in  a  circuit, 
equal  to  the  square  of  the  current  strength  in 
amperes  by  the  resistance  in  ohms.  The  C2R 
activity. 

I.2R.  Loss.  The  loss  of  power  in  any  circuit  equal 
to  the  square  of  the  current  in  amperes  by  the 
resistance  in  ohms.  The  C2R.  loss. 

Idle  Coil.  Any  coil  through  which  for  the  time 
no  current  is  passing.  Any  coil  which  is  not 
passing  through  a  magnetic  field  or  generating 
an  E.M.F. 

Idle  Current  of  Alternating=current  Dynamo.  The 
wattless  current  of  an  alternating-current  cir- 
cuit, as  distinguished  from  the  active  or  work- 
ing current. 

Impedance.  Generally,  opposition  to  current 
flow.  The  sum  of  the  ohmic  resistance,  and 
the  spurious  resistance  of  a  circuit,  measured 
in  ohms.  In  a  simple-harmonic  current  circuit 
the  square  root  of  the  sum  of  the  squares  of  the 
resistance  and  reactance.  The  apparent  re- 
sistance of  a  circuit  containing  both  resistance 
and  reactance.  (See  Alternating  Currents.) 

Impedance  Circuit.  A  circuit  containing  im- 
pedance. 

Impedance  Coils.  A  term  sometimes  applied  to 
choking  coils,  reactance  coils,  or  economy 
coil. 

Impedance  Rush.  The  rush  of  current  produced 
on  closing  an  inductive  circuit.  An  impulsive 
current  rush. 


Electrical 
Dictionary 


206 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Electrical  Impressed  Electromotive  Force.  The  electromo- 
tive force  brought  to  act  in  any  circuit  to  pro- 
Dictionary  duce  a  current  therein.  In  an  alternating- 
current  circuit,  the  impressed  electromotive 
force  due  to  an  impressed  source,  in  contradis- 
tinction to  the  effective  electromotive  force,  or 
that  which  is  active  in  producing  current,  or  the 
electromotive  forces  due  to,  or  opposed  to,  self 
or  mutual  induction.  An  applied  E.M.F.  as 
distinguished  from  a  resultant,  active  or  watt- 
less E.M.F. 

Impulsive  Inductance.  The  apparent  inductance 
of  a  conductor  or  circuit  when  subjected  to  an 
impulsive  discharge. 

Incandescence,  Electric.  The  shining  or  glowing 
of  a  substance,  generally  a  solid,  by  means  of 
heat  of  electric  origin. 

Incandescent  Filament.  The  incandescing  con- 
ductor of  an  incandescent  electric  lamp, 
whether  of  small  or  of  comparatively  large 
cross-section,  though  generally  of  the  former. 
Incandescent  Electric  Lamp.  An  electric  lamp 
whose  light  is  produced  by  the  electric  incan- 
descence of  a  strip  or  filament  of  some  refrac- 
tory substance,  almost  invariably  carbon. 
India  Rubber.  A  resinous  substance  obtained 
from  the  milky  juices  of  a  tropical  tree.  Caout- 
chouc. (See  Index,  Rubber.) 
Indicator,  Electric.  A  general  term  applied  to 
various  devices  operated  by  the  deflection  of  a 
magnetic  needle,  or  the  ringing  of  a  bell,  or  by 
both,  for  indicating  at  some  distant  point,  the 
condition  of  an  electric  circuit,  the  strength  of 
current  passing  through  any  circuit,  the  head  of 
water  or  other  liquid,  the  pressure  on  a  boiler, 
the  temperature,  the  speed  of  an  engine  or 
lines  of  shafting,  the  working  of  a  machine,  or 
other  similar  events  or  occurrences.  A  term 
sometimes  used  in  place  of  annunciator.  Any 
electric  or  magnetic  signalling  apparatus. 
Induced.  Set  up  or  caused  by  induction.  Not 

produced  by  metallic  communication. 
Induced  Current.     A  current  produced  by  electro- 
dynamic  induction. 
Induced  Electromotive  Forces. — E.M.F. 's  set  up 

by  electro-dynamic  induction. 
Induced  IW.M.F.     Any  magnetomotive  force  pro- 
duced by  induction.     The  aligned  or  structural 
magnetomotive  force  as  distinguished  from  the 
prime  magnetomotive  force. 

Inductance.  The  capacity  for  induction  pos- 
sessed by  an  active  circuit  on  itself,  or  on  neigh- 
boring circuits.  Self-induction.  That  prop- 
erty, in  virtue  of  which  a  finite  electromotive 
force  impressed  on  a  circuit  does  not  imme- 
diately generate  the  full  current  due  to  the 
resistance  of  the  circuit,  and  which,  when  the 
electromotive  force  is  withdrawn,  requires  a 
finite  time  for  the  current  strength  to  fall  to  its 
zero  value.  A  property,  by  virtue  of  which 
the  passage  of  an  electric  current  is  necessarily 
accompanied  by  the  absorption  of  electric 
energy  in  producing  a  magnetic  field.  A  con- 
stant quantity  in  a  circuit  at  rest,  and  devoid  of 
iron,  depending  only  upon  its  geometrical  ar- 
rangement, and  usually  expressed  in  henrys,  or 
in  centimetres. 

Inductance  Coil.  An  impedance,  reactance,  or 
choking  coil.  A  coil  placed  in  a  circuit,  for  the 
purpose  of  preventing  an  impulsive  current- 
rush  in  that  circuit,  by  means  of  the  counter- 
electromotive  force  developed  in  the  coil  on 
being  magnetized. 

Inductanceless  Circuit.  A  circuit  practically  de- 
void of  inductance.  A  circuit  whose  magnetic 
field  is  negligible,  such,  for  example,  as  an 
ordinary  incandescent  lamp,  or  a  double- wound 
resistance  coil. 

Induction.  The  influence  exerted  by  a  charged 
body  or  by  a  magnetic  field,  on  neighboring 
bodies  without  apparent  communication.  The 
influence  produced  through  a  dielectric  by  the 
action  of  electrostatic  or  magnetic  flux 


Induction  Coil.  An  apparatus  consisting  of  two 
associated  coils  of  insulated  wire  employed  for 
the  production  of  currents  by  mutual  induction. 

Induction  Generator.  A  machine  similar  to  the 
induction  motor,  but  driven  as  an  alternating- 
current  generator. 

Induction,  Magnetic.  The  production  of  mag- 
netism in  a  magnetizable  substance  by  bringing 
it  into  a  magnetic  field. 

Induction,  Mutual.  Induction  produced  by  two 
neighboring  circuits  on  each  other  by  the 
mutual  interaction  of  their  magnetic  fields. 

Induction  Screen.  A  plate  of  metal  placed  be- 
tween two  adjacent  electrified  bodies,  or  mag- 
netic coils,  for  the  purpose  of  preventing  or 
modifying  the  inductive  action  they  exert  on 
one  another.  A  conducting  screen  wholly  or 
partially  opaque  to  inductive  action. 

Induction,  Self.  Induction  produced  in  a  circuit 
at  the  moment  of  starting  or  stopping  the  cur- 
rents therein  by  the  induction  of  the  current 
on  itself. 

Induction  Starter.  A  device  used  in  starting  in- 
duction motors,  converters,  etc.,  when  they  are 
started  by  voltage  control,  consisting  of  an 
auto-transformer  in  connection  with  a  suitable 
switching  device. 

Inductive  Circuit.  Any  circuit  in  which  induction 
occurs. 

Inductive  Disturbance.  Any  disturbance  in  the 
operation  of  a  telephone  or  telegraph  line 
produced  by  induction. 

Inductive  Reactance.  Reactance  due  to  self  in- 
duction as  distinguished  from  reactance  due 
to  a  condenser. 

Inductive  Resistance.  A  resistance  possessing 
self-induction.  The  reactance  of  a  circuit. 

Inductor  Alternator.  An  alternating-current  gen- 
erator in  whose  armature  windings  the  field 
magnetic  flux  pulsates  but  never  reverses. 

.Influence,  Electric.     Electrostatic  induction. 

Influence  Machine.  A  name  sometimes  used  for 
an  electrostatic-induction  machine. 

In  -put .  The  power  absorbed  by  any  machine  in 
causing  it  to  perform  a  certain  amount  of 
work. 

Inside  Wiring.  In  a  system  of  incandescent 
lighting,  the  conductors  that  lead  to  the  interior 
of  a  house  or  other  building  to  be  lighted. 
Any  conductors  placed  inside  a  building. 

Installation.  A  general  term  embracing  the  en- 
tire plant  and  accessories  required  to  perform 
any  specified  work.  The  act  of  placing,  ar- 
ranging or  erecting  a  plant  or  apparatus. 

Instantaneous  Peak.  The  highest  value  reached 
by  the  quantity  under  consideration  as  mea- 
sured by  some  device  which  indicated  high 
actual  value  of  the  quantity  at  every  moment. 

Insulate.  To  so  cover  or  protect  a  body  as  to 
prevent  electricity  from  being  conducted  to  or 
removed  from  it. 

Insulated  Wires.  Wires  provided  with  insulating 
coverings  or  coatings.  (See  Index.) 

Insulating  Joint.  A  joint  in  an  insulating  ma- 
terial or  covering  in  which  the  continuity  of  the 
insulating  material  is  ensured. 

Insulating  Tape.  A  ribbon  of  flexible  material 
impregnated  with  rubber,  or  other  similar 
material,  and  generally  containing  some  ad- 
hesive substance,  employed  for  insulating 
wires  or  electric  conductors  at  joints,  or  other 
exposed  places. 

Insulating  Varnish.  An  electric  varnish  formed 
of  any  good  insulating  material. 

Insulation  Resistance.  The  resistance  existing 
between  a  conductor  and  the  earth  or  between 
two  conductors  in  a  circuit  through  insulating 
materials  lying  between  them.  A  term  applied 
to  the  resistance  of  the  insulating  material  of  a 
covered  wire  or  conductor  to  an  impressed 
voltage  tending  to  produce  a  leakage  of  current. 
The  resistance  of  any  insulation. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


207 


Insulator,  Electric.  A  body  or  substance  which 
offers  such  resistance  to  the  passage  of  electric 
current  that  it  is  used  to  prevent  the  passage  of 
current.  Any  device  employed  for  insulating 
a  wire  or  other  body. 

Insulator  Pin.  The  bolt  by  which  an  insulator 
is  attached  to  a  bracket,  polearm,  or  support. 

Intake  of  Machine.  The  activity  required  to 
operate  a  machine. 

Intensified  Arc  Lamp.  A  term  used  for  an  arc 
lamp,  with  one  of  the  carbons  of  small  diameter 
to  give  a  large  current  density  per  unit  of  arc, 
on  which  the  arc  plays  to  thereby  intensify  the 
light. 

Intensity  of  Field.  The  strength  or  density  of  a 
magnetic  field  as  measured  by  the  quantity  of 
magnetic  flux  that  passes  through  it  per-unit- 
of-area  of  normal  cross-section. 

Intensity  of  Magnetic  Flux.  The  quantity  of 
magnetic  flux  per-unit-of-area  of  normal 
cross-section.  The  density  of  magnetic  flux. 

Interior  Conduit.  A  conduit  provided  inside  the 
walls  of  a  house,  or  in  other  convenient  spaces 
within  a  house,  for  the  reception  of  the  house 
wires.  A  conduit  in  the  walls  or  floors  of  a 
building,  provided  for  accommodating  electric 
conductors. 

Intermittent  Current.  A  current  that  does  not 
flow  continuously,  but  which  flows  and  ceases 
to  flow  at  intervals,  so  that  electricity  is  prac- 
tically alternately  present  and  absent  from  the 
circuit. 

Internal  Characteristic  of  Dynamo.  A  curve 
showing  the  E.M.F.  generated  in  a  dynamo 
under  varying  excitation,  as  distinguished 
from  the  external  characteristic  showing  the 
E.M.F.  at  terminals. 

Internal  Circuit.  That  part  of  a  circuit  which  is 
included  within  the  electric  source. 

Internal  Poles  of  Dynamo.  The  inwardly  pro- 
jecting field  poles  of  a  dynamo.  Magnetic 
field-poles  internal  to  an  armature. 

International  Ampere.  The  value  of  the  ampere 
as  adopted  by  the  International  Congress  of 
1893,  at  Chicago.  The  value  of  an  ampere 
equal  to  the  one-tenth  of  a  unit  of  current  in 
the  C.G.S.  system  of  electro-magnetic  units, 
and  represented  with  sufficient  accuracy  for 
practical  purposes,  by  the  unvarying  current, 
which,  when  passed  through  a  solution  of  ni- 
trate of  silver  in  water,  in  accordance  with  cer- 
tain specifications,  deposits  silver  at  the  rate  of 
0.001118  of  a  gramme-per-second. 

International  Coulomb.  The  value  of  the  cou- 
lomb as  adopted  by  the  International  Electrical 
Congress  of  1893,  at  Chicago.  The  quantity  of 
electricity  equal  to  that  transferred  through  a 
circuit  by  a  current  of  one  International  am- 
pere in  one  second. 

International  Farad.  The  value  of  the  farad  as 
adopted  by  the  International  Electrical  Congress 
of  1 893 ,  at  Chicago.  The  capacity  of  a  conductor 
charged  to  a  potential  of  one  International  volt 
by  one  International  coulomb  of  electricity. 

International  Henry.  The  value  of  the  henry  as 
adopted  by  the  International  Electrical  Con- 
gress of  1893,  at  Chicago.  The  value  of  the 
induction  in  a  circuit,  when  the  electromotive 
force  induced  in  the  circuit  is  one  International 
volt,  and  the  inducing  current  varies  at  the 
rate  of  one  ampere  per  second. 

International  Joule.  The  value  of  the  joule  as 
adopted  by  the  International  Electrical  Con- 
gress of  1893.  at  Chicago.  A  value  equal  to  io7 
units  of  work  of  the  C.G.S.  system  and  repre- 
sented with  sufficient  accuracy  for  practical 
purposes  by  the  energy  expended  in  one  second 
by  one  ampere  in  one  International  ohm. 

International  Morse  Code.  A  term  sometimes 
employed  for  the  International  telegraphic 
alphabet,  as  distinguished  from  the  American 
Morse  Code. 

International  Ohm.  The  value  of  the  ohm  as 
adopted  by  the  International  Electrical  Con- 
gress of  1893,  at  Chicago.  A  value  of  the  ohm 


equal  to  io9  units  of  resistance  of  the  C.G.S. 
system  of  electro-magnetic  units,  and  repre- 
sented by  the  resistance  offered  to  an  unvary- 
ing electric  current  by  a  column  of  mercury 
at  the  temperature  of  melting  ice,  14.4521 
grammes  in  mass,  of  a  constant  cross-sectional 
area,  and  of  the  length  of  106.3  centimetres. 

International  Volt.  The  value  of  the  volt  as 
adopted  by  the  International  Electrical  Con- 
gress of  1893,  at  Chicago.  Such  an  electro- 
motive force  that  steadily  applied  to  a  conductor 
whose  resistance  is  one  International  ohm  will 
produce  a  current  of  one  International  ampere, 
and  which  is  represented  with  sufficient  accu- 
racy for  practical  use  by  ^2§f  of  the  electromo- 
tive force  between  the  poles  or  electrodes  of  the 
voltaic  cell  known  as  Clark's  cell,  at  a  tempera- 
ture of  15°  Cent,  when  prepared  in  accordance 
with  certain  specifications. 

International  Watt.  The  value  of  the  watt  as 
adopted  by  the  International  Electrical  Con- 
gress of  1893  at  Chicago.  A  value  equal  to  io7 
units  of  activity  in  the  C.G.S.  system,  and 
equal  to  the  work  done  at  the  rate  of  one  joule- 
per-second. 

Interrupter.  Any  device  for  interrupting  or 
breaking  a  circuit. 

Ions.  The  groups  of  atoms  or  radicals  into  which 
a  molecule  is  separated  by  electrolytic  decom- 
position. 

Ionic  Conductivities.  Specific  conductivities  of 
?.ons,  so  selected  that  their  sums  give  molecular 
conductivities  for  any  combination  of  ions. 

Iron=armored  Conduit.  A  conduit  provided  with 
an  exterior  iron  casing  or  covering.  A  conduit 
in  which  each  duct  has  an  iron  casing  or  cover- 
ing. 

Iron-Clad.     Protected  or  covered  with  iron. 

Iron  clad  Armature.  The  armature  of  a  dynamo 
or  motor,  whose  insulated  coils  are  entirely  or 
nearly  surrounded  by  the  iron  of  the  armature 
core.  An  armature  in  which  the  conductors 
are  buried  in  slots,  grooves,  or  tunnels  below 
the  surface  of  the  armature  core. 

Iron=core.  The  mass  of  iron  on  which  are  placed 
the  magnetizing  coils  of  an  electro-magnet  or 
solenoid. 

Iron=core=loss.  The  hysteretic  and  Foucault 
losses  due  to  the  presence  of  an  iron  core. 

Irreciprocal  Conduction.  Conduction  in  which 
the  magnitude  of  the  current  is  altered  when  its 
direction  is  reversed.  The  electric  conduction 
in  an  assymmetrical  resistance. 

Isotropic  Dielectric.  A  dielectric  possessing  the 
same  powers  of  inductive  capacity  in  all  direc- 
tions 

J. 

Jack  Panel.  The  panel  of  a  telephone  switch- 
board provided  for  the  support  of  the  jacks. 

Jack  Switch.  A  switch  operated  by  means  of  a 
spring  jack. 

Jacobi's  Law.  The  maximum  activity  is  per- 
formed by  an  electric  motor  when  its  counter- 
electromotive  force  is  equal  to  one-half  of  the 
impressed  electromotive  force. 

Joint  Reluctance.  The  combined  reluctance  of 
a  number  of  parallel-connected  reluctances. 

Joint  Resistance.  The  combined  resistance  of  a 
number  of  parallel-connected  resistances. 

Joule.  A  volt-coulomb  or  unit  of  electric  energy 
or  work.  The  amount  of  electric  work  re- 
quired to  raise  the  potential  of  one  coulomb  of 
electricity  one  volt.  Ten  million  ergs.  (See 
International  Joule.) 

Joule  Effect.  The  heating  effect  produced  by  the 
passage  of  an  electric  current  through  a  con- 
ductor, arising  from  its  resistance  only. 

Joule's  Equivalent.  The  mechanical  equivalent 
of  heat. 

Joule's  Law.  The  heating  power  of  a  current  is 
proportional  to  the  product  of  the  square  of  its 
strength  and  the  resistance  of  the  circuit 
through  which  it  passes 


Electrical 
Dictionary 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND    WIRE    COMPANY 


Electrical      Jumper.     A  temporary  shunt  or  short  circuit  put 
P..    .  around  a  source,  lamp  or  receptive  device  on  a 

Uictionary         series-connected    circuit,    to    enable    it    to    be 

readily  removed  or  repaired. 

Jump  Spark.  A  disruptive  spark  obtained  be- 
tween two  opposed  conducting  surfaces,  as  dis- 
tinguished from  a  spark  obtained  by  or  fol- 
lowing a  wiping  contact. 

Junction  Box.  A  moisture-proof  box  provided 
in  a  system  of  underground  conductors  to  re- 
ceive the  terminals  of  the  feeders,  and  in  which 
connection  is  made  between  the  feeders  and  the 
mains,  and  through  which  the  current  is  dis- 
tributed to  the  individual  consumers. 

K. 

K.W.     A  contraction  for  kilowatt. 

kg.  An  abbreviation  for  kilogramme,  a  practical 
unit  of  mass. 

kgm.  An  abbreviation  for  kilogramme- metre,  a 
practical  unit  of  the  moment  of  a  couple  or  of 
work. 

Kaolin.  A  variety  of  white  clay  sometimes  em- 
ployed for  insulating  purposes. 

Kick  of  Coil.  The  discharge  from  an  electro- 
magnetic coil. 

Kicking  Coil.     A  choking  coil. 

Kilo.     A  prefix  for  one  thousand  times. 

Kilo-volt.     One  thousand  volts. 

Kilo-watt.     One  thousand  watts. 

Kilo=watt=hour.  The  amount  of  work  equal  to 
that  performed  by  an  activity  of  one  kilowatt 
maintained  steadily  for  one  hour.  An  amount 
of  work  equal  to  3,600,000  joules. 

Knife-switch.  A  switch  which  is  opened  or 
closed  by  the  motion  of  a  knife  contact  between 
parallel  contact  plates.  A  knife-edge  switch 
or  knife  switch. 


L.     A  symbol  for  coefficient  of  inductance. 

L,l      A  contraction  for  length. 

Lag.     Falling  behind.     To  fall  behind. 

Lagging  Current.  A  periodic  current  lagging 
behind  the  impressed  electromotive  force  which 
produces  it. 

Laminated  Core.  An  iron  core  that  has  been  sub- 
divided in  planes  parallel  to  its  magnetic  flux- 
paths,  in  order  to  avoid  the  injurious  produc- 
tion of  Foucault  or  eddy  currents. 

Lamination.  The  sub-division  of  an  iron  core  into 
laminae. 

Lamp,  Arc,  Electric.     See  Arc  Lamp,  Electric. 

Lamp  Bulb.  The  chamber  or  globe  in  which  the 
filament  of  an  incandescent  lamp  is  placed. 

Lamp  Circuit.  A  circuit  containing  an  electric 
lamp  or  lamps. 

Lamp  Cord.  A  flexible  cord  containing  two  sep- 
arately insulated  wires  suitable  for  use  in  con- 
nection with  an  incandescent  lamp.  (See 
Index.) 

Lamp  Dimmer.  A  reactive  coil,  employed  on  an 
alternating  circuit  for  the  purpose  of  varying 
the  intensity  of  incandescent  lights  connected 
with  such  circuit. 

Lamp  Efficiency.  Commonly,  but  illogically  the 
watts  consumed  by  a  lamp  per  candle-power 
delivered.  More  nearly  correctly  the  recipro- 
cal of  this;  or  the  number  of  candles  obtained 
from  an  incandescent  lamp  per  watt  supplied 
to  it. 

Lamp  Filament.  The  filament  of  an  incandescent 
lamp. 

Lamp-hour.  Such  a  service  of  electric  current 
as  is  required  to  maintain  one  electric  lamp 
during  one  hour.  Such  a  quantity  of  electricity, 
or  of  electric  energy  as  will  maintain  one 
standard  lamp  in  normal  operation  for  one 
hour. 

Lap  Joint.  The  joint  effected  by  over-lapping 
short  portions  near  the  ends  of  the  things  to  be 
joined,  and  securing  them  to  each  other  while  in 


that  position.  A  joint  between  the  ends  of 
two  conducting  wires  in  which  the  two  ends 
after  being  laid  together,  side  by  side,  are  lapped 
firmly  together  by  a  piece  of  separate  wire. 

Lap  Winding.  A  winding  for  a  drum  armature  in 
which  the  successive  conducting  loops  are  ar- 
ranged on  the  surface  of  the  armature  over- 
lapping one  another. 

Law  of  Ohm.  The  law  of  non-varying  current 
strength  in  a  circuit  not  subject  to  variation. 
Ohm's  law.  The  strength  of  a  continuous  cur- 
rent is  directly  proportional  to  the  difference 
of  potential  or  electromotive  force  in  the  circuit 
and  inversely  proportional  to  the  resistance  of 
the  circuit,  i.  e.,  is  equal  to  the  quotient  arising 
from  dividing  the  electromotive  force  by  the 
resistance. 
Ohm's  law  is  expressed  algebraically  thus: 


=  ^;  orE  =  IR;orR 


If  the  electromotive  force  is  given  in  volts,  and 
the  resistance  in  ohms,  the  formula  will  give 
the  current  strength  directly  in  amperes. 

The  current  in  amperes  is  equal  to  the  elec- 
tromotive force  in  volts  divided  by  the  resist- 
ance in  ohms. 

The  electromotive  force  in  volts  is  equal  to 
the  product  of  the  current  in  amperes  and  the 
resistance  in  ohms. 

The  resistance  in  ohms  is  equal  to  the  electro- 
motive force  in  volts  divided  by  the  current  in 
amperes. 

The  quantity  of  electricity  in  coulombs  is 
equal  to  the  current  in  amperes  multiplied  by 
the  time  in  seconds. 

Lay.  The  helical  disposition  of  wires  in  a  strand 
or  sheath,  in  which  each  wire  makes  a  com- 
plete revolution  about  the  axis. 

Lead.  A  very  malleable  and  ductile  metal  of  low 
tenacity  and  high  specific  gravity.  Tensile 
strength  1600  to  2400  per  square  inch.  Elas- 
ticity very  low,  and  the  metal  flows  under  a 
very  slight  strain.  Lead  dissolves  to  some 
extent  in  pure  water,  but  water  containing 
carbonates  or  sulphates  forms  over  it  a  film  of 
insoluble  salt  which  prevents  further  action. 
Atomic  weight  206.9.  Specific  gravity  11.07 
to  11.44.  Melts  at  about  625  F.°;  softens  and 
becomes  pasty  at  617°  F.  (Kent). 

Lead  encased  Cable.  A  cable  provided  with  a 
sheathing  or  coating  of  lead  on  its  external 
surface.  (See  Index.) 

Lead  of  Current.  An  advance  in  the  phase  of  an 
alternating  current  beyond  that  of  the  electro- 
motive force  producing  the  current. 

Lead  of  Motor  Brushes.  The  angular  displace- 
ment from  the  normal  position  in  the  direction 
contrary  to  that  of  the  rotation  of  the  arma- 
ture, which  it  is  necessary  to  give  the  brushes 
on  an  electric  motor,  when  its  load  is  increased, 
in  order  to  obtain  freedom  from  sparking. 

Lead  Sheathing.  The  coating  of  lead  placed  on 
the  outside  of  a  lead-covered  cable. 

Lead  Sleeve.  A  lead  tube  provided  for  making  a 
joint  in  a  lead-covered  cable. 

Leading  Current.  An  alternating-current  wave 
or  component,  in  advance  of  the  electromotive 
force  producing  it. 

Leading-in  Wires.  The  wires  that  pass  from  an 
aerial  circuit  into  a  house  or  building.  The 
wires  or  conductors  which  lead  the  current 
through  an  incandescent  electric  lamp;  i.  e., 
into  and  out  of  a  lamp.  Wires  leading  a  cir- 
cuit into  a  house,  room,  box  or  apparatus. 

Leads.  In  a  system  of  parallel  distribution,  the 
conductors  connected  to  the  positive  and  nega- 
tive terminals  of  a  source.  Conductors  which 
lead  the  current  to  or  from  any  source,  circuit 
or  device.  In  electric  testing  the  insulating 
conductors  leading  the  testing  current  to  the 
circuit  or  conductor  tested. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


Leak.     Any  loss  or  escape  by  leaking. 

Leakage  Current  of  Primary.  The  magnetizing 
current  which  flows  into  the  primary  circuit  of  a 
a  transformer  when  the  secondary  circuit  is 
open.  A  current  employed  in  magnetizing 
only,  as  distinguished  from  a  current  usefully 
transformed. 

Leakage  Factor.  In  a  dynamo-electric  machine, 
the  ratio  of  the  total  flux  which  passes  through 
the  field-magnet  cores  of  a  dynamo  or  motor, 
to  the  total  useful  flux  passing  from  them 
through  the  armatures. 

Leakage  Reactance.  That  portion  of  the  react- 
ance of  any  induction  apparatus  which  is  due  to 
stray  flux. 

Left=handed  Winding.  The  winding  of  a  solenoid 
or  helix  in  a  counter-clockwise  direction. 

Leg  of  Circuit.     A  branch  of  a  bifurcated  or  di- 

•     vided  circuit.     A  loop  or  offset  in  a  series  circuit 

Legal  Ohm.     See  International  Ohm,  and  Ohm. 

Lenz's  Law.  In  all  cases  of  induction  the  direc- 
tion of  the  induced  current  is  such  as  to  oppose 
the  motion  which  produces  it. 

Leyden=jar.  A  condenser  in  the  form  of  a  jar,  in 
which  the  metallic  coatings  are  placed  opposite 
each  other  respectively  on  the  outside  and  in- 
side of  the  jar. 

Light.  That  particular  form  of  radiant  energy 
by  means  of  which  objects  are  rendered  visible. 
The  flow  or  flux  of  light  emitted  from  a  lumi- 
nous source. 

Lightning  Arrester.  A  device  by  means  of  which 
the  apparatus  placed  in  any  electric  circuit  is 
protected  from  the  destructive  effects  of  a  flash 
or  discharge  of  lightning. 

Lightning  Bolt.     A  lightning  flash  or  discharge. 

Lightning  Rod.  A  rod,  strap,  wire  or  stranded 
cable,  of  good  conducting  material,  placed  on 
the  outside  of  a  house  or  other  structure,  in 
order  to  protect  it  from  the  effects  of  a  light- 
ning discharge. 

Line  Circuit.  The  wires  or  other  conductors  in 
the  main  line  of  a  telegraphic  or  other  circuit. 
A  transmission  circuit  for  electric  energy. 

Line  Drop.  In  a  telephone  switchboard,  an 
electro-magnetic  drop  connected  to  a  line. 

Lines  of  Force.     Lines  of  magnetization. 

Lines  of  Magnetization.  A  term  sometimes  ap- 
plied for  lines  of  magnetic  induction.  A  term 
sometimes  applied  to  those  portions  of  the  lines 
of  magnetic  force  which  lie  within  the  magnet- 
ized substance. 

Linear  Capacity.  The  quotient  of  the  capacity 
of  a  line  or  conductor  by  its  length. 

Link=fuse.  A  link-shaped  leaden  plate,  provided 
with  suitable  ends  for  connection  with  the 
copper  fuse-wire  terminals. 

Listening  Cam.  In  a  telephone  system  a  metallic 
cam  or  lever-key  by  means  of  which  an  oper- 
ator readily  places  her  telephone  in  circuit  with 
a  subscriber. 

Live  Wire.  A  wire  through  which  current  is  pass- 
ing. A  wire  connected  with  an  electric  pres- 
sure or  source. 

Load.     The  work  thrown  on  any  machine. 

Load=factor.  The  fraction  expressed  in  per  cent, 
obtained  by  dividing  the  average  load  over  any 
given  period  of  time  by  the  highest  average  load 
for  any  one  minute  during  the  same  period  of 
time. 

Load=factor  Rate.     A  rate  based  on  load-factor. 

Local  Currents.  A  term  sometimes  used  for  eddy 
currents. 

Lock,  Electric.  A  lock  that  is  automatically  re- 
leased by  the  aid  of  a  distant  push-button. 

Locomotive,  Electric.  A  Ipcomotor  whose  mo- 
tive power  is  electricity.  An  electrically 
driven  locomotive  engine. 

Lodestone.  A  name  given  to  a  piece  of  naturally 
magnetized  iron  ore. 

Log,  Electric.  An  electric  device  for  measuring  the 
speed  of,  or  the  distance  traversed  by,  a  vessel. 

Logarithm.  The  exponent,  or  the  power  to  which 
it  is  necessary  to  raise  a  fixed  number  called 
the  base,  in  order  to  produce  a  given  number. 


Longdistance  Transmission.  Transmission  of 
electric  energy  over  fairly  considerable  dis- 
tances. 

Loop  Test.  A  localization  test  for  a  fault  in  a 
loop  of  two  telegraphic  wires,  or  in  a  complete 
metallic  circuit. 

Low=potential  Sysfem.  In  the  National  Electric 
Code  a  system  having  a  pressure  less  than  550 
and  more  than  10  volts. 

Low-pressure  Circuit.  A  circuit  designed  for  use 
in  connection  with  low  electric  power. 

Low  Tension.  A  relative  term  used  to  designate 
a  winding  or  conductor  of  less  voltage  than  that 
with  which  it  is  related  or  compared. 

Luminous  Efficiency.  The  ratio  which  the 
luminous  radiation  emitted  by  a  source  bears 
to  the  total  radiant  energy  emitted  by  such 
source  in  a  given  time. 

Luminous  Radiation.  Radiation  capable  of  af- 
fecting the  eye. 

M. 

m.     A  symbol  for  strength  of  magnetic  pole. 

m.  An  abbreviation  for  metre,  a  practical  unit 
of  length. 

M,m.     An  abbreviation  for  mass. 

yU.  A  symbol  for  magnetic  permeability  or  induc- 
tivity. 

mm.     A  contraction  for  millimetre. 

M.M.F.     A  contraction  for  magnetomotive  force. 

Machine  Telegraphy.  Automatic  or  high-speed 
telegraphy. 

Magnet.  Any  body  producting  magnetic  flux. 
A  body  possessing  the  power  of  attracting  the 
unlike  pole  of  another  magnet,  or  of  repelling 
the  like  pole,  or  of  inducing  magnetism  in  mag- 
netizable bodies. 

Magnet  Coil.  A  coil  of  insulated  wire  surround- 
ing the  core  of  an  electro-magnet ,  through  which 
the  magnetizing  current  is  passed. 

Magnet  Cores.  Bars  or  cylinders  of  iron  on  which 
the  magnetizing  coils  of  wire  are  placed. 

Magnetic  Air=gap.  Any  gap  in  an  aero-ferric 
magnetic  circuit  filled  with  air. 

Magnetic  Attraction.  The  mutual  attraction 
exerted  between  unlike  magnetic  poles. 

Magnetic  Axis.  The  line  along  which  a  magnetic 
needle,  free  to  move,  but  which  has  come  to 
rest  in  a  magnetic  field,  can  be  turned  without 
changing  the  direction  in  which  it  comes  to 
rest.  The  line  connecting  the  poles  of  a  bar 
magnet  or  needle. 

Magnetic  Circuit.  The  path  through  which  mag- 
netic flux  passes. 

Magnetic  Clutch.  A  form  of  clutch  in  which 
magnetic  attraction  is  substituted  for  ordinary 
mechanical  force,  to  obtain  the  friction  re- 
quired in  the  clutch.  A  clutch  operated 
electro-magnetically. 

Magnetic  Couple.  The  couple  which  turns  or 
tends  to  turn  a  magnetic  needle,  placed  in  the 
earth's  field,  into  the  plane  of  the  magnetic 
meridian. 

Magnetic  Density.  The  strength  of  magnetism  as 
measured  by  the  amount  of  magnetic  flux 
which  passes  through  unit  area  of  normal  cress- 
section.  Intensity  of  magnetic  induction. 

Magnetic  Dip.  The  deviation  of  a  freely  sus- 
pended magnetic  needle  from  a  true  horizontal 
position.  The  magnetic  inclination. 

Magnetic  Fatigue.  An  increase  in  the  hysteretic 
coefficient  of  iron  due  to  an  assumed  fatigue 
after  many  cyclic  reversals. 

Magnetic  Field.  The  region  of  magnetic  influ- 
ence surrounding  the  poles  of  a  magnet.  The 
space  or  region  traversed  by  magnetic  flux  in 
which  a  magnet  needle,  free  to  move,  will  as- 
sume a  definite  position. 

Magnetic  Flux.  The  streamings  that  issue  from 
and  return  to  the  poles  of  a  magnet.  The  total 
number  of  lines  of  magnetic  force  in  any  mag- 
netic field.  The  magnetic  flow  that  passes 
through  any  magnetic  circuit. 


Electrical 
Dictionary 


210 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Electrical      Magnetic  Flux-paths.     Paths  taken  by  magnetic 
_  .    .  flux  in  any  magnetic  circuit. 

Dictionary     Magnetic  Force.     The  force  which  causes  the  at- 
tractions and  repulsions  of  magnetic  poles. 

Magnetic  Hysteresis.     See  Hysteresis. 

Magnetic  Induction.  In  air,  the  density  of  mag- 
netic force;  in  iron  or  other  magnetic  material 
the  sum  of  the  prime  flux,  or  magnetic  force, 
and  the  magnetic  flux  thereby  produced  in  the 
iron.  Total  magnetic  flux-density.  The  pro- 
duction of  magnetism  in  a  magnetizable  sub- 
stance on  its  being  brought  into  magnetic  flux. 

Magnetic  Intensity.  Magnetic  flux-density.  The 
quantity  of  magnetic  flux  per-unit-of-area  of 
normal  cross-section.  Magnetic  induction. 

Magnetic  Leakage.  A  useless  dispersion  of  mag- 
netic flux  of  a  dynamo  or  motor  by  its  failure  to 
pass  through  the  armature.  Any  useless  dis- 
persion of  magnetic  flux  by  its  failure  to  pass 
through  a  magneto-receptive  device  placed  in 
the  magnetic  circuit. 

Magnetic  Needle.  A  magnetized  steel  needle  or 
thin  straight  strip  or  rod.  A  straight  bar  of 
magnetized  steel,  supported  at  or  above  its 
centre  of  gravity,  and  free  to  move  in  a  hori- 
zontal plane  only,  in  a  vertical  plane  only,  or 
in  both. 

Magnetic  Permeability.  Conductivity  for  mag- 
netic flux.  The  ratio  between  the  magnetic 
induction  produced  in  a  magnetic  substance, 
and  the  magnetizing  force  producing  such  mag- 
netic induction. 

Magnetic  Poles.  Those  parts  of  a  magnetic 
source  from  or  at  which  the  flux  emerges  or 
enters. 

Magnetic  Reactance.  In  an  alternating-current 
circuit  the  reactance  of  a  coil  as  distinguished 
from  the  reactance  of  a  condenser. 

Magnetic  Reluctance.  The  resistance  offered  by 
a  medium  to  the  passage  through  it  of  magnetic 
flux. 

Magnetic  Saturation.  The  maximum  magnet- 
ization which  can  be  imparted  to  a  magnetic 
substance.  The  condition  of  iron,  or  other  mag- 
netic substance,  when  its  intensity  of  mag- 
netization is  so  great  that  it  fails  to  be  further 
magnetized  by  any  magnetizing  force,  however 
great. 

Magnetic  Solenoid.  A  spiral  coil  of  wire,  which 
acts  like  a  magnet  when  an  electric  current  is 
sent  through  it. 

Magnetic  Traction.  Tractive  or  supporting 
power  exerted  by  a  magnet.  Hauling  or  car- 
rying effected  magnetically. 

Magnetic  Units.  Units  based  on  the  force  ex- 
erted between  magnet  poles.  Units  employed  in 
dealing  with  magnets  and  magnetic  phenomena. 
The  magnetic  system  of  C.G.S.  electromagnetic 
units,  as  distinguished  from  the  electrostatic 
system. 

Magnetism.  That  property  or  condition  of  mat- 
ter which  accompanies  the  production  of  mag- 
netic flux.  Magnetic  flux  or  streamings. 
That  branch  of  science  which  treats  of  the 
nature  and  properties  of  magnets  and  of  mag- 
netic flux. 

Magnetizing  Force.  The  vector  space-rate  of 
descent  of  magnetic  potential.  The  prime  flux- 
density  impressed  upon  a  body,  and  which  may 
induce  magnetism  in  the  same.  The  force  at 
any  point  with  which  a  unit  magnetic  pole 
would  be  acted  on.  The  impressed  flux- 
density  of  a  field  as  distinguished  from  the 
total  flux-density. 

Magneto.  A  magneto-generator.  A  small  mag- 
neto-electric dynamo  machine. 

Magneto  Call-bell.  A  call-bell  operated  by  a 
magneto-electric  machine. 

Magneto-electric  Dynamo.  A  dynamo-electric 
machine  whose  field  magnets  are  formed  of 
permanent  magnets. 

Magnetometer.  An  apparatus  for  the  measure- 
ment of  magnetic  force.  Any  apparatus  for 
measuring  the  elements  of  the  earth's  magnetic 
force. 


Magneto-motive  Force.  The  force  which  pro- 
duces magnetic  flux.  The  force  that  moves  or 
tends  to  move  magnetic  flux. 

Magnet  Wire.  Insulated  wire  suitable  for  wind- 
ing magnets  and  usually  cotton-covered.  (See 
Index.) 

Mains.  In  a  parallel  system  of  distribution  the 
parallel  conductors  carrying  the  main  current, 
and  to  which  translating  devices  are  connected. 
In  a  system  of  parallel  distribution,  the  prin- 
cipal conductors  which  extend  from  the  risers, 
or  service  wires,  along  the  corridors  or  pas- 
sages along  the  floor  to  be  lighted. 

Make=and=break.  The  operation  of  alternately 
completing  and  opening  a  circuit. 

Man=hole  of  Conduit.  An  opening  communicat- 
ing from  the  surface  of  the  road  bed  with  an 
underground  conduit,  of  sufficient  size  to  ad- 
mit a  man. 

Man-power.  A  unit  of  power  equal  to  the  one- 
tenth  of  a  horse-power,  or  about  75  watts. 

Marconi  Rays.  Electro-magnetic  waves  em- 
ployed in  the  Marconi  system  of  wireless  tel- 
egraphy. 

Marconi  Waves.  Electromagnetic  waves  em- 
ployed in  the  Marconi  system  of  wireless  tel- 
egraphy. 

Mariner's  Compass.  A  compass  mounted  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  be  serviceable  on  board 
ship.  A  name  often  applied  to  an  azimuth 
compass. 

Mass.     Quantity  of  matter  contained  in  a  body. 

Matt.  A  word  employed  in  electro-plating  to 
designate  the  appearance  presented  by  an 
electro-plating  of  silver  in  which  the  deposit  is 
interlaced  and  closely  massed  together.  A 
fused  mass  of  impure  copper  employed  as  the 
raw  material  in  electrolytic  refinement. 

Maximum  Demand.  The  maximum  demand  may 
be  stated  in  kilowatts,  horse-power,  i6-cp 
equivalents,  or  any  other  term  specified,  but 
preferably  should  be  stated  in  terms  which  leave 
no  opportunity  for  error,  and  wherever  possible 
should  be  stated  in  kilowatts.  Unless  specified, 
it  should  always  mean  absolutely  the  greatest 
actual  maximum  demand.  If  the  greatest 
actual  maximum  demand  is  not  intended,  but 
it  is  intended  to  express  the  greatest  maximum 
demand  for  a  given  day  or  a  given  minute,  then 
it  should  be  so  stated. 

Maximum  Instantaneous  Demand.  The  highest 
load  reached  as  measured  by  indicating  or  re- 
cording instruments  at  any  moment. 

Maximum  Simultaneous  Demand.  A  maximum 
simultaneous  demand  should  be  used  to  express 
the  greatest  absolute  aggregate  sum  of  certain 
individual  demands,  such  as: 

!a)  Customers, 
b)  Classes  of  customers, 
c)   Classes  of  current, 

and  all  rules  made  to  define  maximum  demand 
shall  apply  to  simultaneous  maximum  demand. 

Mean  Current.  The  time  average  of  a  current 
strength.  In  an  alternating-current  circuit, 
the  time  average  of  a  current  strength  without 
regard  to  sign  or  direction. 

Mean  Electromotive  Force.  The  average  electro- 
motive force.  In  an  alternating-current  cir- 
cuit the  time  average  of  the  E.M.F.  without 
regard  to  sign  or  direction. 

Mean  Horizontal  Intensity  of  Light.  The  average 
intensity  of  light  in  a  horizontal  plane  contain- 
ing the  source. 

Mean  Spherical  Candle=power.  An  average  candle- 
power  numerically  equal  to  the  total  quantity 
of  light  emitted  by  a  point  source  divided  by 
12,566.  The  average  candle-power  of  a  source 
taken  at  all  points  of  the  surface  of  a  sphere. 

Mechanical  Equivalent  of  Heat.  The  amount  of 
mechanical  energy  converted  into  heat  that 
would  be  required  to  raise  the  temperature  of  a 
unit  mass  of  water  one  degree  of  the  thermo- 
metric  scale.  The  quantity  of  energy  mechan- 
ically equivalent  to  one  heat  unit. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


211 


Meg  or  Mega.     A  prefix  for  one  million  times. 

Megohm.     One  million  ohms. 

Mercurial  Contact.  An  electric  contact  effected 
through  the  medium  of  mercury. 

Mercury  Break.  A  form  of  circuit  breaker  oper- 
ated by  the  removal  of  a  conductor  from  a 
mercurial  surface. 

Mercury  Cup.  A  cup  partly  filled  with  mercury 
employed  as  a  mercurial  contact. 

Mercury  Tube.  A  sealed  glass  tube  containing 
mercury  arranged  to  emit  fluorescent  light 
when  agitated.  A  resistance  formed  of  a 
thread  of  mercury  contained  in  a  tube. 

Messenger  Rope.  In  cable-work  a  rope  drive  for 
operating  a  drum  or  winch  at  a  distance.  A 
rope  supporting  guide  sheaves. 

Metallic  Arc.  An  arc  formed  between  metallic 
electrodes. 

Metallic  Circuit.  A  circuit  which  is  metallic 
throughout,  in  contradistinction  to  an  earth- 
return  circuit. 

Metallic  Contact.  A  contact  of  a  metallic  con- 
ductor obtained  by  bringing  it  into  firm  con- 
nection with  another  metallic  conductor. 
Contact  between  metal  and  metal. 

Metallic  Cross.  A  fault  due  to  the  actual  contact 
between  two  or  more  wires  or  conductors,  so 
that  the  current  from  one  line  passes  to  another. 

Metallic  Resistance.  A  term  sometimes  applied 
to  the  resistance  of  wires  or  conductors,  in 
contradistinction  to  the  resistance  of  insulating 
materials. 

Meter,  Electric.  An  apparatus  for  measuring 
commercially  the  quantity  of  electricity  that 
passes  in  a  given  time  through  a  consumption 
circuit. 

Meter=motor.  A  small  motor  employed  in  oper- 
ating an  electric  meter.  A  meter  comprising  a 
small  motor. 

Metre.  A  unit  of  length  equal,  approximately,  to 
one  ten-millionth  part  of  a  quadrant  of  a  me- 
ridian of  the  earth  taken  through  Paris;  or,  ap- 
proximately, to  39.37  inches. 

Metric  Horse=power.  A  unit  of  power  in  which 
the  rate-of-doing-work  is  equal  to  75  kil- 
gramme-metres  per  second. 

Mho.  The  unit  of  conductance.  Such  a  con- 
ductance as  is  equal  to  the  reciprocal  of  one 
ohm.  A  unit  of  electric  conductance  of  the 
value  of  io-9  absolute  units. 

Mica.  A  refractory,  mineral  substance  employed 
as  an  insulator.  A  double  silicate  of  alumina 
or  magnesia  and  potash  or  soda. 

Micanite.  A  variety  of  insulating  material  made 
from  and  built  up  of  small  mica  sheets  bound 
together  by  some  insulating  cement. 

Micro.     A  prefix  for  the  one-millionth. 

Microfarad.     One-millionth  of  a  farad. 

Micrometer  Wire=gauge.  A  sensitive  form  of 
wire  gauge,  usually  constructed  with  a  fine 
thread  screw,  having  a  graduated  head  for 
close  measurements  of  wire  diameters.  (See 
page  21.) 

Microhm.     The  millionth  of  an  ohm. 

Mil.  A  unit  of  length  used  in  measuring  the 
diameter  of  wires  equal  to  the  one-thousandth 
of  an  inch. 

Mil=foot.  A  resistance  standard  consisting  of  a 
foot  of  wire,  or  other  conducting  material,  one 
mil  in  diameter.  A  standard  of  comparison  of 
resistivity  or  conductivity  of  wires.  (See  page 
15.) 

Milli-ammeter.     A  milli-ampere  meter. 

Milli=ampere.     The  thousandth  of  an  ampere. 

Milli=henry.     A  thousandth  part  of  a  henry. 

Milli=volt.     The  thousandth  of  a  volt. 

Minus  Charge.     A  negative  charge. 

Mirror  Galvanometer.  A  galvanometer  whose 
readings  are  obtained  by  the  movements  of  a 
spot  of  light  reflected  from  a  mirror  attached 
to  the  needle  or  its  suspension  system. 

Modulus  of  Elasticity.  The  ratio  of  the  simple 
stress  required  to  produce  a  small  elongation  or 


compression  in  a  rod  of  unit  area  of  normal      Electrical 
cross-section,  to  the   proportionate  change  of     rv    . 
length  produced.     Young's  modulus.  Dictionary 

Moisture=proof  Insulation.  Water-proof  insula- 
tion. A  t^roe  of  insulation  which  is  not 
strictly  water-proof,  but  which  is  capable  of 
being  immersed  for  a  short  time  without  suffer- 
ing serious  loss  of  insulation. 

Momentary  Peak.  The  highest  average  load 
carried  during  any  fifteen  seconds  of  a  specified 
period. 

Monocylic  System.  A  system  of  alternating, 
current  distribution  suitable  for  electric  light- 
ing with  the  additional  capability  of  operating 
triphase  induction  motors.  A  system  for  the 
distribution  of  alternating  currents  employing 
three  wires,  between  two  of  which  an  ordinary 
Uniphase  pressure  is  maintained,  while  between 
either  of  them  and  the  third,  there  is  a  diphased 
pressure. 

Moonlight  Schedule.  A  schedule  of  burning 
hours  for  lamps  which  are  not  lighted  when  the 
moon  shines. 

Morse  Recorder.  An  apparatus  for  automatic- 
ally recording  the  dots  and  dashes  of  the 
Morse  telegraphic  dispatch,  on  a  fillet  of  paper 
drawn  under  an  indenting  or  marking  point  on  a 
striking  lever  connected  with  the  armature  of 
an  electro-magnet,  as  distinguished  from  a  Morse 
inker. 

Morse  System  of  Telegraphy.  A  system  of  teleg- 
raphy in  which  makes  and  breaks,  occurring  at 
intervals  corresponding  to  the  dots  and  dashes 
of  the  Morse  alphabet,  are  received  by  an 
electro-magnetic  sounder,  or  other  receiver. 

Motor  Converter.  A  combination  of  an  in- 
duction motor  with  a  synchronous  converter, 
the  secondary  of  the  former  feeding  the  arma- 
ture of  the  latter  with  current  at  some  fre- 
quency other  than  the  impressed  frequency; 
i.  e.,  it  is  a  synchronous  converter  concatenated 
with  an  induction  motor. 

Motor=dynamo.  An  electrically  driven  motor, 
rigidly  connected  to  the  armature  of  a  dynamo, 
and  employed  for  transforming  or  changing  the 

Eressure  of  a  direct-current  circuit.  The  com- 
ination,  in  a  continuous  current  generator  of 
a  motor  and  a  dynamo,  in  separate  structures, 
mechanically  connected  to  form  a  single  ma- 
chine or  structure. 

Motor,  Electric.  A  device  for  transforming  elec- 
tric power  into  mechanical  power. 

Motor=generator.  A  motor  coupled  to  a  gen- 
erator. A  motor-dynamo.  A  transforming 
device. 

Motorman.     The  man  who  operates  a  trolley  car. 

Motor  Starting=rheostat.  An  adjustable  rheostat 
provided  for  preventing  an  abnormal  rush  of 
current  through  a  shunt-wound  motor,  on  the 
starting  of  the  same. 

Motor  Torque.  The  rotary  effort  developed  by  an 
electric  motor. 

Mouth=pieces.  Circular  openings  into  air  cham- 
bers, placed  over  the  diaphragms  of  telephones, 
phonographs,  gramophones,  or  graphophones, 
to  permit  the  ready  application  of  the  mouth  in 
speaking,  so  as  to  set  the  diaphragm  in  vibra- 
tion. 

Multi=conductor  Cable.  A  cable  provided  with  a 
plurality  of  conducting  circuits. 

Multiphase  Apparatus.  A  general  term  for  multi- 
phase alternators,  motors,  or  other  receptive 
apparatus,  suitable  for  use  on  multiphase  cir- 
cuits. 

Multiple-arc  Circuit.  A  term  often  used  for  mul- 
tiple circuit. 

Multiple  Circuit.  A  circuit  in  which  a  number  of 
separate  sources  or  separate  receptive  devices, 
or  both,  have  all  their  positive  poles  connected 
to  a  single  positive  lead  or  conductor,  and  all 
their  negative  poles  connected  to  a  single  negar 
tive  lead  or  conductor. 

Multiple  parallel  Circuit.  A  term  sometimes 
employed  for  a  multiple  of  parallel  circuits. 


212 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Electrical      Multiple-series  Circuit.     A  circuit  in  which  a  num- 

PJ.    .  ber  of  separate  sources,  or  receptive  devices,  or 

dictionary         both,  are  connected  in  a  number  of  separate 

groups   in   series,    and   these   separate   groups 

subsequently  connected  in  multiple. 

Multiple  Telegraphy.  A  system  for  the  simul- 
taneous telegraphic  transmission  over  the  same 
wire  of  more  than  a  single  message  in  the  same 
direction. 

Multiple  Telephony.  The  simultaneous  trans- 
mission over  the  same  wire  of  a  number  of 
separate  telephonic  despatches,  in  the  same 
direction. 

Multiple  Windings.  Independent  windings  sym- 
metrically disposed  upon  the  same  armature, 
insulated  from  each  other,  but  brought  to 
different  segments  of  the  commutator. 

Multiplex  Telegraphy.  A  system  of  telegraphy 
for  the  simultaneous  transmission  in  opposite 
directions  of  more  than  two  separate  messages 
over  a  single  wire  from  each  end.  A  term 
sometimes  used  for  multiple  telephony  or  simul- 
taneous transmission  of  more  than  one  message 
in  the  same  direction  over  a  single  wire. 

Multipolar  Armature.  An  armature  suitable  for 
use  in  a  multipolar  field. 

Multipolar  Dynamo.  A  dynamo  provided  with  a 
multipolar  field. 

Mutual  Induction.  Induction  produced  on  each 
other  by  two  neighboring  circuits  through  the 
mutual  inter-connection  of  their  magnetic 
fluxes.  Induction  produced  in  neighboring 
charged  conductors  by  the  inter-connection  of 
their  electrostatic  fluxes. 

N. 

N.  A  symbol  for  the  whole  number  of  lines  of 
magnetic  flux  or  induction  in  any  magnetic 
circuit. 

n.  A  symbol  employed  for  frequency.  A  con- 
traction for  a  number. 

Needle.  A  word  frequently  used  for  a  magnetic 
needle. 

Negative  Charge.  According  to  the  double-fluid 
hypothesis,  a  charge  of  negative  electricity. 
According  to  the  single-fluid  hypothesis,  any 
deficit  of  an  assumed  electric  fluid.  An  elec- 
tric charge  of  the  same  character  as  that  pro- 
duced on  silk  when  rubbed  by  glass. 

Negative  Conductor.  The  conductor  connected 
to  the  negative  terminal  of  an  electric  source. 

Negative  Currents.  In  telegraphy,  a  term  ap- 
plied to  the  currents  sent  over  a  line  from  the 
negative  pole  of  the  battery. 

Negative  Electricity.  One  of  the  phases  of  elec- 
tric excitement.  The  kind  of  electric  charge 
produced  on  resin  when  rubbed  with  cotton. 

Negative  Electromotive  Force.  Such  an  E.M.F. 
as  is  produced  at  the  free  pole  of  a  battery  or 
other  source  whose  positive  pole  is  grounded. 

Negative  Electrode.  The  electrode  connected 
with  the  negative  terminal  of  a  source. 

Negative  Feeders.  The  feeders  connecting  the 
negative  mains  with  the  negative  poles  of  the 
generators. 

Negative  Potential.  A  potential  such  as  deter- 
mines a  tendency  of  electricity  to  flow  towards 
it  from  the  earth  or  from  any  point  of  positive 
potential.  Generally,  the  lower  potential  or 
lower  level.  That  property  of  a  point  in  space 
by  virtue  of  which  electric  work  is  done  by  the 
movement  of  a  small  positive  charge  to  that 
point  from  an  infinite  distance. 

Negative  Rays.  The  molecular  streams  given  off 
at  the  negative  electrode  or  cathode  of  an  in- 
duction tube,  on  the  passage  of  electric  dis- 
charges through  the  tube. 

Negative  Terminal.  The  terminal  of  a  voltaic 
cell  connected  with  the  positive  plate  or  ele- 
ment. The  terminal  of  a  source  connected 
with  the  negative  pole.  The  terminal  of  a 
translating  device  connected  with  the  negative 
pole  of  the  source. 


Nernst  Lamp.  A  form  of  incandescent  light  in 
which  a  substance  called  the  glower  is  the 
source  of  light.  When  cold  the  glower  is  a 
non-conductor  and  it  must  be  artificially  heated 
to  bring  it  into  action. 

Neutral  Conductor.  The  neutral  wire  in  a  three- 
wire  system. 

Neutral  Feeder.  In  a  three-wire  system,  a  feeder 
connected  with  the  neutral  bus-bar. 

NeutraUline  of  Dynamo  Armature.  A  line  passing 
through  the  armature,  symmetrically  disposed 
as  regards  its  entering  and  emerging  flux.  A 
line  of  zero  polarity. 

Neutral  Point.  A  term  sometimes  employed  in 
electro-therapeutics  for  indifferent  point. 

Neutral  Wire.  In  a  three-wire  system  of  electric 
distribution  the  wire  connected  to  the  neutral 
dynamo-terminal.  The  balance  wire  of  a 
three-wire  system. 

Nigger.  A  term  sometimes  employed  for  a  fault 
in  any  electric  apparatus  or  system. 

Non=arcing  Fuse.  A  fuse  wire  formed  of  non- 
arcing  metal,  which,  therefore,  blows  without 
the  formation  of  a  voltaic  arc. 

Non-conductor.  Any  substance  whose  conduc- 
tivity is  low,  or  whose  electric  resistance  is 
great. 

Non=ferric.     Devoid  of  iron. 

Non-inductive  Resistance.  A  resistance  devoid 
of  self-induction. 

Non=peak  Rate.     See  "  Off-peak  Rate." 

Non=reactive  Circuit.  A  circuit  which  possesses 
neither  inductance  nor  capacity,  and,  therefore, 
has  ohmic  resistance  only. 

Normal  Current.  The  current  strength  at  which 
a  system  or  apparatus  is  designed  to  be  oper- 
ated. 

North  Magnetic  Pole.  That  pole  of  a  magnetic 
needle  which  points  approximately  to  the 
earth's  geographical  north. 

O. 

O.  An  abbreviation  for  ohm,  the  practical  unit 
of  resistance. 

O.K.  A  telegraphic  signal  of  acquiescence  mean- 
ing "all  right"  and  said  to  be  a  perversion  of 
the  initial  letters  of  the  phrase  "all  correct." 

a).  A  symbol  sometimes  employed  for  angular 
velocity. 

Oersted.  The  name  used  for  the  C.G.S.  unit  of 
magnetic  reluctance.  The  reluctance  offered 
to  the  passage  of  magnetic  flux  by  a  cubic  cen- 
timetre of  air  when  measured  between  parallel 
faces. 

Off=peak  Rate.  A  rate  conditioned  on  the  non- 
use  of  service  during  specified  hours  of  central- 
station  peak-load. 

Ohm.  The  practical  unit  of  electric  resistance. 
Such  a  resistance  as  would  limit  the  flow  of 
electricity  under  an  electromotive  force  of  one 
volt,  to  a  current  of  one  ampere,  or  one-cou- 
lomb-per-second.  (See  International  Ohm.) 

Ohmic.  Of  or  pertaining  to  the  ohm.  Having 
the  nature  of  an  electric  resistance. 

Ohmic  Drop.  The  drop  in  pressure  due  to  the 
ohmic  resistance. 

Ohmic  Resistance.  The  true  resistance  of  a  con- 
ductor due  to  its  dimensions  and  conductivity, 
as  distinguished  from  the  spurious  resistance 
produced  by  counter-electromotive  force.  A 
resistance  such  as  would  be  measurable  in  ohms 
by  the  usual  methods  of  continuous-current 
measurement. 

Ohm's  Law.     See  Law  of  Ohm. 

Oil  Insulator.     A  fluid  insulator  containing  oil. 

Oil  Transformer.  A  transformer  immersed  in  oil 
in  order  to  ensure  and  maintain  high  insulation. 
An  oil-insulated  transformer. 

Omnibus  Bars.  Heavy  bars  of  copper  connected 
directly  to  the  poles  of  a  dynamo  in  a  central 
station,  and,  therefore,  receiving  their  entire 
current.  Main  conducts  common  to  two  or 
more  dynamos  in  an  electrical  generating  plant. 


E    L    E    C    T    R 

I    C 

A    L 

W 

I    R 

E    S 

A    N 

D 

C    A 

B    L 

E    S 

213 

Open    Circuit.     A   broken   circuit,    or   a   circuit 

whose  conducting  continuity  is  broken. 
Open=circuit  Transformer.     A  transformer  whose 
magnetic  circuit  is  partly  completed  through 
air.     An  aero-ferric-circuit  transformer. 
Open=coil     Armature.     An    armature,    some    of 
whose  coils  are  on  open-circuit  during  a  portion 
of  the  rotation  of  the  armature. 
Open  Wiring.     Wiring  that  has  been  purposely 
left   exposed   to   view.     Wiring   supported   on 
cleats  or  insulators  as  distinguished  from  chan- 
nelled, panelled,  or  covered  wiring. 
Opening  a  Circuit.     Breaking  a  circuit. 
Operating  Time=f  actor.     The  ratio  of  the  number 
of  hours  of  operation  to  the  number  of  hours  in 
the  interval  considered.     This  can  best  be  fixed 
by  an  example:    There  are  8760  hours  in  the 
year.     If  a  given  shop  operates  ten  hours  a  day, 
for  300  days  in  a  year,  it  may  be  said  to  have  an 
operating  factor  of  34.1 1  per  cent. 
Operating  Time  Load=factor.       The    load-factor 
considered  only  during  the  time  of  operation. 
This  can  also  best  be  defined  by  example,  and 
would  be  used  to  express  the  load-factor  for  the 
running  time  of  a  shop.     That  is,   if  a  shop 
operates  ten  hours  a  day  and  300  days  in  a  year, 
the  divisor  would  be  3000  hours,  or  such  other 
number  of  hours,   as  represented  the  time  of 
running  instead  of  the  usual  divisor  of  8760 
hours  in  the  year. 
Ordinate.     In   graphics,   a  distance  taken  on  a 

line  called  the  axis  of  ordinates. 
Oscillating  Current.     An  oscillatory  current.     A 
periodically  alternating  current  and  of  dimin- 
ishing amplitude. 

Oscillator,  Electric.  A  device  for  producing 
electric  currents  of  a  constant  period,  inde- 
pendently of  variations  in  its  driving  force. 
Oscillatory  Current.  A  current  which  oscillates 
or  performs  periodic  vibrations  usually  of 
diminishing  amplitude. 

Oscillograph.  An  instrument  for  recording  rapid 
variations  of  an  electrical  current  or  pressure, 
usually  consisting  of  a  combination  of  a  suitable 
form  of  galvanometer  with  a  photographic 
recording  apparatus.  A  cathode-ray  tube  in 
which  the  cathode  rays  are  deflected  by  the 
application  of  a  magnetic  field. 
Osmose,  Electric.  The  unequal  difference  of  dif- 
fusion between  two  liquids  placed  on  opposite 
sides  of  a  diaphragm,  produced  by  the  passage 
of  an  electric  current  through  the  diaphragm. 
Outboard  Bearing.  A  journal  bearing  projecting 
beyond  the  base  frame  of  a  machine  for  giving 
adequate  support  to  a  long  or  heavy  shaft. 
A  separate  journal  bearing  supported  outside 
the  frame  of  a  machine. 

Outlet.  A  place  where  branch  wires  come  out  in 
a  wall  or  ceiling  for  connection  to  a  switch, 
lamp  or  other  device.  In  a  system  of  incan- 
descent-lamp distribution  the  place  in  the 
building  where  the  fixtures  or  lamps  are  at- 
tached. 

Output  of  Dynamo=electric  Machine.  The  elec- 
tric power  of  the  current  developed  by  a  dy- 
namo-electric generator  or  transformer,  at  its 
delivery  terminals  expressed  in  volt-amperes, 
watts,  or  kilowatts.  The  available  mechanical 
power  developed  by  a  motor,  or  the  power  de- 
livered at  its  pulley  or  shaft. 
Overhead  Conductor.  An  aerial  conductor. 
Overload  Switch.  A  switch  designed  to  automat- 
ically open  a  circuit  upon  the  occurrence  of  an 
overload. 

Overtone  Currents.  Electric  currents  of  har- 
monic frequencies  accompanying  a  funda- 
mental periodic  current. 


P. 


P.     A  symbol  for  power. 
<£     A  symbol  for  quantity  of  magnetic  flux. 
P.O.  or  p.d.     A  contraction  frequently  employed 
for  potential  difference. 


Page    Effect.     Faint    sounds    produced    when    a      Electrical 

piece   of  iron   is   rapidly   magnetized   and   de-     ,-^.    . 
magnetized.  Dictionary 

Paper  Cable.  A  paper-insulated  cable.  A  cable 
in  which  paper  is  the  solid  insulator  employed. 
(See  Index.) 

Paper  Insulation.     Insulation  obtained  by  paper. 

Paraffine.  A  solid  hydro-carbon  possessing  high 
insulating  powers. 

Parallel  Circuit.  A  term  sometimes  used  for 
multiple  circuit. 

Parallel=working  of  Dynamo=electric  Machines. 
The  working  of  two  or  more  dynamos  in  paral- 
lel. 

Paramagnet.  A  magnet  produced  by  iron  or 
other  magnetic  substance.  A  ferromagnet. 

Paramagnetic.  Possessing  the  properties  ordi- 
narily recognized  as  magnetic.  Possessing  the 
power  of  concentrating  lines  of  magnetic  force. 
Ferromagnetic. 

Party  Line.  A  telephone  circuit  which  serves  for 
more  than  one  customer. 

Paying=out.  The  operation  of  passing  submarine 
cable  out  of  the  ship  while  laying  it. 

Peak.  The  highest  average  load  carried  during 
one  minute  of  any  specified  period. 

Peak-load.     The  highest  average  load  carried  dur- 
ing one  hour  of  any  specified  period. 
Note:  In   the  case   of   momentary   peak   load= 
factor,  peak=loads,  the  terms  may  be  preceded 
by  the  qualifying  terms  "  hourly,"  "  daily," 
"  monthly,"  "  yearly,"  etc. 

Peltier  Effect.  The  heating  effect  produced  by 
the  passage  of  an  electric  current  across  a 
thermo-electric  junction,  or  surface  of  contact 
between  two  different  metals,  as  distinguished 
from  a  Joulean  effect  or  heat  due  to  resistance 
merely. 

Pendant  Cord.  A  flexible  conductor  provided 
for  conveying  the  current  to  a  pendant  lamp 
or  rush. 

Pendant  Socket.  An  attachment  provided  with  a 
chain  or  chains  for  turning  on  or  off  a  lamp  not 
readily  accessible. 

Pendulum,  Electric.  A  pendulum  so  arranged 
that  its  to-and-fro  motions  send  electric  im- 
pulses over  a  line,  either  by  making  or  breaking 
contacts.  An  electric  tuning  fork  whose  to- 
and-fro  movements  are  maintained  by  electric 
impulses. 

Percentage  Conductivity  of  Wire.  The  conduc- 
tivity of  a  wire  in  terms  of  the  conductivity  of 
pure  copper.  The  conductivity  of  a  particular 
copper  wire  compared  with  the  conductivity 
of  a  standard  wire  of  the  same  dimensions. 
The  conductivity  of  a  wire  referred  to  Matthies- 
sen's  standard  of  conductivity  for  copper. 

Period.  The  interval  of  time  between  two  suc- 
cessive passages  of  a  vibration  through  a  given 
point  of  its  path  taken  in  the  same  direction. 
The  time  occupied  in  performing  a  complete 
cycle. 

Periodic  Alternating  Electromotive  Force.  An 
electromotive  force  whose  direction  periodi- 
cally varies. 

Periodic  Current.  A  current  whose  strength  and 
direction  periodically  vary.  A  simple  har- 
monic or  sinusoidal  current.  A  periodically 
alternating  current. 

Periodicity.  The  number  of  periods  executed  per 
second  by  a  periodically  alternating  quantity. 
The  number  of  cycles  executed  in  unit  time  by 
an  alternating  current.  The  frequency  of  an 
alternating  current. 

Peripheral  Speed.  The  speed  of  a  point  on  the 
circumference  of  a  rotating  cylinder  or  wheel. 

Permanent  Magnet.  A  name  sometimes  given 
to  a  magnet  composed  of  hardened  steel,  whose 
magnetic  retentivity  is  high. 

Permeability  Bridge.  A  device  for  measuring  the 
magnetic  permeability  of  a  medium,  operating 
on  the  principle  of  a  Wheatstone  bridge. 
Permittance.  Electrostatic  capacity.  The  capa- 
bility of  a  condenser  or  dielectric  to  hold  a 
charge. 


214 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE    COMPANY 


Electrical  Personal  Equation.  A  constant  observational 
error  peculiar  to  an  observer,  and  depending 
Dictionary  upon  his  psychological  condition. 

Petticoat  Insulator.  An  insulator  provided  with 
a  petticoat,  or  deep  internal  groove,  around  its 
lower  extremity,  or  stalk.  A  line-wire  vertical 
insulator  provided  with  an  insulating  inverted 
cup  having  a  form  resembling  a  petticoat.  An 
ordinary  telegraph  or  telephone  single-cup 
insulator. 

Phantom  Circuit.  Any  of  the  additional  circuits 
established  on  a  telegraphic  line  by  means  of 
any  variety  of  multiplex  telegraphy.  An 
imaginary  circuit  virtually  created  by  multi- 
plexing a  telegraph  circuit. 

Phase.  The  fractional  part  of  a  period,  which  has 
elapsed  since  a  vibrating  body  last  passed 
through  the  extreme  point  of  its  path  in  the 
positive  direction. 

Phase  Angle.  The  angle  of  phase,  in  a  simple- 
harmonic  motion,  or  the  angular  distance 
through  which  the  corresponding  circularly 
moving  point  has  passed  from  the  point  of  last 
maximum  positive  elongation. 

Phase  Indicator.  A  device  for  indicating  when 
the  pressure  of  an  alternator  is  in  phase  and 
synchronism  with  the  pressure  of  the  circuit 
with  which  it  is  to  be  connected.  A  term 
sometimes  employed  for  a  synchronizer. 

Phone.  A  contraction  frequently  employed  for 
telephone.  A  message  sent  by  telephone. 

Phone.     To  send  a  message  by  telephone. 

Photometer.  An  apparatus  for  measuring  the 
intensity  of  the  light  emitted  by  any  luminous 
source. 

Pile.  A  word  frequently  used  for  voltaic  or 
thermo-electric  pile,  though  more  frequently 
for  the  former.  A  voltaic  or  thermo-electric 
battery. 

Pilot  Brush.  A  small  accessory  brush  placed  on 
the  commutator  cylinder  for  the  purpose  of 
determining  the  variations  in  the  electromotive 
force  produced  in  various  segments. 

Pilot  Lamp.  A  lamp  connected  across  the  ter- 
minals of  a  dynamo  to  show  roughly  the  pres- 
sure which  it  is  producing.  A  lamp  placed  in  a 
central  station,  generally  on  the  dynamo  itself, 
to  indicate  the  difference  of  potential  at  the 
dynamo  terminals  by  means  of  the  intensity 
of  the  emitted  light. 

Pilot  Wires.  The  wires  leading  directly  to  the 
generating  station  from  different  parts  of  the 
mains,  in  order  to  determine  the  difference  of 
potential  at  such  parts.  Wires  provided  for 
connection  to  a  pilot  lamp,  or  other  device  for 
indicating  the  maintenance  of  normal  pressure. 

Pins.  Wooden  pegs  for  supporting  pole  line  in- 
sulators. 

Pitch.  The  frequency  of  an  electrically  produced 
tone.  The  distance  between  successive  cor- 
responding conductors  on  a  dynamo  armature. 
In  an  armature  winding  divided  into  coils  or 
segments,  the  number  of  coils  through  which 
advance  must  be  made  in  making  end  con- 
nections between  the  coils. 

Pitch  Line.  A  circle  drawn  around  the  external 
surface  of  an  armature  through  the  middle  of 
the  length  of  the  inductors  placed  thereon. 

Pitch  of  Windings.  In  alternators,  usually  the 
distance  measured  along  the  pitch  ^ine  be- 
tween the  centers  of  a  pair  of  successive  poles 
of  opposite  sign;  or,  in  some  alternators,  half 
this  distance.  In  a  continuous-current  arma- 
ture, the  pitch. 

Pith-ball  Electroscope.  An  electroscope  whose 
indications  are  obtained  by  the  attractions  or 
repulsions  of  pith  balls. 

Plane  Vector.  A  quantity  which  possesses  not 
only  magnitude  but  also  direction  in  a  single 
plane. 

Planimeter.  An  instrument  for  automatically 
integrating  the  areas  of  plane  curves,  around 
the  contour  of  which  a  fiducial  point  on  the 
instrument  is  carried. 


Platinum.  A  heavy,  refractory  and  not  readily 
oxydizable  metal  of  a  tin-white  color. 

Plow  Steel.     See  Index. 

Plug  Resistances.  A  number  of  separate  resist- 
ances that  can  be  introduced  into  a  circuit  by 
unplugging.  The  resistances  of  the  ordinary 
resistance  box. 

Plug  Switch.  A  switch  operated  by  the  insertion 
of  a  metallic  plug  between  two  insulated 
metallic  segments  connected  to  a  circuit,  and 
separated  by  air-spaces  for  the  reception  of  the 
plug  key. 

Plumbago.     An  allotropic  modification  of  carbon. 

Plunger  Switch.  A  switch,  the  operating  lever 
cylinder  of  which  passes  through  a  bushing  in  a 
switchboard,  so  as  to  make  and  break  contacts 
at  the  back  of  the  switchboard. 

Polarity.  The  possession  of  poles,  or  of  opposite 
properties,  at  opposite  ends.  The  condition  of 
electric  or  magnetic  differentiation  between 
properties  of  electric  or  magnetic  flux  depending 
on  and  inherent  in  the  direction  of  such  flux. 

Polarization  of  Dielectric.  A  molecular  strain 
produced  in  the  dielectric  of  a  Leyden  jar,  or 
other  condenser,  by  the  attraction  of  the  elec- 
tric charges  on  its  opposite  faces,  or  by  electro- 
static stress.  A  term  sometimes  employed  for 
electric  displacement. 

Pole  Changer.  A  switch  for  reversing  the  direc- 
tion of  a  current.  A  reverser.  A  generator  of 
alternating  currents  at  a  telephone  exchange, 
consisting  of  an  electro-magnetically  driven 
pendulum  which  periodically  reverses  a  call 
battery. 

Pole  Guys.     A  guy  employed  for  stiffening  a  pole. 

Pole  Steps.  Steps  permanently  fastened  to  a 
wooden  or  iron  pole  to  facilitate  climbing. 
(See  page  8 1.) 

Polyphase.     Possessing  more  than  a  single  phase. 

Polyphase  Alternator.  An  alternator  capable  of 
supplying  polyphase  currents. 

Polyphase  Armature.  An  armature  so  wound 
as  either  to  produce  polyphase  currents,  or  to 
be  operated  by  such  currents. 

Polyphase  Circuits.  The  circuits  employed  in 
polyphase-current  distribution. 

Polyphase  Currents.  Currents  differing  in  phase 
from  one  another  by  a  definite  amount,  and 
suitable  for  the  operation  of  polyphase  motors 
or  similar  apparatus. 

Polyphase  Generator.  A  generator  which  produces 
currents  differing  symmetrically  in  phase. 

Polyphase  Motor.  A  motor  operated  by  means  of 
polyphase  currents. 

Polyphase  Transformer.  A  transformer  suitable 
for  use  in  connection  with  polyphase  circuits. 

Polyphase  Transmission.  Transmission  of  power 
by  means  of  polyphase  currents. 

Polyphaser.  A  term  sometimes  employed  for  a 
polyphase  alternator,  or  generator.  A  multi- 
phaser. 

Pony  Insulators.  A  name  given  to  a  particular 
type  of  glass  telegraph  insulator. 

Porcelain.  A  variety  of  insuifting  substance, 
made  from  kaolin. 

Portable  Conductors.  Plsxible  cords  containing 
insulated  wires  suitable  for  use  with  porta- 
ble lamps,  motors,  or  other  devices. 

Positive  Charge.  According  to  the  double:fluid 
hypothesis,  a  charge  of  positive  electricity. 
According  to  the  single-fluid  hypothesis,  any 
excess  of  an  assumed  electric  fluid.  A  charge 
of  electricity  having  a  positive  potential. 

Positive  Currents.  A  term  employed  in  teleg- 
raphy for  currents  sent  over  a  line  from  the 
positive  pole  of  a  battery. 

Positive  Electricity.  One  of  the  phases  of  electric 
excitement.  That  kind  of  electric  charge  pro- 
duced on  cotton  when  rubbed  against  resin. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


215 


Positive  Lead.  In  a  system  of  parallel  distribu- 
tion, a  lead  connected  with  the  positive  gen- 
erator-terminal, or  with  the  positive  bus-bars. 

Positive  Pole.  That  pole  of  an  electric  source  out 
of  which  the  current  is  assumed  to  flow. 

Positive  Wire.  The  wire  connected  with  the 
positive  pole  of  a  source. 

Potential,  Electric.  The  power  of  doing  electric 
work.  Electric  level. 

Potential  Energy.  Stored  energy.  Potency  or 
capability  of  doing  work.  Energy  possessing 
the  power  or  potency  of  doing  work  but  not 
actually  performing  such  work. 

Potential  Indicator.  An  apparatus  for  indicating 
potential  difference. 

Potential  of  Conductors.  The  relation  existing 
between  the  quantity  of  electricity  in  a  con- 
ductor and  its  capacity.  That  property  of  a 
conductor  whereby  electric  work  is  done  when 
an  electric  charge  is  moved  towards  it. 

Power.  Rate-of-doing-work,  expressible  in  watts, 
joules-per-second,  foot  pounds-per-hour,  etc. 
Activity. 

Power  Circuits.  Circuits  employed  for  the  elec- 
tric transmission  of  power. 

Power  Factor.  The  ratio  of  the  true  watts  to 
the  apparent  volt-amperes  in  an  alternating- 
current  conductor,  circuit,  or  device.  It  equals 
the  cosine  of  the  angle  of  lag  of  the  alternating 
current. 

Power=factor  Indicator.  A  device  to  indicate  the 
power-factor  of  an  electric  current. 

Power=house.  A  house  provided  with  the  plant 
necessary  for  the  production  of  the  electric 
power  required  in  a  system  of  electric  distribu- 
tion. 

Practical  Units.  Definitely  related  multiples  or 
sub-multiples  of  the  absolute  or  centimetre- 
gramme-second  units. 

Prepayment  Meter.  A  device  whereby  a  certain 
electric  service  is  given  by  means  of  an  electric 
penny-in-the-slot  apparatus. 

Pressure  Equalizer.  An  automatic  device  em- 
ployed in  connection  with  a  storage  battery  to 
maintain  a  uniform  pressure  at  its  terminals 
under  different  loads.  A  regulating  device 
employed  in  a  system  of  electric  distribution 
for  maintaining  the  pressure  uniform. 

Pressure  Indicator.  Any  device  for  indicating 
the  electric  pressure  in  a  circuit. 

Pressure  Wires.  Small  insulated  copper  con- 
ductors, employed  in  a  system  of  underground 
street  mains,  extending  from  points  of  junction 
between  the  feeders  and  the  mains  to  the  cen- 
tral station,  to  indicate  in  the  central  station 
the  pressure  supplied  to  the  mains. 

Primary.  That  winding  of  an  induction  motor  or 
of  a  transformer  which  directly  receives  power. 
The  term  is  to  be  preceded,  in  the  case  of  trans- 
formers, by  the  words  "high  voltage"  or  "low 
voltage,"  in  the  case  of  induction  motors  by 
"rotating"  or  "stationary." 

Primary  Battery.  The  combination  of  a  number 
of  separate  primary  cells  to  form  a  single  elec- 
tric source. 

Primary  Cell.  A  term  sometimes  employed  for 
a  voltaic  cell. 

Primary  Coil  of  Transformer.  That  coil  of  an  in- 
duction coil  or  transformer  on  which  the  pri- 
mary electromotive  force  is  impressed.  The  coil 
which  receives  energy  prior  to  transformation. 

Primary  Currents.  Currents  flowing  in  a  pri- 
mary circuit,  as  distinguished  from  currents 
flowing  in  a  secondary  circuit. 

Primary  Electromotive  Force.  The  electromotive 
force  applied  to  the  primary  coil  of  a  transformer. 

Primary  Winding  is  that  winding  of  an  induction 
motor  or  of  a  transformer  which  receives  power 
from  an  external  source. 

Prime  Magneto=motive  Force.  The  magneto- 
motive force  due  to  the  magnetizing  current  in 
a  ferric  circuit. 

Prony  Brake.  A  mechanical  device  for  measuring 
the  power  of  a  driving  shaft  by  the  application 


of  a  brake  to  the  periphery  of  a  wheel  firmly      Electrical 
keyed  on  the  shaft.  ^ .    . 

Proportionate    Arms.     The    two    resistances    or     Dictionary 

arms  of  an  electric  bridge,  whose  relative  or 
proportionate  resistances  only  are  required  to 
be  known,  in  order  to  determine  in  connection 
with  a  known  resistance,  the  value  of  an  un- 
known resistance  placed  in  the  remaining  arm 
of  the  bridge. 

Pull=off.  An  insulator  employed  on  curves  to 
hold  the  trolley  wire  in  proper  position.  A 
steel  wire  attached  to  a  trolley  wire  through  an 
insulator,  and  employed  to  pull  the  trolley 
wire  into  position  over  a  curve  in  the  track. 

Pulsating  Current.  A  current  equivalent  to  the 
superposition  of  an  alternating  current  upon 
a  continuous  current. 

Pulse,  Electric.  An  electric  oscillation.  A 
momentary  flow  of  electricity  through  a  con- 
ductor which  gradually  varies  from  zero  value 
to  the  maximum,  and  then  to  zero  value  again, 
like  a  pulse  or  vibration  in  an  elastic  medium. 

Pumping  of  Alternating=current  Dynamo.  A 
pulsation  in  the  motion  of  a  synchronously 
running  alternating-current  generator  or  mo- 
tor, due  to  imperfect  synchronism. 

Push  Button.  A  device  for  closing  an  electric 
circuit  by  the  movement  of  a  button. 

Push  Contact.  A  name  sometimes  applied  to  a 
push  button. 

Pyrometer,  Electric.  A  device  for  determining 
the  temperature  of  a  body  by  the  measure- 
ment of  the  electric  resistance  of  a  platinum 
wire  exposed  to  the  heat  to  be  measured. 

Q. 

Q  or  q.     A  symbol  for  electric  quantity. 

Quadrant  Electrometer.  An  electrometer  in 
which  an  electrostatic  charge  is  measured  by 
the  attractive  and  repulsive  force  exerted  by 
four  plates  or  quadrants  on  a  light  needle  of 
aluminum  suspended  between  them. 

Quadrature.  A  term  applied  to  express  the  fact 
that  one  simple-harmonic  quantity  lags  90° 
behind  another. 

Quadruplex.  Of  or  pertaining  to  quadruplex 
telegraphy. 

Quadruplex  Telegraphy.  A  system  tor  the  simul- 
taneous transmission  of  four  messages  over  a 
single  wire,  two  in  one  direction  and  two  in  the 
opposite  direction. 

Quadruplex  Telephony.  The  simultaneous  trans- 
mission of  four  telephonic  messages,  two  in 
one  direction  and  the  remaining  two  in  the 
opposite  direction. 

Quantity,  Electric.  The  amount  of  electricity 
present  in  any  current  or  charge. 

Quantity  Increment  Rate.     See  "  Block  Rate." 

Quarter  Phase.  A  term  implying  the  supplying 
of  power  through  two  circuits.  The  vector 
angle  of  this  voltage  is  90  degrees.  This  term  is 
recommended  instead  of  the  term  "  two-phase." 

Quarter=phase  System.  A  two-phase  system  of 
alternating-current  distribution  employing  two 
currents  dephased  by  a  quarter  period. 

Quartze  Fibre.     (See  Fibre,  Quartz.) 

Quick=break  Switch.  A  switch  by  means  of 
which  a  circuit  may  be  rapidly  broken. 

R. 

R.     A  contraction  for  ohmic  resistance. 

r.     A  symbol  for  radius. 

R.M.S.  A  term  sometimes  used  for  the  square 
root  of  the  mean  square  of  the  current.  The 
effective  current. 

R.P.M.  An  abbreviation  for  revolutions  per 
minute. 

Radian.  A  unit  angle.  An  angle  whose  circular 
arc  is  equal  in  length  to  its  radius;  or,  approxi- 
mately 57°  17'  45". 

Radian=per  Second.  A  unit  of  angular  velocity 
of  a  rotating  body. 


216 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE    COMPANY 


Electrical  Radiation,  Electric.  The  transference  of  electric 
_.  .  energy  by  means  of  electro-magnetic  waves 

Dictionary  set  up  in  the  surrounding  ether.  That  prop- 
erty of  a  rapidly  oscillating  or  alternating-cur- 
rent circuit  by  virtue  of  which  energy  is  ex- 
pended by  the  circuit  in  the  form  of  electro- 
magnetic waves. 

Radius  of  Gyration.  In  a  rotating  body,  a  radial 
distance  from  the  center  of  rotation  at  which, 
if  the  entire  mass  of  the  body  were  collected,  its 
moment  of  inertia  would  remain  the  same. 

Rail-bond,  Electric.  Any  device  whereby  the 
ends  of  contiguous  rails  are  placed  in  good 
electrical  contact  with  one  another,  so  that  the 
resistance  of  the  rails,  employed  as  a  portion 
of  the  return  circuit,  may  be  as  small  as  pos- 
sible. 

Railway  Return  Circuit.  A  term  frequently  em- 
ployed for  the  ground  return  of  a  trolley  sys- 
tem. The  return  circuit,  generally  a  grounded 
circuit,  employed  in  trolley  systems. 

Rate-of-doing=work.     Activity.     Power. 

Ratio  of  Transformation.  The  ratio  between  the 
electromotive  force  produced  at  the  secondary 
terminals  of  an  induction  coil  or  transformer, 
and  the  electromotive  force  impressed  on  the 
primary  terminals. 

Reactance.  The  inductance  of  a  coil  or  circuit 
multiplied  by  the  angular  velocity  of  the  sinu- 
soidal current  passing  through  it.  A  quantity 
whose  square  added  to  the  square  of  the  resist- 
ance gives  the  square  of  the  impedance,  in  a 
simple-harmonic  current  circuit. 

Reactance  Coil.  A  coil  for  producing  difference 
of  phase  or  for  eliminating  current.  A  magnet- 
izing coil  surrounded  by  a  conducting  covering 
or  sheathing  which  opposes  the  passage  of 
rapidly  alternating  currents  less  when  directly 
over  the  magnetizing  coil  than  when  a  short 
distance  from  it.  A  choking  coil  or  reactor. 

Reactance  Factor.  The  ratio  of  the  reactance 
of  a  coil,  or  circuit,  to  its  ohmic  resistance. 

Reactive  Circuit.  A  circuit  containing  either 
inductance  or  capacity  alone,  or  both  induct- 
ance and  capacity. 

Reactive  Drop.  The  drop  in  a  circuit  or  conduc- 
tor due  to  its  reactance,  as  distinguished  from 
the  drop  due  to  its  ohmic  resistance. 

Reactive  Electromotive  Force.  In  an  alternating- 
current  circuit,  that  component  of  the  electro- 
motive force  that  is  in  quadrature  with  the 
current  and  is  employed  in  balancing  the 
C.E.M.F.  of  inductance. 

Reactive  Factor.  The  ratio  of  the  wattless  volt- 
amperes  to  the  total  volt-amperes. 

Receiver.  A  name  given  to  a  receiving  instru- 
ment of  a  gramophone,  graphophone,  tele- 
phone or  telegraph  instrument. 

Recording  Ammeter,  Recording  Voltmeter,  Re- 
cording Wattmeter.  Instruments  which  record 
upon  a  time-chart  a  continuous  record  of  the 
value  of  quantities  they  measure. 

Recording  Drum.  A  cylindrical  drum  covered 
by  a  sheet  or  strip  of  paper  on  which  a  chrono- 
graphic  or  other  record  is  made. 

Recording  Wattmeter.  A  recording  form  of 
wattmeter. 

Rectified.  Commuted,  or  caused  to  take  one  and 
the  same  direction. 

Rectilinear  Current.  A  current  flowing  through 
a  straight  or  rectilinear  portion  of  a  circuit. 

Reed  Interrupter.  A  form  of  automatic  make- 
and-break  contact,  operated  by  the  vibrations 
of  a  reed. 

Re-entrant  Armature-windings.  Armature  wind- 
ings, which,  when  followed  in  either  direction, 
lead  back  to  the  starting  point. 

Reflecting  Galvanometer.  A  term  sometimes  ap- 
plied to  a  mirror  galvanometer. 

Regenerative  Arc  Lamp.  A  flaming  enclosing  arc 
lamp  in  which  the  products  of  combustion  are 


circulating  and  brought  rapidly  in  contact  with 
the  arc.    The  objects  accomplished  thereby  are : 
i. — To  conserve  the  heat; 
2. — To  condense  and  deposit  the  solid  prod- 
ucts of    combustion  where    they  will 
not  obstruct  the  light,  and 
3. — To  exclude  the  oxygen  and  utilize  rapidly 
the  chemicals  in  the  circulating  gases. 

Regulation.  The  regulation  of  a  machine  or 
apparatus  in  regard  to  some  characteristic 
quantity,  such  as  current  or  terminal  voltage, 
is  the  ratio  of  the  deviation  of  that  quantity 
from  its  normal  value  at  rated-load  to  the  nor- 
mal rated-load  value.  Sometimes  called  in- 
herent regulation. 

Relative  Inductivity.  The  ratio  of  the  inductiv- 
ity  of  a  medium  to  the  inductivity  of  vacuum. 

Relay.  In  telegraphy,  an  electro-magnet  pro- 
vided with  contact  points  placed  on  a  delicately 
supported  armature,  the  movements  of  which 
open  or  close  a  local  receiver  circuit. 

Relay  Magnet.  A  term  sometimes  given  to  a 
relay.  The  permanent  magnet  of  a  polarized 
relay.  The  electro-magnet  of  a  relay. 

Reluctance.  A  term  applied  to  magnetic  resist- 
ance. In  a  magnetic  circuit  the  ratio  of  the 
M.M.F.  to  the  total  magnetic  flux. 

Reluctivity.  The  specific  magnetic  resistance  of 
a  medium. 

Repeating  Relay.  A  relay  employed  in  a  re- 
peater. The  relay  in  a  telegraph  circuit  which 
repeats  the  signals  into  another  circuit. 

Repulsion  Motor.  An  electric  motor  deriving  its 
power  from  the  repulsion  between  electric 
charges.  An  alternating-current  motor  de- 
riving its  power  from  the  repulsion  between 
electric  currents.  An  alternating-current  mo- 
tor in  which  the  armature  is  provided  with 
temporarily  short-circuited  windings  by  means 
of  a  commutator  and  brushes. 

Residual  Charge.  The  charge  remaining  in  a 
Leyden  jar  after  it  has  been  disruptively 
discharged. 

Residual  Magnetism.  The  magnetism  remaining 
in  a  core  of  an  electromagnet  on  the  opening 
of  the  magnetizing  circuit.  The  small  amount 
of  magnetism  retained  by  soft  iron  when  re- 
moved from  any  magnetic  flux. 

Resin.  A  general  term  applied  to  a  variety  of 
dried  juices  of  vegetable  origin. 

Resinous  Electricity.  A  term  formerly  employed 
in  place  of  negative  electricity. 

Resistance.  A  word  sometimes  used  for  electric 
resistance.  Obstruction  to  flow. 

Resistance  Box.  A  term  employed  for  a  box 
containing  graduated  resistance  coils. 

Resistance  Coil.  A  coil  of  wire,  strip,  or  con- 
ductor, possessing  electric  resistance.  A  coil  of 
wire,  of  known  electric  resistance,  employed 
for  measuring  an  unknown  electric  resistance. 

Resistance,  Electric.  The  ratio  between  the 
electromotive  force  of  a  circuit  and  the  current 
that  passes  therein.  The  reciprocal  of  electric 
conductance.  (See  page  79.) 

Resistivity.  The  specific  resistance  of  a  substance 
referred  to  the  resistance  of  a  cube  of  unit 
volume.  Specific  resistance,  or  the  inverse  of 
specific  conductivity. 

Resonance.  In  a  simple-harmonic  current,  cir- 
cuit or  branch,  containing  both  inductance  and 
capacity,  the  neutralization  or  annulment  of 
inductance-reactance  by  capacity-reactance, 
whereby  the  impedance  of  the  circuit  or 
branch  is  reduced  to  the  ohmic  resistance. 
In  an  alternating-current  circuit,  or  branch, 
containing  localized  inductance  and  capacity, 
the  re-enforcement  of  condenser  pressure,  in- 
ductance pressure,  or  current  strength,  due  to 
the  mutual  neutralization  or  opposition  of  in- 
ductance and  capacity-reactances.  In  an  al- 
ternating-current circuit,  or  branch,  the  at- 
tunement  of  a  circuit,  containing  a  condenser 
to  the  same  natural  undamped  frequency  of 
oscillation  as  the  frequency  of  impressed 
E.M.P.  whereby  the  circuit  responds  to  this 


E    L 

E    C 

T    R 

I    C 

A    L 

W 

I    R 

E    S 

A    N 

D 

CABLES 

217 

frequency  more  than  to  any  other.  In  an  al- 
ternating-current circuit,  or  branch,  the  an- 
nulment of  inductance-reactance  by  capacity- 
reactance,  whereby  the  impedance  of  the  cir- 
cuit or  branch  is  not  only  reduced  to  its  phmic 
resistance,  but  its  current  is  in  phase  with  its 
impressed  E.M.P. 

Resonant  Capacity.  The  capacity  of  a  resonant 
circuit,  or  such  a  capacity  as  will  render  an 
alternating-current  circuit  resonant. 

Resonant  Circuit.  A  circuit  whose  dimensions 
are  such  as  to  bring  it  into  resonance  with  a 
neighboring  circuit.  A  circuit  containing  dis- 
tributed inductance  and  capacity,  in  which 
resonant  effects  are  thereby  produced. 

Resonant  Inductance.  The  inductance  of  a 
resonant  circuit,  or  the  inductance  which  will 
render  it  resonant. 

Resultant  Magnetic  Field.  A  single  magnetic 
field  produced  by  two  or  more  co-existing 
magnetic  fields. 

Return  Circuit.  That  part  of  a  circuit  by  which 
an  electric  current  returns  to  the  source. 

Return  Current.  In  telegraphy  the  electro-static 
discharge  from  a  cable  or  underground  wire. 

Reverse  Currents.  A  name  sometimes  applied  to 
alternating  currents.  A  name  sometimes  ap- 
plied to  double  current. 

Reverse=current  Relay.  A  relay  used  on  a  direct- 
current  circuit,  which  operates  when  the  cur- 
rent flows  in  the  direction  opposite  to  the  nor- 
mal direction. 

Reverse=power  Relay.  A  relay  which  operates 
when  the  power  in  the  circuit  flows  in  the  direc- 
tion opposite  to  the  normal  direction. 

Reversing  Switch.  A  switch  employed  in  re- 
versing a  circuit  or  current. 

Rheostat.     An  adjustable  resistance. 

Ribbon  Conductor.  A  flat,  ribbon-shaped  con- 
ductor. 

Right-handed  Rotation.  A  direction  of  rotation 
which  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  hands  of  a 
watch,  when  one  looks  directly  at  the  face  of 
the  watch.  Negative  rotation. 

Ring  Armature.  An  armature  provided  with  a 
ring-shaped  core. 

Ring  Core.     A  ring-armature  core. 

Ring=off.  A  term  employed  for  a  signal  sent  by 
a  telephone  correspondent  when  the  conver- 
sation is  finished. 

Ring  Windings.  Windings  suitable  for  use  in  a 
ring-wound  armature. 

Ringing  Key.  In  a  telephone  switch-board,  a 
key  employed  to  ring  up  a  subscriber. 

Risers.  Supply  wires  which  lead  the  current 
from  the  service  wires  to  the  different  floors  of 
a  building.  The  supply  wires  which  rise  to  the 
various  floors,  as  distinguished  from  floor 
mains,  submarine,  or  branches,  which  run  along 
each  floor. 

Rocker  Arm.  An  arm  on  which  the  brushes  of  a 
dynamo  or  motor  are  mounted  for  the  purpose 
of  shifting  their  position  on  the  commutator. 

Rodding  a  Conduit.  The  process  of  introducing 
a  drawing-in  wire  through  the  ducts  of  an  un- 
derground conduit  by  pushing  a  number  of 
short  sections  of  jointed  rods  through  such 
ducts. 

Roentgen  Effects.  The  peculiar  effects  produced 
by  Roentgen  or  X-rays. 

Roentgen  Rays.  A  peculiar  radiation  emitted  in 
the  neighborhood  of  that  portion  of  a  high 
vacuum  tube  on  which  the  cathode  rays  fall. 

Roentgen  Tube.  Any  high-vacuum  tube  capable 
of  producing  Roentgen  rays. 

Rosette.  An  ornamental  plate  provided  with 
service  wires  and  placed  in  a  wall  or  ceiling  for 
the  ready  attachment  of  an  electric  lamp  or 
electrolier.  A  word  sometimes  used  in  place 
of  ceiling  rose. 

Rotary,  Converter.  A  secondary  generator  for 
transforming  alternating  into  continuous  cur- 
rents or  vice- versa,  consisting  of  an  alternating- 
current  machine  whose  armature  winding  is 
connected  with  a  commutator;  or  of  a  contin- 


uous-current    machine,     whose     armature     is 
tapped  at  symmetrical  points  and  connected  to 


Electrical 


collector  rings;   so   that,   when   the   armature     Dictionary 
runs  it  is  an  alternator  on  one  side  and  a  direct 
current  machine  on  the  other.     A  rotary  trans- 
former. 

Rotary  Current.  A  name  applied  to  any  system 
of  polyphase  currents  which  are  capable  of  pro- 
ducing a  rotary  field.  A  rotating-current  dis- 
tribution. 

Rotary    Electric   Field. 
field. 

Rotary=field    Motor.     A 
motor. 

Rotary=magnetic  Field. 


A    rotary    electro-static 
rotary-field    induction- 


A  field  produced  by  a 

rotary  current.  A  magnetic  field  in  which  a 
set  of  magnet  poles  is  produced,  whose  suc- 
cessive positions  are  such  that  a  rotation  of  the 
field  is  effected. 

Rotary  Phase  Converter.  A  machine  which  con- 
verts from  an  alternating-current  system  of  one 
or  more  phases  to  an  alternating-current  sys- 
tem of  a  different  number  of  phases,  but  of  the 
same  frequency. 

Rotary  Transformer.  A  term  generally  employed 
for  the  combination  of  a  motor  and  generator 
in  one  machine  having  a  single  armature-wind- 
ing traversed  both  by  alternating  and  con- 
tinuous currents.  A  secondary  generator  for 
transforming  from  alternating  to  continuous 
currents  or  vice-versa.  A  rotary  converter. 

Rotor.  The  rotating  member,  whether  primary 
or  secondary,  of  any  alternating  -  current 
machine. 

Rubber  Tape.  A  form  of  adhesive,  insulating; 
tape  made  of  rubber. 

Ruhmkorff  Coil.  An  early  form  of  induction  coil 
or  step-up  transformer.  An  induction  coil 
having  an  iron- wire  core,  and  a  fine  wire  second- 
ary coil  of  many  turns  for  the  production  of 
powerful  induced  E.M.F.'s  usually  excited 
from  a  battery  or  continuous  current  source 
through  a  suitable  current  breaker. 


S.     A  contraction  for  second. 

S.P.  Cut=out.  A  contraction  for  single-pole  cut- 
out. 

S.W.Q.     A  contraction  for  Stubb's  wire  gauge. 

Saddle  Bracket.  A  bracket  holding  an  insulator 
and  fastened  to  the  top  of  a  telegraph  or  tele- 
phone pole. 

Safety  Cut-out.     A  safety  fuse. 

Safety  Fuse.  A  wire,  bar,  plate  or  strip  of  readily 
fusible  metal,  capable  of  conducting,  without 
fusing,  the  current  ordinarily  employed  on  the 
circuit,  but  which  fuses  and  thus  automatically 
breaks  the  circuit  on  the  passage  of  an  abnor- 
mally strong  current. 

Safety  Lamp,  Electric.  An  incandescent  lamp, 
provided  with  thoroughly  insulated  leads, 
employed  in  mines  or  other  similar  places 
where  the  explosive  effects  of  readily  ignited 
substances  are  to  be  feared.  A  portable  elec- 
tric incandescent  lamp  and  battery  for  use  in 
mines  where  explosive  gases  may  be  found. 

Sag  of  Conductor  or  Line  Wire.  The  dip  of  an 
aerial  wire  or  conductor,  between  two  adjacent 
supports,  due  to  its  weight. 

Saturating  Flux.  The  flux  required  to  produce 
magnetic  saturation  in  any  circuit. 

Saturation  Factor.  This  is  the  ratio  of  a  small 
percentage  increase  in  field  excitation  to  the 
corresponding  percentage  increase  in  the  volt- 
age thereby  produced. 

Scratch  Brush.  A  brush  made  of  wires,  or  stiff 
bristles,  employed  for  cleansing  the  surfaces  of 
metallic  objects  before  subjecting  them  to  the 
electro-plating  process. 

Screen,  Electric.  A  closed  conductor  placed 
over  a  body  in  order  to  protect  or  screen  it 
from  the  effects  of  external  electrostatic  field. 


218 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


W  I  R 


COMPANY 


Electncal      Secohmmeter.     An  apparatus  for  measuring  the 

TV    •  self-inductance,    the    mutual    inductance,    or 

dictionary        the  capacity  Of  conductors. 

Secondary  Ampere-turns.  Ampere-turns  in  the 
secondary  of  a  transformer  or  induction  coil. 

Secondary.  That  portion  of  an  induction  motor 
or  of  a  transformer  which  receives  power  by  in- 
duction. The  term  is  to  be  preceded  by  the 
same  words  as  in  the  case  of  "primary." 

Secondary  Battery.  A  word  frequently  used  for 
storage  battery. 

Secondary  Coil  of  Transformer.  The  coil  of  a 
transformer  into  which  energy  is  transferred 
from  the  primary  line  and  primary  coil.  The 
secondary  winding  of  a  transformer  or  induc- 
tion coil.  The  coil  in  the  external  circuit  of 
which  there  is  no  directly  impressed  E.M.F. 

Secondary  Currents.  The  currents  produced  in 
the  secondary  of  a  transformer.  The  currents 
produced  by  secondary  batteries.  Currents  in 
any  secondary  circuit. 

Secondary  Electromotive  Forces.  A  name  some- 
times given  to  the  electromotive  forces  pro- 
duced by  a  secondary  cell  or  battery. 

Secondary  Resistance.  The  resistance  of  a  sec- 
ondary coil  or  circuit. 

Secondary  Winding  is  that  winding  of  an  induc- 
tion motor  or  of  a  transformer  which  receives 
power  from  the  primary  by  induction. 

Note :  The  terms  "High-tension  winding" 
and  Low- tension  winding"  are  suitable  for  dis- 
tinguishing between  the  windings  of  a  trans- 
former where  the  relations  of  the  apparatus  to 
the  source  of  power  are  not  involved. 

Section  Circuit-breaker.  A  magnetic  circuit- 
breaker  controlling  a  trolley-wire  section. 

Section  Insulator.  An  insulator  in  a  trolley-wire 
system,  which  electrically  disconnects  one 
trolley  section  from  another. 

Section  Switch.  In  a  system  of  railway  or  power- 
distribution,  a  switch  controlling  and  supply- 
ing a  section. 

See=sawing.  A  term  employed  to  characterize 
the  condition  of  two  parallel-connected  alter- 
nators when  they  do  not  synchronize  properly. 

Self-excitation.  An  excitation  of  the  field  mag- 
nets of  a  generator  obtained  by  leading  a  por- 
tion or  all  of  its  own  current  through  its  field 
coils,  as  distinguished  from  separate  excitation. 

Sell  induced  Current.  A  current  induced  in  a 
circuit  on  the  opening  or  closing  of  the  circuit, 
by  changes  in  its  own  strength. 

Self-induction.  Induction  produced  in  a  circuit 
by  the  induction  of  the  current  on  itself  at  the 
moment  of  starting  or  stopping  the  current 
therein. 

Self-induction  Coil.  A  coil  of  wire  possessing 
self-induction.  A  choking  coil. 

Sensitive  Discharge.  A  thin,  thread-like  dis- 
charge that  occurs  between  the  terminals  of  a 
high-frequency  induction  coil. 

Sensitive  Tube.     A  coherer. 

Separate  Excitation.  The  excitation  of  the  field 
magnets  produced  by  a  source  external  to  the 
machine. 

Series  Circuit.  A  circuit  in  which  the  separate 
sources  or  separate  electro-receptive  devices, 
or  both,  are  so  placed  that  the  current  pro- 
duced in  it  or  passed  through  it  passes  succes- 
sively through  the  entire  circuit  from  the  first 
to  the  last. 

Series  Distribution.  A  distribution  of  electric 
energy  in  which  the  receptive  devices  are  placed 
one  after  another  in  succession  upon  a  single 
conductor,  extending  throughout  the  entire 
circuit  from  pole  to  pole. 

Series  Dynamo.  A  dynamo  having  series  wind- 
ing. 

Series  Motor.  A  motor  suitable  for  use  in  a  series 
circuit.  A  series-wound  motor. 

Series-multiple  Car=controller.  A  controller  pro- 
vided for  starting  and  stopping  a  double 
motor  car,  for  varying  its  speed,  or  the  torque 


of  its  motors,  by  connecting  the  motors  either 
in  series  or  in  parallel  with  or  without  resist- 
ances. 

Series=multiple  Circuit.  A  compound  circuit  in 
which  a  number  of  separate  sources,  or  sepa- 
rate electro-receptive  devices,  or  both,  are  con- 
nected in  a  number  of  separate  groups  in  multi- 
ple arc,  and  these  separate  groups  subsequently 
connected  in  series. 

Series-multiple  Connection.  Such  a  connection 
of  a  number  of  separate  electro-receptive  de- 
vices that  the  devices  are  placed  in  multiple 
groups  or  circuits  and  these  separate  groups 
afterwards  connected  with  one  another  in 
series. 

Series-parallel  Controller.  A  series-multiple  car- 
controller. 

Series  Winding  A  winding  of  a  dynamo  electric 
machine  in  which  a  single  set  of  magnetizing 
coils  are  placed  on  the  field-magnet  cores  and 
connected  in  series  with  the  armature  and  the 
external  circuit. 

Series-wound  Field.  The  field  of  a  dynamo  in 
which  the  armature  current  passes  through  the 
magnetizing  coil. 

Service  Conductors.     Service  wires. 

Service  Wires.  The  wires  which  lead  into  a 
building  and  which  are  connected  to  the  supply 
mains  or  supply  circuits.  The  wires  through 
which  service  is  given  to  a  consumer.  Delivery 
wires. 

Sextipolar  Field.  A  field  produced  by  six  magnet 
poles. 

Sheathing  Wires.  The  metallic  wires  which  form 
the  armor  of  a  submarine  cable. 

Shed  of  Insulator.  A  petticoat  or  inverted  cone 
of  a  telegraph  insulator. 

Shell  Transformer.  A  transformer  whose  primary 
and  secondary  coils  are  laid  on  each  other, 
and  the  iron  core  is  then  wound  through  and 
over  them,  so  as  to  completely  enclose  them. 
A  form  of  iron-clad  transformer. 

Shellac.  A  resinous  substance  obtained  from 
the  roots  and  branches  of  certain  tropical 
plants,  which  possesses  high  insulating  powers, 
and  high  specific  inductive  capacity. 

Short  Circuit.  A  shunt  or  by-path  of  negligible 
or  comparatively  small  resistance,  placed 
around  any  part  of  an  electric  circuit  through 
which  so  much  of  the  current  passes  as  to  vir- 
tually cut  out  the  parts  of  the  circuit  to  which 
it  acts  as  a  shunt.  An  accidental  direct  con- 
nection between  the  mains  or  main  terminals  of 
a  dynamo  or  system  producing  a  heavy  over- 
load of  current.  To  accidentally  produce  a 
short  circuit. 

Short=circuited  Conductor.  A  conductor  which 
has  a  short-circuit  established  past  it. 

Short-circuiting  Plug.  A  plug  which  when  in- 
serted in  its  receptacle  short  circuits  the  device 
connected  therewith. 

Short=shunt  Compound-winding.  A  compound 
winding  of  a  dynamo-electric  machine  in  which 
the  shunt  coil  is  connected  directly,  or  through 
resistance,  with  the  armature  brushes,  as  dis- 
tinguished from  a  long-shunt  compound- 
winding. 

Shunt.  An  additional,  or  by-path  established 
for  the  passage  of  an  electric  current  or  dis- 
charge. 

Shunt-circuit.  A  derived  circuit.  A  branch  or 
additional  circuit,  provided  in  any  part  of  a 
circuit,  through  which  the  current  branches  or 
divides,  part  flowing  in  the  original  circuit  and 
part  through  the  new  branch  or  shunt.  A  cir- 
cuit for  diverting  or  shunting  a  portion  of  the 
current. 

Shunt  Dynamo.  A  shunt-wound  dynamo-elec- 
tric machine. 

Shunt  for  Ammeter.  A  shunt  coil  connection  in 
multiple  with  the  coils  of  an  ammeter  for  the 
purpose  of  changing  the  value  of  the  readings. 
A  reducteur. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


Shunt  Ratio.  The  ratio  existing  between  a  shunt 
and  the  circuit  it  shunts.  The  ratio  existing 
between  the  total  current  strength  and  the 
current  strength  in  the  branch  to  which  the 
shunt  is  applied. 

Shunt  Turns  of  Dynamo.  The  ampere  turns  in 
the  shunt  circuit  of  a  shunt-wound  or  com- 
pound-wound dynamo. 

Shunt  Winding.  A  term  sometimes  employed 
for  the  shunt  field  coils  on  a  shunt-wound  dy- 
namo or  motor. 

Shunt=wound  Dynamo  Electric  Machine.  A  dy- 
namo electric  machine  whose  field-magnet  coils 
are  placed  in  shunt  with  the  armature  circuit, 
so  that  only  a  portion  of  the  current  generated 
passes  through  the  field  magnet  coils,  but  all 
the  difference  of  potential  of  the  armature  acts 
at  the  terminals  of  the  field  circuit. 

Shuttle  Armature.  A  variety  of  drum  armature 
in  which  a  single  coil  of  wire  is  wound  in  an 
H-shaped  groove  formed  in  a  bobbin-shaped 
core.  The  old  form  of  Siemens'  armature. 

Side=pole  Trolley=line  Construction.  A  method 
for  the  suspension  of  aerial  trolley  lines  in 
which  the  trolley  and  feed  wires  are  suspended 
from  poles  placed  on  one  side  of  the  street  or 
road.  (See  page  62.) 

Siemens=Martin  Steel.     See  Index. 

Signal  Arm.     A  semaphore  arm. 

Silico=magnetic  Core  Steel.     (See  page  52.) 

Silver  Voltameter.  A  voltameter  in  which  the 
quantity  of  electricity  passing  is  determined 
by  the  weight  of  silver  deposited. 

Simple  Alternating  =  currents.  Sinusoidal  -  alter- 
nating currents.  Simple-harmonic  currents. 

Simple=harmonic  Electromotive  Forces.  Electro- 
motive forces  which  vary  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
produce  simple-harmonic  currents;  or,  electro- 
motive forces  whose  variations  can  be  correctly 
represented  by  a  simple-harmonic  curve. 

Simple=periodic  Motion.  Simple-harmonic  mo- 
tion. 

Simultaneous  Demand.  The  sum  of  the  demands 
of  a  number  of  services  occurring  at  the  same 
time. 

Simultaneous  Demand  Factor.  The  ratio  of  the 
simultaneous  demand  divided  by  the  connected 
load. 

Simultaneous  Maximum  Demand.  See  "Maxi- 
mum Simultaneous  Demand." 

Sine  Law.  A  law  of  magnitude  defined  by  the 
sines  of  angles.  A  magnitude  which  follows 
the  sines  of  successive  angles. 

SingIe=Phase.  Uniphase.  Monophase.  Pertain- 
ing to  ordinary  alternating  currents  in  a  simple 
alternating-current  system  as  distinguished 
from  multiphase  currents. 

Single-phase  Alternating  Current.  A  uniphase 
alternating  current. 

Single=phase  Alternator.  An  alternator  capable 
of  producing  simple  or  single-phase  currents. 

Single=phase  Induction  Motor.  An  induction 
motor  intended  to  be  operated  on  a  single- 
phase  alternating-current  circuit. 

Single=phase  Winding.  A  single-phase  armature 
winding. 

Single-pole  Cut=out.  A  cut-out  by  means  of 
which  the  circuit  is  broken  or  cut  in  one  of  the 
two  leads  only. 

Single=pole  Switch.  A  switch  which  opens  or 
closes  a  circuit  at  one  of  its  leads  only. 

Single=throw  Switch.  A  switch  having  but  two 
positions,  one  for  opening,  and  the  other  for 
closing  the  circuit  it  controls,  as  distinguished 
from  a  double-throw  switch. 

Sinusoidal  Alternating  Electromotive  Forces. 
Alternating  electromotive  forces  whose  varia- 
tions in  strength  are  correctly  represented  by  a 
sinusoidal  curve.  Simple-harmonic  E.M.F.'s. 

Sinusoidal  Curve.  A  curve  of  sines.  A  sinusoid. 
A  curve  which  to  rectangular  co-ordinates  has 
an  ordinate  at  each  point  proportionate  to  the 
sine  of  an  angle  proportionate  to  the  abscissa. 


Skin  Currents.     A  term  applied  to  rapidly  alter-      Electrical 
nating  currents  which  are  limited  to  the  surface     p..    . 
of  a  conductor.  Dictionary 

Skin  Effect.  The  tendency  of  rapidly  alternating 
currents  to  avoid  the  central  portions  of  solid 
conductors  and  flow,  for  the  greater  part, 
through  the  superficial  portions.  (See  page 
19.) 

Sleeve  Joint.  A  junction  of  the  ends  of  conduct- 
ing wires  obtained  by  passing  them  through 
tubes,  and  subsequently  twisting  and  soldering. 
Slide  Bridge.  A  bridge  whose  proportionate 
arms  are  formed  of  a  single  thin  wire,  of  uni- 
form diameter  and  of  comparatively  high  re- 
sistance, of  some  material  whose  temperature 
coefficient  is  low. 

Sliding  Contact.  A  contact  connected  with  one 
part  of  a  circuit  that  closes  or  completes  that 
circuit  by  jeing  slid  over  a  conductor  connected 
with  another  part  of  such  circuit. 
Slip  of  Induction  Motor.  The  proportional  differ- 
ence between  the  speed  of  the  rotary  magnetic 
field  which  drives  the  motor  and  the  speed  of 
the  rotor. 

Slip  of  Rotor.  The  proportional  difference  be- 
tween the  speed  of  a  rotary  magnetic  field  and 
the  speed  of  a  rotor. 

Slotted  Armature.  An  armature  provided  with 
slots  or  grooves  for  the  reception  of  the  wires. 
An  iron-clad  armature. 

Smooth=core  Armature.  An  armature  which 
presents  a  continuously  smooth  cylindrical  sur- 
face before  the  armature  coils  are  wound  on  it. 
A  surface-wound  armature  as  distinguished 
from  an  iron-clad  armature. 

Snap  Switch.  A  switch  in  which  the  transfer  of 
the  contact  points  from  one  position  to  another 
is  accomplished  by  a  quick  motion  obtained  by 
the  operation  of  a  spring. 

Socket.     In  a  telephone  switchboard  a  jack  or 

receptacle  for  a  plug.     The  barrel  of  a  jack,  as 

distinguished    from    the    contact    of   the   jack 

placed  behind  the  barrel. 

Soft=drawn   Copper   Wire.     Copper  wire   that   is 

softened  by  annealing  after  being  drawn. 
Solder  Ear.     An  ear  or  hanger  in  a  trolley  system 

to  which  the  trolley  is  secured  by  solder. 
Soldering  Flux.     Any  chemical  suitable  for  use 
in  connection  with  solder  to  cleanse  the  sur- 
faces of  the  articles  to  be  soldered. 
Solenoid.     A  cylindrical  coil  of  wire  whose  con- 
volutions   are    circular.     An  electro-magnetic 
helix. 

South  Magnetic  Pole.  That  pole  of  a  magnetic 
needle  which  points  approximately  to  the 
earth's  geographical  south. 

Span  Wires.  Wires  tightly  stretched  across  a 
street  from  pole  to  pole,  for  the  purpose  of  sup- 
porting trolley  wires. 

Spark  Arrester.  A  device  for  preventing  an  arc 
lamp  from  scattering  sparks  or  particles  of 
incandescent  carbon. 

Spark  Coil.  A  coil  of  insulated  wire  connected 
with  the  main  circuit  in  a  system  of  electric 
gas  lighting,  whose  extra  spark  produced  on 
breaking  the  circuit  is  employed  for  electrically 
igniting  gas  jets. 

Spark,  Electric.  A  term  sometimes  applied  to  a 
disruptive  discharge.  The  phenomena  pro- 
duced by  a  disruptive  discharge  in  the  air- 
space or  gap  through  which  the  discharge 
passes. 

Spark  Gap.     The  air-space  or  gap  through  which 
a  disruptive  discharge  passes.     A  gap  forming 
part  of  a  circuit  between  two  opposing  con- 
ductors and  filled  with  air  or  other  dielectric, 
across  which  a  spark  passes  when  a  certain 
difference  of  potential  has  been  reached. 
Sparking   of   Dynamo=electric   Machine.     An   ir- 
regular and  injurious  operation  of  a  dynamo 
attended  with  sparks  at  its  collecting  brushes. 
Specific  Capacity.     Specific  inductive  capacity. 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Electrical      Specific    Conductivity.     The    particular   conduc- 

._.    .  tivity  of  a  substance  for  electricity.     The  spe- 

L/ictionary         cific  or  particular  resistance  of  a  given  length 

and  area  of  cross-section  of  a  substance,   as 

compared  with  the  same  length  and  area  of 

cross-section     of     some     standard     substance. 

Conductivity  with  reference   to   Matthiessen's 

standard  conductivity. 

Specific  Dielectric  Capacity.  A  term  sometimes 
employed  in  place  of  specific  inductive  ca- 
pacity. 

Specific  Energy.  Volumetric  energy.  Energy 
per  unit  of  volume. 

Specific  Inductive  Capacity.  The  ability  of  a 
dielectric  to  permit  induction  to  take  place 
through  its  mass  as  compared  with  the  ability 
possessed  by  a  vacuous  space  of  the  same  di- 
mensions, under  precisely  the  same  conditions. 
The  relative  power  of  bodies  for  transmitting 
electrostatic  stresses  and  strains,  analogous  to 
permeability  in  metals.  The  ratio  of  the  ca- 
pacity of  a  condenser  whose  coatings  are  sep- 
arated by  a  dielectric  of  a  given  substance,  to 
the  capacity  of  a  similar  condenser,  whose 
plates  are  separated  by  a  vacuum. 

Specific  Magnetic  Reluctance.  A  term  some- 
times used  for  specific  magnetic  resistance. 

Specific  Resistance.  The  particular  resistance  a 
substance  offers  to  the  passage  of  electricity 
through  it,  compared  with  the  resistance  of 
some  standard  substance.  In  absolute  meas- 
urements, the  resistance  in  absolute  units  be- 
tween opposed  faces  of  a  centimetre  cube  of  a 
given  substance.  In  the  practical  system,  the 
above  resistance  in  ohms.  Resistivity,  ex- 
pressed in  electro-magnetic  absolute  units  as 
square-centimetres  per  second.  (See  page  14.) 

Spelter.  A  name  sometimes  given  to  commercial 
zinc.  (See  Zinc.) 

Spherical  Candle=power.  The  total  flux  of  light 
emitted  by  a  luminous  source  divided  by 
12.566.  The  candle-power  of  a  point-source, 
which  emits  with  uniform  intensity  in  all  direc- 
tions, as  much  light  as  does  an  actual  lamp. 
The  average  candle-power  of  a  luminous  source 
taken  in  all  directions,  or  considered  over  the 
entire  surface  of  an  enveloping  sphere. 

Spider.  A  radial  bracket  or  support  for  support- 
ing an  armature  or  machine  on  a  revolving 
shaft. 

Splice  Bar.  A  fish  plate  employed  for  connecting 
together  the  ends  of  a  rail. 

Splicing  Ear.  A  trolley  ear  for  uniting  the  ends 
of  a  trolley  wire.  A  splicing  suspension  ear. 

Splicing  Sleeve.  A  tube  of  conducting  material 
employed  for  covering  a  splice  in  a  conducting 
wire. 

Split  Phase.  A  difference  produced  between  the 
phases  of  two  or  more  alternating  current  into 
which  a  uniphase  alternating  current  has  di- 
vided. 

Spring  Ammeter.  A  form  of  ammeter  (n  which  a 
magnetic  core  or  needle  is  moved  against  the 
action  of  a  spring  by  the  field  of  the  current  it 
is  measuring. 

Spring  Contact.  A  contact  which  either  opems  or 
closes  under  the  action  of  a  spring.  A  spring- 
supported  contact,  connected  with  one  part  of 
a  circuit,  that  completes  the  circuit  on  being 
moved  so  as  to  touch  another  contact  con- 
nected with  the  other  part  of  the  circuit.  A 
circuit-closing  or  circuit-opening  device  nor- 
mally maintained  in  one  position  and  condition 
by  the  action  of  a  spring. 

Spurious  Resistance.  A  false  or  apparent  resist- 
ance arising  from  the  development  of  a  coun- 
ter-electromotive force. 

Square  Mil.  A  unit  of  area  employed  in  measur- 
ing the  areas  of  cross-section  of  wires,  equal  to 
.ooooor  square  inch.  A  unit  of  area  equal  to 
1.2732  circular  mils. 

Standard  Ohm.  A  length  of  wire  having  a  re- 
sistance of  the  value  of  one  ohm,  employed  in 
standardizing  resistance  coils  (See  Inter- 
national Ohm.) 


Standard  Resistance.  A  known  resistance  used 
for  comparison  with,  or  determination  of,  an 
unknown  resistance. 

Star  Grouping  of  Polyphase  Circuits.  A  method 
of  grouping  a  triphase  circuit  consisting  of 
making  a  common  junction  at  one  point  and 
branching  them  star-wise. 

Star  Triphase=winding.  A  connection  of  three 
triphase  windings  in  which  all  three  are  con- 
nected together  at  a  common  point  or  junction 
point,  and  the  three  free  ends  connected  to  the 
terminals. 

Starting  Box  for  Electric  Motor.  A  resistance 
provided  for  starting  an  electric  motor. 

Starting  Current  of  Motor.  The  current  travers- 
ing the  coils  of  a  motor  at  its  moment  of  start- 
ing. 

Starting  Resistance.  A  resistance  employed  in 
the  starting  box  for  an  electric  motor. 

Starting  Rheostat.  Coils  of  wire  mounted  in  a 
suitable  manner,  and  so  connected  as  to  be 
successively  placed  in  the  circuit  of  a  motor 
while  it  is  being  started. 

Starting  Torque  of  Motor.  The  torque  required 
in  starting  a  motor.  The  torque  developed  by  a 
motor  in  starting. 

Static  Discharge.  A  name  sometimes  given  to  a 
disruptive  discharge. 

Static  Electricity.  A  term  applied  to  electricity 
produced  by  friction. 

Static  Voltmeter.  A  voltmeter  operating  by 
electrostatic  action,  as  opposed  to  a  voltmeter 
operating  electro-magnetically.  A  voltmeter 
in  which  the  moving  system  is  displaced  by 
electrostatic  forces.  A  voltmeter  of  the 
electroscope  or  electrometer  type. 

Station  Indicator.  A  name  sometimes  given  to  a 
station  voltmeter.  Any  indicator  situated  at 
a  central  station. 

Station  Load.  The  total  load  existing  on  a  cen- 
tral station  at  any  time. 

Stationary  Motor.  A  motor  that  is  fixed  in  place 
in  contradistinction  to  a  locomotor. 

Stator.  The  stationary  member,  whether  pri- 
mary or  secondary,  of  any  alternating-current 
machine. 

Stay  Rod.  A  rod  of  iron  or  steel,  used  to  stay  or 
support  a  telegraph  or  telephone  pole. 

Steady  Current.  A  current  whose  strength  does 
not  vary  from  time  to  time. 

Step=down  Converter.     A  stepdown  transformer. 

Step=down  Transformer.  A  transformer  in  which 
a  small  current  of  comparatively  great  differ- 
ence of  potential  is  converted  into  a  large  cur- 
rent of  comparatively  small  difference  of  po- 
tential. An  inverted  Ruhmkorff  induction 
coil. 

Step  Rate.  Method  of  charging  for  electric  ser- 
vice at  definite  successive  rates  per  kilowatt- 
hour  consumed.  Each  rate  applying  to  the  en- 
tire quantity  purchased  during  the  period 
covered.  As,  for  example,  during  each  month 
ten  kilowatt-hours  or  less  at  15  cents  per  kilo- 
watt hour.  If  over  ten  kilowatt-hours  and  less 
than  20  kilowatt-hours  are  used  all  are  charged 
for  at  1 2  cents  per  kilowatt-hour.  If  20  or  more 
kilowatt-hours  are  registered  during  the  month, 
all  are  charged  for  at  10  cents  per  kilowatt-hour. 

Step-up  Transformer.  A  transformer  in  which  a 
large  current  of  comparatively  small  difference 
of  potential  is  converted  into  a  small  current  of 
comparatively  great  difference  of  potential. 

Storage  Battery.  A  number  of  separate  storage 
cells  connected  so  as  to  form  a  single  electric 
source. 

Storage  Cell.  Two  relatively  inert  plates  of 
metals  or  metallic  compounds  immersed  in  an 
electrolyte  incapable  of  acting  on  them  until 
after  an  electric  current  has  been  passed 
through  the  liquid  from  one  plate  to  the  other 
and  has  thus  changed  their  chemical  relations. 
One  of  the  cells  required  to  form  a  secondary 
battery.  A  term  sometimes  given  to  the  jar 
containing  a  single  cell. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


221 


Straight-line  Trolley  Hanger.  A  trolley-hanger 
employed  on  a  straight  trolley  line,  suitably 
supported  by  a  span  wire  so  as  to  have  a  ver- 
tical strain  only. 

Strain.  Any  change  of  size  or  shape,  any  de- 
formation. 

Strain  Insulator.  An  insulator  used  for  the  dou- 
ble purpose  of  taking  the  mechanical  strain  at  a 
bend  or  at  the  end  of  a  conductor,  and  also  in- 
sulating the  same  electrically. 

Stranded  Conductor.  A  conductor  formed  of  a 
number  of  smaller  interlaced  or  twisted  con- 
ductors, either  for  the  purpose  of  reducing  self- 
induction,  or  eddy  currents,  or  for  increasing 
its  flexibility. 

Strap  Copper.  Copper  conductors  formed  of  bars 
or  straps,  employed  in  connection  with  a  bar- 
armature  winding. 

Stray  Currents.  A  term  sometimes  used  for  eddy 
currents. 

Stray  Field.  Leakage  magnetic  flux.  That  por- 
tion of  a  magnetic  field  which  does  not  pass 
through  an  armature  or  other  magneto-recep- 
tive device. 

Strength  of  Current.  A  general  term  for  the 
magnitude  of  the  current  in  a  circuit.  Am- 
perage. 

Stress.  Any  action  between  two  bodies  that 
causes  a  strain,  or  deformation. 

Striking  an  Arc.  Separating  the  carbon  electrodes 
for  the  formation  of  an  arc  between  them. 

Sub-mains.  Conductors  which  branch  off  from 
the  mains.  Mains  which  are  themselves 
branches  of  mains. 

Sub=marine  Cable.  A  cable  designed  for  use 
under  water,  generally  under  the  ocean. 

Sub=station.     An  auxiliary  station. 

Subway,  Electric.  An  accessible  underground 
way  or  passage  provided  for  the  reception  of 
electric-light  wires  or  cables. 

Supply  Mains.  A  term  sometimes  applied  to  the 
mains  in  a  system  of  incandescent  light  or 
power  distribution. 

Surface  Density.  The  quantity  of  electricity- 
per-unit-of-area  at  any  point  on  a  charged  sur- 
face. 

Surging  Discharge.  A  discharge  accompanied  by 
ele_ctric  surgings.  An  oscillatory  discharge. 

Surgings,  Electric.  Electric  oscillations  set  up  in 
a  conductor  that  is  undergoing  rapid  discharg- 
ing, or  in  neighboring  conductors  that  are  being 
rapidly  charged  and  discharged.  Electric  os- 
cillations, direct  or  induced. 

Switch.  Any  device  for  readily  opening  or  closing 
an  electric  circuit.  In  telephony,  a  name 
sometimes  given  to  a  switchboard. 

Switch  Blade.  A  conducting  strip  or  knife-blade 
of  a  switch. 

Switch=board.  A  board,  slab  or  frame  of  insu- 
lating material,  upon  which  are  supported  con- 
ducting bars,  pieces,  frames  or  masses,  with  or 
without  switches  and  instruments,  for  the 
ready  establishment  of  electrical  connections 
between  circuits  connected  therewith. 

Symmetrical  Alternating  Current.  Any  alternat- 
ing current  whose  successive  semi-periods, 
waves,  or  alternations  passes  opposite  but 
equal  values,  or  correspond  in  all  respects  save 
in  direction. 

Synchronism.  Unison  of  frequencies  in  alternat- 
ing-current systems  or  apparatus.  Generally, 
the  co-periodicity  and  co-phase  of  two  periodi- 
cally recurring  events.  The  coincidence  in 
cyclic  recurrence  of  two  or  more  periodic  vari- 
ables, without  regard  to  amplitude. 

Synchronous  Compensator.  A  synchronous 
machine,  running  either  idle  or  under  load, 
whose  full  excitation  may  be  varied  so  as  to 
modify  the  power-factor  of  the  circuit,  or 
through  such  modification,  to  influence  the 
voltage  of  the  circuit. 

Synchronism  Indicator.  A  phase  indicator.  A 
device  for  indicating  the  phase  relation  or  the 
condition  of  synchronism  between  two  or  more 
periodic  quantities. 


Synchronous  Converter.  A  machine  which  con- 
verts from  an  alternating  to  a  direct  current,  or 
vice  versa,  commonly  called  a  rotary  con- 
verter. 

Synchronous  Generator.  A  generator  of  alter- 
nating currents,  operating  or  capable  of  operat- 
ing in  synchronism  with  another  generator. 

Synchronpscope.  A  synchronizing  device  which, 
in  addition  to  indicating  synchronism,  shows 
whether  the  machine  is  synchronized  fast  or 
slow. 


T. 


T,t.     A  symbol  employed  for  time. 

Tachometer.  An  apparatus  for  indicating  at  any 
moment  on  a  dial  the  number  of  revolutions 
per  minute  of  a  shaft  or  machine  with  which  it 
is  connected.  A  speed  indicator. 

Tangent  Galvanometer.  An  instrument  in  which 
the  deflecting  coil  consists  of  a  coil  of  wire 
within  which  is  placed  a  needle,  supported  at 
the  center  of  the  coil,  and  very  short  by  com- 
parison with  the  diameter  of  the  coil. 

Tap.  A  conductor  attached  as  a  shunt  to  a 
larger  conductor.  A  derived  circuit  for  carry- 
ing off  a  share  of  the  main  current.  A  wire 
taken  from  the  junction  between  the  short  and 
long  sections  of  a  quadruplex  battery. 

Taping.  Covering  a  wire  or  a  joint  with  an  insu- 
lating tape.  A  covering  of  tape  applied  to  a 
cable  sheathing. 

Tapping  a  Circuit.  Introducing  a  loop  or  branch 
in  a  telegraphic  or  telephonic  circuit,  for  the 
purpose  of  intercepting  the  messages  sent  over 
the  circuit. 

Taps.  A  general  term  employed,  in  a  system  of 
incandescent  lamp  distribution  for  branches  or 
sub-branches  that  are  carried  from  the  mains 
into  the  rooms  of  a  building  or  to  the  fixtures  in 
the  halls. 

Teaser,  Electric.  A  coil  of  fine  wire  placed  on  the 
field  magnets  of  a  dynamo  in  a  shunt  across  the 
main  circuit,  in  addition  to  the  field  magnet 
series  coil.  A  series  coil  placed  on  a  field  mag- 
net, in  addition  to  a  regular  shunt  field,  for  the 
purpose  of  preliminary  excitation. 

Telautograph.  A  telegraphic  system  for  the 
fac-simile  reproduction  of  writing  at  a  distance. 

Telegraph.  A  general  name  for  the  instrument  or 
combination  of  instruments  employed  for  con- 
veying a  communication  or  despatch  to  a  dis- 
tance by  means  other  than  that  of  the  unas- 
sisted voice.  A  general  term  for  any  appar- 
atus employed  in  telegraphy. 

Telegraph,  Electric.  A  general  term  for  any 
apparatus  employed  in  electric  telegraphy. 

Telegraph  Loop.  A  pair  of  wires  extending  from 
a  telegraphic  station  to  a  branch  office. 

Telegraphic  Cable.  A  cable  designed  to  establish 
telegraphic  communication  between  different 
points. 

Telegraphic  Ground-circuit.  An  earth  circuit 
used  in  any  system  of  telegraphy. 

Telegraph  Interrupter.  A  device  for  making  and 
breaking  a  circuit  at  a  definite  rate.  A  tele- 
graphic key,  or  other  analogous  device. 

Telegraphic  Key.  The  key  employed  for  sending 
over  the  line  successive  makes-and-breaks  cor- 
responding to  the  dots  and  dashes  of  the  Morse 
alphabet,  or  to  the  deflections  of  the  needle  in  a 
needle  telegraph. 

Telegraphic  Repeater.  Any  telegraphic  device 
whereby  the  relay,  sounder  or  registering  ap- 
paratus is  caused  to  repeat  into  another  circuit 
the  signals  received.  An  apparatus  for  main- 
taining telegraphic  communication  between 
two  circuits  not  in  conductive  connection. 

Telegraphone.  An  instrument  whereby  the  in- 
dentations on  the  cylinder  of  a  graphophone 
can  be  reproduced  upon  another  cylinder  at 
the  same  time  that  the  vocal  sounds  repie- 
sented  by  the  indentations  are  being  rendered 
audible. 


Electrical 
Dictionary 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Electrical  Telegraphy.  Any  system  by  means  of  which  a 
__.  .  communication  or  despatch  is  transmitted  to  a 

L/lctionary  distance,  by  means  other  than  that  of  the  un- 
assisted voice. 

Telephone.  To  communicate  by  means  of  a 
telephone. 

Telephone.  An  instrument  for  the  electric  trans- 
mission of  articulate  speech. 

Telephone  Cable.  A  cable,  either  aerial  or  sub- 
terranean, suitable  for  the  transmission  of  tele- 
phonic despatches.  Generally  a  cable  whose 
conductors  are  twisted  in  pairs,  for  the  purpose 
of  avoiding  the  disturbance  produced  by  cross- 
talk. 

Telephone  Call=wire.  A  wire  employed  in  certain 
telephone  systems,  by  the  subscriber,  for  the 
purpose  of  calling  the  central  office.  A  special 
calling  wire  in  a  telephone  system. 

Telephone  Exchange.  A  central  office  provided 
with  circuits,  switches  and  other  devices,  by 
means  of  which  any  one  of  a  number  of  sub- 
scribers, connected  either  directly  or  indirectly 
with  the  exchange,  may  be  placed  in  communi- 
cation with  any  other  subscriber,  or  with  some 
other  exchange. 

Telephone  Head=gear.  Any  apparatus  placed  on 
the  head  for  readily  attaching  a  telephone  re- 
ceiver to  the  ear  of  the  operator. 

Telephone  Indicator.  An  indicator  employed  on 
a  telephone  circuit  to  indicate  the  number  of 
the  correspondent  calling.  A  telephone  drop 
annunciator. 

Telephone  Meter.  An  apparatus  employed  on 
telephone  circuits  for  registering  the  number  of 
connections  between  subscribers  and  the  time 
or  duration  of  the  same.  A  calculagraph. 

Telephone  Set. — A  general  term  for  the  apparatus 
employed  by  a  telephone  subscriber  at  his  office. 

Telephonic.     Of  or  pertaining  to  a  telephone. 

Temperature.     State  of  matter  in  respect  to  heat. 

Temperature  Coefficient.  A  coefficient  of  varia- 
tion in  a  quantity,  per  degree  of  change  in 
temperature.  The  coefficient  by  which  a 
change  of  temperature  must  be  multiplied  in 
order  to  arrive  at  the  change  in  a  quantity  due 
to  the  change  of  temperature. 

Tension,  Electric.  A  term  loosely  applied  to  sig- 
nify indifferently  surface  density,  electro- 
motive force,  electromotive  intensity,  dielectric 
stress,  or  difference  of  potential. 

Terminal  Board.  A  small  switchboard  situated 
on  a  dynamo. 

Terminal  Insulator.     An  insulator  at  the  terminus 

of  a  line.     A  telegraph  line  insulator  provided 

with  two  grooves  for  the  reception  of  two  ends 

which  may  be  kept  insulated  from  each  other. 
Terminal   Voltage.     The  terminal  electromotive 

force. 
Terminals.     A  name  differently  applied  to  the 

poles  or  to  the  electrodes  of  a  voltaic  battery. 
Terrestrial  Magnetism.     A  name  applied  to  the 

magnetism  of  the  earth. 
Tesla  Coil.     A  form  of  oil-insulated  induction  coil 

or  transformer. 
Test  Wires.     The  wires  in  a  multiple  telephone 

switch-board,  by  which  the  busy  test  is  made. 

Any  wires  or  circuits  used  in  making  a  test. 

Wires  to  be  tested  or  undergoing  a  test. 

Testing  Jacks.  In  a  multiple  telephone  switch- 
board, or  distributing  board,  special  jacks 
sometimes  inserted  in  any  circuit  for  testing 
such  circuits. 

Testing  Switch.  In  a  quadruplex  telegraphic 
system,  a  switch  for  throwing  the  line  from  the 
sending  battery  to  ground  through  a  suitable 
resistance,  for  the  purpose  of  enabling  the  dis- 
tant station  to  obtain  a  balance. 


Theater  Dimmer.  A  dimmer  employed  in  thea- 
ters for  varying  the  intensity  of  the  illumina- 
tion. A  rheostat  or  choking  coil  employed  in  a 
theater-lighting  circuit. 

Thermal  Activity.  The  activity  possessed  by  a 
body,  arising  from  its  heat  energy.  The  rate 
of  doing  thermal  work. 

Thermo=electric  Battery.  A  combination,  as  a 
single  thermo-electric  source,  of  a  number  of 
separate  thermo-electric  cells  or  couples. 

Thermo=electric  Cell.  A  name  applied  to  a 
thermo-electric  couple. 

Thermo=electric  Couple.  Any  two  dissimilar 
metals  which,  when  connected  at  their  ends 
only,  so  as  to  form  a  complete  electric  circuit, 
will  produce  an  electric  current  when  one  end  is 
more  highly  heated  than  the  other. 

Thermo=electric  Current.  A  current  produced 
by  a  thermo-electromotive  force. 

Thermo=electric  Junction.  A  junction  of  a 
thermo-electric  couple. 

Thermo=electric  Pile.     A  thermo-electric  battery. 

Thermo=electricity.  The  electromotive  force  de- 
veloped by  a  thermo-electric  cell  or  battery. 
Electricity  produced  by  differences  of  tem- 
perature at  the  junction  of  dissimilar  metals. 

Thermometer.  Any  apparatus  for  measuring 
temperature. 

Thermometer,  Electric.  A  device  for  determining 
the  effects  of  an  electric  discharge  by  the  move- 
ments of  a  liquid  column  due  to  the  expansion 
of  a  confined  mass  of  air  through  which  the  dis- 
charge is  passed. 

Thermo=pile.     A  thermo-electric  battery. 

Thermostat.  An  instrument  for  automatically 
maintaining  a  given  temperature  by  closing  an 
electric  circuit  through  the  expansion  of  a 
solid  or  liquid. 

Thomson  Effect.  The  production  of  an  electro- 
motive force  in  unequally  heated  homogeneous 
conducting  substances.  The  increase  or  de- 
crease in  the  difference  of  temperature  in  an 
unequally  heated  conductor,  produced  by  the 
passage  of  an  electric  current  through  the  con- 
ductor. 

Three=phase  Armature.  An  armature  possessing 
a  three-phase  winding. 

Three=phase  Circuit.  Any  circuit  suitable  for  the 
transmission  of  three-phase  currents. 

Three=phase  Currents.  Three  alternating-cur- 
rents differing  in  phase  from  one  another  by 
one- third  of  a  cycle. 

Three=phase  Generator.  Any  generator  capable 
of  producing  three-phase  currents. 

Three=phaser.     A  three-phase  generator. 

Three=phase  Meter.  A  meter  suitable  for  opera- 
tion on  a  three-phase  system,  for  recording  the 
energy  delivered  on  all  three  branches. 

Three=phase  Motor.  Any  motor  suitable  for 
operation  by  three-phase  currents. 

Three=phase  Transformer.  Three  separate  trans- 
formers employed  for  the  transformation  of 
triphase  currents. 

Three=phase  Transmission.  Transmission  by 
means  of  three-phase  currents. 

Three=way  Switch.     A  three-point  switch. 

Three-wire  Circuit.  A  circuit  employed  in  a 
three-wire  system.  A  three-wire  diaphase 
system.  A  three- wire  triphase  system. 

Three=wire  Mains.  The  mains  employed  in  a 
three-wire  system  of  distribution. 

Three=wire  System.  A  system  of  electric  distri- 
bution for  lamps  or  other  multiple-connected 
translating  devices,  in  which  three  conductors 
are  employed  in  connection  with  two  dynamos 
connected  in  series,  the  central  or  neutral  con- 
ductor being  connected  to  the  junction  of  the 
dynamos,  and  the  two  other  conductors  to  the 
remaining  free  terminal  of  each. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


Three=wire  Transmission.  Transmission  by  the 
three-wire  system.  Transmission  by  means 
of  the  three-wire  diphase  or  three-wire  triphase 
systems. 

Throw=over  Switch.  A  switch  for  readily  and 
rapidly  changing  a  circuit  from  one  source  to 
another  or  one  system  to  another.  A  switch 
which  is  thrown  over  from  one  set  of  contacts 
to  another,  by  movement  about  an  axis. 

Tie=wire.  Binding  wire  of  an  insulator.  Wire 
which  binds  an  overhead  wire  to  the  groove  of 
its  insulator. 

Time=constant  of  Circuit.  The  time  in  which  a 
current  will  fall  in  a  circuit  when  the  E.M.P. 
is  suddenly  removed,  in  a  ratio  whose  Naperian 
logarithm  is  unity.  The  ratio  of  the  inductance 
of  a  circuit  to  its  resistance. 

Time  Cut=out.  An  automatic  cut-out  arranged 
so  as  to  permit  a  translating  device  to  operate 
for  a  certain  time,  after  which  it  is  cut  out  of 
the  circuit. 

Time  Switch.  A  switch  arranged  to  open  or  close 
a  circuit  at  a  certain  time  or  after  the  lapse  of  a 
certain  time.  An  automatic  switch  in  which 
a  predetermined  time  is  required  either  to  in- 
sert a  resistance  into  or  remove  it  from  a  circuit. 

Torque.  The  moment  of  a  force  applied  to  a 
dynamo  or  other  machine  which  causes  its 
rotation.  The  mechanical  rotary  or  turning 
force  which  acts  on  the  armature  of  a  dynamo- 
electric  machine,  or  motor,  and  causes  it  to 
rotate.  The  ratio  of  the  mechanical  activity 
of  a  motor,  at  its  belt  or  pulley,  to  the  angular 
velocity. 

Torsion  Galvanometer.  A  galvanometer  in  which 
the  strength  of  a  deflecting  current  is  measured 
by  the  torsion  exerted  on  the  suspension 
system. 

Tractive  Effort.  The  torque  in  pounds  developed 
at  the  rim  of  the  wheels  divided  by  total  train 
weight  in  tons.  This  term  is  usually  expressed 
in  pounds  per  ton  of  train  weight  and  includes 
train  resistance  losses. 

Transformer.  A  stationary  piece  of  apparatus  for 
transforming,  by  electro-magnetic  induction, 
power  from  one  circuit  to  another,  or  for  chang- 
ing, through  such  transformation,  the  values  of 
the  electromotive  force. 

Transformer-Balancer.  An  auto-transformer 
for  dividing  a  voltage  in  constant  proportions, 
and  usually  into  two  equal  portions. 

Transformer  Stampings.  Sheet  steel  stampings 
of  such  shape  as  is  suitable  for  building  up  the 
laminated  core  of  a  transformer. 

Transmission  Circuit,  Electric.  The  circuit  em- 
ployed to  receive  the  apparatus  necessary  in 
any  transfer  of  electric  energy  from  the  gen- 
erators to  the  receptive  devices.  In  alternating- 
current  constant-potential  transmission  cir- 
cuits the  following  average  voltages  are  in  gen- 
eral use.  6,600,  11,000,  22,000,33,000,44,000, 
66,000,  88,000,  110,000. 

Transmission,  Electric.  The  transference  of 
energy  from  one  point  to  another  by  means  of 
electric  currents. 

Transmission  Line.     A  transmission  circuit. 

Transmitter,  Electric.  A  general  name  applied 
to  the  various  electric  apparatus  employed  in 
telegraphy  or  telephony  to  transmit  or  send 
electric  impulses  over  a  line  wire  or  conductor. 
Any  electric-transmitting  instrument,  as  dis- 
tinguished from  a  receiving  instrument. 

Transposing.  In  a  system  of  telephonic  com- 
munication, a  device  for  a  voiding  the  bad  effects 
of  mutual  induction,  by  alternately  crossing 
equal  lengths  of  consecutive  sections  of  the  line. 

Travelling  of  Arc.  An  unsteadiness  produced  in 
the  light  of  a  carbon  arc  occasioned  by  the 
shifting  of  the  position  of  the  arc  between  the 
electrodes. 


Triphase.      A     word     frequently     employed     for 

three-phase 

Triphase=current      A  three-phase  current 
Triple  Petticoat  Insulator.     An  aerial  line  insula- 
tor provided  with  a  triple  petticoat. 

Triple=pole  Switch.  A  switch  consisting  of  a 
combination  of  three  separate  switches  for 
opening  or  closing  three  circuits  at  the  same 
instant  A  switch  employed  to  open  or  close 
three  contacts.  A  switch  employed  to  open  or 
close  triphase  circuits. 

Trolley.  A  rolling  contact-wheel  that  moves 
over  a  trolley  line  and  carries  off  the  current 
required  to  drive  the  motor  cars. 

Trolley  Ear.  A  metal  piece  supported  by  an  in- 
sulator, to  which  the  trolley  wire  is  fastened. 

Trolley  Hanger.  A  device  for  supporting  and 
properly  insulating  a  trolley  wire. 

Trolley  Insulator.  A  name  sometimes  applied  to 
a  trolley  ear. 

Trolley  Switch.  A  switch  placed  on  a  track  for 
the  purpose  of  changing  the  car  from  one  track 
to  another.  An  overhead  switch  provided  at  a 
turn  of  a  trolley  load  for  guiding  the  trolley 
to  another  line  when  the  frogs  on  the  track 
beneath  have  thrown  the  wheels  of  the  car  into 
another  track. 

Trolley  Wire.  The  bare  overhead  wire  employed 
in  a  trolley  system  for  supplying  the  driving 
current  to  the  car  motors  through  the  inter- 
vention of  the  trolley  mechanism.  (See  Index.) 

True  Watt.  The  activity  in  an  alternating- 
current  circuit,  as  given  by  the  reading  of  a 
correctly  calibrated  wattmeter  connected  with 
such  circuit. 

Trunk=Iine  Wires.  Through  wires  extended  be- 
tween two  distant  stations,  provided  with  re- 
ceiving and  transmitting  instruments  at  their 
ends  only.  In  telephony,  main  line  wires  con- 
necting two  terminal  offices  for  connection  to 
sub-offices  or  subscribers.  A  main  line  wire 
connecting  two  important  terminals  for  re- 
ceiving telephone  traffic. 

Turbo=generator.  A  steam  turbine  coupled  to  an 
electrical  generator. 

Twin  Conductors.  Two  parallel  conductors,  laid 
side-by-side,  and  covered  by  a  simple  coating 
of  braid. 

Twin=wire  Circuit.  A  circuit  formed  of  twin  con- 
ductors. 

Twisted  Pair  Cable.  A  cable  containing  one, 
several,  or  many  twisted  pairs  of  conductors, 
suitable  for  metallic  circuits. 

Twisted  Pairs  of  Conductors.  An  assemblage  of 
twisted  pairs  of  conductors,  for  metallic  cir- 
cuits. 

Twisted  Wires.  A  term  sometimes  employed  for 
transposed  aerial  telephone  wires. 

Two=circuit  Armature=winding.  An  armature 
winding  which  provides  only  two  circuits 
through  an  armature  between  the  commu- 
tator brushes,  no  matter  how  great  may  be  the 
number  of  poles. 

Two=circuit  Dynamo.  A  dynamo  provided  with 
a  two-circuit  armature  winding. 

Two=phase  Armature.     A  diphase  armature. 

Two=point  Switch.  A  switch  by  means  of  which 
a  circuit  can  be  completed  through  two  different 
contact  points. 

Two=way  Switch.  A  switch  provided  with  two 
contacts  connected  with  two  separate  and  dis- 
tinct circuits. 

Two=wire  Mains.  A  name  for  the  mains  em- 
ployed in  the  ordinary  system  of  multiple  dis- 
tribution, as  distinguished  from  a  three- wire 
main,  or  that  used  in  a  three- wire  system. 


Electrical 
Dictionary 


224 


AMERICAN    STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Electrical 


U. 


Dictionary  Underground  Cabie.  A  cable  suitable  for  being 
placed  underground. 

Underground=cable  Terminal.  The  place  where  a 
cable  emerges  from  the  ground.  A  cross-con- 
necting or  distributing  board  placed  where  an 
underground  cable  enters  or  leaves  the  ground, 
in  order  to  facilitate  the  making  and  changing 
of  the  connections. 

Underground  Conductor.  An  electric  conductor 
placed  underground,  either  by  actual  burial  or 
by  passing  it  through  underground  conduits  or 
subways. 

Underground  Electric  Conduit.  See  Conduit, 
Electric. 

Uni=directed  Currents.  Currents  that  have  been 
caused  to  take  the  same  direction  by  means  of  a 
commutator. 

Uniform  Potential.  A  potential  whose  value  does 
not  vary  from  point  to  point.  A  constant  po- 
tential. 

Uniphase.     Single  phase. 

Unipolar.     Possessing  a  single  pole. 

Unipolar  Armature.  A  dynamo-electric  machine 
armature  whose  polarity  is  not  reversed  during 
its  rotation  in  the  field  of  the  machine. 

Unipolar  Magnet.  A  term  proposed  for  a  magnet 
in  the  shape  of  a  long  bar,  one  pole  of  which  lies 
in  the  axis  of  rotation,  the  axis  being  placed 
near  to  the  other  pole  which  is  balanced  by  a 
counterpoise. 

Universal  Switch.  A  pin  switchboard  composed 
of  horizontal  and  vertical  metallic  bars  capable 
of  inter-connection  by  means  of  pins. 

Unvarying  Current.  A  current  whose  strength 
does  not  vary  from  time  to  time.  A  current  of 
constant  strength  and  direction. 

Upper  Harmonics  of  Current.  The  higher  fre- 
quencies of  a  simple-periodic  or  alternating 
current. 


V. 


V.     A  contraction  for  volt. 

V.     A  contraction  sometimes  used  for  velocity. 

Vacuum  Tubes.  Glass  tubes  in  which  the  air  or 
other  gas  has  been  partially  removed,  and 
through  which  electric  discharges  are  passed 
for  the  production  of  luminous  effects.  A  name 
sometimes  applied  to  Crookes,  Roentgen,  or 
other  high-vacuum  tubes. 

Variable  Resistance.  A  resistance,  the  value  of 
which  can  be  readily  varied  or  changed.  An 
adjustable  resistance. 

Vector.  A  direct  quantity.  A  quantity  pos- 
sessing both  direction  and  magnitude. 

Vector  Diagram.  A  diagram  representing  the 
relations  of  vector  quantities. 

Vector  Quantity.  A  quantity  possessing  both 
diction  and  magnitude. 

Vector  Sum.  The  geometrical  sum  of  two  or 
more  vector  quantities. 

Ventilated  Armature-windings.  Armature  wind- 
ings provided  with  means  for  cooling  by  forcing 
currents  of  air  over  them. 

Vernier  Wire=gauge.     A  micrometer  wire-gauge. 

Virtual  Amperes.  Amperes  measured  in  an  al- 
ternating-current as  the  square  root  of  the 
mean  square  of  the  current,  and  determined  by 
an  ammeter  calibrated  by  constant  currents. 
Effective  amperes. 

Virtual  Counter  Electromotive  Force.  Effective 
C.E.M.F.  in  an  alternating-current  circuit. 

Virtual  Current.     The  virtual  amperes. 


Virtual  Resistance.  The  apparent  resistance  of  a 
circuit. 

Volt.  The  practical  unit  of  electromotive  force. 
Such  an  electromotive  force  as  is  induced  in  a 
conductor  which  cuts  lines  of  magnetic  flux 
at  the  rate  of  100,000,000  per  second.  Such 
an  electromotive  force  as  would  cause  a  current 
of  one  ampere  to  flow  against  a  resistance  of  one 
ohm.  Such  an  electromotive  force  as  would 
charge  a  condenser  of  the  capacity  of  one  farad 
with  a  quantity  of  electricity  equal  to  one 
coulomb.  io8  absolute  electro-magnetic  units 
of  electromotive  force.  (See  International 
Volt.) 

Volt=ampere.     The  watt. 

Voltage.  The  value  of  the  electromotive  force  or 
difference  of  potential  of  any  part  of  a  circuit, 
expressed  in  volts. 

Voltaic  Arc.     See  Arc,  Voltaic. 

Voltaic  Battery.  The  combination  as  a  single 
source  of  a  number  of  separate  voltaic  cells. 

Voltaic  Cell.  The  combination  of  two  metals, 
or  of  a  metal  and  a  metalloid  which,  when 
dipped  into  a  liquid  or  liquids  called  electro- 
lytes, and  connected  by  a  conductor,  will  pro- 
duce a  current  of  electricity.  A  voltaic  couple 
and  its  accompanying  electrolytes. 

Voltaic  Couple.  Any  two  materials,  generally 
dissimilar  metals,  which  are  capable  of  acting 
as  an  electric  source  when  dipped  into  an 
electrolyte. 

Voltaic  Electricity.  The  difference  of  potential 
produced  by  a  voltaic  cell  or  battery. 

Voltaic  Elements.  Two  metals  or  substances 
which  form  a  voltaic  couple. 

Voltaic  Pile.  A  word  sometimes  used  for  voltaic 
battery. 

Voltameter.  An  electrolytic  cell  employed  for 
measuring  the  quantity  of  electric  current 
passing  through  it,  by  the  amount  of  chemical 
decomposition  affected  in  a  given  time. 

Voltmeter.  Any  instrument  employed  for  meas- 
uring differences  of  potential. 

A  volt  meter  may  be  constructed  on  the 
principle  of  a  galvanometer,  in  which  case  it 
differs  from  an  ammeter,  or  ampere  meter, 
which  measures  the  current,  principally  in  that 
the  resistance  of  its  coils  is  greater,  and  that 
in  an  ampere  meter  the  coils  are  placed  as  a 
shunt  to  the  circuit. 

In  the  ordinary  operation  of  a  voltmeter, 
the  action  of  the  current  in  passing  through  a 
coil  of  insulated  wire  is  to  produce  a  magnetic 
field,  which  causes  the  deflection  of  a  magnetic 
needle.  Since  the  resistance  of  the  voltmeter 
is  constant,  the  current  passing,  and  hence  the 
deflection  of  the  needle,  will  vary  with  the 
value  of  the  voltage.  The  magnetic  field  pro- 
duced by  the  current  deflects  the  magnetic 
needle  against  the  action  of  another  field, 
which  may  be  either  the  earth's  field,  or  an 
artificial  field  produced  by  a  permanent  or  an 
electro-magnet.  Or,  it  may  deflect  it  against 
the  action  of  a  spring,  or  against  the  force  of 
gravity  acting  on  a  weight.  There  thus  arise 
varieties  of  voltmeters,  such  as  permanent- 
magnet  voltmeters,  spring  voltmeters,  and 
gravity  voltmeters. 

Voltmeter  Compensator.  A  device  used  in  con- 
nection with  a  voltmeter  to  reduce  its  reading 
by  the  amount  of  the  line  drop,  and  thus  cause  it 
to  indicate  the  voltage  delivered  at  the  end  or 
at  any  other  predetermined  point  of  the  line. 

Vulcanite.  A  variety  of  vulcanized  rubber, 
possessing  high  powers  of  insulation  and  spe- 
cific inductive  capacity.  Ebonite. 

Vulcanized  Fibre.  A  variety  of  insulating  ma- 
terial suitable  for  purposes  requiring  the  highest 
insulation. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


W. 


W.     A  contraction  for  watt. 

W.P.     A  contraction  for  waterproof,  or  weather- 

proof. 
w.h.     An  abbreviation  for  watt-hour,  a  practical 

unit  of  electric  energy. 

Wall  Bracket.  An  insulator  bracket  attached  to 
a  wall.  A  more  or  less  ornamental  support 
for  one  or  more  incandescent  lamps  attached 
to  the  wall  of  a  room,  hall  or  corridor. 
Wall  Socket.  A  socket  placed  in  a  wall  and  pro- 
vided with  openings  for  the  insertion  of  a  wall 
plug  with  which  the  ends  of  a  flexible  twin-lead 
are  connected. 

Water=proof  Wire.  Wire  covered  by  a  water- 
proof material. 

Water  Rheostat.  A  rheostat  whose  resistance  is 
obtained  by  means  of  a  mass  of  water  between 
the  electrodes. 

Watt.  A  unit  of  electric  power.  A  volt-ampere. 
The  power  developed  when  44-25  foot-pounds 
of  work  are  done  in  a  minute,  or  0.7375  foot- 
pound of  work  is  done  in  a  second.  (See  Inter- 
national Watt.) 

Watt=hour.     A   unit  of  electric  work.     A   term 
employed   to   indicate   the   expenditure  of   an 
electric  power  of  one  watt  for  an  hour; 
Watt=hour  Meter.     An  instrument  for  registering 

total  watt-hours. 

Wattless  Component  Indicator.  A  device  for 
measuring  the  product  of  voltage  of  a  circuit, 
and  the  component  of  current  at  90  degrees 
with  the  voltage.  This  product  is  the  heating 
effect  in  excess  of  the  heating  that  would  be 
given  by  a  circuit  of  the  same  voltage  and 
power  at  100  per  cent  load-factor.  The  device 
is  a  wattmeter  with  coils  connected  to  measure 
volts  times  current  at  90  degrees  from  the  volt- 
age phase. 

Wattless  Component  of  Current.  In  an  alter- 
nating-current circuit,  that  component  of  the 
current  which  is  in  quadrature  with  the  im- 
pressed E.M.F.  and  which,  therefore,  takes 
from  or  gives  no  energy  to  the  circuit.  In  an 
alternating-current  circuit  the  product  of  the 
E.M.F.  and  the  effective  susceptance. 
Wattless  Component  of  Electromotive  Force.  In 
an  alternating-current  circuit,  that  component 
of  the  E.M.F.  which  is  in  quadrature  with  the 
current  strength,  and,  therefore,  does  no  work 
on  the  current.  In  an  alternating-current 
circuit  the  product  of  the  current  and  the  effec- 
tive reactance. 

Wattless  Current. — That  component  of  an  alter- 
nating electric  current  which  is  in  quadrature 
with  the  pressure  and  which,  therefore,  does  no 
work.  The  idle  current.  In  an  alternating- 
current  circuit  the  product  of  the  effective  sus- 
ceptance and  the  E.M.F. 

Wattless  E.M.F.  The  wattless  component  of 
E.M.F.  in  an  alternating-current  circuit.  The 
reactive  E.M.F.,  as  distinguished  from  the 
active  E.M.F.  of  an  alternating-current  cir- 
cuit. In  an  alternating-current  circuit,  the 
product  of  the  E.M.F.  and  the  effective  or 
apparent  conductance. 
Wattmeter.  An  instrument  for  measuring  the 

power  in  any  circuit. 
Wave,  Electric.     An  electric  periodic  disturbance 

in  an  elastic  medium. 

Wave  Winding.     Undulatory  winding.     Contin- 
uous  winding.     A   winding   which,    when   de- 
veloped, has  the  form  of  a  wave. 
Weatherproof   Insulation.     A  trade-name  for  a 
character   of   insulation   consisting   of   one   or 
more  layers  of  braided  material  soaked  in  an 
insulating  compound.      (See  Index.) 
Weatherproof    Wire.     A    wire    provided    with 
weather-proof  insulation.     (See  Index.) 


Weber.     The    practical    unit    of  magnetic  flux. 
A  unit  of  magnetic  flux  having  the  value  of  one 


Electrical 


un  p.  .    . 

absolute   unit    or   line.     A   term  proposed  by     Uictionary 

Clauius  and   Siemens,  but  not   adopted,  for  a 

magnetic  pole  of  unit  strength. 
Weber  Turns.     Flux  linkages  in  C.G.S.  units  of 

flux  and  the  turns  through  which  they  pass. 
Weight=per=mile=ohm.      A   standard   of   conduc- 

tivity of  wires.     The  weight  per  mile  of  a  wire, 

multiplied  by  its  resistance  per  mile  at  a  given 

temperature.     (See  page  15.) 
Welding,  Electric.     Effecting  the  welding  union  of 

metals  by  means  of  heat  of  electric  origin. 
Welding     Transformer.      A     low     voltage     step- 

down  transformer  employed  in  electric  welding. 
Wheatstone's   Electric   Bridge.      A   Wheatstone's 

electric  balance. 
Windings.     A  general  name  applied  to  the  coils 

placed  on  an  armature  of  a  dynamo  or  motor, 

or  on  the  core  of  an  electro-magnet. 
Wire.     A  conductor  that  forms  part  of  a  circuit. 

A  telegram. 
Wire  Core.     A  form  of  laminated  core  obtained 

by  the  use  of  a  number  of  iron  wires. 
Wire    Splice.     A    splice    effected    between    two 

pieces  of  wire. 
Wireless   Telegraphy.     A    general   term   for   any 

form  of  telegraphic  communication  which  can 

be  effected  without  wire  circuits.      Induction 

telegraphy.      Conduction    telegraphy    through 

the  medium  of  the  earth. 
Wiring.     Placing  or  installing  the  wires  required 

in    any    circuit.     Collectively,    the    wires    or 

electric  conductors  employed  in  any  circuit  of 

electric  distribution. 
Work.     The   product   of  force  by   the   distance 

through  which  it  acts. 
Work,  Electric.     The  joule.     A  volt-coulomb,  or 

the  work  done  by  the  passage  of  one  conduct 

through  one  volt. 
Working  Current.     In  an  alternating-current  cir- 

cuit, a  name  sometimes  given  to  an  active  cur- 

rent, or  that  component  of  the  current  which  is 

in  phase  with  the  pressure.      Any  current  in  a 

circuit  which  does  work.     A  current  operating 

a  translating  device. 
Working  Speed  of  Cable.     A  term  employed  for 

the  number  of  signals  that  can  be  sent  over  a 

cable  in  a  given  time. 


X=ray  Tube.  A  name  sometimes  given  to  a 
Roentgen  ray  tube. 

X=rays.  A  name  frequently  given  to  X-radiation. 
The  invisible  rays  emitted  by  an  electrically 
excited  Crookes  tube,  and  which  are  capable 
of  penetrating  many  substances  opaque  to 
light,  and  of  producing  actinic  or  fluorescent 
effects.  The  unknown  rays  emitted  by  an 
X-ray  tube  from  some  point  generally  opposite 
the  cathode,  which  receives  cathode-ray  bom- 
bardment. 


Y. 


Y=connected  Three=phase  Armature.  A  triphase 
armature  haying  three  circuits  connected  to  a 
common  point.  A  star-connected  triphase 
armature. 

Y=connector.  A  connector  resembling  the  letter 
Y  in  shape  for  joining  a  conductor  to  two* 
branch  wires. 

Y-current.  The  current  between  any  wire  of  a 
triphase  system  and  the  neutral  point. 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE    COMPANY 


Electrical 
Dictionary 


Zeeman  Effect.  The  broadening  of  the  lines  in 
the  spectrum  of  a  heated  substance  when 
placed  in  the  flux  of  a  powerful  magnetic  field. 

Zero  Method.  Any  method  employed  in  elec- 
trical measurement,  in  which  the  value  of  the 
electromotive  force,  the  resistance,  current  or 
other  similar  quantities,  are  determined  by 
balancing  against  such  quantities  equal  values 
of  the  same  units,  and  ascertaining  the  equality 
not  by  the  deflection  of  a  needle  of  a  galva- 
nometer or  electrometer,  but  by  the  absence  of 
such  deflections.  A  null  method. 

Zero  Potential.  An  arbitrary  potential-level 
from  which  electric  levels  are  measured.  The 
earth's  potential. 


Zinc,  Zn.  At.  wt.  65.  Sp.  gr.  7.14.  Melts  at  780°  F 
Volatilizes  and  burns  in  the  air  when  melted, 
with  bluish-white  fumes  of  zinc  oxide.  It  is 
ductile  and  malleable  but  to  a  much  less  extent 
than  copper,  and  its  tenacity,  about  5000  to 
6000  Ibs.  per  square  inch,  is  about  one-tenth 
that  of  wrought  iron.  It  is  practically  non- 
corrosive  in  the  atmosphere,  a  thin  film  of 
carbonate  of  zinc  forming  upon  it.  Cubical 
expansion  between  32  and  212  P.,  0.0088. 
Specific  heat  .096.  Electric  conductivity  29, 
heat  conductivity  36,  silver  being  100.  Its 
principal  uses  are  for  coating  iron  surfaces, 
called  "  galvanizing,"  and  for  making  brass  and 
other  alloys.  (Kent.) 

Zinc  Currents.  A  term  sometimes  used  for  nega- 
tive currents. 

Zinc  Plating.  Electro-plating  with  zinc  Gal- 
vanizing. 


ELECTRICAL     WIRES     AND     CABLES     227 

PRODUCTS  OF  THE   AMERICAN   STEEL  AND 
«  WIRE    COMPANY 

WIRE  OF  EVERY  DESCRIPTION,  round,  flat,  square,  triangular,  and  odd- 
shaped.  Music  wire.  Mattress,  broom,  weaving  and  market  wires  in  all  finishes. 
Special  wires  adapted  to  all  purposes. 

WIRE  HOOPS,  for  use  on  lime  barrels,  sugar,  salt,  produce,  apple,  cracker,  cement 
and  flour  barrels  and  other  slack  cooperage. 

ELECTRICAL  WIRES  AND  CABLES  of  all  kinds,  bare  and  insulated. 
W.  &  M.  TELEGRAPH  AND  TELEPHONE  WIRE.     Pole  steps. 

RAIL  BONDS,  for  electric  railroads.  We  make  a  very  complete  line,  also  tools  for 
installing  bonds. 

AMERICAN  WIRE  ROPE,  heavy  cables  and  hawsers.  Elevator,  tramway, 
dredging  and  derrick  ropes,  ships,  rigging,  extra  flexible  rope,  sash  cord  and 
clothes  lines. 

BALE  TIES  for  baling  hay,  straw,  flax  and  all  kinds  of  fibrous  materials ;  also  for 
bundling  lumber,  mouldings,  staves  and  heading. 

NAILS,  STAPLES,  SPIKES  AND  TACKS  of  all  kinds.  Standard  wire  nails  in 
all  sizes  and  shapes.  Miscellaneous  fine  nails.  Wire  brads.  Tacks  in  count 
and  weight  packages.  Dowel  pins.  Railroad  spikes. 

BARBED  WIRE,  both  two  and  four  point;  Glidden,  Baker  Perfect,  Ellwood, 
Waukegan,  Lyman  and  Iowa  brands. 

WOVEN   WIRE   FENCING.     "American,"  "Ellwood"  and  "Royal"  fences. 

CONCRETE  REINFORCEMENT  for  buildings,  bridges,  sewers,  water  mains, 
columns,  walls,  stacks,  power  plants  and  other  concrete  work  requiring  steel 
reinforcement. 

SPRINGS.  Clock,  motor,  car,  furniture,  agricultural  and  all  kinds  of  fine  and 
heavy  springs. 

SULPHATE  OF  IRON,  for  water  purification;  for  the  eradication  of  farm  weeds; 
for  fertilizing ;  for  chemicals,  disinfectant,  dyeing,  purification  of  gas ;  for  plate 
glass  polishing,  and  for  woocl  preservative. 

POULTRY  NETTING,  galvanized  before  weaving.     All  meshes  and  sizes. 
WIRE  RODS  of  open  hearth  and  bessemer  steel. 

HORSESHOES,  "Juniata"  brand,  iron  and  steel,  in  all  sizes  and  patterns.  Also 
toe  calks. 

SHAFTING,  COLD  DRAWN  STEEL,  free  cutting  screw  steel,  pump  rods. 
Roller  bearing  rods,  rounds,  squares,  hexagons,  flats  and  special  shapes. 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


Ind 


ex 


Page 
Advances  on  Annunciator  Wire     .      .        94 

Bare  Copper  Cables 65 

Magnet  Wire 86 

Office  Wire 95 

Weatherproof  Wires  and  Cables  100-101 
Alternating  Current  Heating  Effects  .  19 
Aluminum,  Physical  Properties  of  .  14 
American  Special  Brewery  Cord  .  .  113 
American  Steel  and  Wire  Gauge  .  .  22 

Annunciator  Wire 94,  96 

Annunciator  Wire,  Black  Core  .  .  94 
Annunciator  Wire,  Damp-proof  .  .  94 
Annunciator  Wire,  Special  ...  96 
Asbestos  and  S.  C.  C.  Magnet  Wire  .  89 
Armature  Binding  Wire  ...  80-81 
Armor  Wire  for  Cables  ...  81, 149 
Automobile  Ignition  Wires  and  Cables  145 
Automobile  Lighting  Cord  .  .  .  Ill 

Bare  Wire  and  Cables  ....  58-82 
Bare  Copper  Wire  and  Cables  .  .  64 
Bare  Copper  Wire  Advances  ...  64 
Binding  Wire,  Armature  .  .  .  80-81 
Birmingham  Wire  Gauge  ....  22 
Black  Core  Annunciator  Wire  .  94 

Black  Core  Office  Wire  ....  95 
Black  Finish,  Slow  Burning  Wires  .  106 
Bond  Wire,  Extra  Galvanized  .  .  74 

Bonds,  Rail 67-70 

Braiding  Machine 99 

Braiding  for  Rubber  Insulation  .  .  120 
Braiding  for  Weatherproof  Wires  .  99 

Brewery  Cord 132 

Brewery  Cord,  American  Special  .  .  113 
Bridle  Wire,  Telephone  ....  129 
Brown  &  Sharpe  Gauge  .  .  .  21-22 

Border  Light  Cables 132 

Hunched  Strand  .  27 


Cable  Joints    .... 
Cables 

Bare  Copper  Advances 

Bare  Wire  and 

Border  Light     . 

Car         

Concentric 

Deck 


176,  180-181 
.  .  27-35 
.  .  .  65 
.  .  58-82 
.  .  .  132 
.  .  .  138 
.  .  .  32 
132 


Page 
Duplex  Concentric  Mining  Machine 

139-140 

Elevator  Control 132 

Elevator  Lighting 132 

Extra  Flexible 66 

Hemp  Core 65-67 

Joining  of   ....     176-177,  180-181 

Mining  Machine 139-140 

Submarine 164 

Theater  or  Stage 133 

Varnished  Cambric 163 

Calories 16 

Cambric  Cables,  Varnished       .      .      .      163 

Canvasite  Cord 113 

Car  Cables 138 

Carrying  Capacities  of  Conductors  16-18 
Catenary  Construction  ....  60-63 

Catenary  Wire 77 

Chemical  Laboratories    .      •  120-121 

Circles,  Properties  of      ....        54-56 

Circular  Mils 21 

Clamp,  Three-bolt  Strand  ....  79 
Clamp,  Crosby  Wire  Rope  ...  79 
Coils,  Dimensions  of  ....  48-49 
Coils,  Stringing  Wire  from  .  .  46-47 

Coils  of  Wire 45-49 

Coils,  Weatherproof  Wires  and  Cables      102 

Conduit  Systems 167 

Cord,  American  Special  Brewery   .      .      113 
Automobile  Lighting        ....     Ill 

Brewery 132 

Canvasite 113 

Electric  Heater 114 

Lamp 108-109 

Packing  House 131 

Reinforced  Portable 110 

Cord  for  Portables Ill 

Compound  Strand 32-35 

Concentric  Cables 32 

Conductance  and  Resistance     ...        12 

Conductivity 12-13 

Conductors,  List  of 12 

Contents 8 

Control  Cable,  Elevator       ....      132 

Conversion  Tables 52-56 

Copper 12,  14,  35 

Copper  Couplings 175 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Index 


Copper,  Impurities  in  .....  39 
Copper,  Telephone  and  Telegraph 

Wire         ........       64 

Copper,  Physical  Properties  of        .      .        14 
Copper  Wire  Advances        ....       65 

Cotton-covered  Magnet  Wire         .        85-87 
Cotton-covered  Special  Magnet  Wire        91 
Cotton  Yarn  ........        85 

Couplings,  Copper    ......     175 

Crosby  Wire  Rope  Clip        ....        79 

Crown  Duplex  Wires  and  Cables  .      .      137 
Crown  Feeder  Cables     .....     136 

Crown  Fireproof  Cables       ....      138 

Crown  Flexible  Cables  .....      136 

Crown  Lead-covered  Cables  .  .  150-154 
Crown  Rubber-insulated  Wires  and 

Cables     .......   133-140 

Crude  Rubber      .......      116 

Cutting  Wire  to  Lengths  ....  65 

Damp-proof  Annunciator  Wire      .      .        94 
Damp-proof  Office  Wire      ....        95 

Data,  Tabulated  ......       52-56 

Data,  General       ......        12-56 

Deck  Cables  ........     132 

Diameters,  Rubber-covered  Wires  and 

Cables      ........     146 

Dictionary,  Electrical      .....      183 

Dielectric         .      .......        20 

Dielectric  Hysteresis       .....        20 

Dimensions  of  Coils,  Standard        .       48-49 
Drawing  Cables  into  Ducts       .      .      .      173 
Drawing  Wire      ......       42-43 

Drop  Wire,  Telephone   .....      131 

Duplex  Concentric  Mining  Machine 

Cables      .......   139-140 

Duplex  Wires  and  Cables,  Crown  .  137 
Duplex  Wires  and  Cables,  Globe  .  127 

Electric  Heater  Cord  .....  114 
Electrical  Dictionary  .....  183 
Electrical  Laboratories  ....  120-121 
Elevator  Control  Cable  .....  132 
Elevator  Lighting  Cable  ....  132 
Elongation  of  Copper  Wire  .  43-44,  67 
Extra  High  Strength  Steel  Strand  76-78 


Fireproof  Cables,  Crown 
Fixture    Wire,  Globe 
Flexible   Cables,   Crown 
Flexible  Cables,  Extra    . 
Flexible  Cables,  Globe   .      .      . 
Foucoult  or  Eddy  Current  Loss 


Page 
138 
128 
136 

66 
126 

20 


Facilities    .... 
Feeder  Cables,  Crown 
Feeder  Cables,  Globe 


136 
126 


Galvanizing  Wire 44, 72 

Galvanized  Bond  Wire,  Extra  ...  74 
Galvanized  Steel  Signal  Wire  ...  75 
Galvanized  Telephone  and  Telegraph 

Wire 71 

Gauges,  Wire 21-22 

General  Data  .  ...  12-56 

Globe  Duplex  Wires  and  Cables  .  .  127 

Globe  Feeder  Cables 126 

Globe  Fixture  Wire 128 

Globe  Flexible  Cables 126 

Globe  Insulated  Telephone  Wire  .  128-131 
Globe  Rubber  Insulated  Wires  and 

Cables 124-133 

Grade  A,  Lamp  Cord  ....  108-109 
Grade  C,  Lamp  Cord 109 

Handling  Lead  Cables 167 

Heater  Cord,  Electric 114 

Heating  Perfects,  Alternating  Current  .  19 
Heating  of  Conductors  ....  16,  19 
Hemp  Cord  Cables  ....  65-67 
High  Strength  Steel  Strand  .  .  76, 78 
High  Strength  Steel  Strand,  Extra  76,  78 
Hysteresis,  Dielectric 20 

I2  R  Loss 19 

Ignition  Wires  and  Cables,  Automobile  145 
Inquiries  Concerning  Cables  .  .  149-150 
Inside  Telephone  Wire  ....  129 
Installation  of  Underground  Cables  166-181 

Insulation,  Rubber 116-119 

Insulation,  Weatherproof     ....        99 

International  Ohm     ......       13 

Iron,  Physical  Properties  of       ...        14 

Iron  and  Steel 39-42 

Iron  and  Steel  Telephone   and  Tele- 
graph Wire 71-74 

Iron  Wire,  Weatherproof    .      .      .    102-103 

Jointing  of  Cables 176-177 

Jointing  Materials 178 

Joints  in    Galvanized  Telephone   and 

Telegraph  Wire 73 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


Joints  in  Hard  Drawn  Copper 
Joints  in  Magnet  Wire    . 
Joints  of  Lead  Cables     . 
Jumper  Wire,  Telephone     . 


Page 

.   67 

.   92 

180-181 

131 


Laboratories,    Electrical    and    Chemi- 
cal         120-121 

Lagging  for  Reels 50 

Lamp  Cord 108-109 

Lamp  Cord  Products      ....    108-114 

Lamp  Cord,  Grade  C 109 

Lamp  Cord,  Grade  A      ....    108-109 
Lay  or  Pitch  of  Strand   ....        28-29 
Lead-covered  Cables,  Crown     .      .    150,  154 
Lead-covered  Cables,   Inquiries    Con- 
cerning       149-150 

Lead-covered    Cable,     Rubber    Insu- 
lated   150, 154 

Lead  Encased  Wires  and  Cables    .   148, 166 

Lead  Sheaths 148 

Lead    Sheathed    Cables,  Paper    Insu- 
lated     155-162 

Lengths,  Cutting  Wire  to    ....        65 
Lightning  Protection  for  Transmission 

Lines 77 

List  of  Products  .  227 


Magnet  Wire 

Magnet  Wire,  Asbestos  and  S .  C . 
Magnet  Wire,  Cotton-covered 
Magnet  Wire,  Paper-covered    . 
Magnet  Wire,  Rectangular  . 
Magnet  Wire,  Silk  Covered      .      . 
Magnet  Wire,  Special  C.  C 
Magnet  Wire,  Square     .... 
Magnetic-core  Steel,  Silico 

Manholes 

Manufacture  of  Wire       . 

Messenger  Strand 

Metric  Tables 

Micrometer  Screw 

Mil-foot  Ohms  per 

Mils 

Mils,  Circular 

Mining  Machine  Cables 


84-91 

C.   89 

85-87 

.   91 

89-90 

.   88 

.   91 

90 

.   82 

168-170 

35-44 

.   76 

52-53 

.   21 

15,17 

.   21 

.   21 

139-140 


National  Electric  Code  Rules  for  Rub- 
ber-covered Wire 122 

National  Electric  Code  Rules  for 

Weatherproof  Wire  .  .90 


Non  Conductors,  List  of 

Office  Wire     .... 
Office  Wire,  Black  Core 
Office  Wire,  Damp-proof 
Office  Wire,  Special  . 
Ohm,  International   . 
Ohms  per  Mil-foot     . 
Orders,  Regarding     . 


Page    Index 
12 


.       95 

.       95 

.       95 

.       96 

.       13 

14-15, 17 

10 


Outside  Distributing  Telephone  Wire     128 

Packing  and  Shipping  ....  44-51 

Packing  House  Cord 131 

Paper-covered  Magnet  Wire  ...  91 
Paper  -  insulated  Lead  Sheathed 

Cables 155,  162 

Paper-insulated  Lead-covered  Cables, 

Specifications  for  ....  157, 159 

Physical  Data 55-56 

Physical  Properties  of  Conductors  .  14 
Pitch  or  Lay  of  Strand  ....  28-29 
Pole  Data,  Telephone  and  Telegraph  .  74 

Pole  Steps 81-82 

Portable  Cord,  Reinforced  ....  110 

Portables,  Cord  for Ill 

Pot  Head  Telephone  Wire  ...  129 
Pounds  per  Mile  ohm  of  Copper  .  15,  19 
Products,  Lamp  Cord  .  .  .  .  108-114 

Products,  List  of 227 

Protection  of  Insulation  ....  120 

Racks  for  Cables 171 

Rail  Bonds 67 

Rail  Bond  Tools 70 

Rectangular  Magnet  Wire    .      .      .        89-90 

Reels 49-50,  65 

Reels,  Lagging 50 

Regarding  Orders 10 

Reinforced  Portable  Cord  .  .  .  .  110 
Reliance  Weatherproof  Iron  Wire  102-103 
Reliance  Weatherproof  Wires  and 

Cables 98-105 

Resistance 13 

Resistance,  per  Mil-foot  of  Copper  15,  17 
Resistance,  of  Copper  Strand  ...  32 
Resistance,  Resistivity  ....  13-15 

Resistance,  Specific 14 

Resistance  Wire 80 

Rodding  Sticks 173 

Rope  Strand 32,  35 


232 


AMERICAN 


STEEL 


AND 


WIRE 


COMPANY 


Index  Page 

Rubber  Compound 116, 119 

Rubber-covered  Iron  Telephone  Wire  130 
Rubber-covered  Wires  and  Cables  116-145 

Rubber,  Crude 116 

Rubber  Insulation 116-119 

Rubber- insulated  Lead-covered 

Cables 150-154 

Rubber-insulated  Wires  and  Cables, 

Crown 133-140 

Rubber-insulated  Wires  and  Cables, 

Diameters  and  Weights  .  .  .  146 
Rubber-insulated  Wires  and  Cables, 

Globe 124-133 

Rubber-insulated  Wires  and  Cables, 

Thirty  Per  Cent 140-145 

Rubber  Tape 120 

Sales  Offices 4 

Seals   for  Galvanized  Telephone    and 

Telegraph  Coils 71 

Semaphore  Wire 75 

Shipping  of  Rubber-covered  Wire  .  124 
Shipping  of  Weatherproof  Wires  and 

Cables 44,  102-103 

Siemens  Martin  Steel  Strand    .      .        76,  78 
Signal  Wires  and  Cables     .      .      .    143-145 
Signal  Wire,  Extra  Galvanized  Steel  .        75 
Signal  Wires    and    Cables,    Specifica- 
tions for 144-145 

Silico- Magnetic- Core  Steel  ....       82 

Silk  Thread 85 

Silk-covered  Magnet  Wire  ....       88 

Skin  Effect 19-20 

Slow  Burning  Wires  and  Cables  .  .  104 
Slow  Burning  Wires,  Black  Finish  .  106 

Snake  Wire 173 

Special  Magnet  Wire,  Cotton-covered       91 
Special  Weatherproof  and  Slow  Burn- 
ing Wires 105-106 

Specifications  for  Cotton- covered  Mag- 
net Wire 91-92 

Galvanized    Telephone    and    Tele- 
graph Wire 72 

Hard  Drawn  Copper  Wire    ...        66 
Paper  Insulated  Lead-covered 

Cables 157-159 

Signal  Wires  and  Cables   .      .       144-145 
Thirty    Per    Cent.     Rubber-insulated 

Wires   and   Cables       ....      141 
Weatherproof  Wires  and  Cables      .     105 


Page 
Spider  Wire,  Telephone       ....     131 

Square  Magnet  Wire 90 

Stage  Cables,  Theater  or  ....  133 
Steel  Armor  Wire  for  Cables  ...  81 
Steel,  Physical  Properties  of  Siemens 

Martin 14 

Steel,  Iron  and 39-42 

Steel  and  Iron  Telephone  and   Tele- 
graph Wire 71-74 

Steel  Strand,  Extra  High  Strength       76-78 
High  Strength        .      .      .      .      .        76-78 

Siemens  Martin 76-78 

Special  Extra  Galvanized       ...        76 

Standard 75 

Strand 27-35 

Clamp,  Three-bolt 79 

Compound 32 

Concentric 27 

Extra  High  Strength  Steel    .      .       76-78 
High  Strength  Steel   ....       76-78 

Messenger 76 

Resistance  of  Copper       ....       32 

Rope 32-35 

Siemens  Martin  Steel        .      .      .       76-78 
Special  Extra  Galvanized       .      .       76-78 

Standard  Steel 75 

Tables 30-31 

Stringing  Wire  from  Coils  ....        46 

Submarine  Cables 164 

Sub-station  Telephone  Wire     .      .      .      129 

Tables,  Wiring 24-31 

Telegraph  and  Telephone  Wire,  Cop- 
per, Hard  Drawn 64 

Iron  and  Steel 71-74 

Telephone  Cables 130 

Telephone  and  Telegraph  Pole  Data  .  74 
Telephone  and  Telegraph  Wire,  Extra 

Galvanized  W.  &  M.     .      .      .       71-74 
Telephone  and  Telegraph  Wire,  Prop- 
erties of '     .      .       73-74 

Telephone  Rubber-covered  Iron  Cables  130 
Telephone  Wire,  Copper,  Bridle  .  .  129 

Drop      .      .      .' 131 

Globe  Insulated 128 

Inside 129 

Jumper 131 

Outside  Distributing 128 

Pot  Head 129 

Spider 131 


ELECTRICAL 


WIRES 


AND 


CABLES 


Page 

Page    Index 

Telephone  Wire  —  Continued 

Varnished  Cambric  Cables 

.      .     163 

Sub-station 

129 

Vulcanizing:  Rubber 

119 

Temperature  Coefficients  .  .  .  14-15 
Temperature  Effects  on  Resistance  15-18 
Tensile  Strength  of  Steel  ....  14 
Tensile  Strength  of  Copper  Wire  .  14,  26 
Three-bolt  Strand  Clamp  ....  79 

Tico  Resistance  Wire 80 

Tinned  Copper  Wire  Advances  .  .  64 
Tinning  and  Galvanizing  Wire  .  .  44 
Theater  and  Stage  Cables  ....  133 
Thirty  Per  Cent.  Rubber- insulated 

Wires  and  Cables  ....   140-145 
Thirty    Per     Cent.     Rubber- insulated 

Wire  Specifications       ....      141 
Transmission  Lines,  Lightning  Protec- 
tion for 77 

Transmission  Lines,  Long  Span     .      .        77 
Trolley  Wire,  Catenary  Method  of  Sup- 
porting      77 

Construction  Notes     ....       60-63 

Copper 58-63 

Dimensions  of 59 

Pole  Data 60-63 

Specifications  for 59 

Underground  Cables,  Installation  of  166-181 


Weatherproof  Coils  of  Wire     .      .      .      102 

Insulation   . 99 

Iron  Wire 102-103 

Weatherproof  and  Slow  Burning  Wire, 

Special 105-106 

Weatherproof  White  Finish  Wires      .     106 
Weatherproof  Wires  and  Cables,  Re- 
liance            98-105 

Weight  of  Copper  Wire  ...  14,  26 
Weight  per  Mile-ohm  ....  14,  19 
Weights,  Rubber-covered  Wires  and 

Cables 146 

White  Finish  Wires,  Weatherproof  .  106 
Wire,  Bare,  and  Cables  .  .  .  58-82 

Wire  Drawing 42-43 

Wire  Gauges 21-22 

Wire,  Manufacture  of     ....       35-44 

Wire  Rope 75-78 

Wire  Rope  Clip,  Crosby  ....  79 
Wires  and  Cables,  Lead  Encased  .  148-166 
Wires  and  Cables,  Signal  .  .  .  143-145 

Wiring  Formulas 22—23 

Wiring  Tables 24-31 


Index  to  Electric  Lighting  Material 


Crown  Rubber- covered  Wires  and 

Cables 134-138 

Globe  Rubber  -  covered  Wires  and 

Cables 125-133 

Lamp  Cord 108-110 

Paper  -  insulated,  Lead  Encased 

Cables  .  156-162 


Rubber- insulated,   Lead   Encased 

Cables 150-154 

Slow  Burning  Wires  and  Cables    .    104-105 

Submarine  Cables 164 

Varnished  Cambric  Cables  ....      163 
Weatherproof  Wires  and  Cables    .     98-103 


Index  to  Electric  Railway  Material 


Armature  Binding  Wire  ...  80 

Bare  Copper  Wires  and  Cables  .  64-65 

Car  Cables 133 

Crown  Rubber-insulated  Wires  and 

Cables 133-138 

Globe  Rubber-insulated  Wires  and 

Cables 125-127 

Lamp  Cord 108-110 

Magnet  Wire  .  • .  .  .  85-91 


Paper-insulated,  Lead  Encased  Cables 

150-154 

Pole  Steps 81 

Rail  Bonds 67-70 

Resistance  Wire 80 

Rubber-insulated,  Lead   Encased  Ca- 

bles 150-154 

Slow  Burning  Wires  and  Cables     104-105 
Specifications  for  Hard  Drawn  Copper       66 


234    AMERICAN    STEEL    AND    WIRE    COMPANY 


Index                                                                                 Page  Page 

Galvanized  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Thirty    Per    Cent.     Rubber-insulated 

Wire 71-74  Wires  and  Cables    ....   140-143 

Steel  Strand 75-76       Trolley  Wire 58-63 

Strand  Clips,  Galvanized     ....       79  Weatherproof  Wires  and  Cables    .     98-103 
Submarine  Cables                                          164 


Index  to  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Material 


Bare  Copper  Telephone  and  Telegraph 

Wire 64 

Bare  Galvanized  Telephone  and  Tele- 
graph Wire  ...*...       71-74 

Globe  Insulated  Telephone  and  Tele- 
graph Wires  and  Cables    .      .   128-131 
Bridle  Wire  129 


Inside  Wire  .... 
Jumper  Wire  .... 
Outside  Distributing  Wire 
Pot  Head  Wire  .  .  . 
Spider  Wire  .... 
Sub-station  .... 
Telegraph  Cables 


Drop  Wire 


.      .      131       Pole  Steps 


129 
131 

128 
129 
131 
129 
130 
81 


UNIVERSITY    OF    CALIFORNIA 
LIBRARY 


Due  two  weeks  after  date. 
SEP  *±  1916 


270317 


ire 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


